initial commit of ebook 7479HEADmain

39 files changed, 21289 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/7479-8.txt b/7479-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4574f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5463 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore, by Amy Brooks,
+Illustrated by Amy Brooks
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore
+
+
+Author: Amy Brooks
+
+
+
+Release Date: February, 2005 [EBook #7479]
+[This file was first posted on May 8, 2003]
+[Most recently updated: February 4, 2006]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Charles Franks and the Project Gutenberg Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net/) and revised by Jason
+Isbell and Emmy
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations.
+      See 7479-h.htm or 7479-h.zip:
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/7/4/7/7479/7479-h/7479-h.htm)
+      or
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/7/4/7/7479/7479-h.zip)
+
+
+
+
+
+DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE
+
+by
+
+AMY BROOKS
+
+With Illustrations by the Author
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration--Book Cover]
+
+
+[Illustration: "A LETTER FROM VERA!" ANSWERED DOROTHY.--_Page 3._]
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+Popular Stories.
+
+BY AMY BROOKS.
+
+Each illustrated by the Author.
+
+THE RANDY BOOKS.
+
+12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. _Net_ $1.00 each
+
+          RANDY'S SUMMER.          RANDY'S GOOD TIMES.
+          RANDY'S WINTER.          RANDY'S LUCK.
+          RANDY AND HER FRIENDS.   RANDY'S LOYALTY.
+          RANDY AND PRUE.          RANDY'S PRINCE.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+For Younger Readers.
+
+DOROTHY DAINTY SERIES.
+
+Large 12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. Set in large English
+type. Price, _net_, $1.00 each.
+
+          DOROTHY DAINTY.
+          DOROTHY'S PLAYMATES.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT SCHOOL.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT THE SHORE.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY IN THE CITY.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT HOME.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S GAY TIMES.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY IN THE COUNTRY.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S WINTER.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT THE MOUNTAINS.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S HOLIDAYS.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S VACATION.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S VISIT.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT CRESTVILLE.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S NEW FRIENDS.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE.
+
+THE PRUE BOOKS.
+
+12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. _Net_ $1.00 each.
+
+          LITTLE SISTER PRUE.      PRUE'S MERRY TIMES.
+          PRUE AT SCHOOL.          PRUE'S LITTLE FRIENDS.
+          PRUE'S PLAYMATES.        PRUE'S JOLLY WINTER.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A JOLLY CAT TALE. Large 12mo. Cloth. Profusely Illustrated. Price _Net_
+$1.00
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+Boston
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.
+Dorothy Dainty
+Trade-Mark
+Registered in U.S. Patent Office
+Published, August, 1917
+Copyright, 1917, by Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.
+All rights reserved
+DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE
+Norwood Press
+Berwick & Smith Co.
+Norwood, Mass.
+U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+          CHAPTER                          PAGE
+
+             I OFF TO GLENMORE                1
+
+            II THE FIRST SOCIAL              18
+
+           III MISCHIEF                      40
+
+            IV A WONDERFUL TONIC             61
+
+             V A SLEIGHING PARTY             82
+
+            VI THE LOST NECKLACE             99
+
+           VII WHEN NANCY DANCED            122
+
+          VIII A BIT OF SPITE               138
+
+            IX THE WISHING-WELL             157
+
+             X A LIVELY WEEK                181
+
+            XI AN INNOCENT SNEAK-THIEF      202
+
+           XII A GLAD RETURN                219
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+  "A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy (Page 3)       _Frontispiece_
+
+                                                                FACING
+                                                                  PAGE
+  She wished that she might know what they were saying              32
+
+  "Oh, what a fright!" she cried                                    74
+
+  "This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly     112
+
+  At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited                  150
+
+  Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news               186
+
+
+
+
+DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+OFF TO GLENMORE
+
+
+The Stone House looked as fine, and its gardens as gay with flowers, as
+when the members of the household were to be at home for a season, for
+it always seemed at those times as if the blossoming plants did their
+best, because sure of loving admiration.
+
+But something entirely new was about to happen; something that made
+Dorothy Dainty catch her breath, while her dearest friend, Nancy Ferris,
+declared that she was wildly happy, except that the whole thing seemed
+so like a dream that she could hardly believe it.
+
+"That's just it, Nancy," said Dorothy. "It surely does seem like a
+dream."
+
+Yet it was true, and not a dream that Mr. Dainty was to be away from
+home for some months, that Mrs. Dainty was to accompany him, and that
+Aunt Charlotte would be with them, and that Dorothy and Nancy were to
+spend those months at a fine school for girls, and Vera Vane, merry,
+mischief-loving Vera, would be eagerly looking for them on the day of
+their arrival. One would almost wonder that the thought of being away at
+school should appeal to Dorothy and Nancy, but it was the novelty that
+charmed them.
+
+It was always delightful at the Stone House, and there had been summer
+seasons at shore and country that they had greatly enjoyed, but here
+was a new experience, and the "newness" was delightful.
+
+A letter from Vera had just arrived, and Dorothy, out in the garden when
+the postman had handed it to her, stood reading it.
+
+"Her letters are just like herself," she whispered.
+
+She looked up. Nancy was calling to her.
+
+"A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy.
+
+"We shall have to hurry a bit," Nancy said, "James is strapping the two
+trunks, the suit-cases are out in the hall, and we must be ready in
+twenty minutes."
+
+"All right!" cried Dorothy. "Give me your hand and we'll run to the
+house."
+
+She tucked the letter into the front of her blouse, and then promptly
+forgot all about it.
+
+The "twenty minutes" sped on wings, and when at last Dorothy and Nancy
+sat side by side in the car, their trunks checked, their suit-cases, and
+umbrellas on the seat that had been turned over for them, they turned,
+each to look into the other's eyes.
+
+Dorothy's lip quivered, but she spoke bravely.
+
+"It is hard, this first trip away from home without mother or Aunt
+Charlotte with us," she said. Then quickly she added:
+
+"But it will be fine when we get used to being away from home."
+
+"Oh, yes, it will be _fine_!" Nancy said in a firm voice, but she looked
+down, lest her eyes show a suspicious moisture.
+
+As the journey progressed, their spirits rose. After all, it was not
+really "good-by," yet.
+
+Mrs. Dainty had postponed the actual "good-by" until a week after
+Dorothy and Nancy should have begun the school year at Glenmore.
+
+She knew that Vera Vane was a host in herself, her friend and chum,
+Elfreda was nearly her equal in active wit, and high spirits, and at
+least a few of the other pupils would have already formed a speaking
+acquaintance with the two new girls.
+
+The girls would have been assigned places in the classes for which they
+were fitted, and thus the school work would be planned, and their time
+closely occupied.
+
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were also eager to know if the two who
+were so dear to them were comfortable, satisfied with their
+surroundings, and looking forward to a pleasant school year. Until thus
+assured, they could not set out on the journey, for the trip had been
+planned as a means of rest and recuperation for Mrs. Dainty. How could
+she rest, or enjoy the trip unless she were sure that Dorothy was
+absolutely content and happy? If Dorothy were happy, Nancy was sure to
+be, because the two were inseparable, and their tastes nearly identical.
+
+The two girls were a bit tired of looking from the window at the flying
+scenery, and Nancy expressed the wish that they had brought something
+with them to read.
+
+"I did," Dorothy said, with a laugh, and she drew Vera's letter from her
+blouse.
+
+She read it aloud, while Nancy leaned against her shoulder, enjoying it
+with her.
+
+"I wish you had come the first day that school opened, but I'll be on
+the lookout for you and Nancy. My! But we'll have fun and a plenty of it
+this year at Glenmore," she concluded, signed her name, and then added a
+postscript.
+
+   "Patricia, and Arabella are here, both--no,
+   _each_--oh, which _should_ I say? Anyway, they're
+   acting just outrageous, and already they've earned
+   the name that the girls have given them. They call
+   them 'The Freaks,' and truly the name fits. They
+   speak of Patricia as 'the one with the queer
+   clothes,' and of Arabella as 'the medicine-chest.'
+
+   "She's taking more pills, I do believe, than she
+   ever did at home, and she wants folks to notice
+   that.
+
+   "The idea! I'm glad there are two _nice_ girls
+   coming from Merrivale, although you'd never think
+   Patricia ever _saw_ the place, for she talks of
+   nothing but 'N'York.' My brother Bob always laughs
+   about my long postscripts. It's lucky he can't see
+   this one!
+
+                                     "Lovingly,
+
+                                           "VERA."
+
+Dorothy folded the letter, again placing it in her blouse, and then for
+a time they watched the passengers.
+
+Opposite them was a big woman, who possessed three bird-cages, two
+holding birds, and the third imprisoning a kitten.
+
+There was a lean man with a fat little girl beside him, who ate
+countless lunches, which were packed in a big basket, that seemed a
+veritable horn of plenty.
+
+Yet a bit farther up the aisle was a small boy with a large cage that he
+watched closely.
+
+A thick cloth covered it, but once, when the boy was not looking, a long
+brown furry arm reached out, and snatched mischievously at his sleeve.
+
+"It's a monkey," whispered Nancy, and the boy turned and grinned.
+
+"'F _he_ knew there was a monkey in that cage he'd make me put it in the
+baggage car," he said.
+
+Dorothy was tired with the long ride, and just as she was thinking that
+she could not bear much more of it, the brakeman shouted, "Glenmore!
+Glenmore!" and the two girls were glad enough to get out upon the
+platform.
+
+Glenmore, the village, was a lovely little country place, quiet, and
+evidently content with itself.
+
+Glenmore, the school, was a rambling, picturesque home for the pupils
+who came there.
+
+Once it had been a private mansion, but its interior had been remodeled
+to meet the requirements of a small, and select school for girls.
+
+A bit old-fashioned in that it was more genuinely homelike than other
+private schools, it held itself proudly aloof from neighboring
+buildings.
+
+It claimed that its home atmosphere was the only old-fashioned thing
+about it, and that was not an idle boast, for the old house had been
+equipped with every modern convenience. Its instructors were the best
+that a generous salary could tempt to Glenmore, and Mrs. Marvin, owner,
+promoter, and manager of the school, was an exceedingly clever woman for
+the position.
+
+As assistant, Miss Fenler, small, and wiry, did all that was required of
+her, and more. She had never been appointed as a monitor, but she chose
+to do considerable spying, so that the pupils had come to speak of her
+as the "detective."
+
+One of her many duties was to see that the carryall was at the station
+when new pupils were to arrive.
+
+Accordingly when Dorothy and Nancy left the train, and found themselves
+on the platform, Miss Fenler was looking for them, and she stowed them
+away in the carryall much as if they had been only ordinary baggage.
+
+Then, seating herself beside the driver, she ordered him to return.
+
+"Home," she said, and "home" they were driven, for "home" meant Glenmore
+to the colored man, who considered himself a prominent official of the
+school.
+
+Classes were in session when they reached Glenmore, so Miss Fenler went
+with them to the pretty room that was to be theirs, a maid following
+with suit-cases, the colored man bringing up the rear with one trunk,
+and a promise to return on the next trip with the other.
+
+A class-room door, half open, allowed a glimpse of the new arrivals.
+
+"See the procession with the 'Fender' ahead," whispered a saucy miss.
+
+"Her name's 'Fenler,'" corrected her chum.
+
+"I know that, but I choose to call her 'Fender,' because she's like
+those they have on engines to scoop up any one who is on the tracks.
+She's just been down to the station to 'scoop' two new pupils, and I
+guess--"
+
+A tap of a ruler left the sentence unfinished.
+
+Arabella Correyville, without an idea as to what was whispered, had seen
+the broad smile, and had heard the giggle.
+
+"Who was out there?" she wrote on a bit of paper, and cautiously passed
+it to Patricia Levine.
+
+"I don't know. I didn't see them, but they must be _swell_. They had
+ever so much luggage." That was just like Patricia. She judged every one
+thus.
+
+That a girl could be every inch a lady, and at the same time, possess a
+small, well chosen wardrobe was past understanding; but any girl,
+however coarse in appearance and manner, could, with a display of many
+gaudy costumes, convince Patricia that she was a young person of great
+importance.
+
+Miss Fenler talked with them for a few moments, and then left them to
+unpack their belongings, saying that later, when they felt rested, they
+might come down to the reception hall and meet some of the girls who
+would be their classmates during the year.
+
+It was the custom, she said, for the pupils to meet for a social
+half-hour before dinner, to talk over the happenings of the day, their
+triumphs or failures in class-room, or at sports, or to tell what had
+interested those who had been out for a tramp.
+
+There had been an afternoon session that day for the purpose of choosing
+from the list of non-compulsory studies.
+
+"Usually," Miss Fenler explained, "the classes meet for recitations in
+the forenoon only, the afternoons being reserved for study, and when
+lessons were prepared, for recreation."
+
+Miss Fenler left them, closing the door softly behind her.
+
+Dorothy turned to look at Nancy.
+
+"What do you think of her?" Nancy said, asking the question that she
+knew was puzzling Dorothy.
+
+After a second's thought Dorothy said:
+
+"We shall get on with her, I believe, but I can't think Arabella or
+Patricia would be very comfortable here. Really, they will be obliged to
+study here, and Arabella won't want to, and I don't think Patricia
+could. If they don't study, how can they remain?"
+
+Nancy laughed outright.
+
+"Don't worry about those two funny girls," she said, "for if they
+_won't_ study, or _can't_ study, and so are not allowed to remain,
+you'll be just as happy, Dorothy dear, and for that matter, so will
+they."
+
+Later, when together they descended the quaint stairway, they found the
+ever-present Miss Fenler, waiting to present them.
+
+Vera Vane, and Elfreda Carleton, each with an arm about the other's
+waist, hastened forward to greet them.
+
+"Oh, we're so glad you and Nancy have--"
+
+"Just a moment Miss Vane, until you have been properly presented," Miss
+Fenler said, in a cold, precise manner.
+
+"But I've always known Dorothy--"
+
+"That makes no difference," the assistant said, and she presented them
+in formal manner.
+
+Vera raised her eyebrows, presented the tips of her fingers, and told
+Dorothy in a high, squeaky voice that she was _very_ glad to know her.
+Elf did the same in an exact copy of Vera's manner.
+
+Several of the pupils giggled, but to their credit, Dorothy and Nancy
+managed not to laugh.
+
+When a half-dozen girls had been presented, some one told Miss Fenler
+that Mrs. Marvin wished to see her, and what had begun in a stilted
+manner, became a genuine girl's social.
+
+When the clock in the hall chimed six, and they turned toward the long
+dining-room, the two new pupils had already made the acquaintance of
+several girls, who sat beside, and opposite them at the table.
+
+From a distant table Patricia and Arabella were turning to attract their
+attention.
+
+It had happened that Arabella had chosen to remain in her room during
+the half-hour reunion.
+
+"I don't feel like talking to a crowd of girls to-night," she had said.
+
+"My! If you don't care to talk to girls, it must be you'd rather talk to
+boys!" Patricia said, laughing.
+
+"I would _not_!" Arabella remarked, with a flash in her eyes that one
+rarely saw.
+
+"Oh, _do_ excuse me!" Patricia said, "but that's all right, for I'll
+stay right here and talk to you."
+
+Arabella was not in much of a mood for listening, either, but she
+thought it best not to say so. At any other time, Arabella would have
+listened for hours to whatever Patricia might care to say, but to-night
+she was in a contrary mood.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE FIRST SOCIAL
+
+
+Two weeks at Glenmore, and Dorothy and Nancy were content. Letters from
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte assured them that the dear travelers were
+well, and that already Mrs. Dainty was feeling the benefit of the change
+of scene.
+
+Mrs. Dainty had engaged a large, front room at Glenmore for the two
+girls to enjoy as a sitting-room and study, from which led a tastefully
+furnished chamber, and already they called it their "school home."
+
+Patricia and Arabella had a fair-sized room farther down the corridor.
+Vera Vane and Elfreda Carleton were snugly settled in cozy quarters a
+few doors beyond the one that bore Dorothy's and Nancy's names. Patricia
+Levine had ordered a large card, elaborately lettered in red and green,
+announcing that:
+
+    THIS SUITE IS OCCUPIED
+
+             BY
+
+       MISS P. LEVINE
+
+            AND
+
+     MISS A. CORREYVILLE
+
+A small card was all that was necessary, indeed only a small card was
+permitted, but Patricia did not know that. After her usual manner of
+doing things, she had ordered a veritable placard of the village sign
+painter, and when she had tacked it upon the door, it fairly _shouted_,
+in red and green ink.
+
+"There!" she exclaimed, "I guess when the other girls see that, they'll
+think the two who have this room are pretty swell."
+
+"Isn't it,--rather--loud?" ventured Arabella timidly.
+
+Patricia's eyes blazed.
+
+"_Loud?_" she cried. "Well, what do you want? A card that will whisper?"
+
+"Maybe it's all right," Arabella said quickly, to which Patricia
+responded:
+
+"Of course it's all right. It's more than all right! It's very el'gant!"
+
+Arabella was no match for her room-mate, and whenever a question arose
+regarding any matter of mutual interest, it was always Patricia who
+settled it, and Arabella who meekly agreed that she was probably right.
+
+Arabella was not gentle, indeed she possessed a decidedly contrary
+streak, but she always feared offending Patricia, because Patricia could
+be very disagreeable when opposed.
+
+Patricia was still admiring the gaudy lettering when a door at the far
+end of the corridor opened.
+
+She sprang back into her room, closed the door and standing close to it
+waited to hear if the big card provoked admiring comment.
+
+Nearer came the footsteps.
+
+Could they pass without seeing it? They paused--then:
+
+"Well, just look at that!"
+
+"A regular sign-board!"
+
+A few moments the two outside the door stood whispering, then one
+giggled, and together they walked to the stairway and descended,
+laughing all the way.
+
+Patricia opened the door and peeped out. "It was that red-haired girl,
+and the black-haired one that are always together," she reported to
+Arabella.
+
+"Now, what in the world were they laughing at?"
+
+"Laughing at the big card, I suppose," Arabella said.
+
+"Well, there's nothing funny about that," Patricia said, hotly. "It cost
+ever so much more than the _teenty_ little cards on the other doors
+did." Patricia rated everything by its cost.
+
+"They knew that big card looked fine, and they certainly could see that
+the lettering was showy," she continued; "so why did they stand outside
+the door giggling?"
+
+"How do I know?" Arabella said.
+
+"Open the door, and we'll look at it again, and see if--"
+
+A smart tap upon the door caused Arabella to stop in the middle of the
+sentence.
+
+"S'pose it's those same girls?" whispered Patricia. "If I thought it was
+I wouldn't stir a step."
+
+A second rap, louder, and more insistent than the first brought both
+girls to their feet, and Patricia flew to open the door.
+
+Miss Fenler glared at them through her glasses.
+
+"Why did you not answer my first rap?" she asked.
+
+"We didn't know it was you," said Patricia.
+
+Ignoring the excuse, Miss Fenler continued: "I called to tell you to
+remove that great card, and put a small one in its place with only your
+names upon it, and in regard to your efforts to obtain work, you can not
+have any such notice upon your door. Instead you must leave your names
+at the office and I will see if any of the pupils will patronize you."
+
+"I don't know what you mean!" cried Patricia, flushed and angry.
+
+For answer Miss Fenler pointed to a line penciled on the lower edge of
+the placard which read:
+
+   _Patching and mending done
+   at reasonable prices._
+
+"We never wrote that!" cried Arabella, "and we don't want to be
+patronized."
+
+"The red-haired girl, and the black-haired girl that are always
+together, stopped at the door and did something, and then went down
+stairs laughing all the way," screamed Patricia. "'Twas one of those two
+who wrote that."
+
+"I must ask you to talk quietly," Miss Fenler said, "and as to the
+writing, I'll look into that. In the meantime I'll get a small card for
+you to put in place of that large one."
+
+She left the room, and as soon as she was well out of hearing, Patricia
+vowed vengeance upon the two girls who had written the provoking legend.
+
+"I'll get even with them!" she said.
+
+"How will you?" Arabella asked.
+
+"I don't know yet, but you'd better believe I'll watch for a chance!"
+
+"I'll watch, too!" cried Arabella.
+
+It was the custom at Glenmore to hold a little informal reception on an
+evening of the third week after the school had opened.
+
+Its purpose was to have pupils of all the classes present so that those
+who never met in the recitation-rooms might become acquainted.
+
+When the announcement appeared upon the bulletin board it caused a
+flurry of excitement.
+
+Dorothy and Nancy had already found new friends, and were eager to meet
+others whose agreeable ways had interested them.
+
+"It's such a pleasant place," Dorothy said one morning as she stood
+brushing her hair, "and so many pleasant faces in the big class-room. I
+saw at least a dozen I'd like to know, when we were having the morning
+exercises, and there's ever so many more that we have yet to meet."
+
+"And Tuesday evening is sure to be jolly. There'll be a crowd to talk
+with, and one of the girls told me to-day that there's almost sure to be
+some music, either vocal or instrumental, and she said that last year
+they often had fine readers at the receptions," Nancy concluded.
+
+They were on their way to the class-room, when Patricia and Arabella
+joined them.
+
+"Is the social to be a dressy affair?" Patricia asked, adding: "I hope
+it is, because _I_ shall be dressy, whether any one else is or not."
+
+They had reached the class-room door so that there was no time for
+either Dorothy or Nancy to reply to the silly remark if they had cared
+to do so.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At eight o'clock nearly all the pupils had assembled in the big
+reception-room, and the hum of voices told that each was doing her best
+to outdo her neighbor. Near the center of the room a group of girls
+stood talking. It was evident that the theme of their conversation was
+not engrossing, for twice their leader, Betty Chase, had replied at
+random while her eyes roved toward the door, and Valerie Dare remarked
+that her chum had been reading such a romantic story, that she was
+eagerly looking for a knight in full armor to appear.
+
+"Be still!" cried Betty. "You know very well what I'm looking for."
+
+"I do indeed," Valerie admitted. "Say, girls! You all know the two that
+are always together, the one with goggles that we've dubbed the
+'medicine chest,' and her chum who wears all the rainbow colors whenever
+and wherever she appears?"
+
+"Surely, but what are their names?" inquired a pale, sickly-looking girl
+who had joined the group.
+
+"Don't know their names," said Betty, "but I heard Miss Rainbow telling
+her friend that she intended to wear 'something very dressy' to-night,
+so I'm eager to see her. My! Here she comes now."
+
+"Good gracious!" gasped Valerie, under her breath.
+
+With head very high, Patricia rushed, rather than walked across the
+room, until she reached the center, when she stopped as if to permit
+every one to obtain a good view of her costume. Her bold manner made her
+more absurd even than her dress which was, as Betty Chase declared,
+"_surprising_!"
+
+Turning slowly around to the right, then deliberately to the left, she
+appeared to feel herself a paragon of fashion, a model dressed to give
+the pupils of Glenmore a chance to observe something a bit finer than
+they had ever seen before.
+
+As Patricia slowly turned, Arabella, like a satellite, as slowly
+revolved about her.
+
+Who could wonder that a wave of soft laughter swept over the room. It
+was evident that vanity equalling that of the peacock moved Patricia to
+turn about that every one might see both front and back of her dress,
+but no one could have guessed why Arabella in a plain brown woolen dress
+kept pace with her silly friend.
+
+It was not vanity that kept droll little Arabella moving. No, indeed.
+
+Thus far, Arabella had made no new acquaintances.
+
+As she entered the reception-room with Patricia she saw only a sea of
+strange faces, and with a wild determination at least to have Patricia
+to speak to, she trotted around her, that she might not, at any moment,
+find herself talking to Patricia's back.
+
+That surely would be awkward, she thought.
+
+Patricia's dress was a light gray silk, tastefully made, and had she
+been content to wear it as it had been sent to her from New York, she
+would have looked well-dressed, and no one would have made comments upon
+her appearance.
+
+The soft red girdle gave a touch of color, but not nearly enough to
+please Patricia.
+
+At the village store she had purchased ribbons of many colors, from
+which she had made bows or rosettes of every hue, and these she had
+tacked upon her slippers. Her hair was tied with a bright blue ribbon,
+and over the shoulders of her blouse she had sewed pink and yellow
+ribbons. Narrow green edged her red girdle.
+
+Blue and buff, rose and orange, straw-color and lavender, surely not a
+tint was missing, and the result was absolutely comical! One would have
+thought that a lunatic had designed the costume.
+
+And when she believed that her dress had been seen from all angles,
+Patricia left the reception-room, passing to a larger room beyond, where
+she seated herself, and at once assumed a bored expression. Not the
+least interest in other pupils had she. She had come to the little
+social to be gazed at, and as soon as she believed that all must have
+seen her, the party held no further interest for her.
+
+She heard the buzz of whispered conversation in the room that she had
+left, and she wished that she might know what they were saying. It was
+well that she could not.
+
+"What an unpleasant-looking girl!" said one.
+
+"Wasn't that dress a regular rainbow?" whispered another.
+
+"Oh, but she was funny, turning around for us to see her, just like a
+wax dummy in a store window," said a third.
+
+[Illustration: SHE WISHED THAT SHE MIGHT KNOW WHAT THEY WERE
+SAYING.--_Page 32._]
+
+"She's queer to go off by herself!" remarked the first one who had
+spoken.
+
+"We're not very nice," said Betty Chase, who thus far had not spoken,
+"that is not very kind, to be so busily talking about her."
+
+"Well, I declare, Betty, who'd ever dream that you, who are always
+getting into scrapes would boldly give us a lecture."
+
+Betty's black eyes flashed.
+
+"I know I get into funny scrapes," she snapped, "but whatever I do, I
+don't talk about people, Ida Mayo."
+
+"You don't have time to," exclaimed her chum, Valerie Dare. "It takes
+all your spare time to plan mischief."
+
+In the laugh that followed, Betty forgot that she was vexed.
+
+Patricia began to find it rather dull sitting alone in a room back of
+the reception-hall.
+
+She felt that she had entered the hall in a burst of glory; had fairly
+dazzled all beholders!
+
+She had believed that the girls would be so entranced with her
+appearance that they would follow her that they might again inspect her
+costume.
+
+She was amazed that she had been permitted to sit alone if she chose.
+
+The other pupils thought it strange that she should choose to remain
+alone instead of becoming acquainted with those who were to be her
+schoolmates for the year, but believing that she was determined to be
+unsocial, they made no effort to disturb her.
+
+Arabella, who had followed her, became curious as to what was going on
+in the hall, and from time to time, crept to the wide doorway, peeped
+out to get a better view, then returned to report what she had seen.
+
+"Everybody is talking to Dorothy and Nancy," she said in a stage
+whisper, then:
+
+"Vera Vane seems to know almost every one already, and Elf Carleton is
+telling a funny story, and making all the girls around her laugh.
+
+"And, Patricia, you _ought_ to come here and see Betty Chase. She has a
+long straw, and she's tickling Valerie's neck with it. Valerie doesn't
+dream what it is, and while she's talking, keeps trying to brush off the
+tickly thing. Come and see her!"
+
+Patricia did not stir. She longed to see the fun, but she felt rather
+abashed to come out from her corner.
+
+The sound of a violin being tuned proved too tempting, however, and she
+joined Arabella in the doorway.
+
+One of the youngest pupils stood, violin in hand, while, at the piano,
+Betty Chase was playing the prelude. Lina Danford handled the bow
+cleverly, and played her little solo with evident ease.
+
+Her audience was delighted, and gayly their hands clapped their
+approval. The two in the doorway stood quite still, and gave no evidence
+of pleasure. Arabella was too spunkless to applaud; Patricia was too
+jealous.
+
+Arabella, after her own dull fashion, had enjoyed the music.
+
+Patricia surely had not.
+
+Patricia never could bear to see or hear _any one_ do _anything_!
+
+"Let's go up to our room," she whispered.
+
+"P'rhaps some of the others will play or sing," ventured Arabella, who
+wished to remain.
+
+"_Let_ 'em!" Patricia said, even her whisper showing that she was vexed.
+
+"'_Let_ 'em?'" Arabella drawled. "Why I'll have to let 'em. I couldn't
+stop them, and I don't want to. I'd like to hear them."
+
+"Then stay and hear them!" snapped Patricia, and she rushed out into the
+midst of the groups of listeners, and dashed up the stairway before Miss
+Fenler could stop her.
+
+What could have been more rude and ill-bred than to leave in such haste,
+thereby disturbing those who were enjoying the music?
+
+Arabella's first thought was to follow Patricia lest she be angry, but
+she saw Miss Fenler's effort to stay Patricia, and she dared not leave
+the room.
+
+Arabella felt as if she were between two desperate people.
+
+She feared Miss Fenler, as did every pupil at Glenmore, and by remaining
+where she was, she certainly was not offending her, but she could not
+forget Patricia. What a temper she would be in when, after the concert
+was over, Arabella, cautiously, would turn the latch, and enter their
+chamber!
+
+Patricia was wide awake, and listening, when at last Arabella reached
+their door. Softly she tried to open it so carefully that if Patricia
+were asleep she might remain so.
+
+Patricia had turned the key in the lock, and she fully enjoyed lying
+comfortably on the bed, and listening while on the other side of the
+door her chum was turning the knob first one way and then the other.
+
+There's no knowing how long she would have permitted Arabella to stand
+out in the hall, but suddenly she remembered that Miss Fenler strode
+down the corridors every night after lights were supposed to be out,
+just to learn if any one of the girls were defying the rule.
+
+With a rather loud "O _dear_!" Patricia flounced out of bed, went to the
+door, pretended to be so sleepy that she could not at once find the
+key, and then, as the door opened, gave an exaggerated yawn.
+
+For once Arabella was quick-witted.
+
+"Miss Fenler is just coming up the stairs," she said.
+
+Patricia forgot the scolding that she had been preparing for Arabella,
+and instead she said:
+
+"Hurry! Put out the light. You can undress in the dark, but for
+goodness' sake, don't stumble over anything!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+MISCHIEF
+
+
+A few days later, Dorothy stood at the window looking out upon a
+windswept road, where not even so much as a dry leaf remained to tell of
+the vanished Autumn.
+
+The sky was cloud-covered, and the gaunt trees bent and swayed as if a
+giant arm were shaking them.
+
+"We missed our afternoon trip down to the village," she said, "but no
+one would care to walk in this gale, and even--why, who--? Nancy, come
+here! _Isn't_ that Patricia?"
+
+Nancy ran to the window.
+
+"Why, no--yes,--Well, it certainly is Patricia," she said.
+
+"And just look at the parcel she's carrying!"
+
+"Whatever it is, she must have wanted it, to go out such day as this,"
+said Nancy, "and look! Miss Fenler is out on the porch,--why, she's
+actually feeling of it to see what's in the parcel. Really, I don't see
+why it's all right for her to do that."
+
+"It does seem queer," agreed Dorothy, "but you know it is the rule that
+the girls must not bring large parcels into this house, unless they're
+willing to show what is in them.
+
+"There! The paper has burst open, and,--Well, did you see that?"
+
+Miss Fenler was actually thrusting a long bony finger into the opening
+with the hope of learning if anything that had been forbidden, was
+being smuggled into the house inside the folds of gayly flowered goods
+that Patricia had declared was a tea-gown. After a moment, Miss Fenler
+nodded as if dismissing the matter, and Patricia, her chin very high,
+passed into the hall. Miss Fenler turned to look after her, as if not
+sure if she had done wisely in permitting Patricia to enter with so
+large a bundle, without first compelling her to open it, and spread its
+contents for inspection.
+
+Patricia's eyes had flashed when questioned about her parcel, but once
+inside the hall, her anger increased, and she mounted the stairs,
+tramping along the upper hall so noisily that several pupils looked out
+to learn who had arrived. Farther down the hall a door opened, and Betty
+Chase's laughing face looked out. She, too, had seen Patricia and Miss
+Fenler on the porch and, while she did not like Patricia, she detested
+the woman who seemed to enjoy spying, so her sympathy was, of course,
+with the pupil.
+
+"Had a scrap with the 'Fender'? I'd half a mind to say 'cow-catcher,'"
+she said.
+
+"Well, what if I did?" Patricia said, rudely, and walked on toward her
+room.
+
+Betty looked after her.
+
+"Well, of all things!" she whispered, then said, "The next time you need
+sympathy, try to buy some at the grocer's. Don't look to me!"
+
+Patricia had done a rude, and foolish thing. Betty Chase was a favorite,
+and Patricia had longed to be one of her friends, but thus far Betty had
+been surrounded by her classmates, who hovered about her so persistently
+that the pupils from Merrivale had not yet become acquainted with her.
+Betty had hailed Patricia pleasantly, and she really might have paused
+for a little chat, but she was one of those unpleasant persons who, when
+some one person has annoyed her, is vexed with the whole world. She took
+little heed as to where she was going, and stamped along, muttering some
+of the many wrathful thoughts that filled her mind.
+
+Reaching a door that stood ajar, she pushed it open, and rushed in
+exclaiming:
+
+"The horrid old thing tried to pick open my parcel, but I wouldn't let
+her. I guess Miss Sharp-eyes won't try again to--Why, where are you,
+Arabella?"
+
+A tall, thin girl with a pale face and colorless hair emerged from the
+closet where she had been hanging some garments.
+
+"Do you rush into people's rooms, and call them names?" she asked in a
+peculiar drawl.
+
+Patricia for once, was too surprised to speak.
+
+"My name is not Arabella, nor Miss Sharp-eyes," concluded the girl.
+
+"I--I beg your pardon. I thought this was my own room," gasped Patricia,
+and rushing from the room, opened the next door on which her own name
+and Arabella's appeared. She flew in, banging the door behind her.
+
+Arabella sprang to her feet, dropped her glasses, picked them up, and
+setting them upon her nose, stared through them at Patricia.
+
+"Don't you speak a single word!" commanded Patricia, "for I'm 'bout as
+mad as I can be now, and if I get any madder--"
+
+She stopped in sheer amazement, for Arabella had put on her hat, and was
+now getting into her coat.
+
+"Where are you going?" demanded Patricia, but Arabella put her left hand
+over her lips, while with her right she slipped another button into its
+buttonhole, and sidled toward the door.
+
+Patricia sprang forward, locked the door, took Arabella by the shoulder,
+and pushed her toward a chair. Surprised, and calmed by Arabella's
+silence, and her attempt to leave the room, Patricia now spoke in an
+injured tone.
+
+"I'd never believe you'd start to go out, when I'd just come in so
+vexed, and with loads of things to tell you. For goodness' sake, can't
+you answer?"
+
+"You told me not to say a word," said Arabella, "and you looked so cross
+that I just didn't dare to, and I was going out so I'd be sure not to."
+
+Patricia was flattered to learn that Arabella had actually been afraid
+of her. "Goosie!" she cried, "when will you learn that I don't always
+mean all that I say! Old Sharp-eyes didn't really open my bundle. Come
+over here and see what was hidden in it."
+
+She opened the parcel of gaily-flowered cotton, and began to unfold the
+goods.
+
+"There!" she cried when the last fold was loosed, and six packages were
+proudly displayed.
+
+"Good gracious!" cried Arabella, "I don't see how you got inside the
+door with all those things, for I saw her pinching your bundle, and
+you'd think that she must have felt those little parcels even if they
+were wrapped inside that cloth."
+
+"Well, you may be very sure she didn't feel them, for if she had, I'd
+never had them to show you."
+
+It was, indeed, a fixed rule at Glenmore that pupils, except by special
+permission, should bring no food into the building, the reason being
+that plenty of good food was provided at meal times, and eating between
+meals was forbidden.
+
+Patricia's idea of a "treat" was a variety of all sorts, but never a
+thought had she as to whether the articles that she chose would combine
+well.
+
+Arabella, often annoyed with indigestion, gazed at the "treat" that
+Patricia had placed upon the little table, and wondered how she would
+feel when she had eaten her share.
+
+And eat it she must, for Patricia never would forgive her if she did
+not. More than that, she must not refuse anything, because Patricia
+would consider that a sure sign that her "treat" had failed to please,
+and for a week at least, would talk of Arabella as ungrateful.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In a room farther up the corridor, Vera and Elf were laughing and
+chuckling over much the same trick as that which Patricia had played,
+only that Vera and Elf had brought a huge parcel into the house, and had
+not been questioned regarding it.
+
+It was late afternoon when Vera had returned from the village. Dorothy
+saw her far up the road, and wondered why she walked so slowly, but as
+she neared the gateway, it was evident that she carried a heavy parcel.
+Her storm-coat had a deep cape, but it only partly hid the bundle.
+
+She looked up toward the window where Dorothy stood, laughed, and made a
+gesture to indicate that she was going around to the rear of the house.
+
+"Nancy, what do you suppose the girls are up to?"
+
+"Vera has just come from the village with a bundle twice as big as the
+one Miss Fenler found Patricia bringing in, and she has gone around
+toward the back door with it."
+
+"She's trying to dodge Miss Fenler," Nancy said.
+
+"But, Nancy, she can't get to her room from the back way. The back door
+leads into the kitchen. There's no back stairway."
+
+"I know that," Nancy said, "but Vera isn't going around the house for
+the sake of a walk. She's intending to get in the back way I do believe.
+I wonder if she has coaxed one of the maids to help her. Come on, down
+the hall to the big window that has a balcony under it. We'll see if she
+really gets in."
+
+Dorothy clasped Nancy's outstretched hand and they ran softly along the
+hall, reaching the window just in time to see a bulky-looking bundle
+swinging from a rope, and occasionally bumping against the house as it
+made its way slowly upward.
+
+On the ground stood Vera eagerly looking up, while, from the window of
+their room Elf reached out, desperately struggling to draw the heavy
+bundle up to the window sill.
+
+"Don't stand there looking up at me!" she said in a voice hardly above a
+whisper. "Come up here before somebody sees you." Vera lost no time in
+doing as Elf said, while Dorothy and Nancy wasted not a moment, but sped
+down the hall, and once safely in their room, sat down, laughing at what
+they had seen.
+
+Meanwhile, Vera raced along the hall, and into her room, flew to the
+window and soon the precious bundle lay on the floor, the two girls
+bending over it.
+
+"Oo-oo! Cream-cakes! A box of fudge, frosted cake!" cried Elf, then.
+"What's in this tin can?"
+
+"Oysters," said Vera, "and we'll have a hot stew to-night after every
+one is in bed!"
+
+"My! But how can we cook it?" Elf asked.
+
+"In the can," said Vera. "That's easy 'nough. There's a pint of oysters,
+and three pints of milk all shaken up together in that two-quart can. We
+can heat it over the gas jet. I'm sure they'll cook all right."
+
+"Why, Vera Vane! It will take _hours_ to make it boil over that gas jet.
+I guess we'll enjoy taking turns holding it, while we wait for it to
+cook!"
+
+"Pooh! It'll taste so good we'll forget our arms ache when we get the
+very first spoonful!"
+
+Elf was not sure about that, but Vera had a way of speaking as if what
+she said settled the matter, so although not convinced, Elf made no
+reply. "Come! Help me put these things away," cried Vera. "We don't want
+any one to know about our fine little after-bedtime party, and we ought
+to hide our treat before some one comes to our door."
+
+So the cakes and fudge were placed on the shelf in the closet, where
+with the big can full of oysters and milk they became close neighbors
+with the hat-boxes.
+
+Then Vera and Elf sat down to prepare their lessons for the next day.
+
+They had invited Betty Chase and her chum, Valerie Dare, to spend the
+evening with them, and enjoy the treat.
+
+They were to go to bed at the usual time, have their light out at nine
+o'clock, and as soon as they heard Miss Fenler pass down the hall, and
+then descend the stairs, they were to open their door softly, close it
+behind them, and then, with greatest caution, make their way along the
+hall to Vera's room.
+
+Night came, their lessons were prepared for the morrow, their lights
+were out, when they heard Miss Fenler pass their door, then,--why did
+she return and pass the door a second time?
+
+Was it imagination, or did she pause before going on?
+
+Their hearts beat faster, and Valerie laid her hand over hers, she
+afterward said, to hush it so that the dreaded Miss Fenler might not
+hear it.
+
+"Has she gone?" whispered Betty, to which Valerie, who was nearest the
+door, replied with a low, "Sh--!"
+
+Farther up the corridor two others listened. Not a sound was heard in
+the hall, and Betty Chase cautiously opened the door a few inches. A
+board in the floor creaked, and she shut the door so quickly that she
+forgot to be careful, and one might have heard it the length of the
+hall.
+
+"Oo-oo!" whispered Valerie. "You let me manage that door, please, the
+next time it's opened."
+
+"When'll the next time be?" whispered Betty with a chuckle.
+
+"Now!" whispered Valerie, and stepping out into the hall, they carefully
+closed the door, then ran softly along to Vera's door, and tapped upon
+the panel with a hat-pin for a knocker. The door opened and they were
+only too glad to have it close behind them. Yet a bit longer they
+waited before lighting up, and while they waited, they sat upon the bed
+and talked in whispers.
+
+The street lamp threw a band of light across the room.
+
+Five minutes later, the blankets were taken from the bed and hung over
+the door, that no ray of light from the room might be visible in the
+hall, through either crack or keyhole.
+
+A second blanket was pinned to the curtains, that neither coachman nor
+maid returning from the town might catch a glimpse of light.
+
+Then the fun began.
+
+They had become bolder, and forgetting to whisper, talked in undertones.
+Vera, mounted on a cushioned stool, was holding the can over the gas
+jet, and watching eagerly for some sign of boiling.
+
+"The milk is steaming," she announced. "S'pose it's done?"
+
+"Not yet, goosie!" Elf replied, "and I _know_," she continued, "'cause I
+remember hearing our cook say that the stew was ready when the oysters
+looked all puckered around their edges."
+
+"O gracious! If that's true, somebody'll have to come and hold this old
+can a while. My arm is about broken!"
+
+Betty seized the can, and mounted the stool, and Vera, thus relieved,
+ran to the closet, returning with the cream-cakes and the fudge.
+
+The white counterpane stripped from the bed, and spread upon the floor,
+served as a lunch-cloth, and when the "goodies" were set upon it, the
+big can in the center, steaming, if not boiling, the four sat
+cross-legged around the feast, and prepared to enjoy it.
+
+Salt and pepper in abundance had been thrown into the can, so that while
+it lacked sufficient cooking, it surely did not lack seasoning.
+
+Bravely each tried to eat her share, but so salt was it, that it almost
+brought the tears.
+
+The cream-cakes were fine, and the girls were laughing softly over
+Betty's remark that no one knew of their little "party," when a knock
+upon the door caused Valerie to drop her cream-cake. In an instant she
+had rolled over, crawled under the bed, Betty following, while Vera and
+Elf sprang into bed, drawing the coverings to their chins to hide that
+they were fully dressed. It was one of Miss Fenler's rules that pupils
+should never lock their doors.
+
+Now in a harsh voice she called: "Open this door _at once_!"
+
+Vera sprang to the floor, shut off the gas, softly turned the key in the
+lock, and was back in bed and covered up to her eyes, in a second.
+
+Upon opening the door, Miss Fenler stumbled into the blanket that hung
+from the door-frame. Crossing the room to light the gas, she put her
+right foot directly upon a cream-cake, while with her left she upset the
+can of stew.
+
+An angry exclamation, properly stifled, caused the two under the bed to
+nudge each other, while struggling not to laugh.
+
+Vera and Elf lay quite still, the puff drawn up to their closely shut
+eyes.
+
+Miss Fenler lit the gas, and it was just as well that the culprits dared
+not open their eyes, for the face that she turned toward them was not
+pleasant to see.
+
+She was desperately angry.
+
+"What does this mean?" she cried shrilly.
+
+Vera and Elf breathed heavily, as if soundly sleeping.
+
+"You're not asleep!" she declared, "and I insist that you answer me.
+Again I ask, what does this mean?"
+
+Vera and Elf breathed harder than before, Vera adding a soft little
+snore.
+
+"Oh, very well!" cried Miss Fenler. "If you are determined not to reply
+to-night, I will report you to Mrs. Marvin, and you may make your
+explanations to her to-morrow."
+
+She left the room, her anger increased by their obstinate pretense of
+slumber.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+A WONDERFUL TONIC
+
+
+Vera awoke long before daylight, and lay thinking.
+
+"That's just the way I do things," she said in a voice barely above a
+whisper.
+
+"I plan the fun, and always have a good time, that is '_most_' always,
+but it's sure to wind up in a scrape. I plan how to get into mischief.
+Why don't I ever plan how to get out?"
+
+Elf stirred uneasily, and Vera gave her shoulder a vigorous shake.
+
+"Wake up!" she commanded. "Wake up, and help me plan what we'd better
+say when we have to face Mrs. Marvin."
+
+"Oh, I'm sleepy," drawled Elf. "We're smart enough to say something when
+she stares at us over her spectacles. We'll say we--"
+
+A wee snore finished the sentence, and Vera turned over with a lurch
+that shook the bed.
+
+She thought it very hard that she must lie awake and worry, while Elf
+could sleep; in short, she wanted some one to worry with her.
+
+"It's like the way I climb trees when we're away in the summer," she
+muttered.
+
+"It's fine climbing up, but I'm always afraid to climb down. If Bob is
+near, I can always make him get me down, but Bob isn't here to get me
+out of this mess, and Elf won't even try to keep awake to help me
+think."
+
+She concluded that it was very unfeeling for Elf to be so sleepy. Her
+cheeks were flushed, and her head ached.
+
+"O dear!" she whispered, softly, "Dorothy Dainty and Nancy Ferris are
+full of fun, but they never get into a regular fix such as I'm in now. I
+don't see how they manage to have such good times without ever getting
+mixed up in something that's hard to explain. And Betty and Valerie will
+get off Scot free, for 'The Fender' couldn't see them under the bed, and
+of course we'll not tell that they were there."
+
+She did not know that when Betty and Valerie had reached their own room
+they found that in their haste to arrive at the "feast" they had left
+the light burning in their room!
+
+Oh, indeed Miss Fenler had seen that, and she had opened the door. She
+had found no one there. She had seen that four had been enjoying the
+feast, because at each of the four sides of the spread were fragments of
+partly eaten cream-cakes, or bits of fruitcakes. Her sharp eyes had seen
+enough to assure her that two other girls were in hiding somewhere in
+the room, doubtless the two whose light had been left burning. She
+thought it clever to let them think that they had escaped notice. Their
+surprise would be greater when she sent them to Mrs. Marvin the next
+morning. Daylight found Vera tossing and turning, while Elf was
+dreaming. It was not that Vera could not bear reproof. She could listen
+for a half-hour to a description of her faults, and look like a cheerful
+flaxen-haired sprite all the while. That which now worried her was the
+thought that Mrs. Marvin might send her home.
+
+It was the fifth time during the month that she had been reprimanded,
+and even gentle Mrs. Marvin _might_ reach the limit of her patience.
+
+Her father, she knew, would speak reprovingly, and then laugh at her.
+Her mother, always weak-willed, would say: "Vera, dear, I wonder if you
+were really naughty, or if it was that they didn't _quite_ understand
+you."
+
+Oh, there was nothing to fear about being sent home, but the fact that
+thus she would lose a deal of fun that she could so enjoy with a lot of
+lively girls of her own age.
+
+She resolved to appear as off-hand as usual, unless Mrs. Marvin should
+say that she must not remain at Glenmore, when she would throw pride to
+the winds, and plead, yes, even beg to continue as a pupil of the
+school. She turned and looked at Elf, still soundly sleeping.
+
+"O dear! I'm the only girl in school who has anything to fret over," she
+whispered.
+
+It happened, however, that at the far end of the building, another girl
+was quite as worried as Vera, but it was a very different matter that
+had caused her to wake, as Vera had, before daybreak.
+
+She had entered Glenmore a few weeks after school had opened, and was
+rather a quiet girl, as yet acquainted with but few of the pupils.
+
+Some one circulated the story that she was being educated by an uncle
+who was a very rich man. Patricia Levine had added that as he lived in
+"N'York," and as her mother also lived there, she, of course, knew him,
+and she had told Patricia that old Mr. Mayo was more than rich, that he
+was many, many times a millionaire.
+
+"Ida Mayo is to be an heiress, and have all that money. Just think of
+that!" Patricia had said, and immediately began to be very friendly with
+her.
+
+Betty Chase boldly asked Patricia why it followed that because Mrs.
+Levine and old Mr. Mayo lived in New York they must, of course, be
+acquainted, to which Patricia snapped.
+
+"I didn't say they _must_ be acquainted. I said 'they _are_'!"
+
+Ida Mayo seemed not to notice that Patricia sought to be friendly, nor
+did she make any effort to become acquainted with any of the other
+pupils.
+
+She seemed content to stand apart and watch the others in their games.
+It was Dorothy Dainty who seemed to hold her attention, and once Betty
+Chase asked boldly: "I wonder why you watch Dorothy so much."
+
+"I don't know," Ida had said, then added, "I guess it's because she's
+worth looking at?"
+
+Secretly she envied Dorothy's lovely color, and wished that her own
+cheeks were as fresh and fair. That evening in her little room, she
+looked in disgust at her reflection in the mirror. A pale face returned
+her gaze, and she made a grimace.
+
+"It's bad enough to be pale without having a few of last summer's
+freckles left to make it worse," she cried.
+
+There were lessons to be prepared for the morrow, but the reflection in
+the mirror had so disturbed her that she cast lessons aside and
+commenced reading a story in a new magazine. The heroine was described
+as having a wonderful complexion, as fair, as pink and white, as perfect
+in coloring as a sea-shell.
+
+"Of course!" said Ida, "and that's the sort I wish I had."
+
+Her eyes strayed from the story of the beautiful heroine to the
+advertising column.
+
+"Raise mushrooms," read one advertisement, next: "Try our patent
+collar-button," then: "Write poems for us."
+
+"How stupid!" she said. "Who'd want to raise mushrooms, I'd like to
+know? Who wants their old collar-buttons? And for mercy's sake, how many
+people who read those advertising columns can write poetry?"
+
+She was about to toss the magazine upon the couch, when two words in
+large print caught her attention.
+
+"Banish freckles--"
+
+"What's that?" she whispered.
+
+"Banish freckles and have a perfect complexion," she read. "Send fifty
+cents to us, or obtain our tonic at any drug-store. Directions inside
+package."
+
+It must have been the best of good luck that had prompted her to neglect
+her lessons, and spend the evening hours with the magazine, she thought.
+
+She was far too impatient to wait to receive the tonic by mail.
+
+She had never been to the local drug-store, so the clerks would not know
+her, but if any of the Glenmore girls were there, she would buy some
+candy, and wait until another day to obtain the tonic.
+
+She drew a long breath when she saw, upon entering, that she was the
+only customer.
+
+The clerk thought it odd that a little girl should be buying a
+complexion-beautifier, but concluded that she, doubtless, was doing the
+errand for some older person.
+
+Night came, and at the hour when Vera and Elf with Betty and Valerie
+were tasting their goodies, and listening to every sound that might be
+approaching footsteps, Ida Mayo, not a whit less excited, was
+breathlessly reading the directions for applying the tonic.
+
+"Spread the tonic over the face, rubbing it thoroughly into the skin.
+Let it remain all night. You will be astonished at the result."
+
+A dozen times during the night she had been awakened with the scalding,
+burning of her face. The directions had said that the skin would
+probably burn, but the result in the morning would fully repay the user,
+by the extreme loveliness of the radiant complexion!
+
+Ida bore the burning bravely, but when the first faint light appeared
+she sat up in bed, pressing her hands to her smarting cheeks.
+
+"If the freckles are gone, and my skin is fair, I won't say a word about
+this burning," she said. "But how," she continued, "can my face look
+even half-way decent, when it is smarting so furiously?"
+
+At last, she could bear it no longer, and springing out of bed, she ran
+to the dresser, and gasped as she looked at her reflection. Even in the
+dim light of the dawn of a cloudy day, she saw that her cheeks, her
+forehead, her chin, were all very red.
+
+Were they spotty as well?
+
+"O dear! If it was only light enough for me to really see!" she
+whispered.
+
+She looked at the tiny clock. At that early hour no one was stirring at
+Glenmore.
+
+No one would see her if she went down to the door, and it would be
+lighter there. A gable shaded the window, and made her room less light.
+
+Thrusting her tangled locks up under the elastic of her muslin cap, and
+throwing on a loose sack, she snatched the hand-mirror from her dresser,
+and softly yet swiftly went out into the hall and down the stairs.
+
+She paused in the lower hall, there thinking that she heard some one
+coming, she rushed out on the piazza, down the steps, and across the
+lawn to an open space where nothing could obscure the light. Already it
+was growing lighter, and she lifted the hand-mirror. A look of horror
+swept over her little face.
+
+"Oh, what a fright!" she cried, as she stood staring at the reflection.
+
+Her face was scarlet, and if the freckles had disappeared, it was
+because they had taken the skin with them when they went!
+
+For a moment she stood as if rooted to the spot, then realizing that
+some restless pupil might be up and chance to see her from the window,
+she turned and ran at top speed toward the house. The big door stood
+open as she had left it, and she raced across the hall and up the
+stairway, entering her room just as footsteps echoed along the hall.
+
+She closed the door and sat down.
+
+"Why _did_ I see that horrid old advertisement?" she exclaimed. Her
+smarting, burning cheeks were enough to bear, but worse than that was
+the thought that she would be compelled to appear in the class-room.
+
+How the girls would stare at her! What would they say among themselves?
+
+[Illustration: "OH, WHAT A FRIGHT!" SHE CRIED.--_Page 73._]
+
+Vera believed herself to be the only girl at Glenmore who had even the
+slightest reason for worrying. Ida Mayo possessed the same idea.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Mrs. Marvin listened to all that Miss Fenler had to say about the feast,
+the two who had planned it, and the other two who beyond a doubt had
+been invited guests.
+
+"And _I_ should send them home, and at the same time mail a tart letter
+to their parents telling them that their room was better than their
+company."
+
+Mrs. Marvin looked up at the thin, harsh face of her assistant.
+
+"Mercy is sometimes as valuable in a case like this, as extreme
+severity," she said.
+
+"They have broken a well-known rule here, and must be dealt with
+accordingly. They must be made clearly to understand that a repetition
+would not be overlooked."
+
+"I am only an assistant," Miss Fenler said, "but I have my opinions,
+and I can't help thinking that you are too gentle with them."
+
+"They have been mischievous, surely, but had their mischief been such as
+would harm, or annoy their classmates, I should have been more severe.
+
+"You may send them to me. I will see them before the school opens for
+the morning session."
+
+"There is another pupil that I must speak of, and that is the Mayo girl.
+It has been her habit to keep apart from the other girls. She seems to
+prefer to spend much of her leisure time not only indoors, but in her
+room.
+
+"Lina Danford, the little girl whose room is next hers told me that Ida
+Mayo had been crying ever since daybreak. Lina thought that she must be
+ill, and she knocked at the door, but while for a moment the crying
+ceased, there was no answer, even when the knock was several times
+repeated."
+
+"Have you tried to rouse her?" Mrs. Marvin said, her fine face showing
+genuine alarm.
+
+"I knocked three times, but received no reply, and the door is locked."
+
+"I will go to her," Mrs. Marvin said. "You may open school for me. Say
+nothing to the other girls. I will talk with them at the noon recess."
+
+Mrs. Marvin hurried up the stairway, and along the upper hall to the
+corner room. She paused before tapping. If Ida Mayo had been crying, she
+was not crying now.
+
+She knocked and waited. Knocked again, and again she waited.
+
+"Ida, you must open your door for me. This is Mrs. Marvin."
+
+The morning session had opened, and fresh young voices could be plainly
+heard. They were singing Ida's favorite, an old song, "All hail,
+pleasant morning."
+
+Mrs. Marvin heard a faint sob.
+
+"Ida, I am your friend. Let me in, and tell me what troubles you." No
+response.
+
+"Open the door quickly, or I shall call Marcus to force it open."
+
+Ida opened the door with a jerk.
+
+"There!" she cried, angrily. "I don't see why I could not stay alone in
+my room until I looked fit to be seen!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin thought the raw, scarlet face denoted some desperate
+illness, but chancing to look toward the dresser, she caught sight of
+the bottle, uncorked, and with its showy label bearing the legend:
+
+   "TONIC. TWELVE-HOUR BEAUTIFIER."
+
+Mrs. Marvin sat down upon a low seat, and drew Ida down beside her, and
+patiently she listened to the story of the longing for beauty, the
+reading of the advertisement.
+
+"I s'pose I put on too much," Ida concluded. "They said, 'Just a bit on
+the tip of the fingers rubbed into the skin each night for two weeks
+would work wonders.
+
+"They said used generously you'd be surprised at the result! I guess I
+was.
+
+"I thought if a little would do so much, a lot of it would do more, so I
+put it on thick, and went to bed.
+
+"O dear! It has been a comfort to tell you, but I can't face those girls
+while I look like this!"
+
+"I shall not ask you to," Mrs. Marvin said. "I will bring you some
+cooling ointment to heal your face, and I'll send old Judy up with your
+meals.
+
+"I will tell her to say to any pupils who may question her, 'Miss Mayo
+feels so miserable that she'll not come down to her meals for a few
+days.' Judy is absolutely trustworthy."
+
+Judy proved herself quick-witted, for when an inquisitive pupil tried to
+peep into the room as she entered with the tray, Judy turned sharply,
+remarking:
+
+"Ah don' s'pose yo wants ter ketch anythin' what's 'tagious, does ya?"
+
+The pupil backed away from the door, when at a distance she said: "You
+don't seem to be much afraid."
+
+"Ah isn't 'fraid, 'cause I's had dis same ting."
+
+She had indeed suffered in the same way. True it was not freckles that
+annoyed her. It was a longing to rid herself of her black skin that had
+tempted her to purchase a bottle of a so-called beautifier, warranted
+to produce a new skin.
+
+That was some years before, but Judy remembered it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+A SLEIGHING PARTY
+
+
+Dorothy was never inclined toward mischief, and now, when her mother was
+away traveling for change of scene, and much-needed rest, she felt very
+eager to send each month, a fine report of her progress. Dorothy was
+full of life, and loved a good time, if Nancy, her dearest friend might
+enjoy it with her.
+
+When the news was circulated that the great sleigh at the livery stable
+had been chartered by Mrs. Marvin, and that sleigh-rides would be in
+order as long as the snow lasted, none was more eager for the pleasure
+than Dorothy.
+
+To be sure, she had always enjoyed plenty of sleigh-rides when at home
+at the Stone House, but here was a novelty! The big sleigh at Glenmore
+would hold twenty girls, while the beautiful Russian sleigh at the Stone
+House held four, and the pony sleigh two. Mrs. Marvin, in making out the
+list for each party, was careful to place those already acquainted
+together. Thus, the list that was headed with Dorothy's name included
+Nancy Ferris, of course, then Vera, Elf, Patricia, Arabella, Betty,
+Valerie, and twelve others, who were at least slightly acquainted with
+those already named.
+
+They were about evenly divided in another way. Ten were exceedingly
+lively, while the other half of the list were pleasant girls of quieter
+type.
+
+Mrs. Marvin well knew that twenty lively girls would be likely to be a
+bit too gay for the steady-going inhabitants of the town of Glenmore,
+while the school must keep up its reputation for being cheerful, but
+surely not noisy nor flighty!
+
+The day for the first sleigh-ride dawned clear and cold, and Marcus
+informed Judy that it was cold enough "ter freeze de bronze statoo down
+in de square."
+
+They were to start at three, and promptly at that hour Marcus drew up at
+the door.
+
+Eager to start, the girls were all waiting in the hall, when Arabella
+drawled:
+
+"Every one wait while I go and get my shawls."
+
+She darted up the stairs, Patricia calling after her: "Your shawls,
+goosie! Why you're wearing two coats and a sweater now."
+
+"What did Arabella say?" asked Betty Chase.
+
+"I thought she said she wanted the shawl to put over her _ears_!"
+
+"She did say that," declared Patricia, "and won't she look fine;
+besides, how could she get them on when twenty of us are packed into
+that sleigh?"
+
+"Oh, I'll help her with them," cried Betty Chase, with a laugh.
+
+"So will I," chimed in Valerie.
+
+"Here she comes now. Well, as I live, she _has_ brought two shawls,"
+said Betty.
+
+"One for each ear," said Valerie.
+
+Laughing and chattering they ran down the path, and soon were
+comfortably seated, very close to be sure, but very warm.
+
+Arabella said that the two shawls were to wear later if it became
+colder, whereat, Betty begged her to sit upon them.
+
+"You take up room enough for three with a big shawl under each arm,"
+said Betty. "Stand up and I'll fold them so you can sit on them."
+
+Arabella meekly did as she was told. If any other girl had done the same
+thing, she would have obstinately rebelled, but Betty had a way that was
+compelling, and Arabella, after she was seated, wondered why she had
+been so meek.
+
+Patricia Levine had brought a big box of fudge, and she now passed it
+around. Arabella said she knew it would make her sick, but she took two
+pieces instead of one, lest the box might not come around again.
+
+The route took them over a long roadway that had been cut through a
+forest, and on either side the great trees towered above them, their
+branches heaped with snow. The underbrush was beautified with what
+looked like patches of swan's-down, and a tiny, ice-bound brook wound
+its way in among the giant trees, disappearing behind a clump of
+evergreens.
+
+It had been possible to see all these things because the road had been
+so rough that Marcus had been obliged to drive rather slowly.
+
+Now, as they emerged from the wood-road, he touched the whip to the
+flank of one of his horses, and with one accord they sprang forward,
+giving the chattering occupants of the sleigh a decided "bounce," and
+stopping Elf Carleton in the middle of the story that she was telling.
+
+"O dear! Where was I when that jolt came?" she asked.
+
+"I don't know what you were telling," said Vera, "but it's my turn now,
+and I'm going to tell how awfully you acted this morning.
+
+"Girls, Mrs. Marvin was perfectly lovely. She just talked and talked
+about how good I _ought_ to be, but I didn't mind that, so long as she
+didn't say she was going to send me home. She never said a single word
+about that, but I didn't know she was going to be such a perfect dear. I
+woke before daylight, and much comfort Elf was to me! I tell you truly,
+girls, I poked her, I called to her, I shook her, but couldn't get her
+enough awake to say a word.
+
+"Well, we're about even, for one morning last week when I kept telling
+her my tooth was aching, she paid no attention until I gave her an
+outrageous poke, and shouted into her ear, 'My tooth aches!'
+
+"She didn't open her eyes, but what she said was a great comfort."
+
+"What did she say?" questioned Betty.
+
+"She said it might stop aching if I kept my mouth closed," said Vera,
+"and it took me five minutes to realize that her advice was more for
+her benefit than mine. She wanted another nap, and closing my mouth to
+shield my aching tooth would also prevent my talking. Trust Elf for
+making sure--Oh, look, girls!"
+
+Every head turned.
+
+A big red pung was coming toward them at top speed. It was crowded with
+more boys than could be seated, and those who stood carried long poles.
+From the top of each pole a broad, gayly colored streamer waved. As the
+pung passed a big boy in the center shouted: "Three cheers for the
+Glenmore girls!" and they were given with a will.
+
+"How do they know that we are Glenmore girls?" said Elf.
+
+"Three cheers for the 'What-you-call 'em' boys!" screamed Betty, and
+even Arabella added a faint "Hurrah!" to the general clamor.
+
+Two of the boys produced a pair of cymbals, but while they were clashing
+Betty brought forth a huge gong and nearly stunned those near her with
+the noise that she made as with all her might she smote it.
+
+"Hoo_ray_!" shouted a small boy.
+
+"Hoo_raw_!" howled Valerie Dare, and no one could have decided which
+laughed the harder, the pung-load of boys, or the lively girls in the
+Glenmore sleigh.
+
+"Yo'-all behave like tomboys," commented Marcus. "Lor', but Mis' Marvin
+would 'a' been some s'prised ef she'd been here ter hear ye carry on."
+
+"Well, if Miss Fenler had been here she'd have had forty fits," cried
+Vera Vane, "but, Marcus, what they don't know won't worry them, and you
+needn't tell them."
+
+"And Marcus, you can forget all about the racket before you get home,"
+said Elf.
+
+"Shore, Miss, I's got a powerful short mem'ry. Gid 'ap!"
+
+"Dorothy Dainty cheered as loud as any of us," said Arabella
+Correyville.
+
+"Well, why shouldn't she?" Patricia asked.
+
+"Oh, she's always so--oh, I don't know,--correct, I guess is what I
+meant to say," responded Arabella.
+
+"I like fun as well as any one does," said Dorothy who had overheard the
+remark.
+
+"Oh, but Dorothy, you aren't even the least bit rude," declared Valerie.
+
+"It's not rude to cheer," Dorothy said with a laugh. "I think we were
+very polite to return their salute."
+
+"Nancy Ferris cheered, too," said a girl who had been very quiet during
+the hubbub.
+
+Nancy laughed.
+
+"I cheered because Dorothy did," she said, "but, Betty, how did you get
+that gong in here without any one noticing it?"
+
+"It was under this long coat," said Betty, "and I'll tell you all how I
+happened to bring it.
+
+"Monday, when I was down in the village, I met a boy that I know, and he
+told me that over at the boys' private school in the next town they'd
+heard about our sleigh-rides, and he told me that one of the boys, Bob
+Chandler, had bought a pair of old cymbals at an antique shop. They were
+planning their first sleigh-ride for the same day as ours, and they
+thought we'd have no noise-maker with us. I meant to get even with them,
+so I brought the big gong that hung in my room, and I guess we made as
+much noise as they did. I've a number of curios that my uncle brought
+home from abroad. Why didn't I think to bring along that funny little
+horn? You could have tooted on that, Valerie."
+
+"Oh, I'm satisfied. We had noise enough," said Hilda Fenton.
+
+At that moment there was a commotion on the rear seat.
+
+Some one was twisting around so persistently that many were made quite
+uncomfortable.
+
+Dorothy turned to see what it was all about. She laughed softly, and
+touched Nancy's arm.
+
+"It's Arabella," whispered Dorothy.
+
+"Yes, and she's trying to put both shawls on at once," said Nancy.
+
+"Oh, quick! See what Patricia is doing."
+
+Completely out of patience with Arabella's wriggling, Patricia was
+taking a vigorous hand.
+
+In a manner anything but gentle she was pulling the heavy shawls up
+around Arabella's head and shoulders.
+
+Betty Chase said that she was "yanking" them, and the word, if not
+elegant, was truthfully descriptive.
+
+"_Don't_ knock my hat off!" whimpered Arabella.
+
+"I don't care what I do if only I get those old shawls onto you so
+you'll sit still!" declared Patricia.
+
+When Arabella settled herself in her place she took a third more room
+than before, and looked like a little old woman rolled up in many
+blankets.
+
+Arabella sat firm and immovable, staring through her spectacles. She did
+not turn to the right or the left, and one would say that she did not
+know that the girls were laughing at her.
+
+"Don't you wish you had just one more shawl?" said Patricia.
+
+"Not if I had to have you put it on," drawled Arabella. "You shoved my
+hat on one side of my head, and it's felt queer ever since."
+
+"How do you know that the hat has felt queer?" Valerie asked, smothering
+a laugh.
+
+"I guess you'd feel queer if Patricia Levine had once taken hold of
+you," was the quick response, and Valerie ceased teasing.
+
+"Dorothy knows a jolly sleighing song," said Nancy.
+
+"Sing it! Sing it!"
+
+"Oh, please sing it, Dorothy," clamored eager voices.
+
+"Sing it with me, Nancy," Dorothy said. "Your alto makes it fine."
+
+Their voices blended sweetly, and the melody floated out on the crisp
+air, so that a tall, dark man left a wood road, and stood listening as
+the sleigh sped past.
+
+   "Over the ice and snow we fly,
+   Oh, but our steeds have wings!
+   And their hoofs keep time
+   With the glad bells chime,
+   For sleigh bells are merry things,
+   Never a thought or care have we,
+   Lessons are laid aside,
+   And we laugh and sing,
+   Adding mirth and din
+   To the joy of a winter's ride."
+
+"Oh, don't stop!" cried an eager voice. "Isn't there another verse?"
+
+"There are two other verses," said Dorothy "but--I've forgotten them."
+
+"Then sing the one you do know. It's worth hearing again!"
+
+Again she sang it, as gayly as before, but for some reason, Nancy's
+voice trembled, and Dorothy turned to glance at her.
+
+She saw that Nancy's cheeks were white, and her eyes wide as if with
+fear. A moment before her cheeks had been rosy red where the sharp wind
+had kissed them.
+
+"What is it, Nancy?" Dorothy whispered.
+
+Nancy shook her head, but the hand that held Dorothy's tightened with a
+nervous grip.
+
+When the girls were once more chattering together, Nancy, leaning toward
+Dorothy, whispered softly: "That dark man that stood near the woods
+watching us as we passed,--did you see him?"
+
+"Why, yes," whispered Dorothy, "but--" then she understood Nancy's fear.
+"Why, Nancy dear, your old Uncle Steve, who stole you from us once, is
+not living. Don't you remember that, and besides, that man didn't look
+the least bit like him."
+
+"That man looked just like Bonfanti!"
+
+"Oh,--oo," burst softly from Dorothy's lips, then she tried to comfort
+Nancy. "But why should he be wandering through the woods here? You've
+always said that he was a busy man, and once you heard him say that he
+had never been out of New York City."
+
+"I know I did," Nancy said, "but I s'pose he _could_ go somewhere else,
+and oh, Dorothy that man looked just like him!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE LOST NECKLACE
+
+
+Nancy strove to be as gay as before. She told herself that the man
+certainly looked just like the old ballet-master, Bonfanti, but that he
+might have been a very different person. She did not wish the other
+girls to know that she had been uneasy or frightened, and so busy had
+they been in watching people whom they passed, laughing and talking,
+that Nancy's fright had passed unnoticed by all save one, and that one
+was Patricia Levine, Patricia, who seemed to see everything. She
+delighted in seeing something not intended for her eyes, and then how
+she would run to tell some one all about it!
+
+Patricia had noticed Nancy's cheeks when they suddenly went white, she
+had seen the look of fear in her eyes, and she was wild with curiosity
+to know what it meant.
+
+When they had started out Nancy had thought that the ride could not last
+too long, but the sight of the tall, dark man at the edge of the forest
+had changed all that, and when Marcus drove in at the gateway of
+Glenmore, and drew up at the steps, Nancy was the first to spring out.
+Without stopping in the hall to talk over the ride with the others who
+had enjoyed it, she bounded up the stairs, and soon was in her room.
+
+Vera stopped Dorothy to ask if Nancy was ill.
+
+"No, oh, no!" Dorothy answered, as she followed Nancy up the stairway.
+
+Vera's question, and Dorothy's hasty reply reached Patricia's ears.
+
+"I'd like to know what it's all about," she whispered, "and I mean to
+find out, no matter how long it takes me."
+
+It was strange how eagerly interested Patricia always was in anything
+that did not concern her. She did not know that a newsmonger is never
+respected, nor did she know that no girl whose nature was refined would
+care to know other people's business. Nothing so delighted Patricia, as
+a bit of news that she could, by hook or crook obtain, and the added joy
+of running off to repeat it, especially if she knew it should not be
+repeated, was greater than she could have described.
+
+Dorothy, when she reached their room, found Nancy sitting upon a low
+stool, her hands loosely clasped, her eyes downcast as if studying the
+pattern of the rug.
+
+Dorothy closed the door, and then, tossing her wraps upon the couch,
+sat down, Turkish fashion, on the rug beside her.
+
+"Now, Nancy," she said, "you're not to let that man you saw this
+afternoon make you so uneasy. It couldn't have been Professor Bonfanti
+who taught you to dance, and was so harsh with you. Why should he be out
+here, walking through the woods at Glenmore? And even if really it had
+been Bonfanti, why would you be so frightened? It was your old uncle who
+stole you from us, and made you dance at the theaters to earn money for
+him. Bonfanti just taught you because your old Uncle Steve hired him
+to."
+
+"But Dorothy, you don't know how often he said, while he was training
+me: 'Oh, if I had you in my hands, I could make you earn twice as much
+as Ferris does!'
+
+"When he said that he would look as eager as if he really _saw_ the
+heaps of money that he thought he could make me earn for him.
+
+"I don't know which would be the worse to work for, Professor Bonfanti
+or my old Uncle Steve, but this I _do_ know: I hope no one will ever
+take me away from you, Dorothy!"
+
+"And no one shall!" cried Dorothy, throwing her arms around Nancy, and
+holding her fast.
+
+"I wouldn't have been so frightened if it was just what I saw to-day,
+but don't you know that just before we left the Stone House, I had a
+dream of being stolen. I'd not thought of it for weeks, but--well, that
+man _did_ look like the ballet-master."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Patricia Levine had enjoyed the sleigh-ride. She had liked the clear,
+bracing air; she had liked being included in the list made out by Mrs.
+Marvin for the first ride of the season, but she had been annoyed by
+Arabella.
+
+She stood drumming on the window-pane, and wondering how to begin the
+lecture that she intended to give Arabella, that is, if Arabella would
+_ever_ get her wraps off, and sit down. She turned from the window.
+
+"Well, I never saw such a slowpoke!" she cried.
+
+Arabella blinked. Patricia thought she might as well begin, if she
+wished to say all that was in her mind before dinner.
+
+"I certainly was provoked with you, Arabella, this afternoon. You looked
+just umbrageous with all those coats and shawls on," said Patricia.
+
+"I looked what?" Arabella asked with a dull stare.
+
+"I _said_ um-bra-geous!" cried Patricia.
+
+"I don't know what that word means," drawled Arabella.
+
+"Neither do I," said Patricia, "but I know that's the way you looked."
+
+"I can't unbutton this top button of my coat," remarked Arabella.
+
+Patricia jerked the button from the buttonhole, and continued:
+
+"How do you s'pose I like to have you act so queer, and then have the
+girls call you my 'chum'?"
+
+Arabella instead of replying to the question remarked:
+
+"And the fringe on this shawl has caught on a hook on my dress so I
+can't get it off."
+
+Patricia's eyes were blazing. She was so angry that she hardly knew what
+she was saying.
+
+"The idea! You had on two coats and a sweater, and as if that wasn't
+enough for any one girl to wear you went after two shawls. When you got
+all those duds on you looked as big as an _elegant_!"
+
+"A _what_!" gasped Arabella.
+
+"I'm too tired to say it over again," said Patricia, who now knew that
+she had made a funny error.
+
+"But," persisted Arabella, "you said I looked as--"
+
+It was no use to talk to the walls, and Patricia had rushed from the
+room, banging the door behind her.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+There were weeks at Glenmore when everything went smoothly. Then there
+would come a week when it certainly seemed as if every one were doing
+her best to cause disturbance.
+
+Usually the fault might easily be traced to the pupils, but there were
+times when Miss Fenler seemed as contrary as the most perverse pupil. On
+those days no one could please her.
+
+Dorothy had little difficulty, but Vera, Elf, Betty, and Valerie were
+forever vexing her, and Patricia was never able to win her full
+approval. As for Arabella Correyville, Miss Fenler did not understand
+her, and Betty Chase said that "The Fender" fixed her sharp eyes upon
+Arabella, and appeared to be studying her as if she were a very small,
+but very peculiar bug that she was unable to classify.
+
+There was yet another pupil who puzzled her, and, for that matter,
+puzzled the other pupils.
+
+She was an old-fashioned little girl, who was letter-perfect in all her
+studies, but never brilliant, more quiet than any other girl at
+Glenmore, and so silent that one marveled that a little girl could be so
+still. Always neatly, but very plainly dressed, she looked like a little
+Puritan, and acted like one, as well.
+
+And what a name the child possessed! Patience Little, and she lived up
+to it.
+
+"Do you think she'd jump if a fire-cracker went off behind her?"
+questioned Valerie, one day.
+
+"No, indeed, she would not," said Elf, who stood near. "I don't believe
+she would so much as turn around to look at it. She's spunkless."
+
+But they were mistaken.
+
+Among themselves they spoke of her as "Little Patience."
+
+Once Betty Chase told her that she knew a girl whose name was
+"Patience," who was always called "Patty."
+
+"My family does not like nicknames," was the reply in a low voice, as
+she turned away.
+
+The day after the sleigh-ride, Lina Danford, one of the youngest pupils,
+came rushing down the stairway in great excitement.
+
+"My amber necklace has been stolen! Girls! Do you hear? My amber beads
+are gone! Some one has been in my room and stolen them! Somebody ought
+to catch the burglar!"
+
+Dorothy, standing near, put an arm around her, and tried to comfort her.
+
+"Don't say it is gone, Lina, dear! It may be just mislaid. If you like,
+Nancy and I will go up with you, and help you hunt," but Lina was not
+easily to be comforted.
+
+She insisted that the beads had been stolen, and that, therefore, it was
+idle to search.
+
+Patience Little, for the first time, showed a bit of interest. She was
+crossing the hall when Lina raced down the stairs, and she actually
+paused to listen to what the little girl had to say. She said nothing,
+and after a moment, she went up-stairs.
+
+She forgot to close her door, and going over to her dresser, opened its
+upper drawer. From a velvet case she drew forth a smaller velvet case,
+which, when she touched a clasp, sprang open, displaying a handsome
+string of amber beads. She held them up so that the light might play
+through them.
+
+"I never wear them," she said softly, "but I've liked looking at them.
+Aunt Millicent gave them to me, and maybe I'd like to wear them
+sometime, but," she continued, "I'll not be selfish and keep them for
+_some time_. I'll give them to Lina, in place of those that she has
+lost."
+
+Hurrying along the upper hall, Lina was surprised to see that the next
+door that she would pass, stood open. She was about to pass it, when on
+glancing toward it, she saw Patience standing before the glass, turning
+this way and that so as to get a better light on the amber necklace that
+she wore.
+
+With a little cry, Lina sprang into the room. Patience turned, and was
+about to speak, but before she could say a word, Lina shouted:
+
+"That's my necklace! I _knew_ somebody had taken it, but _I_ never
+dreamed it was a Glenmore girl who did it. I thought it was a burglar.
+Give it to me this minute!"
+
+"This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly.
+
+Her eyes flashed, she quivered with anger. No one would have believed
+that the girl who always appeared calm, and rarely spoke, unless spoken
+to, could show such fire. One could not guess how the scene would have
+ended, but just at that moment a slight sound made both girls turn.
+
+There in the doorway stood Mrs. Marvin.
+
+"I am very sorry to see anything so rude, so unkind, and so unjust," she
+said.
+
+"You were hopelessly rude to rush into another girl's room and accuse
+her, even if she were at fault.
+
+"You were unkind, because you spoke as harshly as possible, and you were
+unjust, because here in my hand I have your own amber beads that one of
+the maids has just found.
+
+"You must apologize at once, ask Patience if she will forgive you, and
+in your own room, try to think of some kind way to make amends."
+
+Lina was crying now.
+
+[Illustration: "THIS NECKLACE IS MINE!" RETURNED THE ACCUSED GIRL
+EXCITEDLY.--_Page 111._]
+
+"Oh, I'm so sorry. Why do I never think before I say horrid things?
+Forgive me, Patience, if you can. I'll gladly do anything for you."
+
+Then the surprise came.
+
+Patience, the silent, shy girl, threw her arms about the younger girl,
+and held her close.
+
+"The necklace that I have on was given to me by Aunt Millicent. I've
+never worn it. It is beautiful, but I like quiet colors. The showy
+things are prettier for other girls, I think. I heard Lina say that she
+had lost hers, and I was just thinking that I would give mine to her,
+when she rushed in, and--I hadn't a chance to tell her. That's all," she
+said simply.
+
+"Oh, I was worse even than I thought," cried Lina, "and to think, Mrs.
+Marvin, that she was planning to give her necklace to me!"
+
+"Promise me, Lina, that after this you will be less quick to accuse."
+
+"Indeed I will, and Patience, if you'll let me, I'd like to be your
+friend."
+
+"I'm sometimes lonely. I need you, Lina," Patience said, gently.
+
+Lina never did anything by halves. She told her classmates how just at
+the time that Patience had been planning to give her own necklace to
+make up for Lina's loss, she had been harshly accused. She told how
+sweetly forgiving Patience had been, and wound up by stating that
+hereafter they were to be chums.
+
+Mrs. Marvin, on the way to her own apartment, vaguely wondered what the
+next happening would be.
+
+"I wonder if the entire week is to be a series of disturbances," she
+thought. "To be sure, there are but two days more, Friday and Saturday,
+but I should not be surprised if some one started something, so as to
+make the week complete."
+
+It certainly had been a record week for petty annoyances, and to cap the
+climax on Friday, after lunch, Miss Fenler waited in the hall, near the
+door that led from the dining-room. She felt that she must speak to
+Patricia.
+
+As a rule pupils were, of course, permitted to dress as they chose, but
+it seemed as if Patricia was actually trying to see how strange a rig
+she could wear and yet go unreproved.
+
+On this day, she had done the oddest thing of all. She had tied her hair
+on the crown of her head with a yellow ribbon. The ribbon was very wide,
+and the bow was enormous. As if that were not enough she had taken
+equally wide ribbon, of pink, and of blue, had tied a large bow of each
+and then had pinned the pink bow to the right loop of the yellow bow,
+the blue bow to the left loop, and when she entered the dining-room the
+effect was, to say the least, _amazing_!
+
+The bows were about eight inches wide. Really, Patricia was a droll
+sight!
+
+Unless she were spoken to she would wear her freakish ribbons at the
+afternoon session.
+
+When lunch was over, and the pupils came trooping out into the hall,
+Miss Fenler spoke to Patricia. When they at last stood alone in one
+corner of the hall, Miss Fenler mentioned the gaudy colors, and said
+that while the girls were permitted to wear as bright ribbons as they
+chose, they would certainly not be allowed to wear three huge bows at a
+time.
+
+"The idea!" said Patricia. "Well, I guess I'll not agree to wear little
+stingy-looking bows for any one."
+
+"You would obstruct the view of the large blackboard," said Miss Fenler.
+"No one could see around your head."
+
+"I shall wear these bows I have on or none at all!" said Patricia.
+
+"Don't be obstinate," said Miss Fenler. "Mrs. Marvin told me to speak to
+you."
+
+"Did _she_ say I couldn't wear these big bows?" Patricia asked, her eyes
+black with anger.
+
+"She certainly did," declared Miss Fenler.
+
+"Well, you can tell her I wear these or none at all," Patricia said,
+stoutly.
+
+"None at all!" repeated Miss Fenler.
+
+"Don't attempt to come into the class-room with your long hair untidy.
+Without a ribbon it would look slovenly."
+
+Patricia's smile was broad, and her eyes actually impish as she left the
+hall.
+
+"She's equal to pinning on a half-dozen extra bows if she chooses," Miss
+Fenler said, under her breath.
+
+Glenmore, once a private estate, looked like an old castle, and the
+dwellings that were its nearest neighbors were owned by old and wealthy
+residents. No stores had ever broken the charm of the locality, and the
+sleepy old town had supposed that they never would, yet around the
+corner of a little back street, an enterprising Italian had purchased a
+wee cottage. After three days a sign appeared in his front window. It
+stunned the residents. It read:
+
+       ANTONIO CARANA,
+   BARBER AND HAIRDRESSER.
+
+Already small boys and girls might be seen, in charge of maids,
+trotting up his steps with long curls, and after a few minutes,
+appearing with a "Dutch cut."
+
+Patricia, buttoning her coat as she ran, appeared at his door
+breathless, but eager.
+
+"I want my hair bobbed, and I must have it done right off, or I'll be
+late to school," she cried, rushing past the astonished Tony, and
+mounting his big chair.
+
+"_Dutch cut!_" she demanded, thinking that he had not understood her.
+
+"Cutta da long hair?" he asked, lifting the strands.
+
+"Sure," cried Patricia, "What else would I want cut off? Certainly not
+my _nose_."
+
+"Alla right," said Tony, but he thought it strange, and wondered if the
+little girl's mother would appear at any moment, angry, and vengeful.
+
+Patricia's temper had been gradually cooling, and now, as she saw the
+long locks that Tony had clipped, she was desperately sorry that she had
+come. It was half done, however, so she could not "back out." One does
+not care to appear with the right side of one's head with short hair,
+and the left side with hair half-way toward one's girdle!
+
+Patricia sighed, and allowed him to continue. What else could she do?
+She had been proud of her hair, but when she saw herself in the mirror,
+her vanity came to her aid.
+
+She had given up her fine head of hair, but look! Here was another
+chance to make a sensation. Not a girl at school had her hair "bobbed."
+
+"Probably they'll tell me that only very little girls have their hair
+like this, but I don't care. They'll be surprised, and it's the only
+way I can go without ribbons, and I said I'd wear big bows or nothing."
+
+Of course the pupils stared when Patricia appeared in the class-room,
+and that delighted her.
+
+"I guess my Dutch cut made more show than my ribbons would have," she
+whispered.
+
+Making a show was about all that Patricia cared for, the only other
+thing that she appeared to think worth while was meddling in other
+people's affairs.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+WHEN NANCY DANCED
+
+
+Mrs. Marvin decided to make the weekly socials very different from what
+they had been.
+
+It had been her custom to hire musicians from the city to give a little
+recital, and then serve light refreshments, and allow the latter part of
+the evening to be spent in indoor games, or dancing.
+
+The social part of the evening was always enjoyed, but many of the
+musicians, both vocal and instrumental, had given selections of so
+strictly classical character that some of the pupils complained that
+they did not care for it.
+
+She determined to ask three pupils to arrange a program for each
+evening, each of the three being expected to take part in the
+entertainment.
+
+One Monday morning she unfolded her plan, and announced that on Friday
+of that week would occur the first social having a pupils' program.
+
+"I have asked Dorothy Dainty to take charge of the little recital, and I
+believe we shall enjoy it."
+
+When the eager applause had subsided, Mrs. Marvin continued:
+
+"The girl in charge of the entertainment must not be annoyed with
+questions as to the program because I wish the entertainment each week
+to be a surprise.
+
+"Dorothy, herself must contribute one or two numbers, and I have
+appointed Nancy Ferris, and Patricia Levine to help her."
+
+The pupils were wild with curiosity as to what the numbers were to be,
+but while a few hinted that they were eager to know just what they were
+to hear and see, they did not ask Dorothy to tell them. They thought it
+would be more fun to be surprised.
+
+Dorothy found herself in an awkward place.
+
+She had decided to sing a pretty waltz song, for which Nancy played the
+accompaniment. Nancy had at first thought of playing a piano duet with
+Dorothy, but Dorothy pointed out that a number of the girls, when it
+came their turn to entertain, would surely play, and she urged Nancy to
+do a fine solo dance.
+
+"It will be more of a treat," she urged, and Nancy agreed.
+
+Patricia declared that she had studied with a fine vocal instructor
+since they had heard her, and she also stated that she would sing a
+solo, or nothing.
+
+Patricia, when at Merrivale private school with Dorothy and Nancy, had
+done some very funny singing, and Dorothy felt a bit nervous as to what
+she would do now, but Patricia insisted that she had rapidly improved,
+and there seemed to be no choice but to let her sing.
+
+"Do make her tell you what she's going to sing," Nancy said, one
+morning, "because if she has chosen something you wouldn't like to have
+her sing, you _might_ be able to coax her to change it."
+
+Dorothy promised to question Patricia, but she laughed at the idea of
+being able to make Patricia change her mind after she had decided what
+she should do.
+
+"What am I to sing?" said Patricia, when at recess Dorothy questioned
+her. "I'm going to sing something from grand opera. It's called:
+
+   'I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,'
+
+and my teacher coached me on it, and he said I sang it just as it should
+be sung."
+
+"If her teacher said that she sang it well, perhaps it will be all
+right," Dorothy said, but even as she said it she wondered just what
+Patricia would do. Patricia _might_ do anything.
+
+Dorothy took the time to practice when all of the pupils were out of
+doors at recess. She did not wish them to hear her song until she should
+sing it for them at the social.
+
+Nancy practiced her solo at early morning. Mrs. Marvin had given her
+permission to practice in their reception hall when she learned at what
+an early hour Nancy was willing to rise in order to do it.
+
+Patricia declared it entirely needless for her to practice, thus making
+Dorothy still more uneasy as to her performance.
+
+At last the evening arrived.
+
+Dorothy had told herself that if, after all, Patricia did anything as
+"queer" as she had been known to do, worrying beforehand would not mend
+matters. She knew if she became nervous regarding Patricia, she could
+not do her own solo well. Patricia had asked that her number might be
+the last on the program, and Dorothy had agreed.
+
+As Patricia usually wished to be first in anything, and was offended if
+not given precedence, it certainly looked as if she were planning to
+have her solo the crowning event of the evening.
+
+Soon after seven a buzz of voices told Dorothy that the pupils had
+assembled early, and she would have joined them, but Mrs. Marvin had
+said that each of the soloists must be announced, and must come onto
+the stage, and greet her audience as if she were a professional.
+
+All had been carefully arranged, and Vera Vane was to announce each
+performer.
+
+Dorothy had chosen a light-blue dress, her pumps and hose of the same
+shade. The dress was charming, because of its lovely coloring, and its
+graceful lines.
+
+Very clearly Vera announced:
+
+"The first number to-night will be a waltz song by Dorothy Dainty."
+
+Dorothy's voice had been carefully trained, and very sweetly she sang,
+one especial charm being that every word could be clearly heard, which
+is more than can be said of many singers who have studied for years.
+
+She had chosen "Asphodel's Song."
+
+How sweet was the voice, how happy her smile as she sang:
+
+   "Oh, how lovely are my flowers
+   In the morning wet with dew,
+   Ah, they courtesy to the morning
+   Off'ring gifts of fragrance new.
+   Then the sound of bird wings whirring
+   Wake again the drowsy trees,
+   And the tiny brooks are stirring,
+   Running onward to the sea.
+   Oh, how lovely are my flowers
+   When the twilight shadows creep,
+   Hosts of fairy folks come trooping,
+   Where my flowers lie asleep."
+
+Surely no singer was ever more graciously received.
+
+There were to be no encores because of limited time.
+
+Lights were usually out at nine-thirty, but the socials were from eight
+to ten. The concert must be brief to allow sufficient time afterward for
+games.
+
+"The next number will be a dance by Nancy Ferris."
+
+Nancy had stood in the upper hall, ready, when she heard her name called
+to enter. Here and there a tiny spangle caught the light, and the soft
+pink of her dress was repeated in her cheeks. She was happy. She was
+going to give pleasure.
+
+As she heard her name called, she bounded down the stairway, across the
+hall, and up on the stage, looking far smaller than in her usual school
+dress. The pupils were spellbound.
+
+Nancy had said nothing of her dancing nor had she spoken of having been
+a tiny performer at the theaters.
+
+Now as they saw her whirling on the tips of her toes, dipping, swaying,
+doing steps of wondrous grace, they marveled at the skill with which she
+did it. At home, at the Stone House, Dorothy had often played for her,
+but to-night she seemed to out-do herself.
+
+Nancy swung forward, then with cunning steps retreated, crossed her feet
+and did the pretty rocking-step, whirled again, and yet again, did the
+pirouette to left, then to right, made a very low courtesy, and ran off
+the stage, followed by tremendous clapping.
+
+How they wished that she might have repeated the lovely dance!
+
+Mrs. Marvin closely watched the nimble feet and determined to know
+something more about the charming little dancer. And now--Dorothy
+wondered _just what_ the next number would be. She took a long breath
+when, as Vera announced her, Patricia entered simply attired, wearing a
+pretty white dress, with a pale yellow sash, no other color.
+
+It was remarkable to see Patricia without at least six colors.
+
+"Perhaps she'll sing well," Dorothy said to herself, "for the lovely
+song that she chose for her number _couldn't_ be twisted into anything
+funny."
+
+Was that really so, or was Dorothy trying to think so? Was there
+anything that Patricia could not "twist" if she chose?
+
+The charming old song is very sweet when properly sung, and the words
+fit the melody.
+
+   "I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,
+   With vassals and serfs at my side,
+   And of all who assembled within those walls,
+   That I was the joy and the pride.
+   I had riches too great to count, could boast
+   Of a high ancestral name,
+   But I also dreampt, and that charmed me most,
+   That you loved me just the same."
+
+So runs the first verse, but Patricia had never seen the music. She had
+heard the song a number of times, and felt competent to sing it.
+
+Dorothy had asked her to practice it, then had offered to loan her the
+music, but Patricia declared that she needed neither practice, nor the
+use of the music.
+
+"Are you sure you know the words?" Nancy had asked.
+
+"Of course!" Patricia had said sharply.
+
+Nancy played the prelude, and Patricia sang. Sang with all her might,
+one might say, but oh, the words as she sang them!
+
+She had caught them as they sounded, giving never a thought as to
+whether they made sense.
+
+   "I dre-eampt that I dwe-e-lt in mar-ar-ble halls
+   With _vessels_ and _safes_ at my side.
+   And of all who had stumbled within those walls
+   That I was the _joke_, and the _bride_,
+   I had _witches_ to _mate_ and count, could boast
+   Of a high and central name
+   But I also dreampt, and that jarred me most,
+   That Jew loved me just the same."
+
+Was it strange that roars of laughter greeted the song? Even Mrs.
+Marvin, a model of all that was well-bred, covered her eyes for a moment
+with her handkerchief, but when she removed it, the eyes were twinkling
+and it was evident that only her self-control kept her from laughing
+aloud.
+
+Dorothy's first thought was for Patricia. She knew it must be dreadful
+to be laughed at, and she was hoping that Patricia might not be too
+badly hurt. She would draw her into the games later in the evening, and
+thus cheer her.
+
+It happened that Patricia needed no cheering. She was disgusted, but not
+hurt. She believed herself to be a very fine singer, and thought that
+the only reason for laughter was that her audience was dull, so dull
+indeed that her romantic selection had been mistaken for a comic song.
+
+"The idea of thinking that song funny enough to laugh at! Why it is not
+a comic song at all. There's nothing funny about it!" she declared. "It
+really doesn't pay to sing for folks here. They can't understand what
+you are doing! The next time I sing, I'll sing for my friends in
+N'York."
+
+Dorothy was puzzled for a second, then, as she saw that Patricia really
+meant what she said, she was thankful that the laughter had not been
+understood by the silly little singer.
+
+Patricia had actually thought that they were foolishly amused by the
+song.
+
+It had been quite another thing that annoyed Patricia, and that was the
+evident pleasure that Nancy's dancing had given, and on the day after
+the social, she was vexed to have to hear the other girls talking about
+it.
+
+"I'd think you never saw any one dance before," she said, when Betty
+Chase said that Nancy's dancing was "simply lovely."
+
+"Well, I never did see a girl dance like that," said Betty.
+
+"Well, she _ought_ to dance. She's had enough training, besides she used
+to dance on the stage. Who couldn't dance if they had a chance like
+that?"
+
+"A whole lot of people couldn't," said Betty, sharply. "_I_ couldn't for
+one, and I guess there are a few others."
+
+"Do you mean me?" Patricia asked, sharply, her eyes flashing.
+
+"I mean any one silly enough to say that Nancy's dancing was anything
+but wonderful," Betty said, and she turned to Valerie, leaving Patricia
+to talk to herself, or to no one, if she chose.
+
+Patricia had hoped to lessen interest in Nancy, but what she had said
+had had an opposite effect.
+
+It had increased their already lively interest to such an extent that
+many who had not yet met her were wild to know her, and those who
+already were her friends were eager to question her as to her career.
+They longed to hear all about her training, her first appearance at the
+theater, and countless questions they wanted to ask her. Patricia had
+made Nancy more popular than before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+A BIT OF SPITE
+
+
+For several days Patricia was so busy thinking, that Arabella felt
+rather lonely. Arabella had been writing a letter to her Aunt Matilda,
+and endeavoring to answer all the questions that that peculiar woman had
+asked. It had occupied her spare time for two days, and was not yet
+ready to mail.
+
+"O dear!" sighed Arabella, "I don't like to write letters."
+
+"Don't write them," Patricia advised.
+
+"Why, Patricia Levine! You know if I didn't answer Aunt Matilda's letter
+she'd pack her suit-case, and come right here!"
+
+"Good gracious! Hurry up and finish it," cried Patricia. "I wouldn't
+want her coming here."
+
+"I've got a cold, so I couldn't go out to mail it," drawled Arabella.
+
+"Don't let that stop you," cried Patricia, "for I'll gladly go out to
+mail it for you, if it'll keep your Aunt Matilda away."
+
+Later, when Patricia went down the hall on the way to post the letter,
+she saw that Dorothy's door was slightly ajar. Of course Patricia's
+sharp eyes saw it, and, because she never could resist the temptation to
+listen, where she might hear something not intended for her ears, she
+paused.
+
+Nancy was speaking of the man that she had seen standing at the edge of
+the forest, on the day of the sleigh-ride. Again she told Dorothy how it
+had frightened her, adding:
+
+"He looked just like Bonfanti, the ballet-teacher, and I believe if I
+should look from our window and see him out there, looking toward this
+house, I'd not dare to go out for days."
+
+Dorothy tried to comfort her, by saying:
+
+"But, Nancy dear, we've _not_ seen him since that day, and he's miles
+away from here by this time, as likely as not."
+
+Patricia needed to hear no more. She could not make Nancy less popular,
+but here was a fine chance for annoying her.
+
+It was strange what pleasure it afforded Patricia to make others
+unhappy! She never seemed to know that in striving to annoy others, she
+was constantly proving that she herself was disagreeable.
+
+She hastened out to the nearest mail box with the letter, and then
+returning to her room, sat down to think.
+
+"I wish you'd talk," said Arabella. "It's awful dull this cloudy
+afternoon."
+
+Patricia was in no mood for talking, and Arabella dared not insist.
+
+It was after dinner when the pupils met in the cheery reception-hall for
+a little chat before going to their rooms, that Patricia saw her chance,
+and took it.
+
+Some one asked Nancy if she and Dorothy had been out for their usual
+walk.
+
+"It seemed a bit raw," she replied, "so we remained in."
+
+Patricia, who had been moving nearer, now stood at Nancy's elbow.
+
+"Did you notice a big, dark man, this morning looking up toward your
+window?" she asked: "Do you know who he is? We saw him the day of the
+sleigh-ride, and that was weeks ago. I believe he is always right
+around here, for I don't know how many times I have seen him. He always
+simply _stares_ toward your windows. I thought perhaps you knew him."
+
+Nancy turned pale, and Mrs. Marvin, who was near them, saw Dorothy draw
+Nancy closer as if to protect her.
+
+"Is Nancy ill?" she asked kindly.
+
+Patricia had left the hall when she saw Mrs. Marvin speaking to Dorothy.
+
+Dorothy explained how frightened Nancy had been ever since the
+sleigh-ride, a few weeks before.
+
+"Come into my apartment and tell me all about this. I am greatly
+interested," she said.
+
+They were only too glad to escape the curious eyes that now were
+watching them, and together they told Mrs. Marvin the story of Nancy's
+career. When they reached the point where Patricia had told them of the
+man who had stood looking up at their windows that afternoon, a look of
+relief passed over her face, and she actually laughed.
+
+"You two dear little friends may rest easy to-night," she said, "for the
+man whom you saw at the edge of the woods, and the man who was here
+to-day, looking up at your windows, as Patricia said, are one and the
+same person. He is a man who has made a study of all plant life, and
+especially wise is he in regard to vines and trees.
+
+"To-day he was trying to decide just what sort of vine would thrive best
+on this sunny side of the house. His name is not nearly so picturesque
+as Bonfanti. It is Jonathan Scroggs. Not a fine name, surely, but his
+name has never hindered him in his profession. He is one of the best
+florists in the country, he knows all about beautiful vines and trees,
+and he is also a landscape gardener. He can take a plain little cottage,
+with a small piece of land, and plant just the right kind of trees on
+the place, train vines over the porch so as to render it charming, and
+make the bit of land into a tiny park, so dainty, so altogether lovely
+that people will come from far and near to see the 'beauty spot.' Now do
+you care in the least what his name is?"
+
+"Indeed I do not," Dorothy said, firmly.
+
+"And oh, how glad I am that he is not Professor Bonfanti!" Nancy said.
+"It was silly to be so frightened, but if only you knew how hard those
+months were when he was training me, and old Uncle Steve was threatening
+all sorts of things if I did not dance well! You see, I was really ill
+with fear, and homesickness, and Uncle Steve did not seem to see that
+the more he threatened, the more ill I became. Oh, if I should talk all
+day, I could not tell you half the misery of those days. Only yesterday
+one of the girls said that she would not have minded any of the harsh
+things if only she could have danced on the stage. That is what she
+thinks, but she doesn't know!"
+
+"Well, Nancy, to-day you are nervous and tired, but I have quieted all
+your fears, and assured you that you are safe here at Glenmore. Some day
+when we can arrange it, I would enjoy hearing more of your little
+career."
+
+"And I'd be willing to tell you, Mrs. Marvin; you've been so kind, and
+you've comforted me. I shall sleep to-night without any horrid dreams."
+
+Mrs. Marvin felt that Patricia had really intended to frighten Nancy,
+and she decided to have a quiet little talk with her, and if possible,
+learn what had prompted her to do so unkind a thing.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was an odd combination that "Glenmore," one of the best of schools
+for girls in the country, modern in every respect, and absolutely
+"up-to-date," should be situated in a town that was quaint, and
+picturesque, with inhabitants as fanciful, and superstitious as one
+would find if he had traveled back a century.
+
+True, there were residents who had recently come to the place for a
+summer home, but the old people of the place clung to their old time
+superstitions, their firm belief in "signs," their legends handed down
+from one generation to another, and the newcomers humored them, listened
+to their "yarns," and asked to hear more. Many of these stories were
+quite as interesting as any folk tales, and none could tell them with
+finer effect than old Cornelia Derby.
+
+It was Marcus who had pointed her out to several of the girls who, one
+morning, chanced to be standing near the gate as the old woman came up
+the street.
+
+"Oh, Marcus, do you really mean that she can tell all sorts of quaint
+stories about this old town?" cried Betty Chase.
+
+"I sure does," said Marcus, "and 'nuffin' pleases her like gittin' a
+chance ter tell 'em ter folks as is willin' ter listen."
+
+"Now, Valerie," said Betty, turning to her chum, "let's get her to tell
+us some of the stories she knows about the fine old houses, and the
+people that once lived in them."
+
+"Fine!" cried Valerie, "but where would we find her?"
+
+"She lives in a little old hut, 'round behin' the hill over there!" said
+Marcus, "an' all yo' has ter do is ter go up dis street, an' yo'll sure
+spot it, long 'fore yo' reach it, 'cause the top half er dat hut is red,
+an' the bottom half is whitewash. It sure looks mighty quare!"
+
+"Let's take a walk over there to-morrow, when our lessons are prepared,"
+said Valerie, "but," she added, "I hope we find it."
+
+"Yo' couldn't miss it," said Marcus, "for all yo' has ter do is ter go
+up dis street, an' turn ter yo' left, den go a piece, an' turn ter yo'
+right, an' walk 'til yo' come ter a big yaller house, an' dat's 'bout
+half-way. Nex' yo' cross a field, skip over de place where de brook is
+in summer an' come ter a piece er wall, stone wall, 'tis, an' it don't
+seem ter b'long ter no place 'tall, an' de hut is jes' a little ways
+beyond."
+
+The sound of a bell sent them hurrying toward the house.
+
+"Do you expect to remember all that?" Valerie asked on the way to the
+class-room.
+
+"If you do you'll be a wonder. I've forgotten it now."
+
+Betty nodded confidently.
+
+"We'll go over there to-morrow," she said.
+
+The next afternoon, Betty helped Valerie with some puzzling problems
+that must be solved before starting out.
+
+Then with confidence on Betty's part, and much doubt in Valerie's mind
+as to their ability to find the hut, they set off on the long walk.
+After twice enquiring of people whom they met, of taking a long walk in
+the wrong direction, and retracing their steps, they finally espied the
+piece of stone wall that seemed to belong to "no place at all," as
+Marcus had said.
+
+Glad to rest, they paused there to look about them, and to wait for
+Vera and Elf, who had promised to meet them. Neither was in sight,
+although they had said that they would be prompt. Snow and ice had fled,
+and now everywhere were signs of spring. Vera had declared that the long
+walk was what she needed, and Elf had said that she would endure the
+walk for the sake of hearing the quaint stories of the town and its
+people that old Cornelia would tell.
+
+At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited.
+
+"I'd not wait much longer," Valerie said.
+
+"I surely will _not_!" Betty replied, "for if they are coming, they'll
+be here in a few minutes."
+
+It was evident that the two girls had, for some reason, been detained,
+and Betty determined to wait no longer.
+
+[Illustration: AT THE END OF THE WALL BETTY AND VALERIE WAITED.--_Page
+150._]
+
+"Come!" she cried. "We'll go on now to the little hut, and if Vera
+and Elf come poking along a half-hour later, they can just sit on this
+wall, and see if they enjoy waiting as well as we did."
+
+It was but a short distance, and they ran part of the way to make up for
+lost time, but when they reached the gate they found, as Valerie glanced
+at her tiny watch, that it was later than they thought, and was already
+about time for them to turn toward Glenmore, if they did not wish to be
+late.
+
+Hours were strictly kept at the school, and all pupils must return from
+recreation in time to give themselves personal care, and be in the lower
+hall at five-thirty for a friendly chat before going to the dining-room
+at six.
+
+Mrs. Marvin insisted that every pupil look her best at all times.
+
+It was now four o'clock. It would take a half-hour to reach Glenmore.
+That meant that not more than a half-hour could be spent at the hut.
+
+There was no answer to their repeated knocking, but as they turned to go
+they saw old Cornelia coming toward them along the road, a big basket on
+her arm.
+
+"Well, well, two fine little callers I find waiting for me," she said.
+"And what can I do for you?"
+
+"We wanted you to tell us all about some of the old buildings and the
+interesting stories about the people who lived in them," said Betty,
+"but it's so late now that I don't believe there's time. We have to be
+back at Glenmore at five."
+
+"Then sit right down here on my garden-seat and I'll tell you the
+shortest tale I know, and some other day if you come when you have more
+time I'll tell you more."
+
+"Oh, that will be fine!" they cried, as with one voice.
+
+"How would you like to hear about the wishing-well?"
+
+"That sounds _great_!" declared Betty and then: "Could you begin it with
+'Once upon a time?'"
+
+"Surely," was the quick response, "and now I think of it, I'm sure you
+must have passed the old wishing-well on your way here. The old well was
+supposed to have magic power, and long ago when the old Paxton House was
+standing, people came, for miles around, to be near the old well in the
+garden, and wish for their heart's desire, feeling sure that their wish
+would be granted.
+
+"Of course the idea was absurd, but the townspeople of those days were
+superstitious, so that if those things that they wished for beside the
+well never came to them, they thought that they must have forgotten to
+ask for them in the right way, and later they would try again.
+
+"If they obtained the thing that they had wished for, they laid their
+good fortune entirely to the fact that the old well must have approved
+of them."
+
+"And where is it!" Valerie asked. "You said that we must have passed
+it."
+
+"The old well has a flat wooden cover over it now, with an iron bar to
+keep it in place, lest some one be careless and fall in, though now the
+wild blackberry vines have nearly hidden it from sight. Even now when
+only young leaves are on the brambles, the thorny stems make a network
+over the cover. The old Paxton House was gone before my time," Mrs.
+Derby said, "but a part of its fine wall remains. It was upon that wall
+that the wishers sat.
+
+"Did you happen to notice a fine piece of wall that seemed to belong to
+no one at all, and ended in a broad field?"
+
+"The idea!" cried Betty. "Why we _sat_ on that piece of wall, and could
+have 'wished' just as well as not, if only we'd known it."
+
+"And it's almost half-past four now," said Valerie. "S'pose we run along
+toward Glenmore, and stop just long enough to sit on the wall and wish.
+We can be on time at five, if we do that. Then we could come over some
+day when we've more time, and hear all about the well, and other
+stories, too."
+
+It was a good idea, because it was already so late that they could
+remain but a few moments longer, so with an urgent invitation to come
+again, and a promise to do so, they ran back to the old wall, looking
+back to wave their hands to the little woman who waved in return.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE WISHING-WELL
+
+
+"Isn't it funny to think that we stopped at the very place to wish, and
+never knew it?" said Valerie, as they ran along the foot path that would
+take them back, the shortest way to the wall, and the wishing-well.
+
+"Not so 'funny' as that we'd take so much time and trouble to wish when
+we get there," said Betty.
+
+"Why is it odd?" Valerie asked, stopping squarely in front of Betty, and
+looking at her with round eyes.
+
+"Oh, because we're acting exactly as if we believed in the old well,"
+Betty said, looking a bit annoyed, yet keeping straight on toward the
+wall.
+
+"Well, of course we're not so silly as to _really_ and _truly_ believe
+it could grant our wishes, but it's no harm to try," responded Valerie.
+
+Betty laughed.
+
+   "Oh, we don't believe it all,
+   Yet we _must_ believe a little
+   We _b'lieve_ the water boils
+   When the steam comes from the _kittle_.
+
+   "It's dark inside the drum,
+   Yet we hear the drumming well,
+   But that we wished beside the wall
+   We'll never, never tell."
+
+"Where did you hear those verses?" Valerie asked.
+
+"That's a funny song my brother sings. I made the second verse to fit
+to-day."
+
+"Why, Betty Chase! Who'd think you could make poetry?" cried Valerie,
+looking Betty over, as if it were the first time she had ever seen her.
+
+Betty laughed gayly.
+
+"I guess Mrs. Marvin would tell you it wasn't poetry. Don't you remember
+she told us the other day that many people could write verses, but that
+verses were not always _poetry_?"
+
+"Well, all the same, I like the funny verses," Valerie said, "and here
+we are at the wall again."
+
+"And here's luck to us, and our wishing!" cried Betty.
+
+She sprang up on the wall beside Valerie, and for a moment the two sat
+thinking.
+
+It was Valerie who first spoke.
+
+"I've been trying to think what to wish for," she said, "and now all at
+once I know. Mother told me to work hard this year, so as to stand high
+in my class, and Aunt Phyllis said if I could finish in June with
+ninety per cent. average she'd give me a beautiful ring. Yes, that's
+what I'll wish for by the old well, and after I've wished it, I'll work
+harder than ever so that my wish will come true. Well, why do you
+laugh?" she asked, looking not only amazed, but rather vexed at Betty,
+who could not stop laughing even when she saw that Valerie was far from
+thinking it a joke.
+
+"Well, what have I said that is so awfully funny?" she asked sharply.
+
+"Don't be provoked, Valerie," Betty said, but her shoulders shook
+although she tried to check her laughter.
+
+"I was only thinking," she continued, "how generous you were to help the
+old well out so nicely. Just as soon as you've wished, you'll start
+right out to work hard enough to just _make_ the wish come true, well
+or no well, and I do believe, if your aunt gives you the ring, you'll
+forget how hard you worked, and you'll be saying: 'I do more than half
+believe in the wishing-well!'"
+
+Valerie was never long angry, and she laughed as she answered:
+
+"Well, Miss Wise-one, are you going to wish, and then sit back and wait
+to see if it 'comes true'?"
+
+"I'll wish just for fun, but I don't believe what she said about the old
+well any more than you do, Valerie Dare. We'd be silly to even think
+that an old well had any power to grant wishes," Betty said, but Valerie
+laughed again.
+
+"Then why did we bother to sit on this wall and wish?" she said.
+
+"We might just as well wish while we're waiting along the road."
+
+"Come on!" cried Betty. "You wished on the wall beside the well, and
+I'll wish as we walk along, and we'll see which gets what she wished
+for."
+
+"All right," agreed Valerie, "but I _do_ hope you'll get yours, Betty."
+
+"I'm as likely to, as if I'd kept sitting by the well," Betty said, "for
+I wish for what just _couldn't_ happen."
+
+"Why Betty Chase! Why don't you wish for something that you've a
+_chance_ of getting," said Valerie, stopping squarely in front of Betty.
+
+"Because I have everything I want but one thing," was the quiet reply.
+
+"And that one thing is--what?" queried Valerie.
+
+"I love Dorothy Dainty, and I don't want to say 'good-by' to her when
+school closes. I'd like to be where she is this summer, but that
+_couldn't_ be. You see our summer home is lovely, and we go there every
+year. Father and mother like the country better than the shore, but I
+like the beach, and the water best. Dorothy and Nancy will go home to
+Merrivale, but whether they spend the summer there, or go away to some
+other place, it won't make much difference to me. It's not likely to
+happen that they'll come to the quiet little town where we are to spend
+the summer."
+
+Betty's merry face now wore such a sober expression that Valerie said:
+
+"Well, I still say I wish you'd wanted something that really could
+happen."
+
+At that moment some one appeared just around a bend of the road, some
+one wearing the gayest of colors, and with her a little old-fashioned
+figure in a dark brown dress.
+
+"Look! Patricia and Arabella are coming this way, and they look as if
+they were planning something great. Just see how close together their
+heads are! I don't know Arabella very well, but when Patricia is 'up to'
+anything, it's pretty sure to be mischief."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," Valerie. "It's just as likely to be some way she's
+planning for a chance to show off."
+
+Betty laughed.
+
+"Did you hear Vera Vane telling about the afternoon that Patricia
+knocked at her door, and said that she had come to 'make a call'?"
+
+"I didn't hear that," said Valerie. "What did she do?"
+
+"She was wearing all the rings and bangles that she owned, and in her
+hand was a card-case, just as if she were grown up. She sat on the tip
+edge of her chair, and she kept taking out her handkerchief, and
+shaking it because it was drenched with perfumery, and when she went,
+she emptied the card-case on the table, and Vera counted the cards. Say,
+Patricia had left _fifty_. Wasn't that funny?"
+
+"Hush--sh!" breathed Valerie, "she might hear you."
+
+Patricia rushed forward, while Arabella, as usual, hung back, preferring
+to stare at Betty and Valerie through her spectacles, rather than have a
+little chat.
+
+She wanted to watch their faces, and see if they were greatly surprised
+with the news that Patricia had to tell.
+
+"Guess where we're going!" Patricia cried, "but you couldn't guess, so
+I'll tell you. We're going over to the well, the one that's called the
+wishing-well," she explained, "and we mustn't tell what we mean to wish
+for, 'cause if you tell, you wouldn't get your wish. Did you know that?"
+
+Betty said that she had not heard that.
+
+"I'll tell you to-morrow just how to find it, but we can't stop now.
+There isn't time."
+
+"Late!" cried Valerie. "I guess you two are late. We think we have to
+hurry to get to Glenmore on time, and you are going away from school
+every minute. Why don't you go to the well, if you want to, to-morrow."
+
+Arabella thought that they ought to turn back, but Patricia seized her
+hand, and the two commenced to run.
+
+"They'll be a half-hour late," said Valerie, looking after the flying
+figures.
+
+"And 'The Fender' will be waiting for a chance to scold them when they
+come in," said Betty.
+
+As they pushed the gate open, they saw a little figure disappearing
+around the corner of the house.
+
+"That was Ida Mayo," said Valerie.
+
+"I didn't see her face. Are you sure it was Ida?" Betty asked.
+
+"Oh, it was Ida," Valerie answered, "and I do wonder why she stays in
+her room all the time. If she happens to come down when the girls are
+out, she runs, the moment she sees any of us coming."
+
+"It's a long time ago that she was sick," Betty replied, "but she must
+be all right by this time. I wonder why she ran when she saw us? We
+don't know her well enough to stop her to talk. She's bigger than we
+are, and she's three classes above us."
+
+"Who told you she stayed in her own room all the time?" continued Betty.
+
+"Patricia Levine said so," Valerie said.
+
+"Why, Valerie Dare, you know Patricia tells--well--things that aren't
+_really_ true," said Betty.
+
+"Well, we don't see Ida, now, as we used to," Valerie said.
+
+"That might just happen," said Betty.
+
+It happened that what Patricia had said was true.
+
+The so-called "beautifier" had injured the skin so severely that it
+required time to heal it.
+
+Mrs. Marvin had said that Ida was feeling far from well, which was true.
+
+Her vanity had prompted her to do a foolish thing, and she had suffered
+for it, both because of her painful face, and because in her
+nervousness, she had cried until completely tired out.
+
+Mrs. Marvin had talked with her kindly and wisely, she had let old Judy
+take her meals up to her room, and she had personally given her private
+instruction, for she pitied the silly girl, and sought to keep curious
+ones from annoying her.
+
+Ida had hastened away when she had seen the two younger girls coming
+because there still were traces on her cheeks of the burning caused by
+the patent "beautifier," and she seemed more afraid of the comments of
+the younger girls, than of her own classmates.
+
+As the two girls entered the hall they saw that the tall clock marked
+the time as quarter-past five.
+
+"Fifteen minutes to fix up just a bit," said Betty. "Come on!"
+
+They raced up the stairs and soon reached their room.
+
+Valerie was ready first, because Betty had found a letter waiting for
+her, and promptly sat down to read it.
+
+"You'd better not stop to read it," cautioned Valerie, "for when we came
+in we had only fifteen minutes to--"
+
+But just then Betty gave a little cry of delight.
+
+"Oh-oo! Just listen to this!" she cried. "Father says we are to go to
+the shore this summer just for a change, and already he has rented the
+summer place." She clapped her hands, and laughed with sheer happiness.
+
+"Oh, I'm so glad to hear that to-night. I do believe I'll dream about
+it," she said.
+
+The half-hour for social chat was over, and dinner was half through when
+Patricia and Arabella entered the dining-room.
+
+All eyes were turned upon them.
+
+Patricia held her chin very high, and looked as if she were thinking: "I
+know I'm late, but what of that?" She was assuming a boldness that she
+did not feel, whereas Arabella was absolutely natural. She felt
+frightened, and looked--just as she felt.
+
+"Wouldn't you like to know what they wished?" whispered Valerie, to
+which Betty whispered in reply:
+
+"I'd like to know, but they wouldn't tell us."
+
+It was a fixed rule at Glenmore that the pupils must be present at the
+social half-hour, and then be sure of being prompt at six, the dinner
+hour. Patricia and Arabella were the first to break that rule.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+There was to be a week's vacation, and all but four of the pupils were
+to spend it at home.
+
+They were Patricia and Arabella, Dorothy, and Nancy.
+
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were still traveling, and Mrs. Vane had
+asked Vera to bring Dorothy and Nancy home with her for the week.
+Already they had planned enough pleasure to last a month, and Vera was
+still racking her busy brain to think of other things that they might
+do.
+
+The pupils were welcome to remain at Glenmore if they wished, and
+Patricia had decided that that was just what she would do.
+
+Arabella had hesitated. She was fond of her father, and she had intended
+to go home for the week, but Patricia had declared that they would stay
+at Glenmore, and Arabella was no match for Patricia, so it was settled
+that they would remain at the school.
+
+The week at Vera's home opened charmingly.
+
+Mrs. Vane had given the week over to Vera and her three little guests.
+
+"It isn't quite a week," she said when she greeted them, "for you have
+arrived Monday afternoon, and you must leave Saturday morning. That
+gives us Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, and we must make each
+day delightful."
+
+"It always is delightful here," said Dorothy, "and it seemed so good to
+come to you when mother was away."
+
+Mrs. Vane drew Dorothy closer. She knew that at heart, sweet Dorothy was
+a bit homesick.
+
+"We'll have a pleasant little home evening with music and games," she
+said, "and you'll all feel rested by to-morrow. I'll not tell what I've
+in store for to-morrow. That is a secret," she said.
+
+Of course Vera coaxed, and the others tried to guess, but Mrs. Vane
+remained firm, only laughing as their guessing grew wilder.
+
+"Mother truly can keep a secret, but I can't," said Vera. "I mean to
+keep it but first thing I know, I'm telling it."
+
+"We all know that," said Elf, and Vera joined in the laughter of the
+others.
+
+Tuesday was fair, and Mrs. Vane, at lunch looked at the four bright
+faces before her, Vera, a small copy of herself; Elf, whose mischievous
+face was truly elfish; Nancy, whose gypsy beauty always pleased, and
+Dorothy, blue-eyed, fair-haired, whose lovable disposition shone from
+her eyes, and made her sweet to look upon.
+
+"We shall take a trip to Fairy-land this afternoon," she said, "and
+must start directly after lunch."
+
+That was all that she would tell, and as they motored up one busy
+street, and down another, she enjoyed watching their eager faces, and
+listening to their chatter.
+
+Fairy-land proved to be a wonderful play, depicting Elf-land with
+fairies, water nymphs, elves and witches, goblins, and gnomes, with
+exquisite scenery, beautiful costumes, and graceful dancing that held
+them entranced, from the time that the curtain went up until the grand
+march of the fairies at the finale.
+
+The "grown-ups" in the audience were delighted, so it was not strange
+that Mrs. Vane's party was spellbound.
+
+Of them all, Nancy best understood the perfect art of the dancing. She
+had been drilled in those dainty steps, and she saw how cleverly each
+did her part.
+
+It was an afternoon of enchantment, and when the play was over, the gay
+little party howled along the broad thoroughfare toward home and they
+talked of the beautiful fairy play, and the graceful girls who had
+danced as nymphs.
+
+The four days passed so quickly that when Saturday dawned, it seemed
+hardly possible that it was time to return to Glenmore.
+
+There had been a wonderful exhibition of paintings for Wednesday, a huge
+fair for Thursday at which Mrs. Vane bought a lovely gift for each as a
+souvenir.
+
+Thursday they had motored out beyond the city where willows were showing
+their misty green, and gay little crocus beds were in bloom. They had
+stopped for lunch at a pretty restaurant that looked for all the world
+like a rustic cottage, and then had returned to find Rob Vane waiting to
+greet them, as they drew up to the house.
+
+"Hello!" he called to them before they had alighted.
+
+"How is this, that a fellow gets a week's vacation, and comes home from
+school to find only servants to greet him?"
+
+"Why, Robert, I am glad enough to have you home for a week. I thought
+you were to stay at school for extra coaching?"
+
+"That's what I wrote in my last letter," said Rob, "but I passed exams.
+with flying colors. I was nervous, and feared I wasn't prepared, but
+say! I was needlessly scared, for I not only 'passed,' but snatched the
+prize for mathematics."
+
+"I am proud of you, Robert, and your father will be pleased," Mrs. Vane
+said, her fine eyes shining.
+
+"And I'm proud of you, Rob," cried Vera, rushing at him, and clasping
+her arms about him.
+
+"Hi, Pussy Weather-vane, it's good to have a little sister," said Rob,
+swinging her around until she was dizzy.
+
+"Are you glad to see me, too?" he asked, laughing at her flushed cheeks,
+and touzled, flaxen hair.
+
+"Oh, Rob! _So_ glad, even if you do shake me up until I look wild," Vera
+said, clinging to his arm, and dragging him toward the little guests.
+
+"I dare to say he's the best brother in the world because neither one of
+you has a brother, so you won't be offended."
+
+"Spare my blushes, Vera," cried Rob. "Say, girls, I'm mighty glad to see
+you. How long are you to stay? A week?"
+
+"We are going back to Glenmore Saturday," Dorothy said, "and we start at
+nine in the morning. There is no one at the Stone House but the
+servants, and it was so lovely to come home with Vera."
+
+"It surely was the best thing that you could do," Rob replied earnestly,
+for he knew by a slight quiver in her voice that Dorothy was a bit
+homesick.
+
+Nancy heard the odd little quiver when Dorothy was speaking, and she
+hastened to speak of cheery things.
+
+"We've had just the dearest visit, and we've been to the theater, to a
+big fair, to see a hall hung with beautiful pictures, and how we have
+enjoyed it all!" she said.
+
+"I'll do the entertaining to-morrow," said Rob. "I'll take you all to
+see something that will be no end of fun."
+
+"What will it be, Rob?" Vera asked, but Rob tweaked her curls, and
+laughed.
+
+"That's my secret," he said, and they had to be satisfied with that.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A LIVELY WEEK
+
+
+Dorothy woke very early the next morning, and turned to look at Nancy,
+to find that Nancy was looking straight at her. They both laughed.
+
+"I was wondering if you were awake," Nancy said.
+
+"I turned to look at you, Nancy, to see if your eyes were open," Dorothy
+said. "I was going to ask you if you knew that Patricia and Arabella
+were spending the week at Glenmore."
+
+"I knew it, because when I told Patricia that we were to spend the week
+at Vera's home, she looked, for just a second, as if she were provoked
+because she had not been invited, too. Then she hurried to say that
+she'd rather stay at Glenmore. That Arabella was to stay, too, and that
+she thought they would have a finer time than we."
+
+"I wonder how they amused themselves," Dorothy said. "Glenmore would be
+so quiet with all the girls away."
+
+"And Miss Fenler would have all the time to watch them, with none of the
+other pupils to care for," responded Nancy.
+
+"Dorothy, Nancy! Come down so I can tell you something!" called Vera.
+
+They heard Mrs. Vane say gently:
+
+"Don't hurry them, Vera."
+
+They were half-way down the stairs, however, and in the lower hall they
+saw Elf, already up, because she had shared Vera's room, and Vera had
+awakened her.
+
+"Rob has told me! Rob has told me!" Vera said, dancing around Dorothy
+and Nancy. "Bob has told me, and I couldn't wait to tell you. He's going
+to take us out into the country to our summer place, and there we'll go
+to a little country circus! Won't that be great? He came home just in
+time."
+
+"That will be great fun," said Dorothy, "and after we've seen it, we can
+talk it over, all the way back."
+
+"Let's get ready now!" cried Vera.
+
+"Why, Vera! It is only eight o'clock, and the circus begins at two, so
+Bob said," Elf remarked, with the thought of calming Vera, but that was
+not so easily done.
+
+"But it's a two-hour ride out there. Come up to my room, Elf, and help
+me choose a dress," Vera replied, as she caught Elf by the hand and
+rushed up the stairway. How they laughed.
+
+The morning sped on wings, and lunch was served early.
+
+Just as they were leaving the house, the postman brought a letter for
+Dorothy that had been remailed from Glenmore, and she took it with her
+to read, if there was an opportunity.
+
+The ride out from the city over fine roads, and along beautiful avenues,
+was delightful, and the jolly little party reached "Vane Villa," earlier
+than they had thought possible.
+
+"Dorothy is aching to read her letter," Vera said, "so sit out here and
+read it, Dorothy dear," she continued, "and Rob will take Elf around to
+see the kennels, and I'll tag along with them, for if I stay here, I'll
+talk and talk so you won't know what is in your letter after all."
+
+It was a kind thought, and a bit of tact that careless, flighty Vera
+often showed.
+
+Dorothy opened her letter, and commenced reading. After a few lines she
+looked up, her eyes shining.
+
+"Nancy, come here, and listen to this.
+
+"They are already on the homeward trip, and the first of May Mother and
+Aunt Charlotte will be at the Stone House, and we are to join them a
+week later. Already Mother has written to Mrs. Marvin, and we are to be
+excused for the last two weeks at Glenmore, and away we'll speed toward
+Merrivale and home."
+
+"Oh, I am _so_ glad!" Nancy cried as she pressed Dorothy closer.
+
+"And that isn't all," said Dorothy, "for hear this:
+
+   "I'm sure, dear, that you and Nancy will be
+   delighted to know that, after a short stay at the
+   Stone House, we shall go to Foam Ridge for the
+   summer. You are both so fond of the shore, and the
+   salt air."
+
+Nancy's eyes were bright, and there was a droll twinkle in them.
+
+Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news.
+
+"Do you mean that?" Dorothy asked. "Are you _sure_?"
+
+Nancy laughed and nodded.
+
+[Illustration: DRAWING CLOSER, NANCY WHISPERED A RARE BIT OF
+NEWS.--_Page 186._]
+
+"Perfectly sure," she said, "for only the day before vacation Betty told
+me that her mother had just written to say that for a change they were
+to spend the summer at the shore, and she said: 'Isn't "Foam Ridge" a
+pretty name.' I didn't think to tell you, because I never dreamed that
+we would be going to the same place. I knew you'd be pleased, for you
+like Betty Chase as well as I do."
+
+"Oh, I am truly glad that we shall see Betty at the shore."
+
+"Hello!" shouted Rob. "Anybody thinking of going to the circus!"
+
+"Yes! Yes!" they cried, and ran to join Rob and Vera and Elf.
+
+For a small circus it proved to be quite a show. There were trained dogs
+that were really clever, there were trained elephants, but best of all
+there were some handsome horses, whose riders did wonderful vaulting,
+tumbling, and riding, springing over hurdles, and through covered hoops.
+
+When they left the tent the girls were delighted with the show, and Rob
+said it made him think of his early ambition to be a circus performer.
+
+"Why wouldn't you like to now?" asked Vera. "If I had ever wanted to,
+I'd want to now. I wouldn't change my mind. Well, I don't see why you
+all laugh!" she cried, looking in surprise from one to the other.
+
+It was small wonder that they laughed. Vera rarely held one opinion for
+more than half a day, and had been known to have a half-dozen minds
+inside of an hour!
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was a jolly party that took the train for Glenmore on Saturday
+morning. Rob had taken them to the station, bought a a box of candy for
+each, and waited until the last moment to leave the train.
+
+"If Miss Fenler has been watching Patricia this week she has been busy,"
+said Elf, when they had settled themselves for the long ride.
+
+"She could easily watch Arabella, she is so slow," Dorothy said.
+
+It happened that Mrs. Marvin had told Miss Fenler to closely watch both
+girls who had chosen to spend the week's vacation at the school.
+
+School without lessons would be fine, they thought.
+
+"I think Arabella Correyville, if she were here alone, would be very
+little care, but Patricia Levine is as full of queer notions as any girl
+could be, and she plans the oddest mischief, and then drags slow little
+Arabella into it. Patricia never tries to help her out, and she
+invariably laughs if Arabella is caught.
+
+"Arabella is so slow that she really doesn't know that Patricia rules
+her, while Patricia rules, and laughs at Arabella for obeying.
+
+"I promise to watch them, and I am likely to be more closely employed
+than during a regular school session," Miss Fenler said in reply.
+
+The first day passed without any especial happening, but the next day
+the two set out for a walk, soon after breakfast, and did not return
+until just before six.
+
+"You were not here at one o'clock for lunch," Miss Fenler said. "Where
+were you?"
+
+"I lunched with a friend," said Patricia, and Arabella drawled, "So did
+I."
+
+"I did not know that you had friends here in town," Miss Fenler said, in
+surprise. They were, of course friends, and they had lunched together.
+What they had said had been true, but surely not honest.
+
+Arabella stared stupidly at Miss Fenler, and Patricia imitated her
+stolid friend, too. It was easier to look dull than to answer more
+questions.
+
+On the third day Mrs. Marvin was absolutely amazed to glance toward her
+window just in time to see Patricia entering the house with a cat in her
+arms.
+
+Questioned as to where she obtained the cat she said that a boy gave it
+to her, that she didn't know his name, or where he lived.
+
+"Where do you expect to keep it?" asked Miss Fenler, who had been sent
+to meet her.
+
+"I thought I could keep her in the little shed that's next to the
+kitchen, and then Judy could feed her," was the answer, given as
+confidently as if the whole matter were settled.
+
+Mrs. Marvin came out into the hall in time to hear what Patricia said.
+
+"I think we can arrange to let puss remain if she is to be under Judy's
+care," she said, "for only yesterday she told me that the mice are
+becoming very bold, and they are too wise to go into the traps that she
+sets."
+
+A sound of falling pans, flat-irons, and other kitchen utensils made
+them start. Patricia clung to the cat, although it was making desperate
+efforts to get away.
+
+"Ow-oo-o! O massy sakes! Yow-hoo!" shouted Judy as she burst the door
+open, and tore out into the hall.
+
+"Dem mices'll kill me yit, I do b'liebe!" she yelled. "De windows, an'
+do's is shet, an' dey's prancin' on de kitchen' flo. Oh-oo!"
+
+"Hush, Judy, hush!" Mrs. Marvin said. "We've a cat with us, and she is
+just in time."
+
+"I sho' won't go nigh dat kitchen wid no cat, nor nuffin' else," Judy
+said, her eyes rolling in terror.
+
+"Pooh!" cried Patricia, "I'd be glad to put her out there before I get
+any more scratches," and going to the end of the hall, she opened the
+door, and dropped puss on the floor.
+
+In less time than it takes to tell it the cat had caught the two tiny
+mice, that had been far more afraid of the big colored woman, than she
+had been of them, and that is saying a great deal.
+
+Patricia was never inclined to be in any way obliging. She was one of
+those unpleasant girls who find no joy in being kind or helpful.
+
+Whatever she did, was done wholly for her own sake, and Judy eyed her
+with suspicion when she saw how promptly she took the big cat to the
+kitchen.
+
+Having given the cat over to the care of Judy, Patricia raced up the
+stairway to her room.
+
+Judy rolled her eyes to look after her.
+
+"Wha' fo' she done dat?" she asked of Miss Fenler, who stood near her.
+
+"Wha' fo'? I axes. Dat ar young miss done bring dat cat home ter hab in
+her room fo' a pet. How happen her to gib it up ter Judy?"
+
+"Nonsense, Judy. She knows, as all the pupils know, that it is a fixed
+rule at Glenmore, that no pupil can have a pet in her room."
+
+"All de same, Miss Patrichy _meant_ dat cat ter be up in her room, long
+o' dat ar _Carbale_ gal."
+
+Judy never could get Arabella's name correctly. Sometimes it was
+"Carbale," then it was "_Corbille_," but never once had she managed to
+call it Correyville.
+
+"Well, the cat is in the kitchen now, and you must look out for her.
+Keep her in for a few days until she feels that this is home, and then
+she will stay," Miss Fenler said, and returned to her account-books.
+
+Thursday the two girls were in their room all day, reading, and
+devouring a "treat" that Patricia had smuggled in. It was much the same
+ménu that Patricia usually chose, without a thought as to how the
+different things would combine.
+
+Who but Patricia Levine would ever think of eating ice-cream, and big
+green pickles at the same time?
+
+The reason that she would have given for eating them at the same time
+would have been that she liked both.
+
+They ate the papers of ice-cream first before it could melt, and then,
+each took a huge green pickle, and a favorite book, and settled down to
+read.
+
+When the lunch hour arrived, Patricia felt a bit "queer," while
+Arabella felt decidedly "queerer."
+
+Neither cared to eat, but they dared not stay away from the dining-room,
+so both went down to the table, but they made only a pretense of eating.
+
+Early in the afternoon both felt hungry. Patricia rushed to the closet,
+and returned with some chocolate éclaires, and a bottle of olives.
+
+"I'll eat an éclaire," said Arabella, "but maybe I'd better not eat
+olives with it."
+
+"Well, of all things!" cried Patricia. "Let me tell you what you don't
+know. Éclaires and olives just _b'long_ together. Don't act funny,
+Arabella."
+
+Arabella, always afraid of being laughed at, ate not only one éclaire,
+but two, and a dozen olives, as well.
+
+During the afternoon, they ate four crullers, two pickled limes, two
+ham sandwiches, and a pound of fudge.
+
+Patricia could eat anything, and any amount of food without any ill
+effect, but Arabella was really sick when the hour for dinner arrived.
+
+When Mrs. Marvin questioned Patricia, she said that Arabella had a
+headache, and that she had said that she was not hungry.
+
+Mrs. Marvin sent a waitress up to their room with some toast and tea for
+Arabella. Arabella barely tasted it, and the girl returned to report
+that Miss Arabella looked sick, and really could not eat.
+
+The next day found her much like her usual self, and Patricia proposed a
+walk.
+
+"I'll go with you in a minute," said Arabella.
+
+"What _are_ you waiting for?" snapped Patricia. She turned, and saw that
+Arabella was shaking some green pills from a bottle.
+
+"It's hard work trying to mind two people who say different things,"
+complained Arabella. "Aunt Matilda told me to take these green pills
+every hour, wherever I happen to be, and Mrs. Marvin says I must not be
+continually taking medicine in the class-room. How can I do both?"
+
+"Don't take it at all!" cried Patricia.
+
+"But my health--"
+
+"Oh, bother your health," said Patricia. "I should think you'd be sick
+of hearing about it."
+
+"I am," confessed Arabella.
+
+"Then pitch every one of those bottles out, and see what happens! No
+wonder the girls here call you the 'medicine-chest.' The doses you take
+make me sick just to see them."
+
+Arabella looked sulky, and when Patricia started for a walk, Arabella
+refused to go. She was usually afraid of Patricia, and did as she
+directed, but when she became sulky, not even Patricia could move her,
+try as she might.
+
+Arabella was standing near the window when Patricia returned, and what
+she saw was anything but pleasing.
+
+At the end of a leash was a small, shaggy, yellow dog, of no especial
+breed!
+
+Arabella detested dogs, and was desperately afraid of them as well.
+
+She told herself that the dog would also be in Judy's care, and was
+wondering how he would get on with the cat, when she heard a loud
+whisper outside the door.
+
+"Let me in, quick!" it said, and when Arabella opened the door, Patricia
+stumbled over the dog who had run between her feet, and the two landed
+on the middle of the rug in a heap.
+
+"There! Isn't he a beauty?" Patricia asked and without waiting for an
+answer continued, "A man told me he was a valuable dog that _ought_ to
+bring fifty dollars, but because he was going to leave town, he let me
+have him, for two dollars, and threw in the leash. Wasn't that a
+bargain?"
+
+"What are you going to do with him?" Arabella asked. "Oh, take him away!
+I don't want him sniffing at me!"
+
+Patricia made an outrageous face, and tugged at the leash.
+
+"Keep him in this room until I go home, and then take him with me," she
+said.
+
+"I'll not sleep in this room if that dog is kept in here!" declared
+Arabella.
+
+"Where will you sleep?" Patricia asked, coolly. "They wouldn't let you
+sleep out in the hall, and if I put the dog out there, 'The Fender'
+will take him."
+
+By extreme care, Patricia managed not to do anything that would make him
+bark.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+AN INNOCENT SNEAK-THIEF
+
+
+The little dog had slept all night, but when morning came he wanted to
+go out for a romp. Patricia tied him to the leg of the bed, gave him
+some breakfast and sat on the floor beside him to stop him if he began
+to bark.
+
+Thus far he had been very quiet, only softly growling, and stopping that
+when Patricia held up her finger and told him he must "keep still."
+
+"Why do we have to review?" Patricia said as Arabella took up a book.
+
+"The idea of looking into my history to see when Virginia was settled at
+Jamestown when any one _knows_ it was in fourteen ninety-two!"
+
+"O my, Patricia! That's wrong," Arabella said, "That's when Columbus
+discovered America."
+
+"Well, for goodness' sake! Couldn't he have landed in Virginia, and
+settled it at the same time?" demanded Patricia. She was desperately
+angry, but Arabella persisted.
+
+"Don't you _know_, Patricia, it _couldn't_ have been settled in fourteen
+ninety-two?"
+
+"Oh, don't bother me about that!" said Patricia, and Arabella, peering
+at her through her goggles decided that it would be wise to do no more
+correcting.
+
+"I don't think Miss Fenler is fair," said Patricia, "for she marked my
+history paper only forty-two, and I just _know_ it ought to have been
+higher than that. And my spelling she marked only thirty-eight last
+month, and all because I put an r in water, spelling it 'warter,' and
+I'm sure that's not bad."
+
+"You put two t's in it, too," said Arabella.
+
+"I will again if I want to," snapped Patricia.
+
+"There's the breakfast-bell. He's sure to bark while we're down-stairs,"
+Arabella said. She hoped that he would, so that he might be given other
+quarters. He looked up as the door closed, and was about to bark when he
+saw one of Arabella's slippers, and grabbing it, retired under the bed
+to chew it.
+
+It was a rule that the maids should make the beds, and put the rooms in
+order while the pupils were at breakfast, and on that morning it fell to
+Maggie's share of the work to care for the only room now occupied.
+
+She was a good-natured Irish girl, and she entered the room singing:
+
+   "'Now, Rory, be aisy, don't tase me no more,
+   'Tis the--'"
+
+"Och, murther! Murther! There's a man under the bed, an' he grabbed me
+by me shoe,--oh! oh!"
+
+Down-stairs she ran, screaming all the way, declaring that there was a
+man up-stairs, and calling for some one brave enough to "dhrive him
+out."
+
+Her terror was very real, and Marcus was called in to oust the intruder.
+
+"It must be a sneak-thief," said Miss Fenler.
+
+"It _am_ a sneak-thief," said Marcus, appearing with the small dog in
+his arms.
+
+"He stole a slipper, an den sneaked under der bed ter chew on it. Sure,
+he am a sneak-thief, but I knows a cullud gemman what wants a dog, an'
+I guess he's 'bout the right size. Dey has a pow'ful small house, an'
+him an' his wife, an' seben chilluns lib in dem two rooms, so he
+couldn't want no bigger dog dan dis yar."
+
+"Why nobody can give that dog away!" shrieked Patricia. "I bought him
+yesterday, and paid the man two dollars for him. He's mine!"
+
+"Do you mean to tell me, Patricia, that you bought that dog and
+deliberately brought him here, when you knew that it was against the
+rules of the school?" Mrs. Marvin asked.
+
+"You kept the cat," said Patricia.
+
+"Because I let the cat remain, you decided that it would be safe to do
+practically the same thing again, did you?" Mrs. Marvin's usually kind
+voice sounded very cold now.
+
+"He isn't a cat, so 'tisn't the same," Patricia said with a pout.
+
+"We must find an owner for him, Marcus," Mrs. Marvin said.
+
+"I _won't_ let him go!" screamed Patricia.
+
+"You cannot keep him here."
+
+"Then I'll go back to my aunt's house at Merrivale, and take him with
+me," said Patricia.
+
+"Do as you like about that," Mrs. Marvin said quietly, "but you must
+choose."
+
+"I've _choosed_, I mean 'chosen,'" said Patricia. "I'll go right
+straight off, and take the dog with me."
+
+It looked like haste and anger, but for weeks Patricia had been so far
+behind the others of her class, that she believed that any day Mrs.
+Marvin would send her home with a letter stating that she had been
+neglecting study, and must give up her place to some ambitious pupil.
+Patricia preferred to go of her own choice, so she rushed to her room,
+and began to pack her belongings.
+
+Arabella stood watching her as if not fully realizing that she was
+losing her chum.
+
+She was not quite so dull as she appeared. She was sorry to have
+Patricia go, and she was not at all sure that she would like her room
+all to herself. At the same time she was comforting herself with the
+thought that there would be no one to make her eat things that she ate
+for the sake of peace and that nearly always made her ill, or to drag
+her into mischief that she, herself would never have thought of. When
+Patricia's trunk was strapped to the back of the carriage, and she stood
+on the porch, her suit-case in one hand, her other hand holding the
+dog's leash, she turned to Arabella.
+
+"Well, aren't you going to say something, now I'm ready to start?" she
+asked.
+
+"Do'no' what to say," drawled Arabella.
+
+Arabella had spoken the truth, which, however, was not complimentary,
+and Patricia was offended.
+
+Arabella, looking after her tried to decide just how she felt. She would
+miss Patricia, because at times she was a lively chum, but she was quick
+to take offense, and Arabella was always doing something that displeased
+her.
+
+Then, too, Arabella had a very small allowance, while Patricia spent
+money with a free hand, and always "shared" with Arabella. But what joy
+was there in eating the oddly chosen "treats"?
+
+Arabella decided that as there was but a short time before the closing
+of school, it was, perhaps, the best thing that could have happened,
+that Patricia had decided to go back to Merrivale. It seemed strange
+that she should prefer to be with her aunt in Merrivale, rather than
+with her mother, at their home in New York, but those who knew were not
+surprised.
+
+Mrs. Levine was as strange in some respects, as her little daughter was
+in others. If Patricia enjoyed being away from home, Mrs. Levine,
+flighty, and weak-willed, was glad to be free from the care of Patricia.
+
+The aunt was very glad of the money paid for Patricia's board, so every
+one concerned seemed satisfied.
+
+Surely Patricia was having but little training, but who was there to
+complain?
+
+Being away from home had one decided advantage, Patricia thought.
+
+She could ask for money when she needed clothing, and when she received
+it she could make her own choice of hats, coats, or dresses, and what a
+lively choice it was!
+
+She had rightly earned the title of the "Human Rainbow."
+
+She had heard the name, and she liked it. She thought that it implied
+that her costumes were gay, rather than dull colored.
+
+Mrs. Marvin breathed a sigh of relief when Patricia had actually left
+Glenmore, and Miss Fenler remarked that Arabella was really too slow to
+get into mischief, now that she had no one to assist her.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The ride had been a long one, and the car had been hot after the early
+morning. Vera complained that she was fairly roasted, while Elf declared
+that she had breathed smoke from the open windows until she believed
+that she would smell smoke for a week. Dorothy and Nancy made little
+fuss about either smoke or heat, bearing the discomforts of the trip
+patiently, and laughing when Vera fumed.
+
+"Well, I know, if I were a man," said Vera, "I could make some kind of
+an engine that would go like lightning, and have neither smoke nor
+cinders. I told Rob that, and he said, 'Oh, don't let it stop you
+because you're not a man. Just go ahead, Pussy Weather-vane, and plan
+it. The companies won't refuse to use it because it wasn't invented by a
+man!'
+
+"Now, isn't that just like a boy? What time do I have to do things like
+that? Doesn't he know that I have lessons, and all sorts of things that
+hinder me?"
+
+"Why do you girls laugh at everything I say, just as Rob does?" she
+concluded, looking in surprise, from one merry face to the other.
+
+"Oh, but Vera, you are funny when you sputter," said Elf.
+
+"I s'pose I am," agreed Vera, "and I don't much care. I'm sure I'd
+rather make you laugh, than make you look sober."
+
+"Look! Look!" cried Dorothy.
+
+"We're almost to Glenmore!"
+
+"Not yet," said Vera.
+
+"Oh, but Dorothy is right," said Nancy, "for look there where the river
+glistens in the sun."
+
+"And see that big Club House right over there," Dorothy said, pointing
+toward a handsome building of which the town of Glenmore was justly
+proud.
+
+"But it doesn't seem quite like--"
+
+Vera's remark was interrupted by the trainman, who opened the door and
+shouted, "Glenmore! Glenmore!"
+
+"I guess it did look like it," Vera said, as she sprang out on the
+platform, followed by her three laughing companions. Marcus was waiting
+for them.
+
+"Yo'-all git in, an' we'll git dar as quick as we kin. Mis' Marvin, she
+say all the other pupils is arriv, an' she hopes you fo' will be some
+prompt."
+
+"We came as soon as the train would bring us," said Elf.
+
+"But dat train am an hour later dan de time-table say."
+
+"Do you believe that?" Elf asked of the others, as they rode along.
+
+"They must have changed the time-table," Nancy said.
+
+Marcus turned his head to shout:
+
+"No, miss, no. Nobody doesn't neber chane nuffin' in Glenmore!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin was on the porch, as the carriage turned in at the gateway,
+and she stepped forward to greet them as they sprang out on the walk.
+
+"I was beginning to wonder what had detained you, when I was delighted
+to see the carriage coming around the bend of the road. You are just in
+time to go to your rooms and 'freshen up' a bit before dinner, and--
+Why, Arabella Correyville! What does this mean?"
+
+A drenched and bedraggled figure was mounting the steps. Her hair, and
+garments were dripping, she had lost her goggles, and without them her
+eyes had a frightened stare.
+
+"I didn't mean to look like this," she said, "but I lost the key to my
+room. I'd locked the door when I went out, and I wanted to study some
+before dinner. I climbed up onto the edge of that hogshead that the
+workmen had left right beside the trellis that runs up by my window. I
+meant to get in at my window, but I fell and got into a hogshead of
+dirty water. 'Twasn't very pleasant," she drawled.
+
+One might have thought, from the manner in which she said it that most
+people would have enjoyed the "ducking"!
+
+Mrs. Marvin looked discouraged. This was the girl that _could not_ get
+into a scrape, now that she had no one to drag her in!
+
+"Miss Fenler, will you assist Arabella in making herself presentable
+before six? It is after five-thirty now."
+
+Miss Fenler looked anything but pleased, but she dared not refuse.
+Arabella seemed quieter than ever when she came down the stairway, her
+wet garments exchanged for dry ones, and her straight hair primly
+braided, thanks to Miss Fenler.
+
+Doubtless she had not recovered from her surprise when she found
+herself in the hogshead. It always required time for Arabella to recover
+from any new idea, or unusual happening.
+
+The other girls were giving the four who had just returned a gay
+welcome, and Dorothy slipped her arm around Betty Chase, and told her
+the fine news that during the summer they were both to be at Foam Ridge.
+
+"Oh, Dorothy!" cried Betty, her dark eyes shining, "I was delighted when
+mother wrote that we were going there, just because I so love to be at
+the shore, and now to think that you and Nancy are to spend the summer
+there,--oh, it is such a dear surprise."
+
+"But listen, every one!" cried Valerie Dare. "That's all very fine for
+Betty, but the other bit of news isn't quite so nice. Dorothy Dainty and
+Nancy Ferris are to leave Glenmore two weeks earlier than the rest of
+us. Say! Do you think we'll miss them?"
+
+"Oh, Dorothy Dainty! Why do you go so soon?"
+
+"And take Nancy with you, too! Say, do you have to?"
+
+"Can't you stay longer?"
+
+These and many more were the queries called forth by Valerie's
+statement.
+
+It was small comfort for them to listen when Dorothy explained.
+
+The fact remained, that they did not want to have her leave before
+school closed. She had endeared herself to her classmates, and to many
+others whom she met at socials, and after school sessions. Nancy shared
+her popularity, and both prized the loving friendship that had made
+their stay at Glenmore so pleasant.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+A GLAD RETURN
+
+
+"We're glad to think that to-night we shall be at home at the Stone
+House, and that we'll be with Mother and Aunt Charlotte again, and we're
+really sorry to say 'good-by' to Glenmore and the pleasant friends that
+we have found here," Dorothy said, as she stood on the porch with Nancy,
+waiting for Marcus, who was to take them to the station.
+
+"That's just the way we feel," said Nancy. "Glad and sorry at the same
+time."
+
+"Well, let me tell you, _I_ don't feel two ways at once," cried Vera. "I
+feel just one way. I'm just _fearfully_ sorry!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin had bidden them "good-by," after having expressed her
+approval of their work as pupils, and her regret that they must leave
+too early to have a part in the program at the final exhibition. On the
+train that they were to take, there was no stop long enough to obtain
+anything to eat, so Judy had put up a tempting lunch of sandwiches,
+cake, and fruit.
+
+Betty and Valerie had a box of chocolates for each, and Ida Mayo, now
+wholly recovered, came in at the gate just in time to offer each a
+lovely rose from a cluster that she carried.
+
+Arabella came slowly out to join the group on the porch, and seeing Ida
+Mayo offering her roses, she decided not to be outdone.
+
+"Here, wait 'til I find something," she said, thrusting her hand deep
+into her pocket. After a moment's search she produced two bottles of
+pills, one pink and the other green.
+
+"Take 'em with you," she said, offering one to Dorothy, and the other to
+Nancy. "One is for a 'tired feeling,' and the other is for feeling too
+good. I've forgotten which is which, but if you take them both, you're
+sure to feel all right during the long car-ride."
+
+There were stifled giggles, for surely bottles of medicine were curious
+gifts to offer, and the group of girls thought it the drollest thing
+that Arabella had yet done.
+
+For only a second did Dorothy hesitate. She did not, of course, want to
+accept the funny gift, but she saw Arabella's cheek flush, as little
+Lina Danford laughed softly, and she did the kindest thing that she
+could have done.
+
+"Thank you," she said, gently, then to the others she added: "Arabella
+is eager to have us both feel fine when we reach Merrivale."
+
+The soft laughter ceased, and Ida Mayo said to a girl who stood near
+her: "Isn't that just like Dorothy Dainty! She doesn't want those pills
+any more than you or I would, but she won't let Arabella feel hurt."
+
+"She is dear, and sweet," was the whispered reply, "and so is Nancy."
+
+At last Marcus arrived, and as they rode along the avenue, they waved
+their handkerchiefs to the group on the porch until they turned the
+corner, and were out of sight.
+
+The long car-ride was much like any all-day ride. Rather pleasant at
+first, a bit tedious on the last hour, but oh, the joy of the
+home-coming!
+
+Mrs. Dainty had felt the first separation from Dorothy keenly, and she
+could not school herself to be calm when for the first time in months
+she would see her sweet face again, so she sent the limousine over to
+the station, and with a desperate effort at patience, waited at home for
+the sound of its return.
+
+Aunt Charlotte was more calm, but so long had Nancy been under her care
+that she seemed like a little daughter, and now, with Mrs. Dainty she
+sat waiting, and each smiled when she caught the other watching the
+clock.
+
+Of course the train was late in arriving at Merrivale, and Mrs. Dainty
+was just beginning to be anxious when the limousine whirled up the
+driveway, and stopped. John opened the door, and in an instant Dorothy
+found herself held close in loving arms.
+
+"Dorothy, my darling, I can never be parted from you again. If it is a
+question of travel, I will not go unless you go with me, and if it is
+education, then you must have private tutors at home."
+
+"Oh, yes, yes!" agreed Dorothy.
+
+"At first the newness amused me, but the last half of the time grew
+harder and harder to bear. I knew you needed the rest and change and I
+did my best. When I found that you had come home two weeks earlier, I
+could hardly wait till this morning to start."
+
+"We've tried to be cheerful for each other," Nancy said, looking out
+from her shelter in Aunt Charlotte's arms, "but oh, how good it is to be
+at home!"
+
+Mollie Merton, and Flossie Barnet had waved to them as they turned in at
+the great gate, and Uncle Harry had swung his cap gayly, and looked the
+genuine pleasure that he felt at seeing them again.
+
+"Let's go over to see Dorothy and Nancy," Flossie said, but Uncle Harry
+laid his hand gently on her arm.
+
+"Not just now, Flossie dear," he said. "My little niece is truly glad to
+see them, but I think there will be things to talk over, and they have
+been apart for months, so they should have this evening uninterrupted by
+any friends."
+
+"I guess that's so," said Flossie, "but it's hard to wait until
+to-morrow to tell them how glad we are to see them."
+
+"I love dat Dorothy girl, _myself_," said Uncle Harry's small daughter,
+"and I love dat Nancy girl, too. Dat Dorothy girl always has candy for
+me, and dat Nancy girl makes hats for my dolly."
+
+Uncle Harry swung the tiny girl up to a seat on his shoulder, and his
+blue eyes twinkled as he looked into the little, eager face.
+
+"Don't you love them when they aren't giving you something?" he asked.
+
+"Oh, yes!" said the little maid, "but I love them _harder_ when they
+do."
+
+"Then you'll love me 'harder' than you do now if I give you a ride up to
+the house?" he asked.
+
+"Oh, yes, yes!" she cried, and she laughed gayly as she rode in triumph
+up the driveway, and into the house.
+
+The evening was spent in the big living-room, with a small fire blazing
+in the fireplace. It had been warm and sunny all day, but when evening
+came, an east wind had risen, and the happy little party was glad to sit
+cosily in doors. Dorothy and Nancy listened entranced while Mrs. Dainty
+and Aunt Charlotte told of their travels. They had been south, they had
+been west, and they had brought home beautiful souvenirs of every place
+at which they had stayed.
+
+Then Dorothy and Nancy told of the life at Glenmore, of the new friends
+that they had met, and of Arabella and Patricia.
+
+It was a happy evening.
+
+Mr. Dainty had found it impossible to reach home until a week later, but
+he had written a longer letter than usual, and had sent one especially
+to Dorothy, and it seemed almost as if he were really talking to her as
+she read it.
+
+Bright and early next morning Mollie and Flossie raced over to the Stone
+House, and the four chattered so fast, that the old gardener at work
+near the fountain, took off his hat, and for a moment stood listening.
+He was not near enough to know what they were saying, but he heard their
+happy voices, now talking, now laughing, and he spoke his thoughts.
+
+"Hear that now, hear that! An' will any man tell me that a garding is a
+reel garding widout the sound o' merry voices? Sure, it's been so still
+here the past few weeks that I begun ter talk ter meself, just ter break
+the stillness, but it didn't do the trick, fer me voice ain't what yo
+calls 'moosicle.' Oh, hear them now! It does me good, so it does."
+
+There was news, and a plenty of it to tell, and when Dorothy and Nancy
+had told the happenings at Glenmore, Mollie and Flossie took their turn,
+and related all the Merrivale news.
+
+"You know Sidney Merrington used to be so lazy last winter that he
+didn't get on at all at school," said Flossie. "Arithmetic was all that
+really vexed him, but because he had low marking for that, he wouldn't
+try hard to do anything else.
+
+"Well, Mollie promised to help him, (you needn't bother to poke me,
+Mollie, for I _will_ tell) and she did help him every day, and after a
+while he began to help himself, and last week his average on the exam.
+was ninety-three. Wasn't that fine? He never would have got that if
+Mollie hadn't helped him."
+
+"Mollie, you were dear," said Dorothy.
+
+"And Tess Haughton is ever so much nicer than she was," Mollie said, "for
+she doesn't do anything now that seems,--why not quite true. That
+doesn't sound just as I mean it. I know how to say it now. I mean that
+she isn't sly. She is a good playmate, and a good friend."
+
+"Oh, that's fine!" Dorothy and Nancy cried, as if with one voice.
+
+"There's another fine thing to tell," said Flossie. "Reginald Dean, with
+the help of his big dog saved a little boy from drowning. Reginald saw
+him fall from the bridge, and he never stopped to think that he isn't
+very big himself, but jumped right in, and was doing his best to save
+him, when all at once his strength gave out, and he called for help. He
+never dreamed that his dog had followed him, until with a splash he
+jumped into the water close beside him, grabbed his clothes, and dragged
+the two boys out."
+
+"Wasn't that great?" said Dorothy, her hands tightly clasped, her eyes
+shining. "Reginald has the new bicycle that he so wanted. His father
+gave it to him, because he had been brave enough to forget danger, and
+rush to aid the other boy," said Mollie, "and the dog is wearing a new
+collar with a brass plate on it, engraved, 'I'm a Life-Saver.'"
+
+"Katie Dean said she was almost sure that she saw Patricia Levine
+yesterday," said Flossie, "but I said I thought she must still be away
+at school. Do you know where she is now?"
+
+"She might have seen her, for she left Glenmore before we did," Dorothy
+said, and she was just in the midst of telling how Patricia had brought
+the big cat home, and next had appeared with a little dog, when Mollie
+said:
+
+"Here she comes now. Why, she has a dog with her!"
+
+"That's the one," said Nancy, "and she has him on a leash now, just as
+she did at Glenmore. I wonder if her aunt likes him. He tears and chews
+everything he can get hold of."
+
+"Hello!" called Patricia, as soon as she saw them, then, "My! What did
+you and Nancy get sent home for?"
+
+"We weren't sent home," Nancy said, indignantly.
+
+"Now, Nancy Ferris, Glenmore doesn't close until next week, and here are
+you two at home."
+
+"That is no sign that we were sent," said Dorothy. "Mother sent for us."
+
+"Oh, was that it?" Patricia said saucily, and then turning to Mollie she
+asked:
+
+"How do you like my dog? He isn't a pretty dog, but he knows everything,
+and he _always_ minds. My friends think it is just wonderful the way he
+minds me. I taught him to. Stop!" she cried. "Stop, I tell you. I won't
+let you chew the edge of my skirt. Will you stop? Oh, well I don't care
+if you do chew it. It's an old dress, anyway."
+
+She saw that he would not stop.
+
+"I've named him Diogenes. I don't know who Diogenes was, but I liked the
+name and he's such a hand to dodge, I thought I'd call him 'Dodgy' for
+short. Well, I'm sure I don't see why you look so amused. _I_ think I've
+chosen a grand name for him. Come on, Dodgy!" but the small dog lay
+down.
+
+"Well, well, how you do act! Come on! Up the street! Come!"
+
+The dog got up, yawned, and then, taking a good hold on the leash, he
+snatched it from Patricia's hand, and made off with it, as fast as he
+could scamper, Patricia after him at top speed.
+
+"He minded me that time," she turned to say, then resumed her chase.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The next few days were filled with preparation for the trip to Foam
+Ridge, and Dorothy and Nancy could think of little else.
+
+Both had felt the constraint at Glenmore which was really necessary at
+so large a school.
+
+The freedom from study, with its fixed hours would be refreshing.
+
+There would be fine surf at Foam Ridge, and the two had "tried on" their
+new bathing-suits at least a dozen times. They had studied the elaborate
+booklet that showed in colors, the beauty-spots of the place, and
+Dorothy had received a letter from Betty Chase, saying that in a short
+time she would be there to join them in their sports.
+
+They were wondering what new friends they would make during the summer.
+Betty, they knew, would be a lively companion.
+
+Of the gay summer at the shore, of the fun and frolic, of the unexpected
+things that happened, one may read in
+
+   "DOROTHY DAINTY AT FOAM RIDGE."
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+_THE DOROTHY DAINTY SERIES_
+
+By AMY BROOKS
+
+Large    12mo     Cloth     Illustrated by the Author
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          _Dorothy Dainty_
+          _Dorothy's Playmates_
+          _Dorothy Dainty at School_
+          _Dorothy Dainty at the Shore_
+          _Dorothy Dainty in the City_
+          _Dorothy Dainty at Home_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Gay Times_
+          _Dorothy Dainty in the Country_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Winter_
+          _Dorothy Dainty in the Mountains_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Holidays_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Vacation_
+
+          "LITTLE DOROTHY DAINTY is one of the most
+          generous-hearted of children. Selfishness is not
+          at all a trait of hers, and she knows the value of
+          making sunshine, not alone in her own heart, but
+          for her neighborhood and friends."--_Boston
+          Courier._
+
+          "DOROTHY DAINTY, a little girl, the only child of
+          wealthy parents, is an exceedingly interesting
+          character, and her earnest and interesting life is
+          full of action and suitable
+          adventure."--_Pittsburg Christian Advocate._
+
+          "No finer little lady than Dorothy Dainty was ever
+          placed in a book for children."--_Teachers'
+          Journal, Pittsburg._
+
+          "MISS BROOKS is a popular writer for the very
+          little folks who can read. She has an immense
+          sympathy for the children, and her stories never
+          fail to be amusing."--_Rochester_ (_N.Y._)
+          _Herald._
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO., BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+_THE RANDY BOOKS_
+
+_By AMY BROOKS_
+
+12mo     CLOTH     ARTISTIC COVER DESIGN IN GOLD AND COLORS
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR      PRICE, _Net_, $1.00 EACH
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          The progress of the "Randy Books" has been one
+          continual triumph over the hearts of girls of all
+          ages, for dear little fun-loving sister Prue is
+          almost as much a central figure as Randy, growing
+          toward womanhood with each book. The sterling good
+          sense and simple naturalness of Randy, and the
+          total absence of slang and viciousness, make these
+          books in the highest degree commendable, while
+          abundant life is supplied by the doings of merry
+          friends, and there is rich humor in the droll
+          rural characters.
+
+          _Randy's Summer_          _Randy's Good Times_
+              _Randy's Winter_             _Randy's Luck_
+                  _Randy and Her Friends_      _Randy's Loyalty_
+                      _Randy and Prue_              _Randy's Prince_
+
+
+
+
+
+          "The Randy Books are among the very choicest books
+          for young people to make a beginning with."
+                                        --_Boston Courier._
+
+          "The Randy Books of Amy Brooks have had a deserved
+          popularity among young girls. They are wholesome
+          and moral without being goody-goody."
+                                        --_Chicago Post._
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO., BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+_THE PRUE BOOKS_
+
+By AMY BROOKS
+
+=Illustrated by the Author=    12mo    Cloth    Net, $1.00 each
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Illustration]
+
+         Cunning little Prue, one of the most winsome little
+         girls ever "put in a book," has already been met in
+         another series where she gave no small part of the
+         interest. She well deserved books of her own for
+         little girls of her age, and they are now ready
+         with everything in the way of large, clear type,
+         and Miss Brooks's best pictures and her pleasing
+         cover designs to make them attractive.
+
+          Little Sister Prue    Prue's Merry Times
+              Prue at School        Prue's Little Friends
+                  Prue's Playmates      Prue's Jolly Winter
+
+          "Miss Brooks always brings out the best ways of
+          acting and living and provides a good deal of
+          humor in her original country
+          characters."--_Watchman, Boston._
+
+          "Few writers have ever possessed the faculty of
+          reaching the hearts and holding the interest of
+          little girl readers to the extent Miss Brooks
+          has."--_Kennebec Journal, Augusta, Me._
+
+          "To know Prue is to love her, for no more winsome
+          little girl was ever put in a book, and her keen
+          wit and unexpected drolleries make her doubly
+          attractive."--_Kindergarten Magazine._
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+=_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers_=
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+Only Dollie
+
+By NINA RHOADES Illustrated by Bertha Davidson
+Square    12mo    Cloth    $1.00 _net_
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          This is a brightly written story of a girl of
+          twelve, who, when the mystery of her birth is
+          solved, like Cinderella, passes from drudgery to
+          better circumstances. There is nothing strained or
+          unnatural at any point. All descriptions or
+          portrayals of character are life-like, and the
+          book has an indescribable appealing quality which
+          wins sympathy and secures success.
+
+          "It is delightful reading at all times."--_Cedar
+          Rapids (Ia.) Republican._
+
+          "It is well written, the story runs smoothly, the
+          idea is good, and it is handled with
+          ability."--_Chicago Journal._
+
+
+The Little Girl Next Door
+
+By NINA RHOADES.   Large    12mo    Cloth
+Illustrated by Bertha Davidson    $1.00 _net_
+
+          A delightful story of true and genuine friendship
+          between an impulsive little girl in a fine New
+          York home and a little blind girl in an apartment
+          next door. The little girl's determination to
+          cultivate the acquaintance, begun out of the
+          window during a rainy day, triumphs over the
+          barriers of caste, and the little blind girl
+          proves to be in every way a worthy companion.
+          Later a mystery of birth is cleared up, and the
+          little blind girl proves to be of gentle birth as
+          well as of gentle manners.
+
+
+Winifred's Neighbors
+
+By NINA RHOADES Illustrated by Bertha G. Davidson
+Large    12mo    Cloth    $1.00 _net_
+
+          Little Winifred's efforts to find some children of
+          whom she reads in a book lead to the acquaintance
+          of a neighbor of the same name, and this
+          acquaintance proves of the greatest importance to
+          Winifred's own family. Through it all she is just
+          such a little girl as other girls ought to know,
+          and the story will hold the interest of all ages.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+The Children on the Top Floor
+
+[Illustration]
+
+By NINA RHOADES    Large    12mo    Cloth
+Illustrated by Bertha Davidson, $1.00 _net_
+
+          In this book little Winifred Hamilton, the child
+          heroine of "Winifred's Neighbors," reappears,
+          living in the second of the four stories of a New
+          York apartment house. On the top floor are two
+          very interesting children, Betty, a little older
+          than Winifred, who is now ten, and Jack, a brave
+          little cripple, who is a year younger. In the end
+          comes a glad reunion, and also other good fortune
+          for crippled Jack, and Winifred's kind little
+          heart has once more indirectly caused great
+          happiness to others.
+
+
+How Barbara Kept Her Promise
+
+By NINA RHOADES   Large    12mo    Cloth
+Illustrated by Bertha Davidson    $1.00 _net_
+
+          Two orphan sisters, Barbara, aged twelve, and
+          little Hazel, who is "only eight," are sent from
+          their early home in London to their mother's
+          family in New York. Faithful Barbara has promised
+          her father that she will take care of pretty,
+          petted, mischievous Hazel, and how she tries to do
+          this, even in the face of great difficulties,
+          forms the story which has the happy ending which
+          Miss Rhoades wisely gives to all her stories.
+
+
+Little Miss Rosamond
+
+[Illustration]
+
+By NINA RHOADES   Illustrated by Bertha G. Davidson
+Large    12mo   $1.00 _net_
+
+          Rosamond lives in Richmond, Va., with her big
+          brother, who cannot give her all the comfort that
+          she needs in the trying hot weather, and she goes
+          to the seaside cottage of an uncle whose home is
+          in New York. Here she meets Gladys and Joy, so
+          well known in a previous book, "The Little Girl
+          Next Door," and after some complications are
+          straightened out, bringing Rosamond's honesty and
+          kindness of heart into prominence, all are made
+          very happy.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all bookseller or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+"_Brick House Books_"
+
+_By NINA RHOADES_
+
+Cloth   12mo   Illustrated   $1.00 _net_ each
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Priscilla of the Doll Shop
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          The "Brick House Books," as they are called from
+          their well-known cover designs, are eagerly sought
+          by children all over the country. There are three
+          good stories in this book, instead of one, and it
+          is hard to say which little girls, and boys, too,
+          for that matter, will like the best.
+
+
+Brave Little Peggy
+
+          Peggy comes from California to New Jersey to live
+          with a brother and sister whom she has not known
+          since very early childhood. She is so democratic
+          in her social ideas that many amusing scenes
+          occur, and it is hard for her to understand many
+          things that she must learn. But her good heart
+          carries her through, and her conscientiousness and
+          moral courage win affection and happiness.
+
+
+The Other Sylvia
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          Eight-year-old Sylvia learns that girls who are
+          "Kings' Daughters" pledge themselves to some kind
+          act or service, and that one little girl named
+          Mary has taken it upon herself to be helpful to
+          all the Marys of her acquaintance. This is such an
+          interesting way of doing good that she adopts it
+          in spite of her unusual name, and really finds not
+          only "the other Sylvia," but great happiness.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+
+TOP-OF-THE-WORLD STORIES
+
+=Translated from the Scandinavian Languages=
+
+=By EMILIE POULSSON and LAURA POULSSON=
+
+          =Illustrated in two colors by Florence Liley Young=
+
+          =Price, Net, $1.25=
+
+[Illustration]
+
+These stories of magic and adventure come from the countries at the
+"top of the world," and will transport thither in fancy the children who
+read this unusual book. They tell of Lapps and reindeer (even a
+golden-horned reindeer!), of prince and herd-boy, of knights and wolves
+and trolls, of a boy who could be hungry and merry at the same time--of
+all these and more besides! Miss Poulsson's numerous and long visits to
+Norway, her father's land, and the fact that she is an experienced
+writer for children are doubtless the reasons why her translations are
+sympathetic and skilful, and yet entirely adapted to give wholesome
+pleasure to the young public that she knows so well.
+
+          "In these stories are the elements of wonder and
+          magic and adventure that furnish the thrill so
+          much appreciated by boys and girls ten or twelve
+          years of age. An aristocratic book--one that every
+          young person will be perpetually proud
+          of."--_Lookout, Cincinnati, O._
+
+          "In this book the children are transported to the
+          land they love best, the land of magic, of the
+          fairies and all kinds of wonderful happenings. It
+          is one of the best fairy story books ever
+          published."--_Argus-Leader, Sioux Falls, S.D._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.          Boston
+
+
+
+
+YULE-TIDE IN MANY LANDS
+
+By MARY P. PRINGLE and CLARA A. URANN
+
+          =Fully illustrated and decorated=
+
+          =12mo   Cloth    Price, $1.25 Net=
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The varying forms of Christmas observance at different times and in
+different lands are entertainingly shown by one trained in choosing and
+presenting the best to younger readers. The symbolism, good cheer, and
+sentiment of the grandest of holidays are shown as they appeal in
+similar fashion to those whose lives seem so widely diverse. The first
+chapter tells of the Yule-Tide of the Ancients, and the eight succeeding
+chapters deal respectively with the observance of Christmas and New
+Year's, making up the time of "Yule," or the turning of the sun, in
+England, Germany, Scandinavia, Russia, France, Italy, Spain, and
+America. The space devoted to each country has at least one good
+illustration.
+
+          "The descriptions as presented in this
+          well-prepared volume make interesting reading for
+          all who love to come in loving contact with others
+          in their high and pure
+          enjoyments."--_Herald-Presbyter, Cincinnati._
+
+          "The way Yule-Tide was and is celebrated is told
+          in a simple and instructive way, and the narrative
+          is enriched by appropriate poems and excellent
+          illustrations."--_Cleveland Plain Dealer._
+
+          "It is written for young people and is bound to
+          interest them for the subject is a universal
+          one."--_American Church Sunday School Magazine._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.          Boston
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE FOLKS OF ANIMAL LAND
+
+=Photographed and described by=
+
+HARRY WHITTIER FREES
+
+          Sixty Full-page Pictures of Animal Pets, Costumed, Posed, and
+          Photographed from Life   Each with a Descriptive Story
+          Square   8vo   Cloth    Photographic Cover-insert,
+          End-leaves and Jacket
+
+          Price, Net, $1.50; Postpaid, $1.70
+
+[Illustration]
+
+There is no other book like this, nor has there been. Mr. Frees has no
+equal in the posing and photographing of pet animals, especially kittens
+and puppies, which he delights to clothe in quaintly human style and
+cause to appear intently engaged in all manner of human duties and
+pastimes. His clever imagination also lends itself readily to
+entertaining story-telling. The result is a book that surprises and
+delights all who see it. Each of sixty half-tones from photographs of
+living, costumed pets is faced by a page of bright descriptive
+narrative. The continuation of story-interest is remarkably good, and
+the pictures are a wonderful proof of what skill can do when combined
+with patience and kindness.
+
+          "The novelty of the year in children's books,
+          exquisitely illustrated and printed, and appealing
+          to every lover of pets. The only way to really
+          know and enjoy this wonderful volume is to get it
+          and live with it. There is no other book like
+          this, nor has there been any."--_Universalist
+          Leader._
+
+          "We hardly know of such a delicious book for
+          little children, with sixty little stories and the
+          same number of lovely full-page pictures of cats
+          and dogs and dolls, for the delight of grown-ups
+          just as surely as the little folks. It is a
+          pleasant little feast all the way through for the
+          eyes and the tender feelings."--_Herald and
+          Presbyter._
+
+          "There is a good deal of both fun and sentiment in
+          the stories, and they will appeal to all lovers of
+          pets."--_Brooklyn Daily Eagle._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+=For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers=
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.         Boston
+
+
+
+
+THE SLEEPY-TIME STORY-BOOK
+
+By RUTH O. DYER
+
+          With Frontispiece by ALICE BARBER STEPHENS and Fifty-four
+          Pen-and-ink Illustrations by BERTHA DAVIDSON
+          HOXIE   Decorative End-leaves and Title-page
+
+          Price, Net, $1.00; Postpaid, $1.10
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Intelligent mothers have learned better than to spoil the restful sleep
+of a child, and probably exert an unfortunate influence upon his
+disposition and character, by tales of ogres, dark woods, and savage
+beasts. They know he cannot rest well with his mind excited and his
+blood quickened by tales of adventure, but are at a loss to answer the
+natural plea for a bed-time story in a way that shall interest and yet
+soothe. The simple nature-stories in this attractive book are the
+prescription of an expert for all such cases. Using familiar objects,
+they, with words adapted to a lulling tone of voice, will hold the
+attention of a child until refreshing drowsiness comes to bring
+healthful rest.
+
+          "A unique and delightful volume of restful stories
+          by which the mother may put her little child to
+          bed. They meet not only the need of the mother who
+          thinks she does not know how to tell stories, but
+          their slow cadences must be almost magical in the
+          way of lulling a child to refreshing
+          drowsiness."--_Bulletin of the American Institute
+          of Child Life._
+
+          "In the fashion of prose lullabies, Ruth Dyer has
+          put together a little volume of twenty-five short
+          stories. Each deals with the things of every-day
+          child experiences, and aside from the standpoint
+          of nap-time stories, forms a pleasant lesson for
+          the child consciousness in making it aware of its
+          surroundings."_--The Churchman._
+
+          "Pretty little bedside tales of the tranquilizing
+          order are grouped in this neat little book for the
+          pleasure of little people and the relief of
+          mothers."--_Detroit Free Press._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.          Boston
+
+
+
+
+New Editions of Two Favorite Books
+
+
+THE LANCE OF KANANA
+
+A STORY OF ARABIA
+
+By HARRY W. FRENCH ("Abd el Ardavan")
+
+Two-color illustrations by Garrett   Net, $1.00
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Kanana, a Bedouin youth, though excelling in athletic prowess, is
+branded, even by his father, as a coward because he prefers the humble
+lot of a shepherd to the warrior's career that he, the son of a sheik
+known as the "Terror of the Desert," was expected to follow. "Only for
+Allah and Arabia will I lift a lance and take a life," he maintained.
+Opportunity to prove his worth soon comes, and the supposed coward,
+understood too late, becomes in memory a national hero.
+
+          "The stirring story of the loyalty and
+          self-sacrifice of a Bedouin boy is well worth the
+          attractive new edition in which it now presents
+          its rare pictures of fervid
+          patriotism."--_Continent, Chicago._
+
+
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES
+
+OF MILTIADES PETERKIN PAUL
+
+By JOHN BROWNJOHN
+
+Frontispiece by John Goss    Illustrated by "Boz"
+
+Quarto    Net, $1.00
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here is a child classic reissued in a finer and handsomer form, in
+response to the persistent demand of those who know the mirth-provoking
+quality of the exploits of the ingenious small boy named Miltiades
+Peterkin Paul and spoken of as "a great traveler, although he was
+small." Whoever has once enjoyed the story of the restless little lad
+who imitated Don Quixote, and did many other things, is permanently
+charmed by it.
+
+          "This youthful Don Quixote, with his travels and
+          exploits, drives 'dull care' away from the elders
+          and delights the juniors."--_Watchman_, _N.Y._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.,          Boston
+
+
+
+
+HOME ENTERTAINING
+
+What to Do, and How to Do It
+
+Edited by WILLIAM E. CHENERY
+
+          12mo     Cloth      Price, Net, $.75 Postpaid, $.85
+
+[Illustration]
+
+This book is the product of years of study and the practical trying-out
+of every conceivable form of indoor entertainment. All the games,
+tricks, puzzles, and rainy-day and social-evening diversions have been
+practised by the editor; many are original with him, and many that are
+of course not original have been greatly improved by his intelligence.
+All are told in the plainest possible way, and with excellent taste. The
+book is well arranged and finely printed. At a low price it places
+within the reach of all the very best of bright and jolly means of
+making home what it ought to be--the best place for a good time by those
+of all ages.
+
+          "The book is bright and up to date, full of cheer
+          and sunshine. A good holiday book."--_Religious
+          Telescope_, _Dayton, Ohio._
+
+          "For those who want new games for the home this
+          book supplies the _very_ best--good, clean, hearty
+          games, full of fun and the spirit of
+          laughter."--_N.Y. Times._
+
+          "Altogether the book is a perfect treasure-house
+          for the young people's rainy day or social
+          evening."--_New Bedford Standard._
+
+          "The arrangement is excellent and the instructions
+          so simple that a child may follow them. A book
+          like this is just the thing for social
+          evenings."--_Christian Endeavor World._
+
+          "A book giving the best, cleanest and brightest
+          games and tricks for home
+          entertaining."--_Syracuse Herald._
+
+          "The book is clearly written and should prove of
+          value to every young man who aspires to be the
+          life of the party."--_Baltimore Sun._
+
+          "Only good, bright, clean games and tricks appeal
+          to Mr. Chenery, and he has told in the simplest
+          and most comprehensive manner how to get up
+          'amusements for every one.'"--_Hartford Courant._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent on receipt of postpaid price by the
+publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+Transcriber's notes:
+
+   Obvious punctuation errors corrected.
+
+   Page 94, "bankets" changed to "blankets" (many blankets.)
+
+   Page 101, "repent" changed to "repeat" (to repeat it).
+
+   Page 196, "Bob" changed to "Rob" (said Rob. "I'll)
+
+   Page 229, "Molly" changed to "Mollie". ("Well, Mollie promised to
+   help him, (you needn't bother to poke me, Mollie, for I _will_
+   tell) and she did help him every day, and after a while he began
+   to help himself, and last week his average on the exam. was
+   ninety-three. Wasn't that fine? He never would have got that if
+   Mollie hadn't helped him."
+
+   "Mollie, you were dear," said Dorothy.
+
+   "And Tess Haughton is ever so much nicer than she was," Mollie
+   said)
+
+   Also on page 251, (and then turning to Mollie).
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 7479-8.txt or 7479-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/7/4/7/7479
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/7479-8.zip b/7479-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bace657
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-8.zip
diff --git a/7479-h.zip b/7479-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..694283e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h.zip
diff --git a/7479-h/7479-h.htm b/7479-h/7479-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..069bf8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/7479-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5650 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore, by Amy Brooks</title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {margin-top: .75em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       text-indent: 1.25em;
+       margin-bottom: .75em;
+        }
+    p.noindent {margin-top: .75em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       text-indent: 0em;
+       margin-bottom: .75em;
+        }
+    .unindent {margin-top: .75em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       margin-bottom: .75em;
+        }
+    img {border: 0;}
+    .tnote      {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+                  padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+    ins {text-decoration:none;  border-bottom: thin dotted gray;}
+    .right    {text-align: right;}
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+    .bb       {border-bottom: solid 2px;}
+    .bl       {border-left: solid 2px;}
+    .bt       {border-top: solid 2px;}
+    .br       {border-right: solid 2px;}
+    .bbox     {border: solid 2px; margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%;}
+
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .u        {text-decoration: underline;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figleft     {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top:
+                 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figright    {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+                 margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    hr.full { width: 100%; }
+    pre      {font-size: 75%;}
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore, by Amy Brooks,
+Illustrated by Amy Brooks</h1>
+<pre>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre>
+<p class="noindent">Title: Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore</p>
+<p class="noindent">Author: Amy Brooks</p>
+<p class="noindent">Release Date: February, 2005 [EBook #7479]<br />
+[This file was first posted on May 8, 2003]<br />
+[Most recently updated and HTML version added: February 4, 2006]</p>
+<p class="noindent">Language: English</p>
+<p class="noindent">Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p>
+<p class="noindent">***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE***</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h3>E-text prepared by Charles Franks<br />
+    and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br />
+    (http://www.pgdp.net/)<br />
+    and revised by Jason Isbell and Emmy<br />
+    <br />
+    HTML version prepared by Jason Isbell and Emmy</h3>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="./images/cover.jpg" alt="Cover" title="Cover" /></div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<h1>DOROTHY DAINTY</h1>
+
+<h1>AT GLENMORE</h1>
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+
+<h2>AMY BROOKS</h2>
+
+
+<div class='center'><i>WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY THE AUTHOR</i></div>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><a href="./images/title.png"><img src="./images/title-tb.png" alt="Emblem" title="Emblem" /></a></div>
+
+
+<div class='center'><br /><br />BOSTON</div>
+
+<div class='center'>LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO. </div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+
+<div class="center">DOROTHY DAINTY<br />
+Trade-Mark<br />
+Registered in U.S. Patent Office</div>
+
+
+<div class="center">Published, August, 1917<br />
+<span class="smcap">Copyright, 1917, By Lothrop, Lee &amp; Shepard Co.</span></div>
+
+<div class="center"><br /><br /><i>All rights reserved</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="center">DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE<br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="center">Norwood Press<br />
+BERWICK &amp; SMITH CO.<br />
+NORWOOD, MASS.<br />
+U.S.A.<br />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+
+<div class="figcenter"><a name="frontis" id="frontis"></a><img src="./images/plate01.jpg" alt="&quot;A letter from Vera!&quot; answered Dorothy." title="&quot;A letter from Vera!&quot; answered Dorothy." /></div>
+
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap">"A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy.</span>&mdash;<a href='#Page_3'><i>Page 3.</i></a></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>Popular Stories.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">By AMY BROOKS.</span></h3>
+
+<div class='center'>Each illustrated by the Author.</div>
+
+<h3>THE RANDY BOOKS.</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. <i>Net</i> $1.00 each</div>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Randy Books">
+<tr><td align='left'>RANDY'S SUMMER.</td><td align='left'>RANDY'S GOOD TIMES.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>RANDY'S WINTER.</td><td align='left'>RANDY'S LUCK.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>RANDY AND HER FRIENDS.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; </td><td align='left'>RANDY'S LOYALTY.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>RANDY AND PRUE.</td><td align='left'>RANDY'S PRINCE.</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+
+<h2>For Younger Readers.</h2>
+
+<h3>DOROTHY DAINTY SERIES.</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>Large 12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. Set in large English<br />
+type. Price, <i>net</i>, $1.00 each.</div>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Dorothy Dainty Books">
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY'S PLAYMATES.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY AT SCHOOL.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY AT THE SHORE.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY IN THE CITY.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY AT HOME.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY'S GAY TIMES.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY IN THE COUNTRY.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY'S WINTER.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY AT THE MOUNTAINS.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY'S HOLIDAYS.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY'S VACATION.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY'S VISIT.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY AT CRESTVILLE.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY'S NEW FRIENDS.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE.</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<h3>THE PRUE BOOKS.</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. <i>Net</i> $1.00 each.</div>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="The Prue Books">
+<tr><td align='left'>LITTLE SISTER PRUE.</td><td align='left'>PRUE'S MERRY TIMES.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>PRUE AT SCHOOL.</td><td align='left'>PRUE'S LITTLE FRIENDS.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>PRUE'S PLAYMATES.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;</td><td align='left'>PRUE'S JOLLY WINTER.</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'>A JOLLY CAT TALE. Large 12mo. Cloth. Profusely Illustrated.<br />
+
+Price &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Net</i> $1.00</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
+<tr><td align='left'>CHAPTER</td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>I</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Off to Glenmore</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_1'>1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>II</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The First Social</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_18'>18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>III</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Mischief</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_40'>40</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IV</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Wonderful Tonic</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_61'>61</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>V</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Sleighing Party</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_82'>82</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VI</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Lost Necklace</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_99'>99</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VII</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">When Nancy Danced</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_122'>122</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VIII</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Bit of Spite</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_138'>138</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IX</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Wishing-Well</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_157'>157</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>X</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Lively Week</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_181'>181</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XI</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">An Innocent Sneak-Thief</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_202'>202</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XII</td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Glad Return</span></td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_219'>219</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Illustrations">
+<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='center'><span class="smcap">facing</span><br /><span class="smcap">page</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy (Page <a href='#Page_3'>3</a>)&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; </td><td align='right'><a href='#frontis'><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>She wished that she might know what they were saying</td><td align='right'><a href='#wish'>32</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"Oh, what a fright!" she cried</td><td align='right'><a href='#fright'>74</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly</td><td align='right'><a href='#necklace'>112</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited</td><td align='right'><a href='#wall'>150</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news</td><td align='right'><a href='#drawing'>186</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+
+<h3>OFF TO GLENMORE</h3>
+
+
+<p>The Stone House looked as fine, and its gardens as gay with flowers, as
+when the members of the household were to be at home for a season, for
+it always seemed at those times as if the blossoming plants did their
+best, because sure of loving admiration.</p>
+
+<p>But something entirely new was about to happen; something that made
+Dorothy Dainty catch her breath, while her dearest friend, Nancy Ferris,
+declared that she was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>wildly happy, except that the whole thing seemed
+so like a dream that she could hardly believe it.</p>
+
+<p>"That's just it, Nancy," said Dorothy. "It surely does seem like a
+dream."</p>
+
+<p>Yet it was true, and not a dream that Mr. Dainty was to be away from
+home for some months, that Mrs. Dainty was to accompany him, and that
+Aunt Charlotte would be with them, and that Dorothy and Nancy were to
+spend those months at a fine school for girls, and Vera Vane, merry,
+mischief-loving Vera, would be eagerly looking for them on the day of
+their arrival. One would almost wonder that the thought of being away at
+school should appeal to Dorothy and Nancy, but it was the novelty that
+charmed them.</p>
+
+<p>It was always delightful at the Stone House, and there had been summer
+seasons at shore and country that they had greatly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>enjoyed, but here
+was a new experience, and the "newness" was delightful.</p>
+
+<p>A letter from Vera had just arrived, and Dorothy, out in the garden when
+the postman had handed it to her, stood reading it.</p>
+
+<p>"Her letters are just like herself," she whispered.</p>
+
+<p>She looked up. Nancy was calling to her.</p>
+
+<p>"A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy.</p>
+
+<p>"We shall have to hurry a bit," Nancy said, "James is strapping the two
+trunks, the suit-cases are out in the hall, and we must be ready in
+twenty minutes."</p>
+
+<p>"All right!" cried Dorothy. "Give me your hand and we'll run to the
+house."</p>
+
+<p>She tucked the letter into the front of her blouse, and then promptly
+forgot all about it.</p>
+
+<p>The "twenty minutes" sped on wings, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>when at last Dorothy and Nancy
+sat side by side in the car, their trunks checked, their suit-cases, and
+umbrellas on the seat that had been turned over for them, they turned,
+each to look into the other's eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy's lip quivered, but she spoke bravely.</p>
+
+<p>"It is hard, this first trip away from home without mother or Aunt
+Charlotte with us," she said. Then quickly she added:</p>
+
+<p>"But it will be fine when we get used to being away from home."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, it will be <i>fine!</i>" Nancy said in a firm voice, but she looked
+down, lest her eyes show a suspicious moisture.</p>
+
+<p>As the journey progressed, their spirits rose. After all, it was not
+really "good-by," yet.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Dainty had postponed the actual "good-by" until a week after
+Dorothy and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> Nancy should have begun the school year at Glenmore.</p>
+
+<p>She knew that Vera Vane was a host in herself, her friend and chum,
+Elfreda was nearly her equal in active wit, and high spirits, and at
+least a few of the other pupils would have already formed a speaking
+acquaintance with the two new girls.</p>
+
+<p>The girls would have been assigned places in the classes for which they
+were fitted, and thus the school work would be planned, and their time
+closely occupied.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were also eager to know if the two who
+were so dear to them were comfortable, satisfied with their
+surroundings, and looking forward to a pleasant school year. Until thus
+assured, they could not set out on the journey, for the trip had been
+planned as a means of rest and recuperation for Mrs. Dainty. How <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>could
+she rest, or enjoy the trip unless she were sure that Dorothy was
+absolutely content and happy? If Dorothy were happy, Nancy was sure to
+be, because the two were inseparable, and their tastes nearly identical.</p>
+
+<p>The two girls were a bit tired of looking from the window at the flying
+scenery, and Nancy expressed the wish that they had brought something
+with them to read.</p>
+
+<p>"I did," Dorothy said, with a laugh, and she drew Vera's letter from her
+blouse.</p>
+
+<p>She read it aloud, while Nancy leaned against her shoulder, enjoying it
+with her.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish you had come the first day that school opened, but I'll be on
+the lookout for you and Nancy. My! But we'll have fun and a plenty of it
+this year at Glenmore," she concluded, signed her name, and then added a
+postscript.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Patricia, and Arabella are here, both&mdash;no,
+<i>each</i>&mdash;oh, which <i>should</i> I say? Anyway, they're
+acting just outrageous, and already they've earned
+the name that the girls have given them. They call
+them 'The Freaks,' and truly the name fits. They
+speak of Patricia as 'the one with the queer
+clothes,' and of Arabella as 'the medicine-chest.'</p>
+
+<p>"She's taking more pills, I do believe, than she
+ever did at home, and she wants folks to notice
+that.</p>
+
+<p>"The idea! I'm glad there are two <i>nice</i> girls
+coming from Merrivale, although you'd never think
+Patricia ever <i>saw</i> the place, for she talks of
+nothing but 'N'York.' My brother Bob always laughs
+about my long postscripts. It's lucky he can't see
+this one! </p></div>
+
+<div class='right'>
+<span style="margin-right: 16em;">"Lovingly,</span><br /><br />
+"<span class="smcap">Vera</span><span style="margin-right: 8em;">."</span><br />
+</div>
+
+<p>Dorothy folded the letter, again placing it in her blouse, and then for
+a time they watched the passengers.</p>
+
+<p>Opposite them was a big woman, who possessed three bird-cages, two
+holding birds, and the third imprisoning a kitten.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There was a lean man with a fat little girl beside him, who ate
+countless lunches, which were packed in a big basket, that seemed a
+veritable horn of plenty.</p>
+
+<p>Yet a bit farther up the aisle was a small boy with a large cage that he
+watched closely.</p>
+
+<p>A thick cloth covered it, but once, when the boy was not looking, a long
+brown furry arm reached out, and snatched mischievously at his sleeve.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a monkey," whispered Nancy, and the boy turned and grinned.</p>
+
+<p>"'F <i>he</i> knew there was a monkey in that cage he'd make me put it in the
+baggage car," he said.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy was tired with the long ride, and just as she was thinking that
+she could not bear much more of it, the brakeman shouted, "Glenmore!
+Glenmore!" and the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>two girls were glad enough to get out upon the
+platform.</p>
+
+<p>Glenmore, the village, was a lovely little country place, quiet, and
+evidently content with itself.</p>
+
+<p>Glenmore, the school, was a rambling, picturesque home for the pupils
+who came there.</p>
+
+<p>Once it had been a private mansion, but its interior had been remodeled
+to meet the requirements of a small, and select school for girls.</p>
+
+<p>A bit old-fashioned in that it was more genuinely homelike than other
+private schools, it held itself proudly aloof from neighboring
+buildings.</p>
+
+<p>It claimed that its home atmosphere was the only old-fashioned thing
+about it, and that was not an idle boast, for the old house had been
+equipped with every modern con<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>venience. Its instructors were the best
+that a generous salary could tempt to Glenmore, and Mrs. Marvin, owner,
+promoter, and manager of the school, was an exceedingly clever woman for
+the position.</p>
+
+<p>As assistant, Miss Fenler, small, and wiry, did all that was required of
+her, and more. She had never been appointed as a monitor, but she chose
+to do considerable spying, so that the pupils had come to speak of her
+as the "detective."</p>
+
+<p>One of her many duties was to see that the carryall was at the station
+when new pupils were to arrive.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly when Dorothy and Nancy left the train, and found themselves
+on the platform, Miss Fenler was looking for them, and she stowed them
+away in the carryall much as if they had been only ordinary baggage.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Then, seating herself beside the driver, she ordered him to return.</p>
+
+<p>"Home," she said, and "home" they were driven, for "home" meant Glenmore
+to the colored man, who considered himself a prominent official of the
+school.</p>
+
+<p>Classes were in session when they reached Glenmore, so Miss Fenler went
+with them to the pretty room that was to be theirs, a maid following
+with suit-cases, the colored man bringing up the rear with one trunk,
+and a promise to return on the next trip with the other.</p>
+
+<p>A class-room door, half open, allowed a glimpse of the new arrivals.</p>
+
+<p>"See the procession with the 'Fender' ahead," whispered a saucy miss.</p>
+
+<p>"Her name's 'Fenler,'" corrected her chum.</p>
+
+<p>"I know that, but I choose to call her<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> 'Fender,' because she's like
+those they have on engines to scoop up any one who is on the tracks.
+She's just been down to the station to 'scoop' two new pupils, and I
+guess&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>A tap of a ruler left the sentence unfinished.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella Correyville, without an idea as to what was whispered, had seen
+the broad smile, and had heard the giggle.</p>
+
+<p>"Who was out there?" she wrote on a bit of paper, and cautiously passed
+it to Patricia Levine.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. I didn't see them, but they must be <i>swell</i>. They had
+ever so much luggage." That was just like Patricia. She judged every one
+thus.</p>
+
+<p>That a girl could be every inch a lady, and at the same time, possess a
+small, well chosen wardrobe was past understanding; but any girl,
+however coarse in appearance and man<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>ner, could, with a display of many
+gaudy costumes, convince Patricia that she was a young person of great
+importance.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Fenler talked with them for a few moments, and then left them to
+unpack their belongings, saying that later, when they felt rested, they
+might come down to the reception hall and meet some of the girls who
+would be their classmates during the year.</p>
+
+<p>It was the custom, she said, for the pupils to meet for a social
+half-hour before dinner, to talk over the happenings of the day, their
+triumphs or failures in class-room, or at sports, or to tell what had
+interested those who had been out for a tramp.</p>
+
+<p>There had been an afternoon session that day for the purpose of choosing
+from the list of non-compulsory studies.</p>
+
+<p>"Usually," Miss Fenler explained, "the classes meet for recitations in
+the forenoon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>only, the afternoons being reserved for study, and when
+lessons were prepared, for recreation."</p>
+
+<p>Miss Fenler left them, closing the door softly behind her.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy turned to look at Nancy.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think of her?" Nancy said, asking the question that she
+knew was puzzling Dorothy.</p>
+
+<p>After a second's thought Dorothy said:</p>
+
+<p>"We shall get on with her, I believe, but I can't think Arabella or
+Patricia would be very comfortable here. Really, they will be obliged to
+study here, and Arabella won't want to, and I don't think Patricia
+could. If they don't study, how can they remain?"</p>
+
+<p>Nancy laughed outright.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't worry about those two funny girls," she said, "for if they
+<i>won't</i> study, or <i>can't</i> study, and so are not allowed to re<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>main,
+you'll be just as happy, Dorothy dear, and for that matter, so will
+they."</p>
+
+<p>Later, when together they descended the quaint stairway, they found the
+ever-present Miss Fenler, waiting to present them.</p>
+
+<p>Vera Vane, and Elfreda Carleton, each with an arm about the other's
+waist, hastened forward to greet them.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we're so glad you and Nancy have&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Just a moment Miss Vane, until you have been properly presented," Miss
+Fenler said, in a cold, precise manner.</p>
+
+<p>"But I've always known Dorothy&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"That makes no difference," the assistant said, and she presented them
+in formal manner.</p>
+
+<p>Vera raised her eyebrows, presented the tips of her fingers, and told
+Dorothy in a high, squeaky voice that she was <i>very</i> glad <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>to know her.
+Elf did the same in an exact copy of Vera's manner.</p>
+
+<p>Several of the pupils giggled, but to their credit, Dorothy and Nancy
+managed not to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>When a half-dozen girls had been presented, some one told Miss Fenler
+that Mrs. Marvin wished to see her, and what had begun in a stilted
+manner, became a genuine girl's social.</p>
+
+<p>When the clock in the hall chimed six, and they turned toward the long
+dining-room, the two new pupils had already made the acquaintance of
+several girls, who sat beside, and opposite them at the table.</p>
+
+<p>From a distant table Patricia and Arabella were turning to attract their
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>It had happened that Arabella had chosen to remain in her room during
+the half-hour reunion.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I don't feel like talking to a crowd of girls to-night," she had said.</p>
+
+<p>"My! If you don't care to talk to girls, it must be you'd rather talk to
+boys!" Patricia said, laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"I would <i>not!</i>" Arabella remarked, with a flash in her eyes that one
+rarely saw.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, <i>do</i> excuse me!" Patricia said, "but that's all right, for I'll
+stay right here and talk to you."</p>
+
+<p>Arabella was not in much of a mood for listening, either, but she
+thought it best not to say so. At any other time, Arabella would have
+listened for hours to whatever Patricia might care to say, but to-night
+she was in a contrary mood.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<h3>THE FIRST SOCIAL</h3>
+
+
+<p>Two weeks at Glenmore, and Dorothy and Nancy were content. Letters from
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte assured them that the dear travelers were
+well, and that already Mrs. Dainty was feeling the benefit of the change
+of scene.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Dainty had engaged a large, front room at Glenmore for the two
+girls to enjoy as a sitting-room and study, from which led a tastefully
+furnished chamber, and already they called it their "school home."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia and Arabella had a fair-sized room farther down the corridor.
+Vera Vane and Elfreda Carleton were snugly set<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>tled in cozy quarters a
+few doors beyond the one that bore Dorothy's and Nancy's names. Patricia
+Levine had ordered a large card, elaborately lettered in red and green,
+announcing that:</p>
+
+<div class='bbox'><div class="center"><span class="smcap">This Suite is Occupied</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">by</span><br />
+MISS P. LEVINE<br />
+AND<br />
+MISS A. CORREYVILLE</div></div>
+
+<p>A small card was all that was necessary, indeed only a small card was
+permitted, but Patricia did not know that. After her usual manner of
+doing things, she had ordered a veritable placard of the village sign
+painter, and when she had tacked it upon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>the door, it fairly <i>shouted</i>,
+in red and green ink.</p>
+
+<p>"There!" she exclaimed, "I guess when the other girls see that, they'll
+think the two who have this room are pretty swell."</p>
+
+<p>"Isn't it,&mdash;rather&mdash;loud?" ventured Arabella timidly.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia's eyes blazed.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Loud?</i>" she cried. "Well, what do you want? A card that will whisper?"</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe it's all right," Arabella said quickly, to which Patricia
+responded:</p>
+
+<p>"Of course it's all right. It's more than all right! It's very el'gant!"</p>
+
+<p>Arabella was no match for her room-mate, and whenever a question arose
+regarding any matter of mutual interest, it was always Patricia who
+settled it, and Arabella who meekly agreed that she was probably right.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Arabella was not gentle, indeed she possessed a decidedly contrary
+streak, but she always feared offending Patricia, because Patricia could
+be very disagreeable when opposed.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia was still admiring the gaudy lettering when a door at the far
+end of the corridor opened.</p>
+
+<p>She sprang back into her room, closed the door and standing close to it
+waited to hear if the big card provoked admiring comment.</p>
+
+<p>Nearer came the footsteps.</p>
+
+<p>Could they pass without seeing it? They paused&mdash;then:</p>
+
+<p>"Well, just look at that!"</p>
+
+<p>"A regular sign-board!"</p>
+
+<p>A few moments the two outside the door stood whispering, then one
+giggled, and together they walked to the stairway and descended,
+laughing all the way.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Patricia opened the door and peeped out. "It was that red-haired girl,
+and the black-haired one that are always together," she reported to
+Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, what in the world were they laughing at?"</p>
+
+<p>"Laughing at the big card, I suppose," Arabella said.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, there's nothing funny about that," Patricia said, hotly. "It cost
+ever so much more than the <i>teenty</i> little cards on the other doors
+did." Patricia rated everything by its cost.</p>
+
+<p>"They knew that big card looked fine, and they certainly could see that
+the lettering was showy," she continued; "so why did they stand outside
+the door giggling?"</p>
+
+<p>"How do I know?" Arabella said.</p>
+
+<p>"Open the door, and we'll look at it again, and see if&mdash;"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A smart tap upon the door caused Arabella to stop in the middle of the
+sentence.</p>
+
+<p>"S'pose it's those same girls?" whispered Patricia. "If I thought it was
+I wouldn't stir a step."</p>
+
+<p>A second rap, louder, and more insistent than the first brought both
+girls to their feet, and Patricia flew to open the door.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Fenler glared at them through her glasses.</p>
+
+<p>"Why did you not answer my first rap?" she asked.</p>
+
+<p>"We didn't know it was you," said Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>Ignoring the excuse, Miss Fenler continued: "I called to tell you to
+remove that great card, and put a small one in its place with only your
+names upon it, and in regard to your efforts to obtain work, you can not
+have any such notice upon your door.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> Instead you must leave your names
+at the office and I will see if any of the pupils will patronize you."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what you mean!" cried Patricia, flushed and angry.</p>
+
+<p>For answer Miss Fenler pointed to a line penciled on the lower edge of
+the placard which read:</p>
+
+<div class="center"><i>Patching and mending done<br />
+at reasonable prices.</i></div>
+
+<p>"We never wrote that!" cried Arabella, "and we don't want to be
+patronized."</p>
+
+<p>"The red-haired girl, and the black-haired girl that are always
+together, stopped at the door and did something, and then went down
+stairs laughing all the way," screamed Patricia. "'Twas one of those two
+who wrote that."</p>
+
+<p>"I must ask you to talk quietly," Miss<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> Fenler said, "and as to the
+writing, I'll look into that. In the meantime I'll get a small card for
+you to put in place of that large one."</p>
+
+<p>She left the room, and as soon as she was well out of hearing, Patricia
+vowed vengeance upon the two girls who had written the provoking legend.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll get even with them!" she said.</p>
+
+<p>"How will you?" Arabella asked.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know yet, but you'd better believe I'll watch for a chance!"</p>
+
+<p>"I'll watch, too!" cried Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>It was the custom at Glenmore to hold a little informal reception on an
+evening of the third week after the school had opened.</p>
+
+<p>Its purpose was to have pupils of all the classes present so that those
+who never met in the recitation-rooms might become acquainted.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>When the announcement appeared upon the bulletin board it caused a
+flurry of excitement.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy and Nancy had already found new friends, and were eager to meet
+others whose agreeable ways had interested them.</p>
+
+<p>"It's such a pleasant place," Dorothy said one morning as she stood
+brushing her hair, "and so many pleasant faces in the big class-room. I
+saw at least a dozen I'd like to know, when we were having the morning
+exercises, and there's ever so many more that we have yet to meet."</p>
+
+<p>"And Tuesday evening is sure to be jolly. There'll be a crowd to talk
+with, and one of the girls told me to-day that there's almost sure to be
+some music, either vocal or instrumental, and she said that last year
+they often had fine readers at the receptions," Nancy concluded.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They were on their way to the class-room, when Patricia and Arabella
+joined them.</p>
+
+<p>"Is the social to be a dressy affair?" Patricia asked, adding: "I hope
+it is, because <i>I</i> shall be dressy, whether any one else is or not."</p>
+
+<p>They had reached the class-room door so that there was no time for
+either Dorothy or Nancy to reply to the silly remark if they had cared
+to do so.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>At eight o'clock nearly all the pupils had assembled in the big
+reception-room, and the hum of voices told that each was doing her best
+to outdo her neighbor. Near the center of the room a group of girls
+stood talking. It was evident that the theme of their conversation was
+not engrossing, for twice their leader, Betty Chase, had replied at
+random while her eyes roved toward the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>door, and Valerie Dare remarked
+that her chum had been reading such a romantic story, that she was
+eagerly looking for a knight in full armor to appear.</p>
+
+<p>"Be still!" cried Betty. "You know very well what I'm looking for."</p>
+
+<p>"I do indeed," Valerie admitted. "Say, girls! You all know the two that
+are always together, the one with goggles that we've dubbed the
+'medicine chest,' and her chum who wears all the rainbow colors whenever
+and wherever she appears?"</p>
+
+<p>"Surely, but what are their names?" inquired a pale, sickly-looking girl
+who had joined the group.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't know their names," said Betty, "but I heard Miss Rainbow telling
+her friend that she intended to wear 'something very dressy' to-night,
+so I'm eager to see her. My! Here she comes now."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Good gracious!" gasped Valerie, under her breath.</p>
+
+<p>With head very high, Patricia rushed, rather than walked across the
+room, until she reached the center, when she stopped as if to permit
+every one to obtain a good view of her costume. Her bold manner made her
+more absurd even than her dress which was, as Betty Chase declared,
+"<i>surprising!</i>"</p>
+
+<p>Turning slowly around to the right, then deliberately to the left, she
+appeared to feel herself a paragon of fashion, a model dressed to give
+the pupils of Glenmore a chance to observe something a bit finer than
+they had ever seen before.</p>
+
+<p>As Patricia slowly turned, Arabella, like a satellite, as slowly
+revolved about her.</p>
+
+<p>Who could wonder that a wave of soft laughter swept over the room. It
+was evi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>dent that vanity equalling that of the peacock moved Patricia to
+turn about that every one might see both front and back of her dress,
+but no one could have guessed why Arabella in a plain brown woolen dress
+kept pace with her silly friend.</p>
+
+<p>It was not vanity that kept droll little Arabella moving. No, indeed.</p>
+
+<p>Thus far, Arabella had made no new acquaintances.</p>
+
+<p>As she entered the reception-room with Patricia she saw only a sea of
+strange faces, and with a wild determination at least to have Patricia
+to speak to, she trotted around her, that she might not, at any moment,
+find herself talking to Patricia's back.</p>
+
+<p>That surely would be awkward, she thought.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia's dress was a light gray silk, tastefully made, and had she
+been content to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>wear it as it had been sent to her from New York, she
+would have looked well-dressed, and no one would have made comments upon
+her appearance.</p>
+
+<p>The soft red girdle gave a touch of color, but not nearly enough to
+please Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>At the village store she had purchased ribbons of many colors, from
+which she had made bows or rosettes of every hue, and these she had
+tacked upon her slippers. Her hair was tied with a bright blue ribbon,
+and over the shoulders of her blouse she had sewed pink and yellow
+ribbons. Narrow green edged her red girdle.</p>
+
+<p>Blue and buff, rose and orange, straw-color and lavender, surely not a
+tint was missing, and the result was absolutely comical! One would have
+thought that a lunatic had designed the costume.</p>
+
+<p>And when she believed that her dress had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>been seen from all angles,
+Patricia left the reception-room, passing to a larger room beyond, where
+she seated herself, and at once assumed a bored expression. Not the
+least interest in other pupils had she. She had come to the little
+social to be gazed at, and as soon as she believed that all must have
+seen her, the party held no further interest for her.</p>
+
+<p>She heard the buzz of whispered conversation in the room that she had
+left, and she wished that she might know what they were saying. It was
+well that she could not.</p>
+
+<p>"What an unpleasant-looking girl!" said one.</p>
+
+<p>"Wasn't that dress a regular rainbow?" whispered another.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but she was funny, turning around for us to see her, just like a
+wax dummy in a store window," said a third.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><a name="wish" id="wish"></a><img src="./images/plate02.jpg" alt="She wished that she might know what they were saying." title="She wished that she might know what they were saying." /></div>
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap">She wished that she might know what they were saying.</span>&mdash;<a href='#Page_32'><i>Page 32.</i></a></div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"She's queer to go off by herself!" remarked the first one who had
+spoken.</p>
+
+<p>"We're not very nice," said Betty Chase, who thus far had not spoken,
+"that is not very kind, to be so busily talking about her."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I declare, Betty, who'd ever dream that you, who are always
+getting into scrapes would boldly give us a lecture."</p>
+
+<p>Betty's black eyes flashed.</p>
+
+<p>"I know I get into funny scrapes," she snapped, "but whatever I do, I
+don't talk about people, Ida Mayo."</p>
+
+<p>"You don't have time to," exclaimed her chum, Valerie Dare. "It takes
+all your spare time to plan mischief."</p>
+
+<p>In the laugh that followed, Betty forgot that she was vexed.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia began to find it rather dull sitting alone in a room back of
+the reception-hall.</p>
+
+<p>She felt that she had entered the hall in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>a burst of glory; had fairly
+dazzled all beholders!</p>
+
+<p>She had believed that the girls would be so entranced with her
+appearance that they would follow her that they might again inspect her
+costume.</p>
+
+<p>She was amazed that she had been permitted to sit alone if she chose.</p>
+
+<p>The other pupils thought it strange that she should choose to remain
+alone instead of becoming acquainted with those who were to be her
+schoolmates for the year, but believing that she was determined to be
+unsocial, they made no effort to disturb her.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella, who had followed her, became curious as to what was going on
+in the hall, and from time to time, crept to the wide doorway, peeped
+out to get a better view, then returned to report what she had seen.</p>
+
+<p>"Everybody is talking to Dorothy and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> Nancy," she said in a stage
+whisper, then:</p>
+
+<p>"Vera Vane seems to know almost every one already, and Elf Carleton is
+telling a funny story, and making all the girls around her laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"And, Patricia, you <i>ought</i> to come here and see Betty Chase. She has a
+long straw, and she's tickling Valerie's neck with it. Valerie doesn't
+dream what it is, and while she's talking, keeps trying to brush off the
+tickly thing. Come and see her!"</p>
+
+<p>Patricia did not stir. She longed to see the fun, but she felt rather
+abashed to come out from her corner.</p>
+
+<p>The sound of a violin being tuned proved too tempting, however, and she
+joined Arabella in the doorway.</p>
+
+<p>One of the youngest pupils stood, violin in hand, while, at the piano,
+Betty Chase was playing the prelude. Lina Danford han<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>dled the bow
+cleverly, and played her little solo with evident ease.</p>
+
+<p>Her audience was delighted, and gayly their hands clapped their
+approval. The two in the doorway stood quite still, and gave no evidence
+of pleasure. Arabella was too spunkless to applaud; Patricia was too
+jealous.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella, after her own dull fashion, had enjoyed the music.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia surely had not.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia never could bear to see or hear <i>any one</i> do <i>anything!</i></p>
+
+<p>"Let's go up to our room," she whispered.</p>
+
+<p>"P'rhaps some of the others will play or sing," ventured Arabella, who
+wished to remain.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Let</i> 'em!" Patricia said, even her whisper showing that she was vexed.</p>
+
+<p>"'<i>Let</i> 'em?'" Arabella drawled. "Why<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> I'll have to let 'em. I couldn't
+stop them, and I don't want to. I'd like to hear them."</p>
+
+<p>"Then stay and hear them!" snapped Patricia, and she rushed out into the
+midst of the groups of listeners, and dashed up the stairway before Miss
+Fenler could stop her.</p>
+
+<p>What could have been more rude and ill-bred than to leave in such haste,
+thereby disturbing those who were enjoying the music?</p>
+
+<p>Arabella's first thought was to follow Patricia lest she be angry, but
+she saw Miss Fenler's effort to stay Patricia, and she dared not leave
+the room.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella felt as if she were between two desperate people.</p>
+
+<p>She feared Miss Fenler, as did every pupil at Glenmore, and by remaining
+where she was, she certainly was not offending her, but she could not
+forget Patricia. What a temper she would be in when, after the con<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>cert
+was over, Arabella, cautiously, would turn the latch, and enter their
+chamber!</p>
+
+<p>Patricia was wide awake, and listening, when at last Arabella reached
+their door. Softly she tried to open it so carefully that if Patricia
+were asleep she might remain so.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia had turned the key in the lock, and she fully enjoyed lying
+comfortably on the bed, and listening while on the other side of the
+door her chum was turning the knob first one way and then the other.</p>
+
+<p>There's no knowing how long she would have permitted Arabella to stand
+out in the hall, but suddenly she remembered that Miss Fenler strode
+down the corridors every night after lights were supposed to be out,
+just to learn if any one of the girls were defying the rule.</p>
+
+<p>With a rather loud "O <i>dear!</i>" Patricia flounced out of bed, went to the
+door, pre<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>tended to be so sleepy that she could not at once find the
+key, and then, as the door opened, gave an exaggerated yawn.</p>
+
+<p>For once Arabella was quick-witted.</p>
+
+<p>"Miss Fenler is just coming up the stairs," she said.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia forgot the scolding that she had been preparing for Arabella,
+and instead she said:</p>
+
+<p>"Hurry! Put out the light. You can undress in the dark, but for
+goodness' sake, don't stumble over anything!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<h3>MISCHIEF</h3>
+
+
+<p>A few days later, Dorothy stood at the window looking out upon a
+windswept road, where not even so much as a dry leaf remained to tell of
+the vanished Autumn.</p>
+
+<p>The sky was cloud-covered, and the gaunt trees bent and swayed as if a
+giant arm were shaking them.</p>
+
+<p>"We missed our afternoon trip down to the village," she said, "but no
+one would care to walk in this gale, and even&mdash;why, who&mdash;? Nancy, come
+here! <i>Isn't</i> that Patricia?"</p>
+
+<p>Nancy ran to the window.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why, no&mdash;yes,&mdash;Well, it certainly is Patricia," she said.</p>
+
+<p>"And just look at the parcel she's carrying!"</p>
+
+<p>"Whatever it is, she must have wanted it, to go out such day as this,"
+said Nancy, "and look! Miss Fenler is out on the porch,&mdash;why, she's
+actually feeling of it to see what's in the parcel. Really, I don't see
+why it's all right for her to do that."</p>
+
+<p>"It does seem queer," agreed Dorothy, "but you know it is the rule that
+the girls must not bring large parcels into this house, unless they're
+willing to show what is in them.</p>
+
+<p>"There! The paper has burst open, and,&mdash;Well, did you see that?"</p>
+
+<p>Miss Fenler was actually thrusting a long bony finger into the opening
+with the hope of learning if anything that had been for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>bidden, was
+being smuggled into the house inside the folds of gayly flowered goods
+that Patricia had declared was a tea-gown. After a moment, Miss Fenler
+nodded as if dismissing the matter, and Patricia, her chin very high,
+passed into the hall. Miss Fenler turned to look after her, as if not
+sure if she had done wisely in permitting Patricia to enter with so
+large a bundle, without first compelling her to open it, and spread its
+contents for inspection.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia's eyes had flashed when questioned about her parcel, but once
+inside the hall, her anger increased, and she mounted the stairs,
+tramping along the upper hall so noisily that several pupils looked out
+to learn who had arrived. Farther down the hall a door opened, and Betty
+Chase's laughing face looked out. She, too, had seen Patricia and Miss
+Fenler on the porch and, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>while she did not like Patricia, she detested
+the woman who seemed to enjoy spying, so her sympathy was, of course,
+with the pupil.</p>
+
+<p>"Had a scrap with the 'Fender'? I'd half a mind to say 'cow-catcher,'"
+she said.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what if I did?" Patricia said, rudely, and walked on toward her
+room.</p>
+
+<p>Betty looked after her.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, of all things!" she whispered, then said, "The next time you need
+sympathy, try to buy some at the grocer's. Don't look to me!"</p>
+
+<p>Patricia had done a rude, and foolish thing. Betty Chase was a favorite,
+and Patricia had longed to be one of her friends, but thus far Betty had
+been surrounded by her classmates, who hovered about her so persistently
+that the pupils from Merrivale had not yet become acquainted with her.
+Betty had hailed Patricia pleasantly, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>she really might have paused
+for a little chat, but she was one of those unpleasant persons who, when
+some one person has annoyed her, is vexed with the whole world. She took
+little heed as to where she was going, and stamped along, muttering some
+of the many wrathful thoughts that filled her mind.</p>
+
+<p>Reaching a door that stood ajar, she pushed it open, and rushed in
+exclaiming:</p>
+
+<p>"The horrid old thing tried to pick open my parcel, but I wouldn't let
+her. I guess Miss Sharp-eyes won't try again to&mdash;Why, where are you,
+Arabella?"</p>
+
+<p>A tall, thin girl with a pale face and colorless hair emerged from the
+closet where she had been hanging some garments.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you rush into people's rooms, and call them names?" she asked in a
+peculiar drawl.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Patricia for once, was too surprised to speak.</p>
+
+<p>"My name is not Arabella, nor Miss Sharp-eyes," concluded the girl.</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;I beg your pardon. I thought this was my own room," gasped Patricia,
+and rushing from the room, opened the next door on which her own name
+and Arabella's appeared. She flew in, banging the door behind her.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella sprang to her feet, dropped her glasses, picked them up, and
+setting them upon her nose, stared through them at Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you speak a single word!" commanded Patricia, "for I'm 'bout as
+mad as I can be now, and if I get any madder&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>She stopped in sheer amazement, for Arabella had put on her hat, and was
+now getting into her coat.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Where are you going?" demanded Patricia, but Arabella put her left hand
+over her lips, while with her right she slipped another button into its
+buttonhole, and sidled toward the door.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia sprang forward, locked the door, took Arabella by the shoulder,
+and pushed her toward a chair. Surprised, and calmed by Arabella's
+silence, and her attempt to leave the room, Patricia now spoke in an
+injured tone.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd never believe you'd start to go out, when I'd just come in so
+vexed, and with loads of things to tell you. For goodness' sake, can't
+you answer?"</p>
+
+<p>"You told me not to say a word," said Arabella, "and you looked so cross
+that I just didn't dare to, and I was going out so I'd be sure not to."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia was flattered to learn that Ara<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>bella had actually been afraid
+of her. "Goosie!" she cried, "when will you learn that I don't always
+mean all that I say! Old Sharp-eyes didn't really open my bundle. Come
+over here and see what was hidden in it."</p>
+
+<p>She opened the parcel of gaily-flowered cotton, and began to unfold the
+goods.</p>
+
+<p>"There!" she cried when the last fold was loosed, and six packages were
+proudly displayed.</p>
+
+<p>"Good gracious!" cried Arabella, "I don't see how you got inside the
+door with all those things, for I saw her pinching your bundle, and
+you'd think that she must have felt those little parcels even if they
+were wrapped inside that cloth."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, you may be very sure she didn't feel them, for if she had, I'd
+never had them to show you."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was, indeed, a fixed rule at Glenmore that pupils, except by special
+permission, should bring no food into the building, the reason being
+that plenty of good food was provided at meal times, and eating between
+meals was forbidden.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia's idea of a "treat" was a variety of all sorts, but never a
+thought had she as to whether the articles that she chose would combine
+well.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella, often annoyed with indigestion, gazed at the "treat" that
+Patricia had placed upon the little table, and wondered how she would
+feel when she had eaten her share.</p>
+
+<p>And eat it she must, for Patricia never would forgive her if she did
+not. More than that, she must not refuse anything, because Patricia
+would consider that a sure sign that her "treat" had failed to please,
+and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>for a week at least, would talk of Arabella as ungrateful.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>In a room farther up the corridor, Vera and Elf were laughing and
+chuckling over much the same trick as that which Patricia had played,
+only that Vera and Elf had brought a huge parcel into the house, and had
+not been questioned regarding it.</p>
+
+<p>It was late afternoon when Vera had returned from the village. Dorothy
+saw her far up the road, and wondered why she walked so slowly, but as
+she neared the gateway, it was evident that she carried a heavy parcel.
+Her storm-coat had a deep cape, but it only partly hid the bundle.</p>
+
+<p>She looked up toward the window where Dorothy stood, laughed, and made a
+gesture to indicate that she was going around to the rear of the house.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Nancy, what do you suppose the girls are up to?"</p>
+
+<p>"Vera has just come from the village with a bundle twice as big as the
+one Miss Fenler found Patricia bringing in, and she has gone around
+toward the back door with it."</p>
+
+<p>"She's trying to dodge Miss Fenler," Nancy said.</p>
+
+<p>"But, Nancy, she can't get to her room from the back way. The back door
+leads into the kitchen. There's no back stairway."</p>
+
+<p>"I know that," Nancy said, "but Vera isn't going around the house for
+the sake of a walk. She's intending to get in the back way I do believe.
+I wonder if she has coaxed one of the maids to help her. Come on, down
+the hall to the big window that has a balcony under it. We'll see if she
+really gets in."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Dorothy clasped Nancy's outstretched hand and they ran softly along the
+hall, reaching the window just in time to see a bulky-looking bundle
+swinging from a rope, and occasionally bumping against the house as it
+made its way slowly upward.</p>
+
+<p>On the ground stood Vera eagerly looking up, while, from the window of
+their room Elf reached out, desperately struggling to draw the heavy
+bundle up to the window sill.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't stand there looking up at me!" she said in a voice hardly above a
+whisper. "Come up here before somebody sees you." Vera lost no time in
+doing as Elf said, while Dorothy and Nancy wasted not a moment, but sped
+down the hall, and once safely in their room, sat down, laughing at what
+they had seen.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, Vera raced along the hall, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>into her room, flew to the
+window and soon the precious bundle lay on the floor, the two girls
+bending over it.</p>
+
+<p>"Oo-oo! Cream-cakes! A box of fudge, frosted cake!" cried Elf, then.
+"What's in this tin can?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oysters," said Vera, "and we'll have a hot stew to-night after every
+one is in bed!"</p>
+
+<p>"My! But how can we cook it?" Elf asked.</p>
+
+<p>"In the can," said Vera. "That's easy 'nough. There's a pint of oysters,
+and three pints of milk all shaken up together in that two-quart can. We
+can heat it over the gas jet. I'm sure they'll cook all right."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Vera Vane! It will take <i>hours</i> to make it boil over that gas jet.
+I guess we'll enjoy taking turns holding it, while we wait for it to
+cook!"</p>
+
+<p>"Pooh! It'll taste so good we'll forget <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>our arms ache when we get the
+very first spoonful!"</p>
+
+<p>Elf was not sure about that, but Vera had a way of speaking as if what
+she said settled the matter, so although not convinced, Elf made no
+reply. "Come! Help me put these things away," cried Vera. "We don't want
+any one to know about our fine little after-bedtime party, and we ought
+to hide our treat before some one comes to our door."</p>
+
+<p>So the cakes and fudge were placed on the shelf in the closet, where
+with the big can full of oysters and milk they became close neighbors
+with the hat-boxes.</p>
+
+<p>Then Vera and Elf sat down to prepare their lessons for the next day.</p>
+
+<p>They had invited Betty Chase and her chum, Valerie Dare, to spend the
+evening with them, and enjoy the treat.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They were to go to bed at the usual time, have their light out at nine
+o'clock, and as soon as they heard Miss Fenler pass down the hall, and
+then descend the stairs, they were to open their door softly, close it
+behind them, and then, with greatest caution, make their way along the
+hall to Vera's room.</p>
+
+<p>Night came, their lessons were prepared for the morrow, their lights
+were out, when they heard Miss Fenler pass their door, then,&mdash;why did
+she return and pass the door a second time?</p>
+
+<p>Was it imagination, or did she pause before going on?</p>
+
+<p>Their hearts beat faster, and Valerie laid her hand over hers, she
+afterward said, to hush it so that the dreaded Miss Fenler might not
+hear it.</p>
+
+<p>"Has she gone?" whispered Betty, to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>which Valerie, who was nearest the
+door, replied with a low, "Sh&mdash;!"</p>
+
+<p>Farther up the corridor two others listened. Not a sound was heard in
+the hall, and Betty Chase cautiously opened the door a few inches. A
+board in the floor creaked, and she shut the door so quickly that she
+forgot to be careful, and one might have heard it the length of the
+hall.</p>
+
+<p>"Oo-oo!" whispered Valerie. "You let me manage that door, please, the
+next time it's opened."</p>
+
+<p>"When'll the next time be?" whispered Betty with a chuckle.</p>
+
+<p>"Now!" whispered Valerie, and stepping out into the hall, they carefully
+closed the door, then ran softly along to Vera's door, and tapped upon
+the panel with a hat-pin for a knocker. The door opened and they were
+only too glad to have it close behind them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> Yet a bit longer they
+waited before lighting up, and while they waited, they sat upon the bed
+and talked in whispers.</p>
+
+<p>The street lamp threw a band of light across the room.</p>
+
+<p>Five minutes later, the blankets were taken from the bed and hung over
+the door, that no ray of light from the room might be visible in the
+hall, through either crack or keyhole.</p>
+
+<p>A second blanket was pinned to the curtains, that neither coachman nor
+maid returning from the town might catch a glimpse of light.</p>
+
+<p>Then the fun began.</p>
+
+<p>They had become bolder, and forgetting to whisper, talked in undertones.
+Vera, mounted on a cushioned stool, was holding the can over the gas
+jet, and watching eagerly for some sign of boiling.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The milk is steaming," she announced. "S'pose it's done?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not yet, goosie!" Elf replied, "and I <i>know</i>," she continued, "'cause I
+remember hearing our cook say that the stew was ready when the oysters
+looked all puckered around their edges."</p>
+
+<p>"O gracious! If that's true, somebody'll have to come and hold this old
+can a while. My arm is about broken!"</p>
+
+<p>Betty seized the can, and mounted the stool, and Vera, thus relieved,
+ran to the closet, returning with the cream-cakes and the fudge.</p>
+
+<p>The white counterpane stripped from the bed, and spread upon the floor,
+served as a lunch-cloth, and when the "goodies" were set upon it, the
+big can in the center, steaming, if not boiling, the four sat
+cross-legged around the feast, and prepared to enjoy it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Salt and pepper in abundance had been thrown into the can, so that while
+it lacked sufficient cooking, it surely did not lack seasoning.</p>
+
+<p>Bravely each tried to eat her share, but so salt was it, that it almost
+brought the tears.</p>
+
+<p>The cream-cakes were fine, and the girls were laughing softly over
+Betty's remark that no one knew of their little "party," when a knock
+upon the door caused Valerie to drop her cream-cake. In an instant she
+had rolled over, crawled under the bed, Betty following, while Vera and
+Elf sprang into bed, drawing the coverings to their chins to hide that
+they were fully dressed. It was one of Miss Fenler's rules that pupils
+should never lock their doors.</p>
+
+<p>Now in a harsh voice she called: "Open this door <i>at once!</i>"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Vera sprang to the floor, shut off the gas, softly turned the key in the
+lock, and was back in bed and covered up to her eyes, in a second.</p>
+
+<p>Upon opening the door, Miss Fenler stumbled into the blanket that hung
+from the door-frame. Crossing the room to light the gas, she put her
+right foot directly upon a cream-cake, while with her left she upset the
+can of stew.</p>
+
+<p>An angry exclamation, properly stifled, caused the two under the bed to
+nudge each other, while struggling not to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>Vera and Elf lay quite still, the puff drawn up to their closely shut
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Miss Fenler lit the gas, and it was just as well that the culprits dared
+not open their eyes, for the face that she turned toward them was not
+pleasant to see.</p>
+
+<p>She was desperately angry.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What does this mean?" she cried shrilly.</p>
+
+<p>Vera and Elf breathed heavily, as if soundly sleeping.</p>
+
+<p>"You're not asleep!" she declared, "and I insist that you answer me.
+Again I ask, what does this mean?"</p>
+
+<p>Vera and Elf breathed harder than before, Vera adding a soft little
+snore.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, very well!" cried Miss Fenler. "If you are determined not to reply
+to-night, I will report you to Mrs. Marvin, and you may make your
+explanations to her to-morrow."</p>
+
+<p>She left the room, her anger increased by their obstinate pretense of
+slumber.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<h3>A WONDERFUL TONIC</h3>
+
+
+<p>Vera awoke long before daylight, and lay thinking.</p>
+
+<p>"That's just the way I do things," she said in a voice barely above a
+whisper.</p>
+
+<p>"I plan the fun, and always have a good time, that is '<i>most</i>' always,
+but it's sure to wind up in a scrape. I plan how to get into mischief.
+Why don't I ever plan how to get out?"</p>
+
+<p>Elf stirred uneasily, and Vera gave her shoulder a vigorous shake.</p>
+
+<p>"Wake up!" she commanded. "Wake up, and help me plan what we'd better
+say when we have to face Mrs. Marvin."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm sleepy," drawled Elf. "We're smart enough to say something when
+she stares at us over her spectacles. We'll say we&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>A wee snore finished the sentence, and Vera turned over with a lurch
+that shook the bed.</p>
+
+<p>She thought it very hard that she must lie awake and worry, while Elf
+could sleep; in short, she wanted some one to worry with her.</p>
+
+<p>"It's like the way I climb trees when we're away in the summer," she
+muttered.</p>
+
+<p>"It's fine climbing up, but I'm always afraid to climb down. If Bob is
+near, I can always make him get me down, but Bob isn't here to get me
+out of this mess, and Elf won't even try to keep awake to help me
+think."</p>
+
+<p>She concluded that it was very unfeeling <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>for Elf to be so sleepy. Her
+cheeks were flushed, and her head ached.</p>
+
+<p>"O dear!" she whispered, softly, "Dorothy Dainty and Nancy Ferris are
+full of fun, but they never get into a regular fix such as I'm in now. I
+don't see how they manage to have such good times without ever getting
+mixed up in something that's hard to explain. And Betty and Valerie will
+get off Scot free, for 'The Fender' couldn't see them under the bed, and
+of course we'll not tell that they were there."</p>
+
+<p>She did not know that when Betty and Valerie had reached their own room
+they found that in their haste to arrive at the "feast" they had left
+the light burning in their room!</p>
+
+<p>Oh, indeed Miss Fenler had seen that, and she had opened the door. She
+had found no one there. She had seen that four had been <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>enjoying the
+feast, because at each of the four sides of the spread were fragments of
+partly eaten cream-cakes, or bits of fruitcakes. Her sharp eyes had seen
+enough to assure her that two other girls were in hiding somewhere in
+the room, doubtless the two whose light had been left burning. She
+thought it clever to let them think that they had escaped notice. Their
+surprise would be greater when she sent them to Mrs. Marvin the next
+morning. Daylight found Vera tossing and turning, while Elf was
+dreaming. It was not that Vera could not bear reproof. She could listen
+for a half-hour to a description of her faults, and look like a cheerful
+flaxen-haired sprite all the while. That which now worried her was the
+thought that Mrs. Marvin might send her home.</p>
+
+<p>It was the fifth time during the month <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>that she had been reprimanded,
+and even gentle Mrs. Marvin <i>might</i> reach the limit of her patience.</p>
+
+<p>Her father, she knew, would speak reprovingly, and then laugh at her.
+Her mother, always weak-willed, would say: "Vera, dear, I wonder if you
+were really naughty, or if it was that they didn't <i>quite</i> understand
+you."</p>
+
+<p>Oh, there was nothing to fear about being sent home, but the fact that
+thus she would lose a deal of fun that she could so enjoy with a lot of
+lively girls of her own age.</p>
+
+<p>She resolved to appear as off-hand as usual, unless Mrs. Marvin should
+say that she must not remain at Glenmore, when she would throw pride to
+the winds, and plead, yes, even beg to continue as a pupil of the
+school. She turned and looked at Elf, still soundly sleeping.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"O dear! I'm the only girl in school who has anything to fret over," she
+whispered.</p>
+
+<p>It happened, however, that at the far end of the building, another girl
+was quite as worried as Vera, but it was a very different matter that
+had caused her to wake, as Vera had, before daybreak.</p>
+
+<p>She had entered Glenmore a few weeks after school had opened, and was
+rather a quiet girl, as yet acquainted with but few of the pupils.</p>
+
+<p>Some one circulated the story that she was being educated by an uncle
+who was a very rich man. Patricia Levine had added that as he lived in
+"N'York," and as her mother also lived there, she, of course, knew him,
+and she had told Patricia that old Mr. Mayo was more than rich, that he
+was many, many times a millionaire.</p>
+
+<p>"Ida Mayo is to be an heiress, and have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>all that money. Just think of
+that!" Patricia had said, and immediately began to be very friendly with
+her.</p>
+
+<p>Betty Chase boldly asked Patricia why it followed that because Mrs.
+Levine and old Mr. Mayo lived in New York they must, of course, be
+acquainted, to which Patricia snapped.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't say they <i>must</i> be acquainted. I said 'they <i>are</i>'!"</p>
+
+<p>Ida Mayo seemed not to notice that Patricia sought to be friendly, nor
+did she make any effort to become acquainted with any of the other
+pupils.</p>
+
+<p>She seemed content to stand apart and watch the others in their games.
+It was Dorothy Dainty who seemed to hold her attention, and once Betty
+Chase asked boldly: "I wonder why you watch Dorothy so much."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," Ida had said, then added, "I guess it's because she's
+worth looking at?"</p>
+
+<p>Secretly she envied Dorothy's lovely color, and wished that her own
+cheeks were as fresh and fair. That evening in her little room, she
+looked in disgust at her reflection in the mirror. A pale face returned
+her gaze, and she made a grimace.</p>
+
+<p>"It's bad enough to be pale without having a few of last summer's
+freckles left to make it worse," she cried.</p>
+
+<p>There were lessons to be prepared for the morrow, but the reflection in
+the mirror had so disturbed her that she cast lessons aside and
+commenced reading a story in a new magazine. The heroine was described
+as having a wonderful complexion, as fair, as pink and white, as perfect
+in coloring as a sea-shell.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Of course!" said Ida, "and that's the sort I wish I had."</p>
+
+<p>Her eyes strayed from the story of the beautiful heroine to the
+advertising column.</p>
+
+<p>"Raise mushrooms," read one advertisement, next: "Try our patent
+collar-button," then: "Write poems for us."</p>
+
+<p>"How stupid!" she said. "Who'd want to raise mushrooms, I'd like to
+know? Who wants their old collar-buttons? And for mercy's sake, how many
+people who read those advertising columns can write poetry?"</p>
+
+<p>She was about to toss the magazine upon the couch, when two words in
+large print caught her attention.</p>
+
+<p>"Banish freckles&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"What's that?" she whispered.</p>
+
+<p>"Banish freckles and have a perfect complexion," she read. "Send fifty
+cents to us, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>or obtain our tonic at any drug-store. Directions inside
+package."</p>
+
+<p>It must have been the best of good luck that had prompted her to neglect
+her lessons, and spend the evening hours with the magazine, she thought.</p>
+
+<p>She was far too impatient to wait to receive the tonic by mail.</p>
+
+<p>She had never been to the local drug-store, so the clerks would not know
+her, but if any of the Glenmore girls were there, she would buy some
+candy, and wait until another day to obtain the tonic.</p>
+
+<p>She drew a long breath when she saw, upon entering, that she was the
+only customer.</p>
+
+<p>The clerk thought it odd that a little girl should be buying a
+complexion-beautifier, but concluded that she, doubtless, was doing the
+errand for some older person.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Night came, and at the hour when Vera and Elf with Betty and Valerie
+were tasting their goodies, and listening to every sound that might be
+approaching footsteps, Ida Mayo, not a whit less excited, was
+breathlessly reading the directions for applying the tonic.</p>
+
+<p>"Spread the tonic over the face, rubbing it thoroughly into the skin.
+Let it remain all night. You will be astonished at the result."</p>
+
+<p>A dozen times during the night she had been awakened with the scalding,
+burning of her face. The directions had said that the skin would
+probably burn, but the result in the morning would fully repay the user,
+by the extreme loveliness of the radiant complexion!</p>
+
+<p>Ida bore the burning bravely, but when the first faint light appeared
+she sat up in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>bed, pressing her hands to her smarting cheeks.</p>
+
+<p>"If the freckles are gone, and my skin is fair, I won't say a word about
+this burning," she said. "But how," she continued, "can my face look
+even half-way decent, when it is smarting so furiously?"</p>
+
+<p>At last, she could bear it no longer, and springing out of bed, she ran
+to the dresser, and gasped as she looked at her reflection. Even in the
+dim light of the dawn of a cloudy day, she saw that her cheeks, her
+forehead, her chin, were all very red.</p>
+
+<p>Were they spotty as well?</p>
+
+<p>"O dear! If it was only light enough for me to really see!" she
+whispered.</p>
+
+<p>She looked at the tiny clock. At that early hour no one was stirring at
+Glenmore.</p>
+
+<p>No one would see her if she went down to the door, and it would be
+lighter there. A <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>gable shaded the window, and made her room less light.</p>
+
+<p>Thrusting her tangled locks up under the elastic of her muslin cap, and
+throwing on a loose sack, she snatched the hand-mirror from her dresser,
+and softly yet swiftly went out into the hall and down the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>She paused in the lower hall, there thinking that she heard some one
+coming, she rushed out on the piazza, down the steps, and across the
+lawn to an open space where nothing could obscure the light. Already it
+was growing lighter, and she lifted the hand-mirror. A look of horror
+swept over her little face.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, what a fright!" she cried, as she stood staring at the reflection.</p>
+
+<p>Her face was scarlet, and if the freckles had disappeared, it was
+because they had taken the skin with them when they went!<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>For a moment she stood as if rooted to the spot, then realizing that
+some restless pupil might be up and chance to see her from the window,
+she turned and ran at top speed toward the house. The big door stood
+open as she had left it, and she raced across the hall and up the
+stairway, entering her room just as footsteps echoed along the hall.</p>
+
+<p>She closed the door and sat down.</p>
+
+<p>"Why <i>did</i> I see that horrid old advertisement?" she exclaimed. Her
+smarting, burning cheeks were enough to bear, but worse than that was
+the thought that she would be compelled to appear in the class-room.</p>
+
+<p>How the girls would stare at her! What would they say among themselves?</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><a name="fright" id="fright"></a><img src="./images/plate03.jpg" alt="&quot;Oh, what a fright!&quot; she cried." title="&quot;Oh, what a fright!&quot; she cried." /></div>
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap">"Oh, what a fright!" she cried.</span>&mdash;<a href='#Page_73'><i>Page 73.</i></a></div>
+
+
+<p>Vera believed herself to be the only girl at Glenmore who had even the
+slightest rea<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>son for worrying. Ida Mayo possessed the same idea.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin listened to all that Miss Fenler had to say about the feast,
+the two who had planned it, and the other two who beyond a doubt had
+been invited guests.</p>
+
+<p>"And <i>I</i> should send them home, and at the same time mail a tart letter
+to their parents telling them that their room was better than their
+company."</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin looked up at the thin, harsh face of her assistant.</p>
+
+<p>"Mercy is sometimes as valuable in a case like this, as extreme
+severity," she said.</p>
+
+<p>"They have broken a well-known rule here, and must be dealt with
+accordingly. They must be made clearly to understand that a repetition
+would not be overlooked."</p>
+
+<p>"I am only an assistant," Miss Fenler <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>said, "but I have my opinions,
+and I can't help thinking that you are too gentle with them."</p>
+
+<p>"They have been mischievous, surely, but had their mischief been such as
+would harm, or annoy their classmates, I should have been more severe.</p>
+
+<p>"You may send them to me. I will see them before the school opens for
+the morning session."</p>
+
+<p>"There is another pupil that I must speak of, and that is the Mayo girl.
+It has been her habit to keep apart from the other girls. She seems to
+prefer to spend much of her leisure time not only indoors, but in her
+room.</p>
+
+<p>"Lina Danford, the little girl whose room is next hers told me that Ida
+Mayo had been crying ever since daybreak. Lina thought that she must be
+ill, and she knocked at the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>door, but while for a moment the crying
+ceased, there was no answer, even when the knock was several times
+repeated."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you tried to rouse her?" Mrs. Marvin said, her fine face showing
+genuine alarm.</p>
+
+<p>"I knocked three times, but received no reply, and the door is locked."</p>
+
+<p>"I will go to her," Mrs. Marvin said. "You may open school for me. Say
+nothing to the other girls. I will talk with them at the noon recess."</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin hurried up the stairway, and along the upper hall to the
+corner room. She paused before tapping. If Ida Mayo had been crying, she
+was not crying now.</p>
+
+<p>She knocked and waited. Knocked again, and again she waited.</p>
+
+<p>"Ida, you must open your door for me. This is Mrs. Marvin."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The morning session had opened, and fresh young voices could be plainly
+heard. They were singing Ida's favorite, an old song, "All hail,
+pleasant morning."</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin heard a faint sob.</p>
+
+<p>"Ida, I am your friend. Let me in, and tell me what troubles you." No
+response.</p>
+
+<p>"Open the door quickly, or I shall call Marcus to force it open."</p>
+
+<p>Ida opened the door with a jerk.</p>
+
+<p>"There!" she cried, angrily. "I don't see why I could not stay alone in
+my room until I looked fit to be seen!"</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin thought the raw, scarlet face denoted some desperate
+illness, but chancing to look toward the dresser, she caught sight of
+the bottle, uncorked, and with its showy label bearing the legend:</p>
+
+<div class="center">"<span class="smcap">Tonic. Twelve-Hour Beautifier.</span>"</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>
+Mrs. Marvin sat down upon a low seat, and drew Ida down beside her, and
+patiently she listened to the story of the longing for beauty, the
+reading of the advertisement.</p>
+
+<p>"I s'pose I put on too much," Ida concluded. "They said, 'Just a bit on
+the tip of the fingers rubbed into the skin each night for two weeks
+would work wonders.</p>
+
+<p>"They said used generously you'd be surprised at the result! I guess I
+was.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought if a little would do so much, a lot of it would do more, so I
+put it on thick, and went to bed.</p>
+
+<p>"O dear! It has been a comfort to tell you, but I can't face those girls
+while I look like this!"</p>
+
+<p>"I shall not ask you to," Mrs. Marvin said. "I will bring you some
+cooling ointment to heal your face, and I'll send old Judy up with your
+meals.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I will tell her to say to any pupils who may question her, 'Miss Mayo
+feels so miserable that she'll not come down to her meals for a few
+days.' Judy is absolutely trustworthy."</p>
+
+<p>Judy proved herself quick-witted, for when an inquisitive pupil tried to
+peep into the room as she entered with the tray, Judy turned sharply,
+remarking:</p>
+
+<p>"Ah don' s'pose yo wants ter ketch anythin' what's 'tagious, does ya?"</p>
+
+<p>The pupil backed away from the door, when at a distance she said: "You
+don't seem to be much afraid."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah isn't 'fraid, 'cause I's had dis same ting."</p>
+
+<p>She had indeed suffered in the same way. True it was not freckles that
+annoyed her. It was a longing to rid herself of her black skin that had
+tempted her to purchase a bot<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>tle of a so-called beautifier, warranted
+to produce a new skin.</p>
+
+<p>That was some years before, but Judy remembered it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<h3>A SLEIGHING PARTY</h3>
+
+
+<p>Dorothy was never inclined toward mischief, and now, when her mother was
+away traveling for change of scene, and much-needed rest, she felt very
+eager to send each month, a fine report of her progress. Dorothy was
+full of life, and loved a good time, if Nancy, her dearest friend might
+enjoy it with her.</p>
+
+<p>When the news was circulated that the great sleigh at the livery stable
+had been chartered by Mrs. Marvin, and that sleigh-rides would be in
+order as long as the snow lasted, none was more eager for the pleasure
+than Dorothy.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>To be sure, she had always enjoyed plenty of sleigh-rides when at home
+at the Stone House, but here was a novelty! The big sleigh at Glenmore
+would hold twenty girls, while the beautiful Russian sleigh at the Stone
+House held four, and the pony sleigh two. Mrs. Marvin, in making out the
+list for each party, was careful to place those already acquainted
+together. Thus, the list that was headed with Dorothy's name included
+Nancy Ferris, of course, then Vera, Elf, Patricia, Arabella, Betty,
+Valerie, and twelve others, who were at least slightly acquainted with
+those already named.</p>
+
+<p>They were about evenly divided in another way. Ten were exceedingly
+lively, while the other half of the list were pleasant girls of quieter
+type.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin well knew that twenty lively girls would be likely to be a
+bit too gay for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>the steady-going inhabitants of the town of Glenmore,
+while the school must keep up its reputation for being cheerful, but
+surely not noisy nor flighty!</p>
+
+<p>The day for the first sleigh-ride dawned clear and cold, and Marcus
+informed Judy that it was cold enough "ter freeze de bronze statoo down
+in de square."</p>
+
+<p>They were to start at three, and promptly at that hour Marcus drew up at
+the door.</p>
+
+<p>Eager to start, the girls were all waiting in the hall, when Arabella
+drawled:</p>
+
+<p>"Every one wait while I go and get my shawls."</p>
+
+<p>She darted up the stairs, Patricia calling after her: "Your shawls,
+goosie! Why you're wearing two coats and a sweater now."</p>
+
+<p>"What did Arabella say?" asked Betty Chase.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I thought she said she wanted the shawl to put over her <i>ears!</i>"</p>
+
+<p>"She did say that," declared Patricia, "and won't she look fine;
+besides, how could she get them on when twenty of us are packed into
+that sleigh?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'll help her with them," cried Betty Chase, with a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"So will I," chimed in Valerie.</p>
+
+<p>"Here she comes now. Well, as I live, she <i>has</i> brought two shawls,"
+said Betty.</p>
+
+<p>"One for each ear," said Valerie.</p>
+
+<p>Laughing and chattering they ran down the path, and soon were
+comfortably seated, very close to be sure, but very warm.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella said that the two shawls were to wear later if it became
+colder, whereat, Betty begged her to sit upon them.</p>
+
+<p>"You take up room enough for three with a big shawl under each arm,"
+said Betty.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> "Stand up and I'll fold them so you can sit on them."</p>
+
+<p>Arabella meekly did as she was told. If any other girl had done the same
+thing, she would have obstinately rebelled, but Betty had a way that was
+compelling, and Arabella, after she was seated, wondered why she had
+been so meek.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia Levine had brought a big box of fudge, and she now passed it
+around. Arabella said she knew it would make her sick, but she took two
+pieces instead of one, lest the box might not come around again.</p>
+
+<p>The route took them over a long roadway that had been cut through a
+forest, and on either side the great trees towered above them, their
+branches heaped with snow. The underbrush was beautified with what
+looked like patches of swan's-down, and a tiny, ice-bound brook wound
+its way in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>among the giant trees, disappearing behind a clump of
+evergreens.</p>
+
+<p>It had been possible to see all these things because the road had been
+so rough that Marcus had been obliged to drive rather slowly.</p>
+
+<p>Now, as they emerged from the wood-road, he touched the whip to the
+flank of one of his horses, and with one accord they sprang forward,
+giving the chattering occupants of the sleigh a decided "bounce," and
+stopping Elf Carleton in the middle of the story that she was telling.</p>
+
+<p>"O dear! Where was I when that jolt came?" she asked.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what you were telling," said Vera, "but it's my turn now,
+and I'm going to tell how awfully you acted this morning.</p>
+
+<p>"Girls, Mrs. Marvin was perfectly lovely.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> She just talked and talked
+about how good I <i>ought</i> to be, but I didn't mind that, so long as she
+didn't say she was going to send me home. She never said a single word
+about that, but I didn't know she was going to be such a perfect dear. I
+woke before daylight, and much comfort Elf was to me! I tell you truly,
+girls, I poked her, I called to her, I shook her, but couldn't get her
+enough awake to say a word.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we're about even, for one morning last week when I kept telling
+her my tooth was aching, she paid no attention until I gave her an
+outrageous poke, and shouted into her ear, 'My tooth aches!'</p>
+
+<p>"She didn't open her eyes, but what she said was a great comfort."</p>
+
+<p>"What did she say?" questioned Betty.</p>
+
+<p>"She said it might stop aching if I kept my mouth closed," said Vera,
+"and it took <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>me five minutes to realize that her advice was more for
+her benefit than mine. She wanted another nap, and closing my mouth to
+shield my aching tooth would also prevent my talking. Trust Elf for
+making sure&mdash;Oh, look, girls!"</p>
+
+<p>Every head turned.</p>
+
+<p>A big red pung was coming toward them at top speed. It was crowded with
+more boys than could be seated, and those who stood carried long poles.
+From the top of each pole a broad, gayly colored streamer waved. As the
+pung passed a big boy in the center shouted: "Three cheers for the
+Glenmore girls!" and they were given with a will.</p>
+
+<p>"How do they know that we are Glenmore girls?" said Elf.</p>
+
+<p>"Three cheers for the 'What-you-call 'em' boys!" screamed Betty, and
+even Ara<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>bella added a faint "Hurrah!" to the general clamor.</p>
+
+<p>Two of the boys produced a pair of cymbals, but while they were clashing
+Betty brought forth a huge gong and nearly stunned those near her with
+the noise that she made as with all her might she smote it.</p>
+
+<p>"Hoo<i>ray!</i>" shouted a small boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Hoo<i>raw!</i>" howled Valerie Dare, and no one could have decided which
+laughed the harder, the pung-load of boys, or the lively girls in the
+Glenmore sleigh.</p>
+
+<p>"Yo'-all behave like tomboys," commented Marcus. "Lor', but Mis' Marvin
+would 'a' been some s'prised ef she'd been here ter hear ye carry on."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, if Miss Fenler had been here she'd have had forty fits," cried
+Vera Vane, "but, Marcus, what they don't know won't worry them, and you
+needn't tell them."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And Marcus, you can forget all about the racket before you get home,"
+said Elf.</p>
+
+<p>"Shore, Miss, I's got a powerful short mem'ry. Gid 'ap!"</p>
+
+<p>"Dorothy Dainty cheered as loud as any of us," said Arabella
+Correyville.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, why shouldn't she?" Patricia asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, she's always so&mdash;oh, I don't know,&mdash;correct, I guess is what I
+meant to say," responded Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"I like fun as well as any one does," said Dorothy who had overheard the
+remark.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but Dorothy, you aren't even the least bit rude," declared Valerie.</p>
+
+<p>"It's not rude to cheer," Dorothy said with a laugh. "I think we were
+very polite to return their salute."</p>
+
+<p>"Nancy Ferris cheered, too," said a girl who had been very quiet during
+the hubbub.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Nancy laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"I cheered because Dorothy did," she said, "but, Betty, how did you get
+that gong in here without any one noticing it?"</p>
+
+<p>"It was under this long coat," said Betty, "and I'll tell you all how I
+happened to bring it.</p>
+
+<p>"Monday, when I was down in the village, I met a boy that I know, and he
+told me that over at the boys' private school in the next town they'd
+heard about our sleigh-rides, and he told me that one of the boys, Bob
+Chandler, had bought a pair of old cymbals at an antique shop. They were
+planning their first sleigh-ride for the same day as ours, and they
+thought we'd have no noise-maker with us. I meant to get even with them,
+so I brought the big gong that hung in my room, and I guess we made as
+much noise as they did. I've a number of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>curios that my uncle brought
+home from abroad. Why didn't I think to bring along that funny little
+horn? You could have tooted on that, Valerie."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm satisfied. We had noise enough," said Hilda Fenton.</p>
+
+<p>At that moment there was a commotion on the rear seat.</p>
+
+<p>Some one was twisting around so persistently that many were made quite
+uncomfortable.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy turned to see what it was all about. She laughed softly, and
+touched Nancy's arm.</p>
+
+<p>"It's Arabella," whispered Dorothy.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and she's trying to put both shawls on at once," said Nancy.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, quick! See what Patricia is doing."</p>
+
+<p>Completely out of patience with Ara<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>bella's wriggling, Patricia was
+taking a vigorous hand.</p>
+
+<p>In a manner anything but gentle she was pulling the heavy shawls up
+around Arabella's head and shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>Betty Chase said that she was "yanking" them, and the word, if not
+elegant, was truthfully descriptive.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Don't</i> knock my hat off!" whimpered Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't care what I do if only I get those old shawls onto you so
+you'll sit still!" declared Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>When Arabella settled herself in her place she took a third more room
+than before, and looked like a little old woman rolled up in many
+<ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'bankets'">blankets</ins>.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella sat firm and immovable, staring through her spectacles. She did
+not turn to the right or the left, and one would say <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>that she did not
+know that the girls were laughing at her.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you wish you had just one more shawl?" said Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"Not if I had to have you put it on," drawled Arabella. "You shoved my
+hat on one side of my head, and it's felt queer ever since."</p>
+
+<p>"How do you know that the hat has felt queer?" Valerie asked, smothering
+a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess you'd feel queer if Patricia Levine had once taken hold of
+you," was the quick response, and Valerie ceased teasing.</p>
+
+<p>"Dorothy knows a jolly sleighing song," said Nancy.</p>
+
+<p>"Sing it! Sing it!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, please sing it, Dorothy," clamored eager voices.</p>
+
+<p>"Sing it with me, Nancy," Dorothy said. "Your alto makes it fine."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Their voices blended sweetly, and the melody floated out on the crisp
+air, so that a tall, dark man left a wood road, and stood listening as
+the sleigh sped past.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Over the ice and snow">
+<tr><td align='left'>"Over the ice and snow we fly,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Oh, but our steeds have wings!</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>And their hoofs keep time</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>With the glad bells chime,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>For sleigh bells are merry things,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Never a thought or care have we,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Lessons are laid aside,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>And we laugh and sing,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Adding mirth and din</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>To the joy of a winter's ride."</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p>"Oh, don't stop!" cried an eager voice. "Isn't there another verse?"</p>
+
+<p>"There are two other verses," said Dorothy "but&mdash;I've forgotten them."</p>
+
+<p>"Then sing the one you do know. It's worth hearing again!"</p>
+
+<p>Again she sang it, as gayly as before, but for some reason, Nancy's
+voice trembled, and Dorothy turned to glance at her.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>She saw that Nancy's cheeks were white, and her eyes wide as if with
+fear. A moment before her cheeks had been rosy red where the sharp wind
+had kissed them.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it, Nancy?" Dorothy whispered.</p>
+
+<p>Nancy shook her head, but the hand that held Dorothy's tightened with a
+nervous grip.</p>
+
+<p>When the girls were once more chattering together, Nancy, leaning toward
+Dorothy, whispered softly: "That dark man that stood near the woods
+watching us as we passed,&mdash;did you see him?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, yes," whispered Dorothy, "but&mdash;" then she understood Nancy's fear.
+"Why, Nancy dear, your old Uncle Steve, who stole you from us once, is
+not living. Don't you remember that, and besides, that man didn't look
+the least bit like him."</p>
+
+<p>"That man looked just like Bonfanti!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh,&mdash;oo," burst softly from Dorothy's lips, then she tried to comfort
+Nancy. "But why should he be wandering through the woods here? You've
+always said that he was a busy man, and once you heard him say that he
+had never been out of New York City."</p>
+
+<p>"I know I did," Nancy said, "but I s'pose he <i>could</i> go somewhere else,
+and oh, Dorothy that man looked just like him!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<h3>THE LOST NECKLACE</h3>
+
+
+<p>Nancy strove to be as gay as before. She told herself that the man
+certainly looked just like the old ballet-master, Bonfanti, but that he
+might have been a very different person. She did not wish the other
+girls to know that she had been uneasy or frightened, and so busy had
+they been in watching people whom they passed, laughing and talking,
+that Nancy's fright had passed unnoticed by all save one, and that one
+was Patricia Levine, Patricia, who seemed to see everything. She
+delighted in seeing something not intended for her eyes, and then how
+she would run to tell some one all about it!<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Patricia had noticed Nancy's cheeks when they suddenly went white, she
+had seen the look of fear in her eyes, and she was wild with curiosity
+to know what it meant.</p>
+
+<p>When they had started out Nancy had thought that the ride could not last
+too long, but the sight of the tall, dark man at the edge of the forest
+had changed all that, and when Marcus drove in at the gateway of
+Glenmore, and drew up at the steps, Nancy was the first to spring out.
+Without stopping in the hall to talk over the ride with the others who
+had enjoyed it, she bounded up the stairs, and soon was in her room.</p>
+
+<p>Vera stopped Dorothy to ask if Nancy was ill.</p>
+
+<p>"No, oh, no!" Dorothy answered, as she followed Nancy up the stairway.</p>
+
+<p>Vera's question, and Dorothy's hasty reply reached Patricia's ears.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I'd like to know what it's all about," she whispered, "and I mean to
+find out, no matter how long it takes me."</p>
+
+<p>It was strange how eagerly interested Patricia always was in anything
+that did not concern her. She did not know that a newsmonger is never
+respected, nor did she know that no girl whose nature was refined would
+care to know other people's business. Nothing so delighted Patricia, as
+a bit of news that she could, by hook or crook obtain, and the added joy
+of running off to <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'repent'">repeat</ins> it, especially if she knew it should not be
+repeated, was greater than she could have described.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy, when she reached their room, found Nancy sitting upon a low
+stool, her hands loosely clasped, her eyes downcast as if studying the
+pattern of the rug.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy closed the door, and then, tossing <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>her wraps upon the couch,
+sat down, Turkish fashion, on the rug beside her.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Nancy," she said, "you're not to let that man you saw this
+afternoon make you so uneasy. It couldn't have been Professor Bonfanti
+who taught you to dance, and was so harsh with you. Why should he be out
+here, walking through the woods at Glenmore? And even if really it had
+been Bonfanti, why would you be so frightened? It was your old uncle who
+stole you from us, and made you dance at the theaters to earn money for
+him. Bonfanti just taught you because your old Uncle Steve hired him
+to."</p>
+
+<p>"But Dorothy, you don't know how often he said, while he was training
+me: 'Oh, if I had you in my hands, I could make you earn twice as much
+as Ferris does!'</p>
+
+<p>"When he said that he would look as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>eager as if he really <i>saw</i> the
+heaps of money that he thought he could make me earn for him.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know which would be the worse to work for, Professor Bonfanti
+or my old Uncle Steve, but this I <i>do</i> know: I hope no one will ever
+take me away from you, Dorothy!"</p>
+
+<p>"And no one shall!" cried Dorothy, throwing her arms around Nancy, and
+holding her fast.</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't have been so frightened if it was just what I saw to-day,
+but don't you know that just before we left the Stone House, I had a
+dream of being stolen. I'd not thought of it for weeks, but&mdash;well, that
+man <i>did</i> look like the ballet-master."</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>Patricia Levine had enjoyed the sleigh-ride. She had liked the clear,
+bracing air; <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>she had liked being included in the list made out by Mrs.
+Marvin for the first ride of the season, but she had been annoyed by
+Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>She stood drumming on the window-pane, and wondering how to begin the
+lecture that she intended to give Arabella, that is, if Arabella would
+<i>ever</i> get her wraps off, and sit down. She turned from the window.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I never saw such a slowpoke!" she cried.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella blinked. Patricia thought she might as well begin, if she
+wished to say all that was in her mind before dinner.</p>
+
+<p>"I certainly was provoked with you, Arabella, this afternoon. You looked
+just umbrageous with all those coats and shawls on," said Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"I looked what?" Arabella asked with a dull stare.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I <i>said</i> um-bra-geous!" cried Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what that word means," drawled Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"Neither do I," said Patricia, "but I know that's the way you looked."</p>
+
+<p>"I can't unbutton this top button of my coat," remarked Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia jerked the button from the buttonhole, and continued:</p>
+
+<p>"How do you s'pose I like to have you act so queer, and then have the
+girls call you my 'chum'?"</p>
+
+<p>Arabella instead of replying to the question remarked:</p>
+
+<p>"And the fringe on this shawl has caught on a hook on my dress so I
+can't get it off."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia's eyes were blazing. She was so angry that she hardly knew what
+she was saying.</p>
+
+<p>"The idea! You had on two coats and a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>sweater, and as if that wasn't
+enough for any one girl to wear you went after two shawls. When you got
+all those duds on you looked as big as an <i>elegant!</i>"</p>
+
+<p>"A <i>what!</i>" gasped Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm too tired to say it over again," said Patricia, who now knew that
+she had made a funny error.</p>
+
+<p>"But," persisted Arabella, "you said I looked as&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>It was no use to talk to the walls, and Patricia had rushed from the
+room, banging the door behind her.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>There were weeks at Glenmore when everything went smoothly. Then there
+would come a week when it certainly seemed as if every one were doing
+her best to cause disturbance.</p>
+
+<p>Usually the fault might easily be traced <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>to the pupils, but there were
+times when Miss Fenler seemed as contrary as the most perverse pupil. On
+those days no one could please her.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy had little difficulty, but Vera, Elf, Betty, and Valerie were
+forever vexing her, and Patricia was never able to win her full
+approval. As for Arabella Correyville, Miss Fenler did not understand
+her, and Betty Chase said that "The Fender" fixed her sharp eyes upon
+Arabella, and appeared to be studying her as if she were a very small,
+but very peculiar bug that she was unable to classify.</p>
+
+<p>There was yet another pupil who puzzled her, and, for that matter,
+puzzled the other pupils.</p>
+
+<p>She was an old-fashioned little girl, who was letter-perfect in all her
+studies, but never brilliant, more quiet than any other <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>girl at
+Glenmore, and so silent that one marveled that a little girl could be so
+still. Always neatly, but very plainly dressed, she looked like a little
+Puritan, and acted like one, as well.</p>
+
+<p>And what a name the child possessed! Patience Little, and she lived up
+to it.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think she'd jump if a fire-cracker went off behind her?"
+questioned Valerie, one day.</p>
+
+<p>"No, indeed, she would not," said Elf, who stood near. "I don't believe
+she would so much as turn around to look at it. She's spunkless."</p>
+
+<p>But they were mistaken.</p>
+
+<p>Among themselves they spoke of her as "Little Patience."</p>
+
+<p>Once Betty Chase told her that she knew a girl whose name was
+"Patience," who was always called "Patty."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"My family does not like nicknames," was the reply in a low voice, as
+she turned away.</p>
+
+<p>The day after the sleigh-ride, Lina Danford, one of the youngest pupils,
+came rushing down the stairway in great excitement.</p>
+
+<p>"My amber necklace has been stolen! Girls! Do you hear? My amber beads
+are gone! Some one has been in my room and stolen them! Somebody ought
+to catch the burglar!"</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy, standing near, put an arm around her, and tried to comfort her.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't say it is gone, Lina, dear! It may be just mislaid. If you like,
+Nancy and I will go up with you, and help you hunt," but Lina was not
+easily to be comforted.</p>
+
+<p>She insisted that the beads had been stolen, and that, therefore, it was
+idle to search.</p>
+
+<p>Patience Little, for the first time, showed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>a bit of interest. She was
+crossing the hall when Lina raced down the stairs, and she actually
+paused to listen to what the little girl had to say. She said nothing,
+and after a moment, she went up-stairs.</p>
+
+<p>She forgot to close her door, and going over to her dresser, opened its
+upper drawer. From a velvet case she drew forth a smaller velvet case,
+which, when she touched a clasp, sprang open, displaying a handsome
+string of amber beads. She held them up so that the light might play
+through them.</p>
+
+<p>"I never wear them," she said softly, "but I've liked looking at them.
+Aunt Millicent gave them to me, and maybe I'd like to wear them
+sometime, but," she continued, "I'll not be selfish and keep them for
+<i>some time</i>. I'll give them to Lina, in place of those that she has
+lost."</p>
+
+<p>Hurrying along the upper hall, Lina was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>surprised to see that the next
+door that she would pass, stood open. She was about to pass it, when on
+glancing toward it, she saw Patience standing before the glass, turning
+this way and that so as to get a better light on the amber necklace that
+she wore.</p>
+
+<p>With a little cry, Lina sprang into the room. Patience turned, and was
+about to speak, but before she could say a word, Lina shouted:</p>
+
+<p>"That's my necklace! I <i>knew</i> somebody had taken it, but <i>I</i> never
+dreamed it was a Glenmore girl who did it. I thought it was a burglar.
+Give it to me this minute!"</p>
+
+<p>"This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>Her eyes flashed, she quivered with anger. No one would have believed
+that the girl who always appeared calm, and rarely spoke, unless spoken
+to, could show such fire.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> One could not guess how the scene would have
+ended, but just at that moment a slight sound made both girls turn.</p>
+
+<p>There in the doorway stood Mrs. Marvin.</p>
+
+<p>"I am very sorry to see anything so rude, so unkind, and so unjust," she
+said.</p>
+
+<p>"You were hopelessly rude to rush into another girl's room and accuse
+her, even if she were at fault.</p>
+
+<p>"You were unkind, because you spoke as harshly as possible, and you were
+unjust, because here in my hand I have your own amber beads that one of
+the maids has just found.</p>
+
+<p>"You must apologize at once, ask Patience if she will forgive you, and
+in your own room, try to think of some kind way to make amends."</p>
+
+<p>Lina was crying now.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><a name="necklace" id="necklace"></a><img src="./images/plate04.jpg" alt="&quot;This necklace is mine!&quot; returned the accused girl excitedly." title="&quot;This necklace is mine!&quot; returned the accused girl excitedly." /></div>
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap">"This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly.</span>&mdash;<a href='#Page_111'><i>Page 111.</i></a></div>
+
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm so sorry. Why do I never think <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>before I say horrid things?
+Forgive me, Patience, if you can. I'll gladly do anything for you."</p>
+
+<p>Then the surprise came.</p>
+
+<p>Patience, the silent, shy girl, threw her arms about the younger girl,
+and held her close.</p>
+
+<p>"The necklace that I have on was given to me by Aunt Millicent. I've
+never worn it. It is beautiful, but I like quiet colors. The showy
+things are prettier for other girls, I think. I heard Lina say that she
+had lost hers, and I was just thinking that I would give mine to her,
+when she rushed in, and&mdash;I hadn't a chance to tell her. That's all," she
+said simply.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I was worse even than I thought," cried Lina, "and to think, Mrs.
+Marvin, that she was planning to give her necklace to me!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Promise me, Lina, that after this you will be less quick to accuse."</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed I will, and Patience, if you'll let me, I'd like to be your
+friend."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm sometimes lonely. I need you, Lina," Patience said, gently.</p>
+
+<p>Lina never did anything by halves. She told her classmates how just at
+the time that Patience had been planning to give her own necklace to
+make up for Lina's loss, she had been harshly accused. She told how
+sweetly forgiving Patience had been, and wound up by stating that
+hereafter they were to be chums.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin, on the way to her own apartment, vaguely wondered what the
+next happening would be.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if the entire week is to be a series of disturbances," she
+thought. "To be sure, there are but two days more, Friday <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>and Saturday,
+but I should not be surprised if some one started something, so as to
+make the week complete."</p>
+
+<p>It certainly had been a record week for petty annoyances, and to cap the
+climax on Friday, after lunch, Miss Fenler waited in the hall, near the
+door that led from the dining-room. She felt that she must speak to
+Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>As a rule pupils were, of course, permitted to dress as they chose, but
+it seemed as if Patricia was actually trying to see how strange a rig
+she could wear and yet go unreproved.</p>
+
+<p>On this day, she had done the oddest thing of all. She had tied her hair
+on the crown of her head with a yellow ribbon. The ribbon was very wide,
+and the bow was enormous. As if that were not enough she had taken
+equally wide ribbon, of pink, and of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>blue, had tied a large bow of each
+and then had pinned the pink bow to the right loop of the yellow bow,
+the blue bow to the left loop, and when she entered the dining-room the
+effect was, to say the least, <i>amazing!</i></p>
+
+<p>The bows were about eight inches wide. Really, Patricia was a droll
+sight!</p>
+
+<p>Unless she were spoken to she would wear her freakish ribbons at the
+afternoon session.</p>
+
+<p>When lunch was over, and the pupils came trooping out into the hall,
+Miss Fenler spoke to Patricia. When they at last stood alone in one
+corner of the hall, Miss Fenler mentioned the gaudy colors, and said
+that while the girls were permitted to wear as bright ribbons as they
+chose, they would certainly not be allowed to wear three huge bows at a
+time.</p>
+
+<p>"The idea!" said Patricia. "Well, I <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>guess I'll not agree to wear little
+stingy-looking bows for any one."</p>
+
+<p>"You would obstruct the view of the large blackboard," said Miss Fenler.
+"No one could see around your head."</p>
+
+<p>"I shall wear these bows I have on or none at all!" said Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be obstinate," said Miss Fenler. "Mrs. Marvin told me to speak to
+you."</p>
+
+<p>"Did <i>she</i> say I couldn't wear these big bows?" Patricia asked, her eyes
+black with anger.</p>
+
+<p>"She certainly did," declared Miss Fenler.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, you can tell her I wear these or none at all," Patricia said,
+stoutly.</p>
+
+<p>"None at all!" repeated Miss Fenler.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't attempt to come into the class-room with your long hair untidy.
+Without a ribbon it would look slovenly."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Patricia's smile was broad, and her eyes actually impish as she left the
+hall.</p>
+
+<p>"She's equal to pinning on a half-dozen extra bows if she chooses," Miss
+Fenler said, under her breath.</p>
+
+<p>Glenmore, once a private estate, looked like an old castle, and the
+dwellings that were its nearest neighbors were owned by old and wealthy
+residents. No stores had ever broken the charm of the locality, and the
+sleepy old town had supposed that they never would, yet around the
+corner of a little back street, an enterprising Italian had purchased a
+wee cottage. After three days a sign appeared in his front window. It
+stunned the residents. It read:</p>
+
+<div class="center"><span class="smcap">Antonio Carana,<br />
+Barber and Hairdresser</span>.</div>
+
+<p>Already small boys and girls might be <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>seen, in charge of maids,
+trotting up his steps with long curls, and after a few minutes,
+appearing with a "Dutch cut."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia, buttoning her coat as she ran, appeared at his door
+breathless, but eager.</p>
+
+<p>"I want my hair bobbed, and I must have it done right off, or I'll be
+late to school," she cried, rushing past the astonished Tony, and
+mounting his big chair.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Dutch cut!</i>" she demanded, thinking that he had not understood her.</p>
+
+<p>"Cutta da long hair?" he asked, lifting the strands.</p>
+
+<p>"Sure," cried Patricia, "What else would I want cut off? Certainly not
+my <i>nose</i>."</p>
+
+<p>"Alla right," said Tony, but he thought it strange, and wondered if the
+little girl's mother would appear at any moment, angry, and vengeful.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia's temper had been gradually <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>cooling, and now, as she saw the
+long locks that Tony had clipped, she was desperately sorry that she had
+come. It was half done, however, so she could not "back out." One does
+not care to appear with the right side of one's head with short hair,
+and the left side with hair half-way toward one's girdle!</p>
+
+<p>Patricia sighed, and allowed him to continue. What else could she do?
+She had been proud of her hair, but when she saw herself in the mirror,
+her vanity came to her aid.</p>
+
+<p>She had given up her fine head of hair, but look! Here was another
+chance to make a sensation. Not a girl at school had her hair "bobbed."</p>
+
+<p>"Probably they'll tell me that only very little girls have their hair
+like this, but I don't care. They'll be surprised, and it's <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>the only
+way I can go without ribbons, and I said I'd wear big bows or nothing."</p>
+
+<p>Of course the pupils stared when Patricia appeared in the class-room,
+and that delighted her.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess my Dutch cut made more show than my ribbons would have," she
+whispered.</p>
+
+<p>Making a show was about all that Patricia cared for, the only other
+thing that she appeared to think worth while was meddling in other
+people's affairs.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<h3>WHEN NANCY DANCED</h3>
+
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin decided to make the weekly socials very different from what
+they had been.</p>
+
+<p>It had been her custom to hire musicians from the city to give a little
+recital, and then serve light refreshments, and allow the latter part of
+the evening to be spent in indoor games, or dancing.</p>
+
+<p>The social part of the evening was always enjoyed, but many of the
+musicians, both vocal and instrumental, had given selections of so
+strictly classical character that some of the pupils complained that
+they did not care for it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>She determined to ask three pupils to arrange a program for each
+evening, each of the three being expected to take part in the
+entertainment.</p>
+
+<p>One Monday morning she unfolded her plan, and announced that on Friday
+of that week would occur the first social having a pupils' program.</p>
+
+<p>"I have asked Dorothy Dainty to take charge of the little recital, and I
+believe we shall enjoy it."</p>
+
+<p>When the eager applause had subsided, Mrs. Marvin continued:</p>
+
+<p>"The girl in charge of the entertainment must not be annoyed with
+questions as to the program because I wish the entertainment each week
+to be a surprise.</p>
+
+<p>"Dorothy, herself must contribute one or two numbers, and I have
+appointed Nancy Ferris, and Patricia Levine to help her."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The pupils were wild with curiosity as to what the numbers were to be,
+but while a few hinted that they were eager to know just what they were
+to hear and see, they did not ask Dorothy to tell them. They thought it
+would be more fun to be surprised.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy found herself in an awkward place.</p>
+
+<p>She had decided to sing a pretty waltz song, for which Nancy played the
+accompaniment. Nancy had at first thought of playing a piano duet with
+Dorothy, but Dorothy pointed out that a number of the girls, when it
+came their turn to entertain, would surely play, and she urged Nancy to
+do a fine solo dance.</p>
+
+<p>"It will be more of a treat," she urged, and Nancy agreed.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia declared that she had studied with a fine vocal instructor
+since they had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>heard her, and she also stated that she would sing a
+solo, or nothing.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia, when at Merrivale private school with Dorothy and Nancy, had
+done some very funny singing, and Dorothy felt a bit nervous as to what
+she would do now, but Patricia insisted that she had rapidly improved,
+and there seemed to be no choice but to let her sing.</p>
+
+<p>"Do make her tell you what she's going to sing," Nancy said, one
+morning, "because if she has chosen something you wouldn't like to have
+her sing, you <i>might</i> be able to coax her to change it."</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy promised to question Patricia, but she laughed at the idea of
+being able to make Patricia change her mind after she had decided what
+she should do.</p>
+
+<p>"What am I to sing?" said Patricia, when at recess Dorothy questioned
+her. "I'm <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>going to sing something from grand opera. It's called:</p>
+
+<div class="center">'I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,'<br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class='unindent'>and my teacher coached me on it, and he said I sang it just as it should
+be sung."</div>
+
+<p>"If her teacher said that she sang it well, perhaps it will be all
+right," Dorothy said, but even as she said it she wondered just what
+Patricia would do. Patricia <i>might</i> do anything.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy took the time to practice when all of the pupils were out of
+doors at recess. She did not wish them to hear her song until she should
+sing it for them at the social.</p>
+
+<p>Nancy practiced her solo at early morning. Mrs. Marvin had given her
+permission to practice in their reception hall when she learned at what
+an early hour Nancy was willing to rise in order to do it.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia declared it entirely needless for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>her to practice, thus making
+Dorothy still more uneasy as to her performance.</p>
+
+<p>At last the evening arrived.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy had told herself that if, after all, Patricia did anything as
+"queer" as she had been known to do, worrying beforehand would not mend
+matters. She knew if she became nervous regarding Patricia, she could
+not do her own solo well. Patricia had asked that her number might be
+the last on the program, and Dorothy had agreed.</p>
+
+<p>As Patricia usually wished to be first in anything, and was offended if
+not given precedence, it certainly looked as if she were planning to
+have her solo the crowning event of the evening.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after seven a buzz of voices told Dorothy that the pupils had
+assembled early, and she would have joined them, but Mrs. Marvin had
+said that each of the so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>loists must be announced, and must come onto
+the stage, and greet her audience as if she were a professional.</p>
+
+<p>All had been carefully arranged, and Vera Vane was to announce each
+performer.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy had chosen a light-blue dress, her pumps and hose of the same
+shade. The dress was charming, because of its lovely coloring, and its
+graceful lines.</p>
+
+<p>Very clearly Vera announced:</p>
+
+<p>"The first number to-night will be a waltz song by Dorothy Dainty."</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy's voice had been carefully trained, and very sweetly she sang,
+one especial charm being that every word could be clearly heard, which
+is more than can be said of many singers who have studied for years.</p>
+
+<p>She had chosen "Asphodel's Song."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>How sweet was the voice, how happy her smile as she sang:</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Oh, how lovely are my flowers">
+<tr><td align='left'>"Oh, how lovely are my flowers</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>In the morning wet with dew,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Ah, they courtesy to the morning</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Off'ring gifts of fragrance new.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Then the sound of bird wings whirring</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Wake again the drowsy trees,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>And the tiny brooks are stirring,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Running onward to the sea.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Oh, how lovely are my flowers</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>When the twilight shadows creep,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Hosts of fairy folks come trooping,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Where my flowers lie asleep."</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p>Surely no singer was ever more graciously received.</p>
+
+<p>There were to be no encores because of limited time.</p>
+
+<p>Lights were usually out at nine-thirty, but the socials were from eight
+to ten. The concert must be brief to allow sufficient time afterward for
+games.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The next number will be a dance by Nancy Ferris."</p>
+
+<p>Nancy had stood in the upper hall, ready, when she heard her name called
+to enter. Here and there a tiny spangle caught the light, and the soft
+pink of her dress was repeated in her cheeks. She was happy. She was
+going to give pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>As she heard her name called, she bounded down the stairway, across the
+hall, and up on the stage, looking far smaller than in her usual school
+dress. The pupils were spellbound.</p>
+
+<p>Nancy had said nothing of her dancing nor had she spoken of having been
+a tiny performer at the theaters.</p>
+
+<p>Now as they saw her whirling on the tips of her toes, dipping, swaying,
+doing steps of wondrous grace, they marveled at the skill with which she
+did it. At home, at the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span> Stone House, Dorothy had often played for her,
+but to-night she seemed to out-do herself.</p>
+
+<p>Nancy swung forward, then with cunning steps retreated, crossed her feet
+and did the pretty rocking-step, whirled again, and yet again, did the
+pirouette to left, then to right, made a very low courtesy, and ran off
+the stage, followed by tremendous clapping.</p>
+
+<p>How they wished that she might have repeated the lovely dance!</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin closely watched the nimble feet and determined to know
+something more about the charming little dancer. And now&mdash;Dorothy
+wondered <i>just what</i> the next number would be. She took a long breath
+when, as Vera announced her, Patricia entered simply attired, wearing a
+pretty white dress, with a pale yellow sash, no other color.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was remarkable to see Patricia without at least six colors.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps she'll sing well," Dorothy said to herself, "for the lovely
+song that she chose for her number <i>couldn't</i> be twisted into anything
+funny."</p>
+
+<p>Was that really so, or was Dorothy trying to think so? Was there
+anything that Patricia could not "twist" if she chose?</p>
+
+<p>The charming old song is very sweet when properly sung, and the words
+fit the melody.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls">
+<tr><td align='left'>"I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>With vassals and serfs at my side,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>And of all who assembled within those walls,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>That I was the joy and the pride.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>I had riches too great to count, could boast</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Of a high ancestral name,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>But I also dreampt, and that charmed me most,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>That you loved me just the same."</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p>So runs the first verse, but Patricia had never seen the music. She had
+heard the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>song a number of times, and felt competent to sing it.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy had asked her to practice it, then had offered to loan her the
+music, but Patricia declared that she needed neither practice, nor the
+use of the music.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you sure you know the words?" Nancy had asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course!" Patricia had said sharply.</p>
+
+<p>Nancy played the prelude, and Patricia sang. Sang with all her might,
+one might say, but oh, the words as she sang them!</p>
+
+<p>She had caught them as they sounded, giving never a thought as to
+whether they made sense.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls">
+<tr><td align='left'>"I dre-eampt that I dwe-e-lt in mar-ar-ble halls</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>With <i>vessels</i> and <i>safes</i> at my side.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>And of all who had stumbled within those walls</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>That I was the <i>joke</i>, and the <i>bride</i>,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>I had <i>witches</i> to <i>mate</i> and count, could boast</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Of a high and central name<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>But I also dreampt, and that jarred me most,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>That Jew loved me just the same."</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p>Was it strange that roars of laughter greeted the song? Even Mrs.
+Marvin, a model of all that was well-bred, covered her eyes for a moment
+with her handkerchief, but when she removed it, the eyes were twinkling
+and it was evident that only her self-control kept her from laughing
+aloud.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy's first thought was for Patricia. She knew it must be dreadful
+to be laughed at, and she was hoping that Patricia might not be too
+badly hurt. She would draw her into the games later in the evening, and
+thus cheer her.</p>
+
+<p>It happened that Patricia needed no cheering. She was disgusted, but not
+hurt. She believed herself to be a very fine singer, and thought that
+the only reason for laughter was that her audience was dull, so dull
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>indeed that her romantic selection had been mistaken for a comic song.</p>
+
+<p>"The idea of thinking that song funny enough to laugh at! Why it is not
+a comic song at all. There's nothing funny about it!" she declared. "It
+really doesn't pay to sing for folks here. They can't understand what
+you are doing! The next time I sing, I'll sing for my friends in
+N'York."</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy was puzzled for a second, then, as she saw that Patricia really
+meant what she said, she was thankful that the laughter had not been
+understood by the silly little singer.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia had actually thought that they were foolishly amused by the
+song.</p>
+
+<p>It had been quite another thing that annoyed Patricia, and that was the
+evident pleasure that Nancy's dancing had given, and on the day after
+the social, she was vexed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>to have to hear the other girls talking about
+it.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd think you never saw any one dance before," she said, when Betty
+Chase said that Nancy's dancing was "simply lovely."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I never did see a girl dance like that," said Betty.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, she <i>ought</i> to dance. She's had enough training, besides she used
+to dance on the stage. Who couldn't dance if they had a chance like
+that?"</p>
+
+<p>"A whole lot of people couldn't," said Betty, sharply. "<i>I</i> couldn't for
+one, and I guess there are a few others."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean me?" Patricia asked, sharply, her eyes flashing.</p>
+
+<p>"I mean any one silly enough to say that Nancy's dancing was anything
+but wonderful," Betty said, and she turned to Valerie, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>leaving Patricia
+to talk to herself, or to no one, if she chose.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia had hoped to lessen interest in Nancy, but what she had said
+had had an opposite effect.</p>
+
+<p>It had increased their already lively interest to such an extent that
+many who had not yet met her were wild to know her, and those who
+already were her friends were eager to question her as to her career.
+They longed to hear all about her training, her first appearance at the
+theater, and countless questions they wanted to ask her. Patricia had
+made Nancy more popular than before.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<h3>A BIT OF SPITE</h3>
+
+
+<p>For several days Patricia was so busy thinking, that Arabella felt
+rather lonely. Arabella had been writing a letter to her Aunt Matilda,
+and endeavoring to answer all the questions that that peculiar woman had
+asked. It had occupied her spare time for two days, and was not yet
+ready to mail.</p>
+
+<p>"O dear!" sighed Arabella, "I don't like to write letters."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't write them," Patricia advised.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Patricia Levine! You know if I didn't answer Aunt Matilda's letter
+she'd pack her suit-case, and come right here!"</p>
+
+<p>"Good gracious! Hurry up and finish <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>it," cried Patricia. "I wouldn't
+want her coming here."</p>
+
+<p>"I've got a cold, so I couldn't go out to mail it," drawled Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't let that stop you," cried Patricia, "for I'll gladly go out to
+mail it for you, if it'll keep your Aunt Matilda away."</p>
+
+<p>Later, when Patricia went down the hall on the way to post the letter,
+she saw that Dorothy's door was slightly ajar. Of course Patricia's
+sharp eyes saw it, and, because she never could resist the temptation to
+listen, where she might hear something not intended for her ears, she
+paused.</p>
+
+<p>Nancy was speaking of the man that she had seen standing at the edge of
+the forest, on the day of the sleigh-ride. Again she told Dorothy how it
+had frightened her, adding:</p>
+
+<p>"He looked just like Bonfanti, the ballet-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>teacher, and I believe if I
+should look from our window and see him out there, looking toward this
+house, I'd not dare to go out for days."</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy tried to comfort her, by saying:</p>
+
+<p>"But, Nancy dear, we've <i>not</i> seen him since that day, and he's miles
+away from here by this time, as likely as not."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia needed to hear no more. She could not make Nancy less popular,
+but here was a fine chance for annoying her.</p>
+
+<p>It was strange what pleasure it afforded Patricia to make others
+unhappy! She never seemed to know that in striving to annoy others, she
+was constantly proving that she herself was disagreeable.</p>
+
+<p>She hastened out to the nearest mail box with the letter, and then
+returning to her room, sat down to think.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I wish you'd talk," said Arabella. "It's awful dull this cloudy
+afternoon."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia was in no mood for talking, and Arabella dared not insist.</p>
+
+<p>It was after dinner when the pupils met in the cheery reception-hall for
+a little chat before going to their rooms, that Patricia saw her chance,
+and took it.</p>
+
+<p>Some one asked Nancy if she and Dorothy had been out for their usual
+walk.</p>
+
+<p>"It seemed a bit raw," she replied, "so we remained in."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia, who had been moving nearer, now stood at Nancy's elbow.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you notice a big, dark man, this morning looking up toward your
+window?" she asked: "Do you know who he is? We saw him the day of the
+sleigh-ride, and that was weeks ago. I believe he is always right
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>around here, for I don't know how many times I have seen him. He always
+simply <i>stares</i> toward your windows. I thought perhaps you knew him."</p>
+
+<p>Nancy turned pale, and Mrs. Marvin, who was near them, saw Dorothy draw
+Nancy closer as if to protect her.</p>
+
+<p>"Is Nancy ill?" she asked kindly.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia had left the hall when she saw Mrs. Marvin speaking to Dorothy.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy explained how frightened Nancy had been ever since the
+sleigh-ride, a few weeks before.</p>
+
+<p>"Come into my apartment and tell me all about this. I am greatly
+interested," she said.</p>
+
+<p>They were only too glad to escape the curious eyes that now were
+watching them, and together they told Mrs. Marvin the story of Nancy's
+career. When they reached the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>point where Patricia had told them of the
+man who had stood looking up at their windows that afternoon, a look of
+relief passed over her face, and she actually laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"You two dear little friends may rest easy to-night," she said, "for the
+man whom you saw at the edge of the woods, and the man who was here
+to-day, looking up at your windows, as Patricia said, are one and the
+same person. He is a man who has made a study of all plant life, and
+especially wise is he in regard to vines and trees.</p>
+
+<p>"To-day he was trying to decide just what sort of vine would thrive best
+on this sunny side of the house. His name is not nearly so picturesque
+as Bonfanti. It is Jonathan Scroggs. Not a fine name, surely, but his
+name has never hindered him in his profession. He is one of the best
+florists in the country, he knows all about beautiful vines <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>and trees,
+and he is also a landscape gardener. He can take a plain little cottage,
+with a small piece of land, and plant just the right kind of trees on
+the place, train vines over the porch so as to render it charming, and
+make the bit of land into a tiny park, so dainty, so altogether lovely
+that people will come from far and near to see the 'beauty spot.' Now do
+you care in the least what his name is?"</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed I do not," Dorothy said, firmly.</p>
+
+<p>"And oh, how glad I am that he is not Professor Bonfanti!" Nancy said.
+"It was silly to be so frightened, but if only you knew how hard those
+months were when he was training me, and old Uncle Steve was threatening
+all sorts of things if I did not dance well! You see, I was really ill
+with fear, and homesickness, and Uncle Steve did not seem to see that
+the more he threatened, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>the more ill I became. Oh, if I should talk all
+day, I could not tell you half the misery of those days. Only yesterday
+one of the girls said that she would not have minded any of the harsh
+things if only she could have danced on the stage. That is what she
+thinks, but she doesn't know!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Nancy, to-day you are nervous and tired, but I have quieted all
+your fears, and assured you that you are safe here at Glenmore. Some day
+when we can arrange it, I would enjoy hearing more of your little
+career."</p>
+
+<p>"And I'd be willing to tell you, Mrs. Marvin; you've been so kind, and
+you've comforted me. I shall sleep to-night without any horrid dreams."</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin felt that Patricia had really intended to frighten Nancy,
+and she decided to have a quiet little talk with her, and if <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>possible,
+learn what had prompted her to do so unkind a thing.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>It was an odd combination that "Glenmore," one of the best of schools
+for girls in the country, modern in every respect, and absolutely
+"up-to-date," should be situated in a town that was quaint, and
+picturesque, with inhabitants as fanciful, and superstitious as one
+would find if he had traveled back a century.</p>
+
+<p>True, there were residents who had recently come to the place for a
+summer home, but the old people of the place clung to their old time
+superstitions, their firm belief in "signs," their legends handed down
+from one generation to another, and the newcomers humored them, listened
+to their "yarns," and asked to hear more. Many of these stories were
+quite as interesting as any <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>folk tales, and none could tell them with
+finer effect than old Cornelia Derby.</p>
+
+<p>It was Marcus who had pointed her out to several of the girls who, one
+morning, chanced to be standing near the gate as the old woman came up
+the street.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Marcus, do you really mean that she can tell all sorts of quaint
+stories about this old town?" cried Betty Chase.</p>
+
+<p>"I sure does," said Marcus, "and 'nuffin' pleases her like gittin' a
+chance ter tell 'em ter folks as is willin' ter listen."</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Valerie," said Betty, turning to her chum, "let's get her to tell
+us some of the stories she knows about the fine old houses, and the
+people that once lived in them."</p>
+
+<p>"Fine!" cried Valerie, "but where would we find her?"</p>
+
+<p>"She lives in a little old hut, 'round behin' the hill over there!" said
+Marcus, "an'<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> all yo' has ter do is ter go up dis street, an' yo'll sure
+spot it, long 'fore yo' reach it, 'cause the top half er dat hut is red,
+an' the bottom half is whitewash. It sure looks mighty quare!"</p>
+
+<p>"Let's take a walk over there to-morrow, when our lessons are prepared,"
+said Valerie, "but," she added, "I hope we find it."</p>
+
+<p>"Yo' couldn't miss it," said Marcus, "for all yo' has ter do is ter go
+up dis street, an' turn ter yo' left, den go a piece, an' turn ter yo'
+right, an' walk 'til yo' come ter a big yaller house, an' dat's 'bout
+half-way. Nex' yo' cross a field, skip over de place where de brook is
+in summer an' come ter a piece er wall, stone wall, 'tis, an' it don't
+seem ter b'long ter no place 'tall, an' de hut is jes' a little ways
+beyond."</p>
+
+<p>The sound of a bell sent them hurrying toward the house.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Do you expect to remember all that?" Valerie asked on the way to the
+class-room.</p>
+
+<p>"If you do you'll be a wonder. I've forgotten it now."</p>
+
+<p>Betty nodded confidently.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll go over there to-morrow," she said.</p>
+
+<p>The next afternoon, Betty helped Valerie with some puzzling problems
+that must be solved before starting out.</p>
+
+<p>Then with confidence on Betty's part, and much doubt in Valerie's mind
+as to their ability to find the hut, they set off on the long walk.
+After twice enquiring of people whom they met, of taking a long walk in
+the wrong direction, and retracing their steps, they finally espied the
+piece of stone wall that seemed to belong to "no place at all," as
+Marcus had said.</p>
+
+<p>Glad to rest, they paused there to look <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>about them, and to wait for
+Vera and Elf, who had promised to meet them. Neither was in sight,
+although they had said that they would be prompt. Snow and ice had fled,
+and now everywhere were signs of spring. Vera had declared that the long
+walk was what she needed, and Elf had said that she would endure the
+walk for the sake of hearing the quaint stories of the town and its
+people that old Cornelia would tell.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd not wait much longer," Valerie said.</p>
+
+<p>"I surely will <i>not!</i>" Betty replied, "for if they are coming, they'll
+be here in a few minutes."</p>
+
+<p>It was evident that the two girls had, for some reason, been detained,
+and Betty determined to wait no longer.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><a name="wall" id="wall"></a><img src="./images/plate05.jpg" alt="At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited." title="At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited." /></div>
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap">At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited.</span>&mdash;<a href='#Page_150'><i>Page 150.</i></a></div>
+
+<p>"Come!" she cried. "We'll go on now to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>the little hut, and if Vera
+and Elf come poking along a half-hour later, they can just sit on this
+wall, and see if they enjoy waiting as well as we did."</p>
+
+<p>It was but a short distance, and they ran part of the way to make up for
+lost time, but when they reached the gate they found, as Valerie glanced
+at her tiny watch, that it was later than they thought, and was already
+about time for them to turn toward Glenmore, if they did not wish to be
+late.</p>
+
+<p>Hours were strictly kept at the school, and all pupils must return from
+recreation in time to give themselves personal care, and be in the lower
+hall at five-thirty for a friendly chat before going to the dining-room
+at six.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin insisted that every pupil look her best at all times.</p>
+
+<p>It was now four o'clock. It would take a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>half-hour to reach Glenmore.
+That meant that not more than a half-hour could be spent at the hut.</p>
+
+<p>There was no answer to their repeated knocking, but as they turned to go
+they saw old Cornelia coming toward them along the road, a big basket on
+her arm.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, well, two fine little callers I find waiting for me," she said.
+"And what can I do for you?"</p>
+
+<p>"We wanted you to tell us all about some of the old buildings and the
+interesting stories about the people who lived in them," said Betty,
+"but it's so late now that I don't believe there's time. We have to be
+back at Glenmore at five."</p>
+
+<p>"Then sit right down here on my garden-seat and I'll tell you the
+shortest tale I know, and some other day if you come when you have more
+time I'll tell you more."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that will be fine!" they cried, as with one voice.</p>
+
+<p>"How would you like to hear about the wishing-well?"</p>
+
+<p>"That sounds <i>great!</i>" declared Betty and then: "Could you begin it with
+'Once upon a time?'"</p>
+
+<p>"Surely," was the quick response, "and now I think of it, I'm sure you
+must have passed the old wishing-well on your way here. The old well was
+supposed to have magic power, and long ago when the old Paxton House was
+standing, people came, for miles around, to be near the old well in the
+garden, and wish for their heart's desire, feeling sure that their wish
+would be granted.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course the idea was absurd, but the townspeople of those days were
+superstitious, so that if those things that they wished <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>for beside the
+well never came to them, they thought that they must have forgotten to
+ask for them in the right way, and later they would try again.</p>
+
+<p>"If they obtained the thing that they had wished for, they laid their
+good fortune entirely to the fact that the old well must have approved
+of them."</p>
+
+<p>"And where is it!" Valerie asked. "You said that we must have passed
+it."</p>
+
+<p>"The old well has a flat wooden cover over it now, with an iron bar to
+keep it in place, lest some one be careless and fall in, though now the
+wild blackberry vines have nearly hidden it from sight. Even now when
+only young leaves are on the brambles, the thorny stems make a network
+over the cover. The old Paxton House was gone before my time," Mrs.
+Derby said, "but a part of its fine wall <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>remains. It was upon that wall
+that the wishers sat.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you happen to notice a fine piece of wall that seemed to belong to
+no one at all, and ended in a broad field?"</p>
+
+<p>"The idea!" cried Betty. "Why we <i>sat</i> on that piece of wall, and could
+have 'wished' just as well as not, if only we'd known it."</p>
+
+<p>"And it's almost half-past four now," said Valerie. "S'pose we run along
+toward Glenmore, and stop just long enough to sit on the wall and wish.
+We can be on time at five, if we do that. Then we could come over some
+day when we've more time, and hear all about the well, and other
+stories, too."</p>
+
+<p>It was a good idea, because it was already so late that they could
+remain but a few moments longer, so with an urgent invitation to come
+again, and a promise to do so, they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>ran back to the old wall, looking
+back to wave their hands to the little woman who waved in return.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<h3>THE WISHING-WELL</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Isn't it funny to think that we stopped at the very place to wish, and
+never knew it?" said Valerie, as they ran along the foot path that would
+take them back, the shortest way to the wall, and the wishing-well.</p>
+
+<p>"Not so 'funny' as that we'd take so much time and trouble to wish when
+we get there," said Betty.</p>
+
+<p>"Why is it odd?" Valerie asked, stopping squarely in front of Betty, and
+looking at her with round eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, because we're acting exactly as if we believed in the old well,"
+Betty said, looking <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>a bit annoyed, yet keeping straight on toward the
+wall.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, of course we're not so silly as to <i>really</i> and <i>truly</i> believe
+it could grant our wishes, but it's no harm to try," responded Valerie.</p>
+
+<p>Betty laughed.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Oh, we don't believe it all,">
+<tr><td align='left'>"Oh, we don't believe it all,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Yet we <i>must</i> believe a little</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>We <i>b'lieve</i> the water boils</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>When the steam comes from the <i>kittle</i>.<br /><br /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"It's dark inside the drum,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Yet we hear the drumming well,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>But that we wished beside the wall</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>We'll never, never tell."</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p>"Where did you hear those verses?" Valerie asked.</p>
+
+<p>"That's a funny song my brother sings. I made the second verse to fit
+to-day."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Betty Chase! Who'd think you could make poetry?" cried Valerie,
+looking<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span> Betty over, as if it were the first time she had ever seen her.</p>
+
+<p>Betty laughed gayly.</p>
+
+<p>"I guess Mrs. Marvin would tell you it wasn't poetry. Don't you remember
+she told us the other day that many people could write verses, but that
+verses were not always <i>poetry?</i>"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, all the same, I like the funny verses," Valerie said, "and here
+we are at the wall again."</p>
+
+<p>"And here's luck to us, and our wishing!" cried Betty.</p>
+
+<p>She sprang up on the wall beside Valerie, and for a moment the two sat
+thinking.</p>
+
+<p>It was Valerie who first spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"I've been trying to think what to wish for," she said, "and now all at
+once I know. Mother told me to work hard this year, so as to stand high
+in my class, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span> Aunt Phyllis said if I could finish in June with
+ninety per cent. average she'd give me a beautiful ring. Yes, that's
+what I'll wish for by the old well, and after I've wished it, I'll work
+harder than ever so that my wish will come true. Well, why do you
+laugh?" she asked, looking not only amazed, but rather vexed at Betty,
+who could not stop laughing even when she saw that Valerie was far from
+thinking it a joke.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what have I said that is so awfully funny?" she asked sharply.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be provoked, Valerie," Betty said, but her shoulders shook
+although she tried to check her laughter.</p>
+
+<p>"I was only thinking," she continued, "how generous you were to help the
+old well out so nicely. Just as soon as you've wished, you'll start
+right out to work hard enough to just <i>make</i> the wish come true, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>well
+or no well, and I do believe, if your aunt gives you the ring, you'll
+forget how hard you worked, and you'll be saying: 'I do more than half
+believe in the wishing-well!'"</p>
+
+<p>Valerie was never long angry, and she laughed as she answered:</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Miss Wise-one, are you going to wish, and then sit back and wait
+to see if it 'comes true'?"</p>
+
+<p>"I'll wish just for fun, but I don't believe what she said about the old
+well any more than you do, Valerie Dare. We'd be silly to even think
+that an old well had any power to grant wishes," Betty said, but Valerie
+laughed again.</p>
+
+<p>"Then why did we bother to sit on this wall and wish?" she said.</p>
+
+<p>"We might just as well wish while we're waiting along the road."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Come on!" cried Betty. "You wished on the wall beside the well, and
+I'll wish as we walk along, and we'll see which gets what she wished
+for."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," agreed Valerie, "but I <i>do</i> hope you'll get yours, Betty."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm as likely to, as if I'd kept sitting by the well," Betty said, "for
+I wish for what just <i>couldn't</i> happen."</p>
+
+<p>"Why Betty Chase! Why don't you wish for something that you've a
+<i>chance</i> of getting," said Valerie, stopping squarely in front of Betty.</p>
+
+<p>"Because I have everything I want but one thing," was the quiet reply.</p>
+
+<p>"And that one thing is&mdash;what?" queried Valerie.</p>
+
+<p>"I love Dorothy Dainty, and I don't want to say 'good-by' to her when
+school closes. I'd like to be where she is this summer, but <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>that
+<i>couldn't</i> be. You see our summer home is lovely, and we go there every
+year. Father and mother like the country better than the shore, but I
+like the beach, and the water best. Dorothy and Nancy will go home to
+Merrivale, but whether they spend the summer there, or go away to some
+other place, it won't make much difference to me. It's not likely to
+happen that they'll come to the quiet little town where we are to spend
+the summer."</p>
+
+<p>Betty's merry face now wore such a sober expression that Valerie said:</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I still say I wish you'd wanted something that really could
+happen."</p>
+
+<p>At that moment some one appeared just around a bend of the road, some
+one wearing the gayest of colors, and with her a little old-fashioned
+figure in a dark brown dress.</p>
+
+<p>"Look! Patricia and Arabella are com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>ing this way, and they look as if
+they were planning something great. Just see how close together their
+heads are! I don't know Arabella very well, but when Patricia is 'up to'
+anything, it's pretty sure to be mischief."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I don't know," Valerie. "It's just as likely to be some way she's
+planning for a chance to show off."</p>
+
+<p>Betty laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you hear Vera Vane telling about the afternoon that Patricia
+knocked at her door, and said that she had come to 'make a call'?"</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't hear that," said Valerie. "What did she do?"</p>
+
+<p>"She was wearing all the rings and bangles that she owned, and in her
+hand was a card-case, just as if she were grown up. She sat on the tip
+edge of her chair, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>she kept taking out her handkerchief, and
+shaking it because it was drenched with perfumery, and when she went,
+she emptied the card-case on the table, and Vera counted the cards. Say,
+Patricia had left <i>fifty</i>. Wasn't that funny?"</p>
+
+<p>"Hush&mdash;sh!" breathed Valerie, "she might hear you."</p>
+
+<p>Patricia rushed forward, while Arabella, as usual, hung back, preferring
+to stare at Betty and Valerie through her spectacles, rather than have a
+little chat.</p>
+
+<p>She wanted to watch their faces, and see if they were greatly surprised
+with the news that Patricia had to tell.</p>
+
+<p>"Guess where we're going!" Patricia cried, "but you couldn't guess, so
+I'll tell you. We're going over to the well, the one that's called the
+wishing-well," she explained, "and we mustn't tell what we mean <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>to wish
+for, 'cause if you tell, you wouldn't get your wish. Did you know that?"</p>
+
+<p>Betty said that she had not heard that.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll tell you to-morrow just how to find it, but we can't stop now.
+There isn't time."</p>
+
+<p>"Late!" cried Valerie. "I guess you two are late. We think we have to
+hurry to get to Glenmore on time, and you are going away from school
+every minute. Why don't you go to the well, if you want to, to-morrow."</p>
+
+<p>Arabella thought that they ought to turn back, but Patricia seized her
+hand, and the two commenced to run.</p>
+
+<p>"They'll be a half-hour late," said Valerie, looking after the flying
+figures.</p>
+
+<p>"And 'The Fender' will be waiting for a chance to scold them when they
+come in," said Betty.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>As they pushed the gate open, they saw a little figure disappearing
+around the corner of the house.</p>
+
+<p>"That was Ida Mayo," said Valerie.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't see her face. Are you sure it was Ida?" Betty asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it was Ida," Valerie answered, "and I do wonder why she stays in
+her room all the time. If she happens to come down when the girls are
+out, she runs, the moment she sees any of us coming."</p>
+
+<p>"It's a long time ago that she was sick," Betty replied, "but she must
+be all right by this time. I wonder why she ran when she saw us? We
+don't know her well enough to stop her to talk. She's bigger than we
+are, and she's three classes above us."</p>
+
+<p>"Who told you she stayed in her own room all the time?" continued Betty.</p>
+
+<p>"Patricia Levine said so," Valerie said.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why, Valerie Dare, you know Patricia tells&mdash;well&mdash;things that aren't
+<i>really</i> true," said Betty.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we don't see Ida, now, as we used to," Valerie said.</p>
+
+<p>"That might just happen," said Betty.</p>
+
+<p>It happened that what Patricia had said was true.</p>
+
+<p>The so-called "beautifier" had injured the skin so severely that it
+required time to heal it.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin had said that Ida was feeling far from well, which was true.</p>
+
+<p>Her vanity had prompted her to do a foolish thing, and she had suffered
+for it, both because of her painful face, and because in her
+nervousness, she had cried until completely tired out.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin had talked with her kindly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>and wisely, she had let old Judy
+take her meals up to her room, and she had personally given her private
+instruction, for she pitied the silly girl, and sought to keep curious
+ones from annoying her.</p>
+
+<p>Ida had hastened away when she had seen the two younger girls coming
+because there still were traces on her cheeks of the burning caused by
+the patent "beautifier," and she seemed more afraid of the comments of
+the younger girls, than of her own classmates.</p>
+
+<p>As the two girls entered the hall they saw that the tall clock marked
+the time as quarter-past five.</p>
+
+<p>"Fifteen minutes to fix up just a bit," said Betty. "Come on!"</p>
+
+<p>They raced up the stairs and soon reached their room.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Valerie was ready first, because Betty had found a letter waiting for
+her, and promptly sat down to read it.</p>
+
+<p>"You'd better not stop to read it," cautioned Valerie, "for when we came
+in we had only fifteen minutes to&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>But just then Betty gave a little cry of delight.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh-oo! Just listen to this!" she cried. "Father says we are to go to
+the shore this summer just for a change, and already he has rented the
+summer place." She clapped her hands, and laughed with sheer happiness.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I'm so glad to hear that to-night. I do believe I'll dream about
+it," she said.</p>
+
+<p>The half-hour for social chat was over, and dinner was half through when
+Patricia and Arabella entered the dining-room.</p>
+
+<p>All eyes were turned upon them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Patricia held her chin very high, and looked as if she were thinking: "I
+know I'm late, but what of that?" She was assuming a boldness that she
+did not feel, whereas Arabella was absolutely natural. She felt
+frightened, and looked&mdash;just as she felt.</p>
+
+<p>"Wouldn't you like to know what they wished?" whispered Valerie, to
+which Betty whispered in reply:</p>
+
+<p>"I'd like to know, but they wouldn't tell us."</p>
+
+<p>It was a fixed rule at Glenmore that the pupils must be present at the
+social half-hour, and then be sure of being prompt at six, the dinner
+hour. Patricia and Arabella were the first to break that rule.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>There was to be a week's vacation, and all but four of the pupils were
+to spend it at home.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They were Patricia and Arabella, Dorothy, and Nancy.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were still traveling, and Mrs. Vane had
+asked Vera to bring Dorothy and Nancy home with her for the week.
+Already they had planned enough pleasure to last a month, and Vera was
+still racking her busy brain to think of other things that they might
+do.</p>
+
+<p>The pupils were welcome to remain at Glenmore if they wished, and
+Patricia had decided that that was just what she would do.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella had hesitated. She was fond of her father, and she had intended
+to go home for the week, but Patricia had declared that they would stay
+at Glenmore, and Arabella was no match for Patricia, so it was settled
+that they would remain at the school.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The week at Vera's home opened charmingly.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Vane had given the week over to Vera and her three little guests.</p>
+
+<p>"It isn't quite a week," she said when she greeted them, "for you have
+arrived Monday afternoon, and you must leave Saturday morning. That
+gives us Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, and we must make each
+day delightful."</p>
+
+<p>"It always is delightful here," said Dorothy, "and it seemed so good to
+come to you when mother was away."</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Vane drew Dorothy closer. She knew that at heart, sweet Dorothy was
+a bit homesick.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll have a pleasant little home evening with music and games," she
+said, "and you'll all feel rested by to-morrow. I'll not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>tell what I've
+in store for to-morrow. That is a secret," she said.</p>
+
+<p>Of course Vera coaxed, and the others tried to guess, but Mrs. Vane
+remained firm, only laughing as their guessing grew wilder.</p>
+
+<p>"Mother truly can keep a secret, but I can't," said Vera. "I mean to
+keep it but first thing I know, I'm telling it."</p>
+
+<p>"We all know that," said Elf, and Vera joined in the laughter of the
+others.</p>
+
+<p>Tuesday was fair, and Mrs. Vane, at lunch looked at the four bright
+faces before her, Vera, a small copy of herself; Elf, whose mischievous
+face was truly elfish; Nancy, whose gypsy beauty always pleased, and
+Dorothy, blue-eyed, fair-haired, whose lovable disposition shone from
+her eyes, and made her sweet to look upon.</p>
+
+<p>"We shall take a trip to Fairy-land this <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>afternoon," she said, "and
+must start directly after lunch."</p>
+
+<p>That was all that she would tell, and as they motored up one busy
+street, and down another, she enjoyed watching their eager faces, and
+listening to their chatter.</p>
+
+<p>Fairy-land proved to be a wonderful play, depicting Elf-land with
+fairies, water nymphs, elves and witches, goblins, and gnomes, with
+exquisite scenery, beautiful costumes, and graceful dancing that held
+them entranced, from the time that the curtain went up until the grand
+march of the fairies at the finale.</p>
+
+<p>The "grown-ups" in the audience were delighted, so it was not strange
+that Mrs. Vane's party was spellbound.</p>
+
+<p>Of them all, Nancy best understood the perfect art of the dancing. She
+had been <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>drilled in those dainty steps, and she saw how cleverly each
+did her part.</p>
+
+<p>It was an afternoon of enchantment, and when the play was over, the gay
+little party howled along the broad thoroughfare toward home and they
+talked of the beautiful fairy play, and the graceful girls who had
+danced as nymphs.</p>
+
+<p>The four days passed so quickly that when Saturday dawned, it seemed
+hardly possible that it was time to return to Glenmore.</p>
+
+<p>There had been a wonderful exhibition of paintings for Wednesday, a huge
+fair for Thursday at which Mrs. Vane bought a lovely gift for each as a
+souvenir.</p>
+
+<p>Thursday they had motored out beyond the city where willows were showing
+their misty green, and gay little crocus beds were in bloom. They had
+stopped for lunch at a pretty restaurant that looked for all the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>world
+like a rustic cottage, and then had returned to find Rob Vane waiting to
+greet them, as they drew up to the house.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello!" he called to them before they had alighted.</p>
+
+<p>"How is this, that a fellow gets a week's vacation, and comes home from
+school to find only servants to greet him?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Robert, I am glad enough to have you home for a week. I thought
+you were to stay at school for extra coaching?"</p>
+
+<p>"That's what I wrote in my last letter," said Rob, "but I passed exams.
+with flying colors. I was nervous, and feared I wasn't prepared, but
+say! I was needlessly scared, for I not only 'passed,' but snatched the
+prize for mathematics."</p>
+
+<p>"I am proud of you, Robert, and your father will be pleased," Mrs. Vane
+said, her fine eyes shining.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And I'm proud of you, Rob," cried Vera, rushing at him, and clasping
+her arms about him.</p>
+
+<p>"Hi, Pussy Weather-vane, it's good to have a little sister," said Rob,
+swinging her around until she was dizzy.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you glad to see me, too?" he asked, laughing at her flushed cheeks,
+and touzled, flaxen hair.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Rob! <i>So</i> glad, even if you do shake me up until I look wild," Vera
+said, clinging to his arm, and dragging him toward the little guests.</p>
+
+<p>"I dare to say he's the best brother in the world because neither one of
+you has a brother, so you won't be offended."</p>
+
+<p>"Spare my blushes, Vera," cried Rob. "Say, girls, I'm mighty glad to see
+you. How long are you to stay? A week?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We are going back to Glenmore Saturday," Dorothy said, "and we start at
+nine in the morning. There is no one at the Stone House but the
+servants, and it was so lovely to come home with Vera."</p>
+
+<p>"It surely was the best thing that you could do," Rob replied earnestly,
+for he knew by a slight quiver in her voice that Dorothy was a bit
+homesick.</p>
+
+<p>Nancy heard the odd little quiver when Dorothy was speaking, and she
+hastened to speak of cheery things.</p>
+
+<p>"We've had just the dearest visit, and we've been to the theater, to a
+big fair, to see a hall hung with beautiful pictures, and how we have
+enjoyed it all!" she said.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll do the entertaining to-morrow," said <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Bob'">Rob</ins>. "I'll take you all to
+see something that will be no end of fun."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What will it be, Rob?" Vera asked, but Rob tweaked her curls, and
+laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"That's my secret," he said, and they had to be satisfied with that.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<h3>A LIVELY WEEK</h3>
+
+
+<p>Dorothy woke very early the next morning, and turned to look at Nancy,
+to find that Nancy was looking straight at her. They both laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"I was wondering if you were awake," Nancy said.</p>
+
+<p>"I turned to look at you, Nancy, to see if your eyes were open," Dorothy
+said. "I was going to ask you if you knew that Patricia and Arabella
+were spending the week at Glenmore."</p>
+
+<p>"I knew it, because when I told Patricia that we were to spend the week
+at Vera's home, she looked, for just a second, as if <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>she were provoked
+because she had not been invited, too. Then she hurried to say that
+she'd rather stay at Glenmore. That Arabella was to stay, too, and that
+she thought they would have a finer time than we."</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder how they amused themselves," Dorothy said. "Glenmore would be
+so quiet with all the girls away."</p>
+
+<p>"And Miss Fenler would have all the time to watch them, with none of the
+other pupils to care for," responded Nancy.</p>
+
+<p>"Dorothy, Nancy! Come down so I can tell you something!" called Vera.</p>
+
+<p>They heard Mrs. Vane say gently:</p>
+
+<p>"Don't hurry them, Vera."</p>
+
+<p>They were half-way down the stairs, however, and in the lower hall they
+saw Elf, already up, because she had shared Vera's room, and Vera had
+awakened her.</p>
+
+<p>"Rob has told me! Rob has told me!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> Vera said, dancing around Dorothy
+and Nancy. "Bob has told me, and I couldn't wait to tell you. He's going
+to take us out into the country to our summer place, and there we'll go
+to a little country circus! Won't that be great? He came home just in
+time."</p>
+
+<p>"That will be great fun," said Dorothy, "and after we've seen it, we can
+talk it over, all the way back."</p>
+
+<p>"Let's get ready now!" cried Vera.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Vera! It is only eight o'clock, and the circus begins at two, so
+Bob said," Elf remarked, with the thought of calming Vera, but that was
+not so easily done.</p>
+
+<p>"But it's a two-hour ride out there. Come up to my room, Elf, and help
+me choose a dress," Vera replied, as she caught Elf by the hand and
+rushed up the stairway. How they laughed.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The morning sped on wings, and lunch was served early.</p>
+
+<p>Just as they were leaving the house, the postman brought a letter for
+Dorothy that had been remailed from Glenmore, and she took it with her
+to read, if there was an opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>The ride out from the city over fine roads, and along beautiful avenues,
+was delightful, and the jolly little party reached "Vane Villa," earlier
+than they had thought possible.</p>
+
+<p>"Dorothy is aching to read her letter," Vera said, "so sit out here and
+read it, Dorothy dear," she continued, "and Rob will take Elf around to
+see the kennels, and I'll tag along with them, for if I stay here, I'll
+talk and talk so you won't know what is in your letter after all."</p>
+
+<p>It was a kind thought, and a bit of tact <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>that careless, flighty Vera
+often showed.</p>
+
+<p>Dorothy opened her letter, and commenced reading. After a few lines she
+looked up, her eyes shining.</p>
+
+<p>"Nancy, come here, and listen to this.</p>
+
+<p>"They are already on the homeward trip, and the first of May Mother and
+Aunt Charlotte will be at the Stone House, and we are to join them a
+week later. Already Mother has written to Mrs. Marvin, and we are to be
+excused for the last two weeks at Glenmore, and away we'll speed toward
+Merrivale and home."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I am <i>so</i> glad!" Nancy cried as she pressed Dorothy closer.</p>
+
+<p>"And that isn't all," said Dorothy, "for hear this:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"I'm sure, dear, that you and Nancy will be
+delighted to know that, after a short stay at the
+Stone House, we shall go to Foam<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> Ridge for the
+summer. You are both so fond of the shore, and the
+salt air." </p></div>
+
+<p>Nancy's eyes were bright, and there was a droll twinkle in them.</p>
+
+<p>Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean that?" Dorothy asked. "Are you <i>sure?</i>"</p>
+
+<p>Nancy laughed and nodded.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><a name="drawing" id="drawing"></a><img src="./images/plate06.jpg" alt="Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news." title="Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news." /></div>
+<div class='center'><span class="smcap">Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news.</span>&mdash;<a href='#Page_186'><i>Page 186.</i></a></div>
+
+
+<p>"Perfectly sure," she said, "for only the day before vacation Betty told
+me that her mother had just written to say that for a change they were
+to spend the summer at the shore, and she said: 'Isn't "Foam Ridge" a
+pretty name.' I didn't think to tell you, because I never dreamed that
+we would be going to the same place. I knew you'd be pleased, for you
+like Betty Chase as well as I do."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I am truly glad that we shall see Betty at the shore."</p>
+
+<p>"Hello!" shouted Rob. "Anybody thinking of going to the circus!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes! Yes!" they cried, and ran to join Rob and Vera and Elf.</p>
+
+<p>For a small circus it proved to be quite a show. There were trained dogs
+that were really clever, there were trained elephants, but best of all
+there were some handsome horses, whose riders did wonderful vaulting,
+tumbling, and riding, springing over hurdles, and through covered hoops.</p>
+
+<p>When they left the tent the girls were delighted with the show, and Rob
+said it made him think of his early ambition to be a circus performer.</p>
+
+<p>"Why wouldn't you like to now?" asked Vera. "If I had ever wanted to,
+I'd want <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>to now. I wouldn't change my mind. Well, I don't see why you
+all laugh!" she cried, looking in surprise from one to the other.</p>
+
+<p>It was small wonder that they laughed. Vera rarely held one opinion for
+more than half a day, and had been known to have a half-dozen minds
+inside of an hour!</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>It was a jolly party that took the train for Glenmore on Saturday
+morning. Rob had taken them to the station, bought a a box of candy for
+each, and waited until the last moment to leave the train.</p>
+
+<p>"If Miss Fenler has been watching Patricia this week she has been busy,"
+said Elf, when they had settled themselves for the long ride.</p>
+
+<p>"She could easily watch Arabella, she is so slow," Dorothy said.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It happened that Mrs. Marvin had told Miss Fenler to closely watch both
+girls who had chosen to spend the week's vacation at the school.</p>
+
+<p>School without lessons would be fine, they thought.</p>
+
+<p>"I think Arabella Correyville, if she were here alone, would be very
+little care, but Patricia Levine is as full of queer notions as any girl
+could be, and she plans the oddest mischief, and then drags slow little
+Arabella into it. Patricia never tries to help her out, and she
+invariably laughs if Arabella is caught.</p>
+
+<p>"Arabella is so slow that she really doesn't know that Patricia rules
+her, while Patricia rules, and laughs at Arabella for obeying.</p>
+
+<p>"I promise to watch them, and I am likely to be more closely employed
+than dur<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>ing a regular school session," Miss Fenler said in reply.</p>
+
+<p>The first day passed without any especial happening, but the next day
+the two set out for a walk, soon after breakfast, and did not return
+until just before six.</p>
+
+<p>"You were not here at one o'clock for lunch," Miss Fenler said. "Where
+were you?"</p>
+
+<p>"I lunched with a friend," said Patricia, and Arabella drawled, "So did
+I."</p>
+
+<p>"I did not know that you had friends here in town," Miss Fenler said, in
+surprise. They were, of course friends, and they had lunched together.
+What they had said had been true, but surely not honest.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella stared stupidly at Miss Fenler, and Patricia imitated her
+stolid friend, too. It was easier to look dull than to answer more
+questions.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>On the third day Mrs. Marvin was absolutely amazed to glance toward her
+window just in time to see Patricia entering the house with a cat in her
+arms.</p>
+
+<p>Questioned as to where she obtained the cat she said that a boy gave it
+to her, that she didn't know his name, or where he lived.</p>
+
+<p>"Where do you expect to keep it?" asked Miss Fenler, who had been sent
+to meet her.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought I could keep her in the little shed that's next to the
+kitchen, and then Judy could feed her," was the answer, given as
+confidently as if the whole matter were settled.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin came out into the hall in time to hear what Patricia said.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we can arrange to let puss remain if she is to be under Judy's
+care," she said, "for only yesterday she told me that the mice are
+becoming very bold, and they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>are too wise to go into the traps that she
+sets."</p>
+
+<p>A sound of falling pans, flat-irons, and other kitchen utensils made
+them start. Patricia clung to the cat, although it was making desperate
+efforts to get away.</p>
+
+<p>"Ow-oo-o! O massy sakes! Yow-hoo!" shouted Judy as she burst the door
+open, and tore out into the hall.</p>
+
+<p>"Dem mices'll kill me yit, I do b'liebe!" she yelled. "De windows, an'
+do's is shet, an' dey's prancin' on de kitchen' flo. Oh-oo!"</p>
+
+<p>"Hush, Judy, hush!" Mrs. Marvin said. "We've a cat with us, and she is
+just in time."</p>
+
+<p>"I sho' won't go nigh dat kitchen wid no cat, nor nuffin' else," Judy
+said, her eyes rolling in terror.</p>
+
+<p>"Pooh!" cried Patricia, "I'd be glad to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>put her out there before I get
+any more scratches," and going to the end of the hall, she opened the
+door, and dropped puss on the floor.</p>
+
+<p>In less time than it takes to tell it the cat had caught the two tiny
+mice, that had been far more afraid of the big colored woman, than she
+had been of them, and that is saying a great deal.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia was never inclined to be in any way obliging. She was one of
+those unpleasant girls who find no joy in being kind or helpful.</p>
+
+<p>Whatever she did, was done wholly for her own sake, and Judy eyed her
+with suspicion when she saw how promptly she took the big cat to the
+kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>Having given the cat over to the care of Judy, Patricia raced up the
+stairway to her room.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Judy rolled her eyes to look after her.</p>
+
+<p>"Wha' fo' she done dat?" she asked of Miss Fenler, who stood near her.</p>
+
+<p>"Wha' fo'? I axes. Dat ar young miss done bring dat cat home ter hab in
+her room fo' a pet. How happen her to gib it up ter Judy?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nonsense, Judy. She knows, as all the pupils know, that it is a fixed
+rule at Glenmore, that no pupil can have a pet in her room."</p>
+
+<p>"All de same, Miss Patrichy <i>meant</i> dat cat ter be up in her room, long
+o' dat ar <i>Carbale</i> gal."</p>
+
+<p>Judy never could get Arabella's name correctly. Sometimes it was
+"Carbale," then it was "<i>Corbille</i>," but never once had she managed to
+call it Correyville.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, the cat is in the kitchen now, and you must look out for her.
+Keep her in for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>a few days until she feels that this is home, and then
+she will stay," Miss Fenler said, and returned to her account-books.</p>
+
+<p>Thursday the two girls were in their room all day, reading, and
+devouring a "treat" that Patricia had smuggled in. It was much the same
+m&eacute;nu that Patricia usually chose, without a thought as to how the
+different things would combine.</p>
+
+<p>Who but Patricia Levine would ever think of eating ice-cream, and big
+green pickles at the same time?</p>
+
+<p>The reason that she would have given for eating them at the same time
+would have been that she liked both.</p>
+
+<p>They ate the papers of ice-cream first before it could melt, and then,
+each took a huge green pickle, and a favorite book, and settled down to
+read.</p>
+
+<p>When the lunch hour arrived, Patricia <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>felt a bit "queer," while
+Arabella felt decidedly "queerer."</p>
+
+<p>Neither cared to eat, but they dared not stay away from the dining-room,
+so both went down to the table, but they made only a pretense of eating.</p>
+
+<p>Early in the afternoon both felt hungry. Patricia rushed to the closet,
+and returned with some chocolate &eacute;claires, and a bottle of olives.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll eat an &eacute;claire," said Arabella, "but maybe I'd better not eat
+olives with it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, of all things!" cried Patricia. "Let me tell you what you don't
+know. &Eacute;claires and olives just <i>b'long</i> together. Don't act funny,
+Arabella."</p>
+
+<p>Arabella, always afraid of being laughed at, ate not only one &eacute;claire,
+but two, and a dozen olives, as well.</p>
+
+<p>During the afternoon, they ate four <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>crullers, two pickled limes, two
+ham sandwiches, and a pound of fudge.</p>
+
+<p>Patricia could eat anything, and any amount of food without any ill
+effect, but Arabella was really sick when the hour for dinner arrived.</p>
+
+<p>When Mrs. Marvin questioned Patricia, she said that Arabella had a
+headache, and that she had said that she was not hungry.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin sent a waitress up to their room with some toast and tea for
+Arabella. Arabella barely tasted it, and the girl returned to report
+that Miss Arabella looked sick, and really could not eat.</p>
+
+<p>The next day found her much like her usual self, and Patricia proposed a
+walk.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll go with you in a minute," said Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"What <i>are</i> you waiting for?" snapped Patricia. She turned, and saw that
+Ara<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>bella was shaking some green pills from a bottle.</p>
+
+<p>"It's hard work trying to mind two people who say different things,"
+complained Arabella. "Aunt Matilda told me to take these green pills
+every hour, wherever I happen to be, and Mrs. Marvin says I must not be
+continually taking medicine in the class-room. How can I do both?"</p>
+
+<p>"Don't take it at all!" cried Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"But my health&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, bother your health," said Patricia. "I should think you'd be sick
+of hearing about it."</p>
+
+<p>"I am," confessed Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"Then pitch every one of those bottles out, and see what happens! No
+wonder the girls here call you the 'medicine-chest.' The doses you take
+make me sick just to see them."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Arabella looked sulky, and when Patricia started for a walk, Arabella
+refused to go. She was usually afraid of Patricia, and did as she
+directed, but when she became sulky, not even Patricia could move her,
+try as she might.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella was standing near the window when Patricia returned, and what
+she saw was anything but pleasing.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of a leash was a small, shaggy, yellow dog, of no especial
+breed!</p>
+
+<p>Arabella detested dogs, and was desperately afraid of them as well.</p>
+
+<p>She told herself that the dog would also be in Judy's care, and was
+wondering how he would get on with the cat, when she heard a loud
+whisper outside the door.</p>
+
+<p>"Let me in, quick!" it said, and when Arabella opened the door, Patricia
+stumbled over the dog who had run between her feet, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>and the two landed
+on the middle of the rug in a heap.</p>
+
+<p>"There! Isn't he a beauty?" Patricia asked and without waiting for an
+answer continued, "A man told me he was a valuable dog that <i>ought</i> to
+bring fifty dollars, but because he was going to leave town, he let me
+have him, for two dollars, and threw in the leash. Wasn't that a
+bargain?"</p>
+
+<p>"What are you going to do with him?" Arabella asked. "Oh, take him away!
+I don't want him sniffing at me!"</p>
+
+<p>Patricia made an outrageous face, and tugged at the leash.</p>
+
+<p>"Keep him in this room until I go home, and then take him with me," she
+said.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll not sleep in this room if that dog is kept in here!" declared
+Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"Where will you sleep?" Patricia asked, coolly. "They wouldn't let you
+sleep out in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>the hall, and if I put the dog out there, 'The Fender'
+will take him."</p>
+
+<p>By extreme care, Patricia managed not to do anything that would make him
+bark.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<h3>AN INNOCENT SNEAK-THIEF</h3>
+
+
+<p>The little dog had slept all night, but when morning came he wanted to
+go out for a romp. Patricia tied him to the leg of the bed, gave him
+some breakfast and sat on the floor beside him to stop him if he began
+to bark.</p>
+
+<p>Thus far he had been very quiet, only softly growling, and stopping that
+when Patricia held up her finger and told him he must "keep still."</p>
+
+<p>"Why do we have to review?" Patricia said as Arabella took up a book.</p>
+
+<p>"The idea of looking into my history to see when Virginia was settled at
+Jamestown <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>when any one <i>knows</i> it was in fourteen ninety-two!"</p>
+
+<p>"O my, Patricia! That's wrong," Arabella said, "That's when Columbus
+discovered America."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, for goodness' sake! Couldn't he have landed in Virginia, and
+settled it at the same time?" demanded Patricia. She was desperately
+angry, but Arabella persisted.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you <i>know</i>, Patricia, it <i>couldn't</i> have been settled in fourteen
+ninety-two?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, don't bother me about that!" said Patricia, and Arabella, peering
+at her through her goggles decided that it would be wise to do no more
+correcting.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think Miss Fenler is fair," said Patricia, "for she marked my
+history paper only forty-two, and I just <i>know</i> it ought to have been
+higher than that. And my spelling she marked only thirty-eight last
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>month, and all because I put an r in water, spelling it 'warter,' and
+I'm sure that's not bad."</p>
+
+<p>"You put two t's in it, too," said Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>"I will again if I want to," snapped Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"There's the breakfast-bell. He's sure to bark while we're down-stairs,"
+Arabella said. She hoped that he would, so that he might be given other
+quarters. He looked up as the door closed, and was about to bark when he
+saw one of Arabella's slippers, and grabbing it, retired under the bed
+to chew it.</p>
+
+<p>It was a rule that the maids should make the beds, and put the rooms in
+order while the pupils were at breakfast, and on that morning it fell to
+Maggie's share of the work to care for the only room now occupied.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>She was a good-natured Irish girl, and she entered the room singing:</p>
+
+<p>
+"'Now, Rory, be aisy, don't tase me no more,<br />
+'Tis the&mdash;'"<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>"Och, murther! Murther! There's a man under the bed, an' he grabbed me
+by me shoe,&mdash;oh! oh!"</p>
+
+<p>Down-stairs she ran, screaming all the way, declaring that there was a
+man up-stairs, and calling for some one brave enough to "dhrive him
+out."</p>
+
+<p>Her terror was very real, and Marcus was called in to oust the intruder.</p>
+
+<p>"It must be a sneak-thief," said Miss Fenler.</p>
+
+<p>"It <i>am</i> a sneak-thief," said Marcus, appearing with the small dog in
+his arms.</p>
+
+<p>"He stole a slipper, an den sneaked under der bed ter chew on it. Sure,
+he am a sneak-thief, but I knows a cullud gemman <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>what wants a dog, an'
+I guess he's 'bout the right size. Dey has a pow'ful small house, an'
+him an' his wife, an' seben chilluns lib in dem two rooms, so he
+couldn't want no bigger dog dan dis yar."</p>
+
+<p>"Why nobody can give that dog away!" shrieked Patricia. "I bought him
+yesterday, and paid the man two dollars for him. He's mine!"</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean to tell me, Patricia, that you bought that dog and
+deliberately brought him here, when you knew that it was against the
+rules of the school?" Mrs. Marvin asked.</p>
+
+<p>"You kept the cat," said Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"Because I let the cat remain, you decided that it would be safe to do
+practically the same thing again, did you?" Mrs. Marvin's usually kind
+voice sounded very cold now.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He isn't a cat, so 'tisn't the same," Patricia said with a pout.</p>
+
+<p>"We must find an owner for him, Marcus," Mrs. Marvin said.</p>
+
+<p>"I <i>won't</i> let him go!" screamed Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"You cannot keep him here."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I'll go back to my aunt's house at Merrivale, and take him with
+me," said Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>"Do as you like about that," Mrs. Marvin said quietly, "but you must
+choose."</p>
+
+<p>"I've <i>choosed</i>, I mean 'chosen,'" said Patricia. "I'll go right
+straight off, and take the dog with me."</p>
+
+<p>It looked like haste and anger, but for weeks Patricia had been so far
+behind the others of her class, that she believed that any day Mrs.
+Marvin would send her home with a letter stating that she had been
+neglecting <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>study, and must give up her place to some ambitious pupil.
+Patricia preferred to go of her own choice, so she rushed to her room,
+and began to pack her belongings.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella stood watching her as if not fully realizing that she was
+losing her chum.</p>
+
+<p>She was not quite so dull as she appeared. She was sorry to have
+Patricia go, and she was not at all sure that she would like her room
+all to herself. At the same time she was comforting herself with the
+thought that there would be no one to make her eat things that she ate
+for the sake of peace and that nearly always made her ill, or to drag
+her into mischief that she, herself would never have thought of. When
+Patricia's trunk was strapped to the back of the carriage, and she stood
+on the porch, her suit-case in one hand, her other hand holding the
+dog's leash, she turned to Arabella.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, aren't you going to say something, now I'm ready to start?" she
+asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Do'no' what to say," drawled Arabella.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella had spoken the truth, which, however, was not complimentary,
+and Patricia was offended.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella, looking after her tried to decide just how she felt. She would
+miss Patricia, because at times she was a lively chum, but she was quick
+to take offense, and Arabella was always doing something that displeased
+her.</p>
+
+<p>Then, too, Arabella had a very small allowance, while Patricia spent
+money with a free hand, and always "shared" with Arabella. But what joy
+was there in eating the oddly chosen "treats"?</p>
+
+<p>Arabella decided that as there was but a short time before the closing
+of school, it was, perhaps, the best thing that could have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>happened,
+that Patricia had decided to go back to Merrivale. It seemed strange
+that she should prefer to be with her aunt in Merrivale, rather than
+with her mother, at their home in New York, but those who knew were not
+surprised.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Levine was as strange in some respects, as her little daughter was
+in others. If Patricia enjoyed being away from home, Mrs. Levine,
+flighty, and weak-willed, was glad to be free from the care of Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>The aunt was very glad of the money paid for Patricia's board, so every
+one concerned seemed satisfied.</p>
+
+<p>Surely Patricia was having but little training, but who was there to
+complain?</p>
+
+<p>Being away from home had one decided advantage, Patricia thought.</p>
+
+<p>She could ask for money when she needed clothing, and when she received
+it she could <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>make her own choice of hats, coats, or dresses, and what a
+lively choice it was!</p>
+
+<p>She had rightly earned the title of the "Human Rainbow."</p>
+
+<p>She had heard the name, and she liked it. She thought that it implied
+that her costumes were gay, rather than dull colored.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin breathed a sigh of relief when Patricia had actually left
+Glenmore, and Miss Fenler remarked that Arabella was really too slow to
+get into mischief, now that she had no one to assist her.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>The ride had been a long one, and the car had been hot after the early
+morning. Vera complained that she was fairly roasted, while Elf declared
+that she had breathed smoke from the open windows until she believed
+that she would smell smoke for a week. Dorothy and Nancy made little
+fuss about <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>either smoke or heat, bearing the discomforts of the trip
+patiently, and laughing when Vera fumed.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I know, if I were a man," said Vera, "I could make some kind of
+an engine that would go like lightning, and have neither smoke nor
+cinders. I told Rob that, and he said, 'Oh, don't let it stop you
+because you're not a man. Just go ahead, Pussy Weather-vane, and plan
+it. The companies won't refuse to use it because it wasn't invented by a
+man!'</p>
+
+<p>"Now, isn't that just like a boy? What time do I have to do things like
+that? Doesn't he know that I have lessons, and all sorts of things that
+hinder me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why do you girls laugh at everything I say, just as Rob does?" she
+concluded, looking in surprise, from one merry face to the other.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but Vera, you are funny when you sputter," said Elf.</p>
+
+<p>"I s'pose I am," agreed Vera, "and I don't much care. I'm sure I'd
+rather make you laugh, than make you look sober."</p>
+
+<p>"Look! Look!" cried Dorothy.</p>
+
+<p>"We're almost to Glenmore!"</p>
+
+<p>"Not yet," said Vera.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but Dorothy is right," said Nancy, "for look there where the river
+glistens in the sun."</p>
+
+<p>"And see that big Club House right over there," Dorothy said, pointing
+toward a handsome building of which the town of Glenmore was justly
+proud.</p>
+
+<p>"But it doesn't seem quite like&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>Vera's remark was interrupted by the trainman, who opened the door and
+shouted, "Glenmore! Glenmore!"</p>
+
+<p>"I guess it did look like it," Vera said, as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>she sprang out on the
+platform, followed by her three laughing companions. Marcus was waiting
+for them.</p>
+
+<p>"Yo'-all git in, an' we'll git dar as quick as we kin. Mis' Marvin, she
+say all the other pupils is arriv, an' she hopes you fo' will be some
+prompt."</p>
+
+<p>"We came as soon as the train would bring us," said Elf.</p>
+
+<p>"But dat train am an hour later dan de time-table say."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you believe that?" Elf asked of the others, as they rode along.</p>
+
+<p>"They must have changed the time-table," Nancy said.</p>
+
+<p>Marcus turned his head to shout:</p>
+
+<p>"No, miss, no. Nobody doesn't neber chane nuffin' in Glenmore!"</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin was on the porch, as the carriage turned in at the gateway,
+and she <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>stepped forward to greet them as they sprang out on the walk.</p>
+
+<p>"I was beginning to wonder what had detained you, when I was delighted
+to see the carriage coming around the bend of the road. You are just in
+time to go to your rooms and 'freshen up' a bit before dinner, and&mdash;
+Why, Arabella Correyville! What does this mean?"</p>
+
+<p>A drenched and bedraggled figure was mounting the steps. Her hair, and
+garments were dripping, she had lost her goggles, and without them her
+eyes had a frightened stare.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't mean to look like this," she said, "but I lost the key to my
+room. I'd locked the door when I went out, and I wanted to study some
+before dinner. I climbed up onto the edge of that hogshead that the
+workmen had left right beside the trellis <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>that runs up by my window. I
+meant to get in at my window, but I fell and got into a hogshead of
+dirty water. 'Twasn't very pleasant," she drawled.</p>
+
+<p>One might have thought, from the manner in which she said it that most
+people would have enjoyed the "ducking"!</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin looked discouraged. This was the girl that <i>could not</i> get
+into a scrape, now that she had no one to drag her in!</p>
+
+<p>"Miss Fenler, will you assist Arabella in making herself presentable
+before six? It is after five-thirty now."</p>
+
+<p>Miss Fenler looked anything but pleased, but she dared not refuse.
+Arabella seemed quieter than ever when she came down the stairway, her
+wet garments exchanged for dry ones, and her straight hair primly
+braided, thanks to Miss Fenler.</p>
+
+<p>Doubtless she had not recovered from her <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>surprise when she found
+herself in the hogshead. It always required time for Arabella to recover
+from any new idea, or unusual happening.</p>
+
+<p>The other girls were giving the four who had just returned a gay
+welcome, and Dorothy slipped her arm around Betty Chase, and told her
+the fine news that during the summer they were both to be at Foam Ridge.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Dorothy!" cried Betty, her dark eyes shining, "I was delighted when
+mother wrote that we were going there, just because I so love to be at
+the shore, and now to think that you and Nancy are to spend the summer
+there,&mdash;oh, it is such a dear surprise."</p>
+
+<p>"But listen, every one!" cried Valerie Dare. "That's all very fine for
+Betty, but the other bit of news isn't quite so nice. Dorothy Dainty and
+Nancy Ferris are to leave Glenmore two weeks earlier than the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>rest of
+us. Say! Do you think we'll miss them?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Dorothy Dainty! Why do you go so soon?"</p>
+
+<p>"And take Nancy with you, too! Say, do you have to?"</p>
+
+<p>"Can't you stay longer?"</p>
+
+<p>These and many more were the queries called forth by Valerie's
+statement.</p>
+
+<p>It was small comfort for them to listen when Dorothy explained.</p>
+
+<p>The fact remained, that they did not want to have her leave before
+school closed. She had endeared herself to her classmates, and to many
+others whom she met at socials, and after school sessions. Nancy shared
+her popularity, and both prized the loving friendship that had made
+their stay at Glenmore so pleasant.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<h3>A GLAD RETURN</h3>
+
+
+<p>"We're glad to think that to-night we shall be at home at the Stone
+House, and that we'll be with Mother and Aunt Charlotte again, and we're
+really sorry to say 'good-by' to Glenmore and the pleasant friends that
+we have found here," Dorothy said, as she stood on the porch with Nancy,
+waiting for Marcus, who was to take them to the station.</p>
+
+<p>"That's just the way we feel," said Nancy. "Glad and sorry at the same
+time."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, let me tell you, <i>I</i> don't feel two ways at once," cried Vera. "I
+feel just one way. I'm just <i>fearfully</i> sorry!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Marvin had bidden them "good-by," after having expressed her
+approval of their work as pupils, and her regret that they must leave
+too early to have a part in the program at the final exhibition. On the
+train that they were to take, there was no stop long enough to obtain
+anything to eat, so Judy had put up a tempting lunch of sandwiches,
+cake, and fruit.</p>
+
+<p>Betty and Valerie had a box of chocolates for each, and Ida Mayo, now
+wholly recovered, came in at the gate just in time to offer each a
+lovely rose from a cluster that she carried.</p>
+
+<p>Arabella came slowly out to join the group on the porch, and seeing Ida
+Mayo offering her roses, she decided not to be outdone.</p>
+
+<p>"Here, wait 'til I find something," she said, thrusting her hand deep
+into her pocket. After a moment's search she pro<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span>duced two bottles of
+pills, one pink and the other green.</p>
+
+<p>"Take 'em with you," she said, offering one to Dorothy, and the other to
+Nancy. "One is for a 'tired feeling,' and the other is for feeling too
+good. I've forgotten which is which, but if you take them both, you're
+sure to feel all right during the long car-ride."</p>
+
+<p>There were stifled giggles, for surely bottles of medicine were curious
+gifts to offer, and the group of girls thought it the drollest thing
+that Arabella had yet done.</p>
+
+<p>For only a second did Dorothy hesitate. She did not, of course, want to
+accept the funny gift, but she saw Arabella's cheek flush, as little
+Lina Danford laughed softly, and she did the kindest thing that she
+could have done.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you," she said, gently, then to the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>others she added: "Arabella
+is eager to have us both feel fine when we reach Merrivale."</p>
+
+<p>The soft laughter ceased, and Ida Mayo said to a girl who stood near
+her: "Isn't that just like Dorothy Dainty! She doesn't want those pills
+any more than you or I would, but she won't let Arabella feel hurt."</p>
+
+<p>"She is dear, and sweet," was the whispered reply, "and so is Nancy."</p>
+
+<p>At last Marcus arrived, and as they rode along the avenue, they waved
+their handkerchiefs to the group on the porch until they turned the
+corner, and were out of sight.</p>
+
+<p>The long car-ride was much like any all-day ride. Rather pleasant at
+first, a bit tedious on the last hour, but oh, the joy of the
+home-coming!</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Dainty had felt the first separation from Dorothy keenly, and she
+could not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>school herself to be calm when for the first time in months
+she would see her sweet face again, so she sent the limousine over to
+the station, and with a desperate effort at patience, waited at home for
+the sound of its return.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Charlotte was more calm, but so long had Nancy been under her care
+that she seemed like a little daughter, and now, with Mrs. Dainty she
+sat waiting, and each smiled when she caught the other watching the
+clock.</p>
+
+<p>Of course the train was late in arriving at Merrivale, and Mrs. Dainty
+was just beginning to be anxious when the limousine whirled up the
+driveway, and stopped. John opened the door, and in an instant Dorothy
+found herself held close in loving arms.</p>
+
+<p>"Dorothy, my darling, I can never be <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>parted from you again. If it is a
+question of travel, I will not go unless you go with me, and if it is
+education, then you must have private tutors at home."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, yes!" agreed Dorothy.</p>
+
+<p>"At first the newness amused me, but the last half of the time grew
+harder and harder to bear. I knew you needed the rest and change and I
+did my best. When I found that you had come home two weeks earlier, I
+could hardly wait till this morning to start."</p>
+
+<p>"We've tried to be cheerful for each other," Nancy said, looking out
+from her shelter in Aunt Charlotte's arms, "but oh, how good it is to be
+at home!"</p>
+
+<p>Mollie Merton, and Flossie Barnet had waved to them as they turned in at
+the great gate, and Uncle Harry had swung his cap gayly, and looked the
+genuine pleasure that he felt at seeing them again.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Let's go over to see Dorothy and Nancy," Flossie said, but Uncle Harry
+laid his hand gently on her arm.</p>
+
+<p>"Not just now, Flossie dear," he said. "My little niece is truly glad to
+see them, but I think there will be things to talk over, and they have
+been apart for months, so they should have this evening uninterrupted by
+any friends."</p>
+
+<p>"I guess that's so," said Flossie, "but it's hard to wait until
+to-morrow to tell them how glad we are to see them."</p>
+
+<p>"I love dat Dorothy girl, <i>myself</i>," said Uncle Harry's small daughter,
+"and I love dat Nancy girl, too. Dat Dorothy girl always has candy for
+me, and dat Nancy girl makes hats for my dolly."</p>
+
+<p>Uncle Harry swung the tiny girl up to a seat on his shoulder, and his
+blue eyes twinkled as he looked into the little, eager face.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Don't you love them when they aren't giving you something?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes!" said the little maid, "but I love them <i>harder</i> when they
+do."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you'll love me 'harder' than you do now if I give you a ride up to
+the house?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, yes!" she cried, and she laughed gayly as she rode in triumph
+up the driveway, and into the house.</p>
+
+<p>The evening was spent in the big living-room, with a small fire blazing
+in the fireplace. It had been warm and sunny all day, but when evening
+came, an east wind had risen, and the happy little party was glad to sit
+cosily in doors. Dorothy and Nancy listened entranced while Mrs. Dainty
+and Aunt Charlotte told of their travels. They had been south, they had
+been west, and they had brought home beautiful souvenirs <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>of every place
+at which they had stayed.</p>
+
+<p>Then Dorothy and Nancy told of the life at Glenmore, of the new friends
+that they had met, and of Arabella and Patricia.</p>
+
+<p>It was a happy evening.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dainty had found it impossible to reach home until a week later, but
+he had written a longer letter than usual, and had sent one especially
+to Dorothy, and it seemed almost as if he were really talking to her as
+she read it.</p>
+
+<p>Bright and early next morning Mollie and Flossie raced over to the Stone
+House, and the four chattered so fast, that the old gardener at work
+near the fountain, took off his hat, and for a moment stood listening.
+He was not near enough to know what they were saying, but he heard their
+happy voices, now talking, now laughing, and he spoke his thoughts.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Hear that now, hear that! An' will any man tell me that a garding is a
+reel garding widout the sound o' merry voices? Sure, it's been so still
+here the past few weeks that I begun ter talk ter meself, just ter break
+the stillness, but it didn't do the trick, fer me voice ain't what yo
+calls 'moosicle.' Oh, hear them now! It does me good, so it does."</p>
+
+<p>There was news, and a plenty of it to tell, and when Dorothy and Nancy
+had told the happenings at Glenmore, Mollie and Flossie took their turn,
+and related all the Merrivale news.</p>
+
+<p>"You know Sidney Merrington used to be so lazy last winter that he
+didn't get on at all at school," said Flossie. "Arithmetic was all that
+really vexed him, but because he had low marking for that, he wouldn't
+try hard to do anything else.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Molly'">Mollie</ins> promised to help him, (you needn't bother to poke me,
+Mollie, for I <i>will</i> tell) and she did help him every day, and after a
+while he began to help himself, and last week his average on the exam.
+was ninety-three. Wasn't that fine? He never would have got that if
+<ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Molly'">Mollie</ins> hadn't helped him."</p>
+
+<p>"<ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Molly'">Mollie</ins>, you were dear," said Dorothy.</p>
+
+<p>"And Tess Haughton is ever so much nicer than she was," <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Molly'">Mollie</ins> said, "for
+she doesn't do anything now that seems,&mdash;why not quite true. That
+doesn't sound just as I mean it. I know how to say it now. I mean that
+she isn't sly. She is a good playmate, and a good friend."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that's fine!" Dorothy and Nancy cried, as if with one voice.</p>
+
+<p>"There's another fine thing to tell," said Flossie. "Reginald Dean, with
+the help of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>his big dog saved a little boy from drowning. Reginald saw
+him fall from the bridge, and he never stopped to think that he isn't
+very big himself, but jumped right in, and was doing his best to save
+him, when all at once his strength gave out, and he called for help. He
+never dreamed that his dog had followed him, until with a splash he
+jumped into the water close beside him, grabbed his clothes, and dragged
+the two boys out."</p>
+
+<p>"Wasn't that great?" said Dorothy, her hands tightly clasped, her eyes
+shining. "Reginald has the new bicycle that he so wanted. His father
+gave it to him, because he had been brave enough to forget danger, and
+rush to aid the other boy," said Mollie, "and the dog is wearing a new
+collar with a brass plate on it, engraved, 'I'm a Life-Saver.'"</p>
+
+<p>"Katie Dean said she was almost sure <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>that she saw Patricia Levine
+yesterday," said Flossie, "but I said I thought she must still be away
+at school. Do you know where she is now?"</p>
+
+<p>"She might have seen her, for she left Glenmore before we did," Dorothy
+said, and she was just in the midst of telling how Patricia had brought
+the big cat home, and next had appeared with a little dog, when Mollie
+said:</p>
+
+<p>"Here she comes now. Why, she has a dog with her!"</p>
+
+<p>"That's the one," said Nancy, "and she has him on a leash now, just as
+she did at Glenmore. I wonder if her aunt likes him. He tears and chews
+everything he can get hold of."</p>
+
+<p>"Hello!" called Patricia, as soon as she saw them, then, "My! What did
+you and Nancy get sent home for?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We weren't sent home," Nancy said, indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Nancy Ferris, Glenmore doesn't close until next week, and here are
+you two at home."</p>
+
+<p>"That is no sign that we were sent," said Dorothy. "Mother sent for us."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, was that it?" Patricia said saucily, and then turning to <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Molly'">Mollie</ins> she
+asked:</p>
+
+<p>"How do you like my dog? He isn't a pretty dog, but he knows everything,
+and he <i>always</i> minds. My friends think it is just wonderful the way he
+minds me. I taught him to. Stop!" she cried. "Stop, I tell you. I won't
+let you chew the edge of my skirt. Will you stop? Oh, well I don't care
+if you do chew it. It's an old dress, anyway."</p>
+
+<p>She saw that he would not stop.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I've named him Diogenes. I don't know who Diogenes was, but I liked the
+name and he's such a hand to dodge, I thought I'd call him 'Dodgy' for
+short. Well, I'm sure I don't see why you look so amused. <i>I</i> think I've
+chosen a grand name for him. Come on, Dodgy!" but the small dog lay
+down.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, well, how you do act! Come on! Up the street! Come!"</p>
+
+<p>The dog got up, yawned, and then, taking a good hold on the leash, he
+snatched it from Patricia's hand, and made off with it, as fast as he
+could scamper, Patricia after him at top speed.</p>
+
+<p>"He minded me that time," she turned to say, then resumed her chase.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>The next few days were filled with <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span>preparation for the trip to Foam
+Ridge, and Dorothy and Nancy could think of little else.</p>
+
+<p>Both had felt the constraint at Glenmore which was really necessary at
+so large a school.</p>
+
+<p>The freedom from study, with its fixed hours would be refreshing.</p>
+
+<p>There would be fine surf at Foam Ridge, and the two had "tried on" their
+new bathing-suits at least a dozen times. They had studied the elaborate
+booklet that showed in colors, the beauty-spots of the place, and
+Dorothy had received a letter from Betty Chase, saying that in a short
+time she would be there to join them in their sports.</p>
+
+<p>They were wondering what new friends they would make during the summer.
+Betty, they knew, would be a lively companion.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Of the gay summer at the shore, of the fun and frolic, of the unexpected
+things that happened, one may read in</p>
+
+<div class="center">"<span class="smcap">Dorothy Dainty at Foam Ridge</span>."
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><i>THE DOROTHY DAINTY SERIES</i></h2>
+
+<h3>By AMY BROOKS</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>Large 12mo Cloth Illustrated by the Author</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="Dorothy Dainty books">
+<tr><td align='left'><div class="figleft" style="width: 226px;">
+<img src="images/ddw.png" width="226" height="285" alt="Dorothy Dainty&#39;s Winter" title="Dorothy Dainty&#39;s Winter" />
+</div></td><td align='left'><i>Dorothy Dainty</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy's Playmates</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty at School</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty at the Shore</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty in the City</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty at Home</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty's Gay Times</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty in the Country</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty's Winter</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty in the Mountains</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty's Holidays</i><br />
+<i>Dorothy Dainty's Vacation</i><br /></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 219px;">
+<img src="images/ddh.png" width="219" height="293" alt="Dorothy Dainty&#39;s Holidays" title="Dorothy Dainty&#39;s Holidays" />
+</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><br /><p>"<span class="smcap">Little Dorothy Dainty</span> is one of the most
+generous-hearted of children. Selfishness is not
+at all a trait of hers, and she knows the value of
+making sunshine, not alone in her own heart, but
+for her neighborhood and friends."&mdash;<i>Boston
+Courier.</i></p>
+
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">Dorothy Dainty</span>, a little girl, the only
+child of wealthy parents, is an exceedingly
+interesting character, and her earnest and
+interesting life is full of action and suitable
+adventure."&mdash;<i>Pittsburg Christian Advocate.</i></p>
+
+<p>"No finer little lady than Dorothy Dainty was ever
+placed in a book for children."&mdash;<i>Teachers'
+Journal, Pittsburg.</i></p>
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">Miss Brooks</span> is a popular writer for the
+very little folks who can read. She has an immense
+sympathy for the children, and her stories never
+fail to be amusing."&mdash;<i>Rochester</i> (<i>N.Y.</i>)
+<i>Herald.</i> </p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<div class='center'>LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO., BOSTON</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span></p>
+<h2><i>THE RANDY BOOKS</i></h2>
+
+<h3><i>By AMY BROOKS</i></h3>
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 211px;">
+<img src="images/rgt.png" width="211" height="294" alt="Randy&#39;s Good Times" title="Randy&#39;s Good Times" />
+</div>
+<div class ='center'>12mo <span class="smcap">Cloth Artistic Cover Design in Gold and Colors</span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="smcap">Illustrated by the Author Price</span>, <i>Net</i>, $1.00 <span class="smcap">Each</span></div>
+
+
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The progress of the "Randy Books" has been one
+continual triumph over the hearts of girls of all
+ages, for dear little fun-loving sister Prue is
+almost as much a central figure as Randy, growing
+toward womanhood with each book. The sterling good
+sense and simple naturalness of Randy, and the
+total absence of slang and viciousness, make these
+books in the highest degree commendable, while
+abundant life is supplied by the doings of merry
+friends, and there is rich humor in the droll
+rural characters. </p></div>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="Randy Books">
+<tr><td align='left'><i>Randy's Summer</i>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; <i>Randy's Good Times</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 2em;"><i>Randy's Winter</i>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; <i>Randy's Luck</i></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 4em;"><i>Randy and Her Friends</i>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;  &nbsp; &nbsp; <i>Randy's Loyalty</i></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 6em;"><i>Randy and Prue</i>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; <i>Randy's Prince</i></span></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 209px;">
+<img src="images/rl.png" width="209" height="300" alt="Randy&#39;s Luck" title="Randy&#39;s Luck" />
+</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><br /><br /><p>"The Randy Books are among the very choicest books
+for young people to make a beginning with."</p></div>
+
+<div class='right'>
+&mdash;<i>Boston Courier.</i><br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The Randy Books of Amy Brooks have had a deserved
+popularity among young girls. They are wholesome
+and moral without being goody-goody."</p></div>
+
+<div class='right'>
+&mdash;<i>Chicago Post.</i><br />
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'>LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO., BOSTON</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span></p>
+<h2><i>THE PRUE BOOKS</i></h2>
+
+<h3>By AMY BROOKS</h3>
+
+<div class='center'><b>Illustrated by the Author</b> 12mo Cloth Net, $1.00 each</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 228px;">
+<img src="images/lsp.png" width="228" height="298" alt="Little Sister Prue" title="Little Sister Prue" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Cunning little Prue, one of the most winsome little girls ever "put in a
+book," has already been met in another series where she gave no small
+part of the interest. She well deserved books of her own for little
+girls of her age, and they are now ready with everything in the way of
+large, clear type, and Miss Brooks's best pictures and her pleasing
+cover designs to make them attractive.</p>
+
+<div>
+Little Sister Prue&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Prue's Merry Times<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 6em;">Prue at School&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Prue's Little Friends</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 10em;">Prue's Playmates&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Prue's Jolly Winter</span><br /><br /><br /></div>
+<div class="figright" style="width: 218px;">
+<img src="images/plf.png" width="218" height="287" alt="Prue&#39;s Little Friends" title="Prue&#39;s Little Friends" />
+</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><br /><p>"Miss Brooks always brings out the best ways of
+acting and living and provides a good deal of
+humor in her original country
+characters."&mdash;<i>Watchman, Boston.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Few writers have ever possessed the faculty of
+reaching the hearts and holding the interest of
+little girl readers to the extent Miss Brooks
+has."&mdash;<i>Kennebec Journal, Augusta, Me.</i></p>
+
+<p>"To know Prue is to love her, for no more winsome
+little girl was ever put in a book, and her keen
+wit and unexpected drolleries make her doubly
+attractive."&mdash;<i>Kindergarten Magazine.</i> </p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><b><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers</i></b><br />
+
+LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO., BOSTON</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>Only Dollie</h2>
+<div class="figright" style="width: 214px;">
+<img src="images/od.png" width="214" height="297" alt="Only Dollie" title="Only Dollie" />
+</div>
+<div class='center'>By <span class="smcap">Nina Rhoades</span> Illustrated by Bertha Davidson<br />Square 12mo
+Cloth <i>$1.00 net</i></div>
+
+
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><br /><p>This is a brightly written story of a girl of
+twelve, who, when the mystery of her birth is
+solved, like Cinderella, passes from drudgery to
+better circumstances. There is nothing strained or
+unnatural at any point. All descriptions or
+portrayals of character are life-like, and the
+book has an indescribable appealing quality which
+wins sympathy and secures success.</p>
+
+<p>"It is delightful reading at all times."&mdash;<i>Cedar
+Rapids (Ia.) Republican.</i></p>
+
+<p>"It is well written, the story runs smoothly, the
+idea is good, and it is handled with
+ability."&mdash;<i>Chicago Journal.</i></p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+<h2>The Little Girl Next Door</h2>
+
+<div class='center'>By <span class="smcap">Nina Rhoades</span>. Large 12mo Cloth Illustrated by Bertha
+Davidson <i>$1.00 net</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A delightful story of true and genuine friendship
+between an impulsive little girl in a fine New
+York home and a little blind girl in an apartment
+next door. The little girl's determination to
+cultivate the acquaintance, begun out of the
+window during a rainy day, triumphs over the
+barriers of caste, and the little blind girl
+proves to be in every way a worthy companion.
+Later a mystery of birth is cleared up, and the
+little blind girl proves to be of gentle birth as
+well as of gentle manners. </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+<h2><br /><br />Winifred's Neighbors</h2>
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 218px;">
+<img src="images/wn.png" width="218" height="295" alt="Winifred&#39;s Neighbors" title="Winifred&#39;s Neighbors" />
+</div>
+<div class='center'>By <span class="smcap">Nina Rhoades</span> Illustrated by Bertha G. Davidson <br />Large 12mo
+Cloth <i>$1.00 net</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><br /><p>Little Winifred's efforts to find some children of
+whom she reads in a book lead to the acquaintance
+of a neighbor of the same name, and this
+acquaintance proves of the greatest importance to
+Winifred's own family. Through it all she is just
+such a little girl as other girls ought to know,
+and the story will hold the interest of all ages. </p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers</i><br />
+
+LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO., BOSTON</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>The Children on the Top Floor</h2>
+<div class="figright" style="width: 211px;">
+<img src="images/ctf.png" width="211" height="289" alt="The Children on the Top Floor" title="The Children on the Top Floor" />
+</div>
+
+<div class='center'>By <span class="smcap">Nina Rhoades</span> Large 12mo Cloth <br />Illustrated by Bertha
+Davidson, $1.00 <i>net</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><br /><p>In this book little Winifred Hamilton, the child
+heroine of "Winifred's Neighbors," reappears,
+living in the second of the four stories of a New
+York apartment house. On the top floor are two
+very interesting children, Betty, a little older
+than Winifred, who is now ten, and Jack, a brave
+little cripple, who is a year younger. In the end
+comes a glad reunion, and also other good fortune
+for crippled Jack, and Winifred's kind little
+heart has once more indirectly caused great
+happiness to others. </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+<h2>How Barbara Kept Her Promise</h2>
+
+<div class='center'>By <span class="smcap">Nina Rhoades</span> Large 12mo Cloth <br />Illustrated by Bertha Davidson
+$1.00 <i>net</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Two orphan sisters, Barbara, aged twelve, and
+little Hazel, who is "only eight," are sent from
+their early home in London to their mother's
+family in New York. Faithful Barbara has promised
+her father that she will take care of pretty,
+petted, mischievous Hazel, and how she tries to do
+this, even in the face of great difficulties,
+forms the story which has the happy ending which
+Miss Rhoades wisely gives to all her stories. </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+
+<h2>Little Miss Rosamond</h2>
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 211px;">
+<img src="images/lmr.png" width="211" height="284" alt="Little Miss Rosamund" title="Little Miss Rosamund" />
+</div>
+
+<div class='center'>By <span class="smcap">Nina Rhoades</span> Illustrated by Bertha G. Davidson <br />Large 12mo
+$1.00 <i>net</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Rosamond lives in Richmond, Va., with her big
+brother, who cannot give her all the comfort that
+she needs in the trying hot weather, and she goes
+to the seaside cottage of an uncle whose home is
+in New York. Here she meets Gladys and Joy, so
+well known in a previous book, "The Little Girl
+Next Door," and after some complications are
+straightened out, bringing Rosamond's honesty and
+kindness of heart into prominence, all are made
+very happy. </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>For sale by all bookseller or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers</i><br />
+
+LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO., BOSTON</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>"<i>Brick House Books</i>"</h2>
+<div class='center'><i>By NINA RHOADES</i><br /><br />
+
+Cloth 12mo Illustrated $1.00 <i>net</i> each</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 219px;">
+<img src="images/pds.png" width="219" height="292" alt="Priscilla of the Doll Shop" title="Priscilla of the Doll Shop" />
+</div>
+<div class='center'><br /><br /><b><big>Priscilla of the Doll Shop</big></b></div>
+
+
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><p>The "Brick House Books," as they are called from
+their well-known cover designs, are eagerly sought
+by children all over the country. There are three
+good stories in this book, instead of one, and it
+is hard to say which little girls, and boys, too,
+for that matter, will like the best. </p></div>
+
+
+<h3>Brave Little Peggy</h3>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Peggy comes from California to New Jersey to live
+with a brother and sister whom she has not known
+since very early childhood. She is so democratic
+in her social ideas that many amusing scenes
+occur, and it is hard for her to understand many
+things that she must learn. But her good heart
+carries her through, and her conscientiousness and
+moral courage win affection and happiness. </p></div>
+
+
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 224px;">
+<img src="images/tos.png" width="224" height="294" alt="The Other Sylvia" title="The Other Sylvia" />
+</div>
+<div class='center'><br /><br /><b><big>The Other Sylvia</big></b></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><br /><p>Eight-year-old Sylvia learns that girls who are
+"Kings' Daughters" pledge themselves to some kind
+act or service, and that one little girl named
+Mary has taken it upon herself to be helpful to
+all the Marys of her acquaintance. This is such an
+interesting way of doing good that she adopts it
+in spite of her unusual name, and really finds not
+only "the other Sylvia," but great happiness. </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers</i><br />
+
+LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO., BOSTON</div>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span></p>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>TOP-OF-THE-WORLD STORIES</h2>
+
+<h4>Translated from the Scandinavian Languages</h4>
+
+<h3>By EMILIE POULSSON and LAURA POULSSON</h3>
+
+<div  class="center"><b>Illustrated in two colors by Florence Liley Young</b><br />
+<b>Price, Net, $1.25</b></div>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 229px;">
+<img src="images/tws.png" width="229" height="295" alt="Top of the World Stories" title="Top of the World Stories" />
+</div>
+
+<p>These stories of magic and adventure come from the countries at the "top
+of the world," and will transport thither in fancy the children who read
+this unusual book. They tell of Lapps and reindeer (even a golden-horned
+reindeer!), of prince and herd-boy, of knights and wolves and trolls, of
+a boy who could be hungry and merry at the same time&mdash;of all these and
+more besides! Miss Poulsson's numerous and long visits to Norway, her
+father's land, and the fact that she is an experienced writer for
+children are doubtless the reasons why her translations are sympathetic
+and skilful, and yet entirely adapted to give wholesome pleasure to the
+young public that she knows so well.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"In these stories are the elements of wonder and
+magic and adventure that furnish the thrill so
+much appreciated by boys and girls ten or twelve
+years of age. An aristocratic book&mdash;one that every
+young person will be perpetually proud
+of."&mdash;<i>Lookout, Cincinnati, O.</i></p>
+
+<p>"In this book the children are transported to the
+land they love best, the land of magic, of the
+fairies and all kinds of wonderful happenings. It
+is one of the best fairy story books ever
+published."&mdash;<i>Argus-Leader, Sioux Falls, S.D.</i> </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers</i><br />
+
+Lothrop, Lee &amp; Shepard Co. Boston</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span></p>
+<h2>YULE-TIDE IN MANY LANDS</h2>
+
+<h3>By MARY P. PRINGLE and CLARA A. URANN</h3>
+
+<div class="center"><b>Fully illustrated and decorated</b><br />
+<b>12mo Cloth Price, $1.25 Net</b></div>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 215px;">
+<img src="images/ytml.png" width="215" height="299" alt="Yule-Tide in Many Lands" title="Yule-Tide in Many Lands" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The varying forms of Christmas observance at different times and in
+different lands are entertainingly shown by one trained in choosing and
+presenting the best to younger readers. The symbolism, good cheer, and
+sentiment of the grandest of holidays are shown as they appeal in
+similar fashion to those whose lives seem so widely diverse. The first
+chapter tells of the Yule-Tide of the Ancients, and the eight succeeding
+chapters deal respectively with the observance of Christmas and New
+Year's, making up the time of "Yule," or the turning of the sun, in
+England, Germany, Scandinavia, Russia, France, Italy, Spain, and
+America. The space devoted to each country has at least one good
+illustration.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The descriptions as presented in this
+well-prepared volume make interesting reading for
+all who love to come in loving contact with others
+in their high and pure
+enjoyments."&mdash;<i>Herald-Presbyter, Cincinnati.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The way Yule-Tide was and is celebrated is told
+in a simple and instructive way, and the narrative
+is enriched by appropriate poems and excellent
+illustrations."&mdash;<i>Cleveland Plain Dealer.</i></p>
+
+<p>"It is written for young people and is bound to
+interest them for the subject is a universal
+one."&mdash;<i>American Church Sunday School Magazine.</i> </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers</i><br />
+
+Lothrop, Lee &amp; Shepard Co. Boston</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span></p>
+<h2>LITTLE FOLKS OF ANIMAL LAND</h2>
+
+<h3><b>Photographed and described by</b></h3>
+
+<h3>HARRY WHITTIER FREES</h3>
+
+<p class="center">Sixty Full-page Pictures of Animal Pets, Costumed, Posed, and
+Photographed from Life   Each with a Descriptive Story
+Square 8vo   Cloth   Photographic Cover-insert,
+End-leaves and Jacket</p>
+
+<div  class="center">Price, Net, $1.50; Postpaid, $1.70</div>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 267px;">
+<img src="images/lfan.png" width="267" height="286" alt="The Little Folks of Animal Land" title="The Little Folks of Animal Land" />
+</div>
+
+<p>There is no other book like this, nor has there been. Mr. Frees has no
+equal in the posing and photographing of pet animals, especially kittens
+and puppies, which he delights to clothe in quaintly human style and
+cause to appear intently engaged in all manner of human duties and
+pastimes. His clever imagination also lends itself readily to
+entertaining story-telling. The result is a book that surprises and
+delights all who see it. Each of sixty half-tones from photographs of
+living, costumed pets is faced by a page of bright descriptive
+narrative. The continuation of story-interest is remarkably good, and
+the pictures are a wonderful proof of what skill can do when combined
+with patience and kindness.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The novelty of the year in children's books,
+exquisitely illustrated and printed, and appealing
+to every lover of pets. The only way to really
+know and enjoy this wonderful volume is to get it
+and live with it. There is no other book like
+this, nor has there been any."&mdash;<i>Universalist
+Leader.</i></p>
+
+<p>"We hardly know of such a delicious book for
+little children, with sixty little stories and the
+same number of lovely full-page pictures of cats
+and dogs and dolls, for the delight of grown-ups
+just as surely as the little folks. It is a
+pleasant little feast all the way through for the
+eyes and the tender feelings."&mdash;<i>Herald and
+Presbyter.</i></p>
+
+<p>"There is a good deal of both fun and sentiment in
+the stories, and they will appeal to all lovers of
+pets."&mdash;<i>Brooklyn Daily Eagle.</i> </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<div class="center"><b>For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers</b><br />
+
+Lothrop, Lee &amp; Shepard Co. Boston</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE SLEEPY-TIME STORY-BOOK</h2>
+
+<h3>By RUTH O. DYER</h3>
+
+<div class="center">With Frontispiece by <span class="smcap">Alice Barber Stephens</span> and Fifty-four
+Pen-and-ink Illustrations by <span class="smcap">Bertha Davidson
+Hoxie</span>   Decorative End-leaves and Title-page<br />
+<br />
+Price, Net, $1.00; Postpaid, $1.10</div>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 230px;">
+<img src="images/stsb.png" width="230" height="301" alt="The Sleepy-Time Story Book" title="The Sleepy-Time Story Book" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Intelligent mothers have learned better than to spoil the restful sleep
+of a child, and probably exert an unfortunate influence upon his
+disposition and character, by tales of ogres, dark woods, and savage
+beasts. They know he cannot rest well with his mind excited and his
+blood quickened by tales of adventure, but are at a loss to answer the
+natural plea for a bed-time story in a way that shall interest and yet
+soothe. The simple nature-stories in this attractive book are the
+prescription of an expert for all such cases. Using familiar objects,
+they, with words adapted to a lulling tone of voice, will hold the
+attention of a child until refreshing drowsiness comes to bring
+healthful rest.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"A unique and delightful volume of restful stories
+by which the mother may put her little child to
+bed. They meet not only the need of the mother who
+thinks she does not know how to tell stories, but
+their slow cadences must be almost magical in the
+way of lulling a child to refreshing
+drowsiness."&mdash;<i>Bulletin of the American Institute
+of Child Life.</i></p>
+
+<p>"In the fashion of prose lullabies, Ruth Dyer has
+put together a little volume of twenty-five short
+stories. Each deals with the things of every-day
+child experiences, and aside from the standpoint
+of nap-time stories, forms a pleasant lesson for
+the child consciousness in making it aware of its
+surroundings."<i>&mdash;The Churchman.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Pretty little bedside tales of the tranquilizing
+order are grouped in this neat little book for the
+pleasure of little people and the relief of
+mothers."&mdash;<i>Detroit Free Press.</i> </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class="center">For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers<br />
+
+Lothrop, Lee &amp; Shepard Co. Boston</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span></p>
+<h2>New Editions of Two Favorite Books</h2>
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+<h2>THE LANCE OF KANANA</h2>
+
+<div class="center">A STORY OF ARABIA</div>
+
+<h3>By HARRY W. FRENCH ("Abd el Ardavan")</h3>
+
+<div class="center">Two-color illustrations by Garrett &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;  Net, $1.00</div>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 204px;">
+<img src="images/lk.png" width="204" height="287" alt="The Lance of Kanana" title="The Lance of Kanana" />
+</div>
+
+<div><br /><br /><br /><p>Kanana, a Bedouin youth, though excelling in athletic prowess, is
+branded, even by his father, as a coward because he prefers the humble
+lot of a shepherd to the warrior's career that he, the son of a sheik
+known as the "Terror of the Desert," was expected to follow. "Only for
+Allah and Arabia will I lift a lance and take a life," he maintained.
+Opportunity to prove his worth soon comes, and the supposed coward,
+understood too late, becomes in memory a national hero.</p></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The stirring story of the loyalty and
+self-sacrifice of a Bedouin boy is well worth the
+attractive new edition in which it now presents
+its rare pictures of fervid
+patriotism."&mdash;<i>Continent, Chicago.</i> </p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE ADVENTURES</h2>
+
+<h2>OF MILTIADES PETERKIN PAUL</h2>
+
+<h3>By JOHN BROWNJOHN</h3>
+
+<p class="center">Frontispiece by John Goss    Illustrated by "Boz"</p>
+
+<div class="center">Quarto &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;     Net, $1.00</div>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 240px;">
+<img src="images/ampp.png" width="240" height="285" alt="The Adventures of Militiades Peterkin Paul" title="The Adventures of Militiades Peterkin Paul" />
+</div>
+
+<div><br /><br /><br /><p>Here is a child classic reissued in a finer and handsomer form, in
+response to the persistent demand of those who know the mirth-provoking
+quality of the exploits of the ingenious small boy named Miltiades
+Peterkin Paul and spoken of as "a great traveler, although he was
+small." Whoever has once enjoyed the story of the restless little lad
+who imitated Don Quixote, and did many other things, is permanently
+charmed by it.</p></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"This youthful Don Quixote, with his travels and
+exploits, drives 'dull care' away from the elders
+and delights the juniors."&mdash;<i>Watchman</i>, <i>N.Y.</i> </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers</i><br />
+
+Lothrop, Lee &amp; Shepard Co. Boston</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span></p>
+<h2>HOME ENTERTAINING</h2>
+
+<h4>What to Do, and How to Do It</h4>
+
+<h3>Edited by WILLIAM E. CHENERY</h3>
+
+<div class="center">12mo Cloth Price, Net, $.75 Postpaid, $.85</div>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 214px;">
+<img src="images/he.png" width="214" height="291" alt="Home Entertaining" title="Home Entertaining" />
+</div>
+
+<p>This book is the product of years of study and the practical trying-out
+of every conceivable form of indoor entertainment. All the games,
+tricks, puzzles, and rainy-day and social-evening diversions have been
+practised by the editor; many are original with him, and many that are
+of course not original have been greatly improved by his intelligence.
+All are told in the plainest possible way, and with excellent taste. The
+book is well arranged and finely printed. At a low price it places
+within the reach of all the very best of bright and jolly means of
+making home what it ought to be&mdash;the best place for a good time by those
+of all ages.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The book is bright and up to date, full of cheer
+and sunshine. A good holiday book."&mdash;<i>Religious
+Telescope</i>, <i>Dayton, Ohio.</i></p>
+
+<p>"For those who want new games for the home this
+book supplies the <i>very</i> best&mdash;good, clean, hearty
+games, full of fun and the spirit of
+laughter."&mdash;<i>N.Y. Times.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Altogether the book is a perfect treasure-house
+for the young people's rainy day or social
+evening."&mdash;<i>New Bedford Standard.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The arrangement is excellent and the instructions
+so simple that a child may follow them. A book
+like this is just the thing for social
+evenings."&mdash;<i>Christian Endeavor World.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A book giving the best, cleanest and brightest
+games and tricks for home
+entertaining."&mdash;<i>Syracuse Herald.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The book is clearly written and should prove of
+value to every young man who aspires to be the
+life of the party."&mdash;<i>Baltimore Sun.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Only good, bright, clean games and tricks appeal
+to Mr. Chenery, and he has told in the simplest
+and most comprehensive manner how to get up
+'amusements for every one.'"&mdash;<i>Hartford Courant.</i> </p></div>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<div class='center'><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent on receipt of postpaid price by the
+publishers</i><br />
+
+LOTHROP, LEE &amp; SHEPARD CO., BOSTON</div>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class='tnote'><h3>Transcriber's note:</h3>
+
+<p>Obvious punctuation errors corrected.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE***</p>
+<p>******* This file should be named 7479-h.txt or 7479-h.zip *******</p>
+<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/7/4/7/7479">http://www.gutenberg.org/7/4/7/7479</a></p>
+<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.</p>
+
+<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.</p>
+
+
+
+<pre>
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a>
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/7479-h/images/ampp.png b/7479-h/images/ampp.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa9e6ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/ampp.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/cover.jpg b/7479-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b85be2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/7479-h/images/ctf.png b/7479-h/images/ctf.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5ae694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/ctf.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/ddh.png b/7479-h/images/ddh.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aecf78b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/ddh.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/ddw.png b/7479-h/images/ddw.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9499769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/ddw.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/he.png b/7479-h/images/he.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98114ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/he.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/lfan.png b/7479-h/images/lfan.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da2914b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/lfan.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/lk.png b/7479-h/images/lk.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4e4e82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/lk.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/lmr.png b/7479-h/images/lmr.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54ac4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/lmr.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/lsp.png b/7479-h/images/lsp.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..358d580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/lsp.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/od.png b/7479-h/images/od.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3a4d64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/od.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/pds.png b/7479-h/images/pds.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ece96dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/pds.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/plate01.jpg b/7479-h/images/plate01.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ad277b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/plate01.jpg
diff --git a/7479-h/images/plate02.jpg b/7479-h/images/plate02.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9508fca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/plate02.jpg
diff --git a/7479-h/images/plate03.jpg b/7479-h/images/plate03.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94bafcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/plate03.jpg
diff --git a/7479-h/images/plate04.jpg b/7479-h/images/plate04.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82401de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/plate04.jpg
diff --git a/7479-h/images/plate05.jpg b/7479-h/images/plate05.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bab97c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/plate05.jpg
diff --git a/7479-h/images/plate06.jpg b/7479-h/images/plate06.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58c2c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/plate06.jpg
diff --git a/7479-h/images/plf.png b/7479-h/images/plf.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e855b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/plf.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/rgt.png b/7479-h/images/rgt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b40db8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/rgt.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/rl.png b/7479-h/images/rl.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1790dc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/rl.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/stsb.png b/7479-h/images/stsb.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdbdd6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/stsb.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/title-tb.png b/7479-h/images/title-tb.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d6184f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/title-tb.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/title.png b/7479-h/images/title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..208c56c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/title.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/tos.png b/7479-h/images/tos.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f8a46e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/tos.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/tws.png b/7479-h/images/tws.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bf6165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/tws.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/wn.png b/7479-h/images/wn.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b7b3a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/wn.png
diff --git a/7479-h/images/ytml.png b/7479-h/images/ytml.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0349684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479-h/images/ytml.png
diff --git a/7479.txt b/7479.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c240e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5463 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore, by Amy Brooks,
+Illustrated by Amy Brooks
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore
+
+
+Author: Amy Brooks
+
+
+
+Release Date: February, 2005 [EBook #7479]
+[This file was first posted on May 8, 2003]
+[Most recently updated: February 4, 2006]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Charles Franks and the Project Gutenberg Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net/) and revised by Jason
+Isbell and Emmy
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations.
+      See 7479-h.htm or 7479-h.zip:
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/7/4/7/7479/7479-h/7479-h.htm)
+      or
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/7/4/7/7479/7479-h.zip)
+
+
+
+
+
+DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE
+
+by
+
+AMY BROOKS
+
+With Illustrations by the Author
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration--Book Cover]
+
+
+[Illustration: "A LETTER FROM VERA!" ANSWERED DOROTHY.--_Page 3._]
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+Popular Stories.
+
+BY AMY BROOKS.
+
+Each illustrated by the Author.
+
+THE RANDY BOOKS.
+
+12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. _Net_ $1.00 each
+
+          RANDY'S SUMMER.          RANDY'S GOOD TIMES.
+          RANDY'S WINTER.          RANDY'S LUCK.
+          RANDY AND HER FRIENDS.   RANDY'S LOYALTY.
+          RANDY AND PRUE.          RANDY'S PRINCE.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+For Younger Readers.
+
+DOROTHY DAINTY SERIES.
+
+Large 12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. Set in large English
+type. Price, _net_, $1.00 each.
+
+          DOROTHY DAINTY.
+          DOROTHY'S PLAYMATES.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT SCHOOL.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT THE SHORE.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY IN THE CITY.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT HOME.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S GAY TIMES.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY IN THE COUNTRY.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S WINTER.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT THE MOUNTAINS.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S HOLIDAYS.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S VACATION.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S VISIT.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT CRESTVILLE.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY'S NEW FRIENDS.
+          DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE.
+
+THE PRUE BOOKS.
+
+12mo. Cloth. Cover Designs by the Author. _Net_ $1.00 each.
+
+          LITTLE SISTER PRUE.      PRUE'S MERRY TIMES.
+          PRUE AT SCHOOL.          PRUE'S LITTLE FRIENDS.
+          PRUE'S PLAYMATES.        PRUE'S JOLLY WINTER.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A JOLLY CAT TALE. Large 12mo. Cloth. Profusely Illustrated. Price _Net_
+$1.00
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+Boston
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.
+Dorothy Dainty
+Trade-Mark
+Registered in U.S. Patent Office
+Published, August, 1917
+Copyright, 1917, by Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.
+All rights reserved
+DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE
+Norwood Press
+Berwick & Smith Co.
+Norwood, Mass.
+U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+          CHAPTER                          PAGE
+
+             I OFF TO GLENMORE                1
+
+            II THE FIRST SOCIAL              18
+
+           III MISCHIEF                      40
+
+            IV A WONDERFUL TONIC             61
+
+             V A SLEIGHING PARTY             82
+
+            VI THE LOST NECKLACE             99
+
+           VII WHEN NANCY DANCED            122
+
+          VIII A BIT OF SPITE               138
+
+            IX THE WISHING-WELL             157
+
+             X A LIVELY WEEK                181
+
+            XI AN INNOCENT SNEAK-THIEF      202
+
+           XII A GLAD RETURN                219
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+  "A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy (Page 3)       _Frontispiece_
+
+                                                                FACING
+                                                                  PAGE
+  She wished that she might know what they were saying              32
+
+  "Oh, what a fright!" she cried                                    74
+
+  "This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly     112
+
+  At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited                  150
+
+  Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news               186
+
+
+
+
+DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+OFF TO GLENMORE
+
+
+The Stone House looked as fine, and its gardens as gay with flowers, as
+when the members of the household were to be at home for a season, for
+it always seemed at those times as if the blossoming plants did their
+best, because sure of loving admiration.
+
+But something entirely new was about to happen; something that made
+Dorothy Dainty catch her breath, while her dearest friend, Nancy Ferris,
+declared that she was wildly happy, except that the whole thing seemed
+so like a dream that she could hardly believe it.
+
+"That's just it, Nancy," said Dorothy. "It surely does seem like a
+dream."
+
+Yet it was true, and not a dream that Mr. Dainty was to be away from
+home for some months, that Mrs. Dainty was to accompany him, and that
+Aunt Charlotte would be with them, and that Dorothy and Nancy were to
+spend those months at a fine school for girls, and Vera Vane, merry,
+mischief-loving Vera, would be eagerly looking for them on the day of
+their arrival. One would almost wonder that the thought of being away at
+school should appeal to Dorothy and Nancy, but it was the novelty that
+charmed them.
+
+It was always delightful at the Stone House, and there had been summer
+seasons at shore and country that they had greatly enjoyed, but here
+was a new experience, and the "newness" was delightful.
+
+A letter from Vera had just arrived, and Dorothy, out in the garden when
+the postman had handed it to her, stood reading it.
+
+"Her letters are just like herself," she whispered.
+
+She looked up. Nancy was calling to her.
+
+"A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy.
+
+"We shall have to hurry a bit," Nancy said, "James is strapping the two
+trunks, the suit-cases are out in the hall, and we must be ready in
+twenty minutes."
+
+"All right!" cried Dorothy. "Give me your hand and we'll run to the
+house."
+
+She tucked the letter into the front of her blouse, and then promptly
+forgot all about it.
+
+The "twenty minutes" sped on wings, and when at last Dorothy and Nancy
+sat side by side in the car, their trunks checked, their suit-cases, and
+umbrellas on the seat that had been turned over for them, they turned,
+each to look into the other's eyes.
+
+Dorothy's lip quivered, but she spoke bravely.
+
+"It is hard, this first trip away from home without mother or Aunt
+Charlotte with us," she said. Then quickly she added:
+
+"But it will be fine when we get used to being away from home."
+
+"Oh, yes, it will be _fine_!" Nancy said in a firm voice, but she looked
+down, lest her eyes show a suspicious moisture.
+
+As the journey progressed, their spirits rose. After all, it was not
+really "good-by," yet.
+
+Mrs. Dainty had postponed the actual "good-by" until a week after
+Dorothy and Nancy should have begun the school year at Glenmore.
+
+She knew that Vera Vane was a host in herself, her friend and chum,
+Elfreda was nearly her equal in active wit, and high spirits, and at
+least a few of the other pupils would have already formed a speaking
+acquaintance with the two new girls.
+
+The girls would have been assigned places in the classes for which they
+were fitted, and thus the school work would be planned, and their time
+closely occupied.
+
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were also eager to know if the two who
+were so dear to them were comfortable, satisfied with their
+surroundings, and looking forward to a pleasant school year. Until thus
+assured, they could not set out on the journey, for the trip had been
+planned as a means of rest and recuperation for Mrs. Dainty. How could
+she rest, or enjoy the trip unless she were sure that Dorothy was
+absolutely content and happy? If Dorothy were happy, Nancy was sure to
+be, because the two were inseparable, and their tastes nearly identical.
+
+The two girls were a bit tired of looking from the window at the flying
+scenery, and Nancy expressed the wish that they had brought something
+with them to read.
+
+"I did," Dorothy said, with a laugh, and she drew Vera's letter from her
+blouse.
+
+She read it aloud, while Nancy leaned against her shoulder, enjoying it
+with her.
+
+"I wish you had come the first day that school opened, but I'll be on
+the lookout for you and Nancy. My! But we'll have fun and a plenty of it
+this year at Glenmore," she concluded, signed her name, and then added a
+postscript.
+
+   "Patricia, and Arabella are here, both--no,
+   _each_--oh, which _should_ I say? Anyway, they're
+   acting just outrageous, and already they've earned
+   the name that the girls have given them. They call
+   them 'The Freaks,' and truly the name fits. They
+   speak of Patricia as 'the one with the queer
+   clothes,' and of Arabella as 'the medicine-chest.'
+
+   "She's taking more pills, I do believe, than she
+   ever did at home, and she wants folks to notice
+   that.
+
+   "The idea! I'm glad there are two _nice_ girls
+   coming from Merrivale, although you'd never think
+   Patricia ever _saw_ the place, for she talks of
+   nothing but 'N'York.' My brother Bob always laughs
+   about my long postscripts. It's lucky he can't see
+   this one!
+
+                                     "Lovingly,
+
+                                           "VERA."
+
+Dorothy folded the letter, again placing it in her blouse, and then for
+a time they watched the passengers.
+
+Opposite them was a big woman, who possessed three bird-cages, two
+holding birds, and the third imprisoning a kitten.
+
+There was a lean man with a fat little girl beside him, who ate
+countless lunches, which were packed in a big basket, that seemed a
+veritable horn of plenty.
+
+Yet a bit farther up the aisle was a small boy with a large cage that he
+watched closely.
+
+A thick cloth covered it, but once, when the boy was not looking, a long
+brown furry arm reached out, and snatched mischievously at his sleeve.
+
+"It's a monkey," whispered Nancy, and the boy turned and grinned.
+
+"'F _he_ knew there was a monkey in that cage he'd make me put it in the
+baggage car," he said.
+
+Dorothy was tired with the long ride, and just as she was thinking that
+she could not bear much more of it, the brakeman shouted, "Glenmore!
+Glenmore!" and the two girls were glad enough to get out upon the
+platform.
+
+Glenmore, the village, was a lovely little country place, quiet, and
+evidently content with itself.
+
+Glenmore, the school, was a rambling, picturesque home for the pupils
+who came there.
+
+Once it had been a private mansion, but its interior had been remodeled
+to meet the requirements of a small, and select school for girls.
+
+A bit old-fashioned in that it was more genuinely homelike than other
+private schools, it held itself proudly aloof from neighboring
+buildings.
+
+It claimed that its home atmosphere was the only old-fashioned thing
+about it, and that was not an idle boast, for the old house had been
+equipped with every modern convenience. Its instructors were the best
+that a generous salary could tempt to Glenmore, and Mrs. Marvin, owner,
+promoter, and manager of the school, was an exceedingly clever woman for
+the position.
+
+As assistant, Miss Fenler, small, and wiry, did all that was required of
+her, and more. She had never been appointed as a monitor, but she chose
+to do considerable spying, so that the pupils had come to speak of her
+as the "detective."
+
+One of her many duties was to see that the carryall was at the station
+when new pupils were to arrive.
+
+Accordingly when Dorothy and Nancy left the train, and found themselves
+on the platform, Miss Fenler was looking for them, and she stowed them
+away in the carryall much as if they had been only ordinary baggage.
+
+Then, seating herself beside the driver, she ordered him to return.
+
+"Home," she said, and "home" they were driven, for "home" meant Glenmore
+to the colored man, who considered himself a prominent official of the
+school.
+
+Classes were in session when they reached Glenmore, so Miss Fenler went
+with them to the pretty room that was to be theirs, a maid following
+with suit-cases, the colored man bringing up the rear with one trunk,
+and a promise to return on the next trip with the other.
+
+A class-room door, half open, allowed a glimpse of the new arrivals.
+
+"See the procession with the 'Fender' ahead," whispered a saucy miss.
+
+"Her name's 'Fenler,'" corrected her chum.
+
+"I know that, but I choose to call her 'Fender,' because she's like
+those they have on engines to scoop up any one who is on the tracks.
+She's just been down to the station to 'scoop' two new pupils, and I
+guess--"
+
+A tap of a ruler left the sentence unfinished.
+
+Arabella Correyville, without an idea as to what was whispered, had seen
+the broad smile, and had heard the giggle.
+
+"Who was out there?" she wrote on a bit of paper, and cautiously passed
+it to Patricia Levine.
+
+"I don't know. I didn't see them, but they must be _swell_. They had
+ever so much luggage." That was just like Patricia. She judged every one
+thus.
+
+That a girl could be every inch a lady, and at the same time, possess a
+small, well chosen wardrobe was past understanding; but any girl,
+however coarse in appearance and manner, could, with a display of many
+gaudy costumes, convince Patricia that she was a young person of great
+importance.
+
+Miss Fenler talked with them for a few moments, and then left them to
+unpack their belongings, saying that later, when they felt rested, they
+might come down to the reception hall and meet some of the girls who
+would be their classmates during the year.
+
+It was the custom, she said, for the pupils to meet for a social
+half-hour before dinner, to talk over the happenings of the day, their
+triumphs or failures in class-room, or at sports, or to tell what had
+interested those who had been out for a tramp.
+
+There had been an afternoon session that day for the purpose of choosing
+from the list of non-compulsory studies.
+
+"Usually," Miss Fenler explained, "the classes meet for recitations in
+the forenoon only, the afternoons being reserved for study, and when
+lessons were prepared, for recreation."
+
+Miss Fenler left them, closing the door softly behind her.
+
+Dorothy turned to look at Nancy.
+
+"What do you think of her?" Nancy said, asking the question that she
+knew was puzzling Dorothy.
+
+After a second's thought Dorothy said:
+
+"We shall get on with her, I believe, but I can't think Arabella or
+Patricia would be very comfortable here. Really, they will be obliged to
+study here, and Arabella won't want to, and I don't think Patricia
+could. If they don't study, how can they remain?"
+
+Nancy laughed outright.
+
+"Don't worry about those two funny girls," she said, "for if they
+_won't_ study, or _can't_ study, and so are not allowed to remain,
+you'll be just as happy, Dorothy dear, and for that matter, so will
+they."
+
+Later, when together they descended the quaint stairway, they found the
+ever-present Miss Fenler, waiting to present them.
+
+Vera Vane, and Elfreda Carleton, each with an arm about the other's
+waist, hastened forward to greet them.
+
+"Oh, we're so glad you and Nancy have--"
+
+"Just a moment Miss Vane, until you have been properly presented," Miss
+Fenler said, in a cold, precise manner.
+
+"But I've always known Dorothy--"
+
+"That makes no difference," the assistant said, and she presented them
+in formal manner.
+
+Vera raised her eyebrows, presented the tips of her fingers, and told
+Dorothy in a high, squeaky voice that she was _very_ glad to know her.
+Elf did the same in an exact copy of Vera's manner.
+
+Several of the pupils giggled, but to their credit, Dorothy and Nancy
+managed not to laugh.
+
+When a half-dozen girls had been presented, some one told Miss Fenler
+that Mrs. Marvin wished to see her, and what had begun in a stilted
+manner, became a genuine girl's social.
+
+When the clock in the hall chimed six, and they turned toward the long
+dining-room, the two new pupils had already made the acquaintance of
+several girls, who sat beside, and opposite them at the table.
+
+From a distant table Patricia and Arabella were turning to attract their
+attention.
+
+It had happened that Arabella had chosen to remain in her room during
+the half-hour reunion.
+
+"I don't feel like talking to a crowd of girls to-night," she had said.
+
+"My! If you don't care to talk to girls, it must be you'd rather talk to
+boys!" Patricia said, laughing.
+
+"I would _not_!" Arabella remarked, with a flash in her eyes that one
+rarely saw.
+
+"Oh, _do_ excuse me!" Patricia said, "but that's all right, for I'll
+stay right here and talk to you."
+
+Arabella was not in much of a mood for listening, either, but she
+thought it best not to say so. At any other time, Arabella would have
+listened for hours to whatever Patricia might care to say, but to-night
+she was in a contrary mood.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE FIRST SOCIAL
+
+
+Two weeks at Glenmore, and Dorothy and Nancy were content. Letters from
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte assured them that the dear travelers were
+well, and that already Mrs. Dainty was feeling the benefit of the change
+of scene.
+
+Mrs. Dainty had engaged a large, front room at Glenmore for the two
+girls to enjoy as a sitting-room and study, from which led a tastefully
+furnished chamber, and already they called it their "school home."
+
+Patricia and Arabella had a fair-sized room farther down the corridor.
+Vera Vane and Elfreda Carleton were snugly settled in cozy quarters a
+few doors beyond the one that bore Dorothy's and Nancy's names. Patricia
+Levine had ordered a large card, elaborately lettered in red and green,
+announcing that:
+
+    THIS SUITE IS OCCUPIED
+
+             BY
+
+       MISS P. LEVINE
+
+            AND
+
+     MISS A. CORREYVILLE
+
+A small card was all that was necessary, indeed only a small card was
+permitted, but Patricia did not know that. After her usual manner of
+doing things, she had ordered a veritable placard of the village sign
+painter, and when she had tacked it upon the door, it fairly _shouted_,
+in red and green ink.
+
+"There!" she exclaimed, "I guess when the other girls see that, they'll
+think the two who have this room are pretty swell."
+
+"Isn't it,--rather--loud?" ventured Arabella timidly.
+
+Patricia's eyes blazed.
+
+"_Loud?_" she cried. "Well, what do you want? A card that will whisper?"
+
+"Maybe it's all right," Arabella said quickly, to which Patricia
+responded:
+
+"Of course it's all right. It's more than all right! It's very el'gant!"
+
+Arabella was no match for her room-mate, and whenever a question arose
+regarding any matter of mutual interest, it was always Patricia who
+settled it, and Arabella who meekly agreed that she was probably right.
+
+Arabella was not gentle, indeed she possessed a decidedly contrary
+streak, but she always feared offending Patricia, because Patricia could
+be very disagreeable when opposed.
+
+Patricia was still admiring the gaudy lettering when a door at the far
+end of the corridor opened.
+
+She sprang back into her room, closed the door and standing close to it
+waited to hear if the big card provoked admiring comment.
+
+Nearer came the footsteps.
+
+Could they pass without seeing it? They paused--then:
+
+"Well, just look at that!"
+
+"A regular sign-board!"
+
+A few moments the two outside the door stood whispering, then one
+giggled, and together they walked to the stairway and descended,
+laughing all the way.
+
+Patricia opened the door and peeped out. "It was that red-haired girl,
+and the black-haired one that are always together," she reported to
+Arabella.
+
+"Now, what in the world were they laughing at?"
+
+"Laughing at the big card, I suppose," Arabella said.
+
+"Well, there's nothing funny about that," Patricia said, hotly. "It cost
+ever so much more than the _teenty_ little cards on the other doors
+did." Patricia rated everything by its cost.
+
+"They knew that big card looked fine, and they certainly could see that
+the lettering was showy," she continued; "so why did they stand outside
+the door giggling?"
+
+"How do I know?" Arabella said.
+
+"Open the door, and we'll look at it again, and see if--"
+
+A smart tap upon the door caused Arabella to stop in the middle of the
+sentence.
+
+"S'pose it's those same girls?" whispered Patricia. "If I thought it was
+I wouldn't stir a step."
+
+A second rap, louder, and more insistent than the first brought both
+girls to their feet, and Patricia flew to open the door.
+
+Miss Fenler glared at them through her glasses.
+
+"Why did you not answer my first rap?" she asked.
+
+"We didn't know it was you," said Patricia.
+
+Ignoring the excuse, Miss Fenler continued: "I called to tell you to
+remove that great card, and put a small one in its place with only your
+names upon it, and in regard to your efforts to obtain work, you can not
+have any such notice upon your door. Instead you must leave your names
+at the office and I will see if any of the pupils will patronize you."
+
+"I don't know what you mean!" cried Patricia, flushed and angry.
+
+For answer Miss Fenler pointed to a line penciled on the lower edge of
+the placard which read:
+
+   _Patching and mending done
+   at reasonable prices._
+
+"We never wrote that!" cried Arabella, "and we don't want to be
+patronized."
+
+"The red-haired girl, and the black-haired girl that are always
+together, stopped at the door and did something, and then went down
+stairs laughing all the way," screamed Patricia. "'Twas one of those two
+who wrote that."
+
+"I must ask you to talk quietly," Miss Fenler said, "and as to the
+writing, I'll look into that. In the meantime I'll get a small card for
+you to put in place of that large one."
+
+She left the room, and as soon as she was well out of hearing, Patricia
+vowed vengeance upon the two girls who had written the provoking legend.
+
+"I'll get even with them!" she said.
+
+"How will you?" Arabella asked.
+
+"I don't know yet, but you'd better believe I'll watch for a chance!"
+
+"I'll watch, too!" cried Arabella.
+
+It was the custom at Glenmore to hold a little informal reception on an
+evening of the third week after the school had opened.
+
+Its purpose was to have pupils of all the classes present so that those
+who never met in the recitation-rooms might become acquainted.
+
+When the announcement appeared upon the bulletin board it caused a
+flurry of excitement.
+
+Dorothy and Nancy had already found new friends, and were eager to meet
+others whose agreeable ways had interested them.
+
+"It's such a pleasant place," Dorothy said one morning as she stood
+brushing her hair, "and so many pleasant faces in the big class-room. I
+saw at least a dozen I'd like to know, when we were having the morning
+exercises, and there's ever so many more that we have yet to meet."
+
+"And Tuesday evening is sure to be jolly. There'll be a crowd to talk
+with, and one of the girls told me to-day that there's almost sure to be
+some music, either vocal or instrumental, and she said that last year
+they often had fine readers at the receptions," Nancy concluded.
+
+They were on their way to the class-room, when Patricia and Arabella
+joined them.
+
+"Is the social to be a dressy affair?" Patricia asked, adding: "I hope
+it is, because _I_ shall be dressy, whether any one else is or not."
+
+They had reached the class-room door so that there was no time for
+either Dorothy or Nancy to reply to the silly remark if they had cared
+to do so.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At eight o'clock nearly all the pupils had assembled in the big
+reception-room, and the hum of voices told that each was doing her best
+to outdo her neighbor. Near the center of the room a group of girls
+stood talking. It was evident that the theme of their conversation was
+not engrossing, for twice their leader, Betty Chase, had replied at
+random while her eyes roved toward the door, and Valerie Dare remarked
+that her chum had been reading such a romantic story, that she was
+eagerly looking for a knight in full armor to appear.
+
+"Be still!" cried Betty. "You know very well what I'm looking for."
+
+"I do indeed," Valerie admitted. "Say, girls! You all know the two that
+are always together, the one with goggles that we've dubbed the
+'medicine chest,' and her chum who wears all the rainbow colors whenever
+and wherever she appears?"
+
+"Surely, but what are their names?" inquired a pale, sickly-looking girl
+who had joined the group.
+
+"Don't know their names," said Betty, "but I heard Miss Rainbow telling
+her friend that she intended to wear 'something very dressy' to-night,
+so I'm eager to see her. My! Here she comes now."
+
+"Good gracious!" gasped Valerie, under her breath.
+
+With head very high, Patricia rushed, rather than walked across the
+room, until she reached the center, when she stopped as if to permit
+every one to obtain a good view of her costume. Her bold manner made her
+more absurd even than her dress which was, as Betty Chase declared,
+"_surprising_!"
+
+Turning slowly around to the right, then deliberately to the left, she
+appeared to feel herself a paragon of fashion, a model dressed to give
+the pupils of Glenmore a chance to observe something a bit finer than
+they had ever seen before.
+
+As Patricia slowly turned, Arabella, like a satellite, as slowly
+revolved about her.
+
+Who could wonder that a wave of soft laughter swept over the room. It
+was evident that vanity equalling that of the peacock moved Patricia to
+turn about that every one might see both front and back of her dress,
+but no one could have guessed why Arabella in a plain brown woolen dress
+kept pace with her silly friend.
+
+It was not vanity that kept droll little Arabella moving. No, indeed.
+
+Thus far, Arabella had made no new acquaintances.
+
+As she entered the reception-room with Patricia she saw only a sea of
+strange faces, and with a wild determination at least to have Patricia
+to speak to, she trotted around her, that she might not, at any moment,
+find herself talking to Patricia's back.
+
+That surely would be awkward, she thought.
+
+Patricia's dress was a light gray silk, tastefully made, and had she
+been content to wear it as it had been sent to her from New York, she
+would have looked well-dressed, and no one would have made comments upon
+her appearance.
+
+The soft red girdle gave a touch of color, but not nearly enough to
+please Patricia.
+
+At the village store she had purchased ribbons of many colors, from
+which she had made bows or rosettes of every hue, and these she had
+tacked upon her slippers. Her hair was tied with a bright blue ribbon,
+and over the shoulders of her blouse she had sewed pink and yellow
+ribbons. Narrow green edged her red girdle.
+
+Blue and buff, rose and orange, straw-color and lavender, surely not a
+tint was missing, and the result was absolutely comical! One would have
+thought that a lunatic had designed the costume.
+
+And when she believed that her dress had been seen from all angles,
+Patricia left the reception-room, passing to a larger room beyond, where
+she seated herself, and at once assumed a bored expression. Not the
+least interest in other pupils had she. She had come to the little
+social to be gazed at, and as soon as she believed that all must have
+seen her, the party held no further interest for her.
+
+She heard the buzz of whispered conversation in the room that she had
+left, and she wished that she might know what they were saying. It was
+well that she could not.
+
+"What an unpleasant-looking girl!" said one.
+
+"Wasn't that dress a regular rainbow?" whispered another.
+
+"Oh, but she was funny, turning around for us to see her, just like a
+wax dummy in a store window," said a third.
+
+[Illustration: SHE WISHED THAT SHE MIGHT KNOW WHAT THEY WERE
+SAYING.--_Page 32._]
+
+"She's queer to go off by herself!" remarked the first one who had
+spoken.
+
+"We're not very nice," said Betty Chase, who thus far had not spoken,
+"that is not very kind, to be so busily talking about her."
+
+"Well, I declare, Betty, who'd ever dream that you, who are always
+getting into scrapes would boldly give us a lecture."
+
+Betty's black eyes flashed.
+
+"I know I get into funny scrapes," she snapped, "but whatever I do, I
+don't talk about people, Ida Mayo."
+
+"You don't have time to," exclaimed her chum, Valerie Dare. "It takes
+all your spare time to plan mischief."
+
+In the laugh that followed, Betty forgot that she was vexed.
+
+Patricia began to find it rather dull sitting alone in a room back of
+the reception-hall.
+
+She felt that she had entered the hall in a burst of glory; had fairly
+dazzled all beholders!
+
+She had believed that the girls would be so entranced with her
+appearance that they would follow her that they might again inspect her
+costume.
+
+She was amazed that she had been permitted to sit alone if she chose.
+
+The other pupils thought it strange that she should choose to remain
+alone instead of becoming acquainted with those who were to be her
+schoolmates for the year, but believing that she was determined to be
+unsocial, they made no effort to disturb her.
+
+Arabella, who had followed her, became curious as to what was going on
+in the hall, and from time to time, crept to the wide doorway, peeped
+out to get a better view, then returned to report what she had seen.
+
+"Everybody is talking to Dorothy and Nancy," she said in a stage
+whisper, then:
+
+"Vera Vane seems to know almost every one already, and Elf Carleton is
+telling a funny story, and making all the girls around her laugh.
+
+"And, Patricia, you _ought_ to come here and see Betty Chase. She has a
+long straw, and she's tickling Valerie's neck with it. Valerie doesn't
+dream what it is, and while she's talking, keeps trying to brush off the
+tickly thing. Come and see her!"
+
+Patricia did not stir. She longed to see the fun, but she felt rather
+abashed to come out from her corner.
+
+The sound of a violin being tuned proved too tempting, however, and she
+joined Arabella in the doorway.
+
+One of the youngest pupils stood, violin in hand, while, at the piano,
+Betty Chase was playing the prelude. Lina Danford handled the bow
+cleverly, and played her little solo with evident ease.
+
+Her audience was delighted, and gayly their hands clapped their
+approval. The two in the doorway stood quite still, and gave no evidence
+of pleasure. Arabella was too spunkless to applaud; Patricia was too
+jealous.
+
+Arabella, after her own dull fashion, had enjoyed the music.
+
+Patricia surely had not.
+
+Patricia never could bear to see or hear _any one_ do _anything_!
+
+"Let's go up to our room," she whispered.
+
+"P'rhaps some of the others will play or sing," ventured Arabella, who
+wished to remain.
+
+"_Let_ 'em!" Patricia said, even her whisper showing that she was vexed.
+
+"'_Let_ 'em?'" Arabella drawled. "Why I'll have to let 'em. I couldn't
+stop them, and I don't want to. I'd like to hear them."
+
+"Then stay and hear them!" snapped Patricia, and she rushed out into the
+midst of the groups of listeners, and dashed up the stairway before Miss
+Fenler could stop her.
+
+What could have been more rude and ill-bred than to leave in such haste,
+thereby disturbing those who were enjoying the music?
+
+Arabella's first thought was to follow Patricia lest she be angry, but
+she saw Miss Fenler's effort to stay Patricia, and she dared not leave
+the room.
+
+Arabella felt as if she were between two desperate people.
+
+She feared Miss Fenler, as did every pupil at Glenmore, and by remaining
+where she was, she certainly was not offending her, but she could not
+forget Patricia. What a temper she would be in when, after the concert
+was over, Arabella, cautiously, would turn the latch, and enter their
+chamber!
+
+Patricia was wide awake, and listening, when at last Arabella reached
+their door. Softly she tried to open it so carefully that if Patricia
+were asleep she might remain so.
+
+Patricia had turned the key in the lock, and she fully enjoyed lying
+comfortably on the bed, and listening while on the other side of the
+door her chum was turning the knob first one way and then the other.
+
+There's no knowing how long she would have permitted Arabella to stand
+out in the hall, but suddenly she remembered that Miss Fenler strode
+down the corridors every night after lights were supposed to be out,
+just to learn if any one of the girls were defying the rule.
+
+With a rather loud "O _dear_!" Patricia flounced out of bed, went to the
+door, pretended to be so sleepy that she could not at once find the
+key, and then, as the door opened, gave an exaggerated yawn.
+
+For once Arabella was quick-witted.
+
+"Miss Fenler is just coming up the stairs," she said.
+
+Patricia forgot the scolding that she had been preparing for Arabella,
+and instead she said:
+
+"Hurry! Put out the light. You can undress in the dark, but for
+goodness' sake, don't stumble over anything!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+MISCHIEF
+
+
+A few days later, Dorothy stood at the window looking out upon a
+windswept road, where not even so much as a dry leaf remained to tell of
+the vanished Autumn.
+
+The sky was cloud-covered, and the gaunt trees bent and swayed as if a
+giant arm were shaking them.
+
+"We missed our afternoon trip down to the village," she said, "but no
+one would care to walk in this gale, and even--why, who--? Nancy, come
+here! _Isn't_ that Patricia?"
+
+Nancy ran to the window.
+
+"Why, no--yes,--Well, it certainly is Patricia," she said.
+
+"And just look at the parcel she's carrying!"
+
+"Whatever it is, she must have wanted it, to go out such day as this,"
+said Nancy, "and look! Miss Fenler is out on the porch,--why, she's
+actually feeling of it to see what's in the parcel. Really, I don't see
+why it's all right for her to do that."
+
+"It does seem queer," agreed Dorothy, "but you know it is the rule that
+the girls must not bring large parcels into this house, unless they're
+willing to show what is in them.
+
+"There! The paper has burst open, and,--Well, did you see that?"
+
+Miss Fenler was actually thrusting a long bony finger into the opening
+with the hope of learning if anything that had been forbidden, was
+being smuggled into the house inside the folds of gayly flowered goods
+that Patricia had declared was a tea-gown. After a moment, Miss Fenler
+nodded as if dismissing the matter, and Patricia, her chin very high,
+passed into the hall. Miss Fenler turned to look after her, as if not
+sure if she had done wisely in permitting Patricia to enter with so
+large a bundle, without first compelling her to open it, and spread its
+contents for inspection.
+
+Patricia's eyes had flashed when questioned about her parcel, but once
+inside the hall, her anger increased, and she mounted the stairs,
+tramping along the upper hall so noisily that several pupils looked out
+to learn who had arrived. Farther down the hall a door opened, and Betty
+Chase's laughing face looked out. She, too, had seen Patricia and Miss
+Fenler on the porch and, while she did not like Patricia, she detested
+the woman who seemed to enjoy spying, so her sympathy was, of course,
+with the pupil.
+
+"Had a scrap with the 'Fender'? I'd half a mind to say 'cow-catcher,'"
+she said.
+
+"Well, what if I did?" Patricia said, rudely, and walked on toward her
+room.
+
+Betty looked after her.
+
+"Well, of all things!" she whispered, then said, "The next time you need
+sympathy, try to buy some at the grocer's. Don't look to me!"
+
+Patricia had done a rude, and foolish thing. Betty Chase was a favorite,
+and Patricia had longed to be one of her friends, but thus far Betty had
+been surrounded by her classmates, who hovered about her so persistently
+that the pupils from Merrivale had not yet become acquainted with her.
+Betty had hailed Patricia pleasantly, and she really might have paused
+for a little chat, but she was one of those unpleasant persons who, when
+some one person has annoyed her, is vexed with the whole world. She took
+little heed as to where she was going, and stamped along, muttering some
+of the many wrathful thoughts that filled her mind.
+
+Reaching a door that stood ajar, she pushed it open, and rushed in
+exclaiming:
+
+"The horrid old thing tried to pick open my parcel, but I wouldn't let
+her. I guess Miss Sharp-eyes won't try again to--Why, where are you,
+Arabella?"
+
+A tall, thin girl with a pale face and colorless hair emerged from the
+closet where she had been hanging some garments.
+
+"Do you rush into people's rooms, and call them names?" she asked in a
+peculiar drawl.
+
+Patricia for once, was too surprised to speak.
+
+"My name is not Arabella, nor Miss Sharp-eyes," concluded the girl.
+
+"I--I beg your pardon. I thought this was my own room," gasped Patricia,
+and rushing from the room, opened the next door on which her own name
+and Arabella's appeared. She flew in, banging the door behind her.
+
+Arabella sprang to her feet, dropped her glasses, picked them up, and
+setting them upon her nose, stared through them at Patricia.
+
+"Don't you speak a single word!" commanded Patricia, "for I'm 'bout as
+mad as I can be now, and if I get any madder--"
+
+She stopped in sheer amazement, for Arabella had put on her hat, and was
+now getting into her coat.
+
+"Where are you going?" demanded Patricia, but Arabella put her left hand
+over her lips, while with her right she slipped another button into its
+buttonhole, and sidled toward the door.
+
+Patricia sprang forward, locked the door, took Arabella by the shoulder,
+and pushed her toward a chair. Surprised, and calmed by Arabella's
+silence, and her attempt to leave the room, Patricia now spoke in an
+injured tone.
+
+"I'd never believe you'd start to go out, when I'd just come in so
+vexed, and with loads of things to tell you. For goodness' sake, can't
+you answer?"
+
+"You told me not to say a word," said Arabella, "and you looked so cross
+that I just didn't dare to, and I was going out so I'd be sure not to."
+
+Patricia was flattered to learn that Arabella had actually been afraid
+of her. "Goosie!" she cried, "when will you learn that I don't always
+mean all that I say! Old Sharp-eyes didn't really open my bundle. Come
+over here and see what was hidden in it."
+
+She opened the parcel of gaily-flowered cotton, and began to unfold the
+goods.
+
+"There!" she cried when the last fold was loosed, and six packages were
+proudly displayed.
+
+"Good gracious!" cried Arabella, "I don't see how you got inside the
+door with all those things, for I saw her pinching your bundle, and
+you'd think that she must have felt those little parcels even if they
+were wrapped inside that cloth."
+
+"Well, you may be very sure she didn't feel them, for if she had, I'd
+never had them to show you."
+
+It was, indeed, a fixed rule at Glenmore that pupils, except by special
+permission, should bring no food into the building, the reason being
+that plenty of good food was provided at meal times, and eating between
+meals was forbidden.
+
+Patricia's idea of a "treat" was a variety of all sorts, but never a
+thought had she as to whether the articles that she chose would combine
+well.
+
+Arabella, often annoyed with indigestion, gazed at the "treat" that
+Patricia had placed upon the little table, and wondered how she would
+feel when she had eaten her share.
+
+And eat it she must, for Patricia never would forgive her if she did
+not. More than that, she must not refuse anything, because Patricia
+would consider that a sure sign that her "treat" had failed to please,
+and for a week at least, would talk of Arabella as ungrateful.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In a room farther up the corridor, Vera and Elf were laughing and
+chuckling over much the same trick as that which Patricia had played,
+only that Vera and Elf had brought a huge parcel into the house, and had
+not been questioned regarding it.
+
+It was late afternoon when Vera had returned from the village. Dorothy
+saw her far up the road, and wondered why she walked so slowly, but as
+she neared the gateway, it was evident that she carried a heavy parcel.
+Her storm-coat had a deep cape, but it only partly hid the bundle.
+
+She looked up toward the window where Dorothy stood, laughed, and made a
+gesture to indicate that she was going around to the rear of the house.
+
+"Nancy, what do you suppose the girls are up to?"
+
+"Vera has just come from the village with a bundle twice as big as the
+one Miss Fenler found Patricia bringing in, and she has gone around
+toward the back door with it."
+
+"She's trying to dodge Miss Fenler," Nancy said.
+
+"But, Nancy, she can't get to her room from the back way. The back door
+leads into the kitchen. There's no back stairway."
+
+"I know that," Nancy said, "but Vera isn't going around the house for
+the sake of a walk. She's intending to get in the back way I do believe.
+I wonder if she has coaxed one of the maids to help her. Come on, down
+the hall to the big window that has a balcony under it. We'll see if she
+really gets in."
+
+Dorothy clasped Nancy's outstretched hand and they ran softly along the
+hall, reaching the window just in time to see a bulky-looking bundle
+swinging from a rope, and occasionally bumping against the house as it
+made its way slowly upward.
+
+On the ground stood Vera eagerly looking up, while, from the window of
+their room Elf reached out, desperately struggling to draw the heavy
+bundle up to the window sill.
+
+"Don't stand there looking up at me!" she said in a voice hardly above a
+whisper. "Come up here before somebody sees you." Vera lost no time in
+doing as Elf said, while Dorothy and Nancy wasted not a moment, but sped
+down the hall, and once safely in their room, sat down, laughing at what
+they had seen.
+
+Meanwhile, Vera raced along the hall, and into her room, flew to the
+window and soon the precious bundle lay on the floor, the two girls
+bending over it.
+
+"Oo-oo! Cream-cakes! A box of fudge, frosted cake!" cried Elf, then.
+"What's in this tin can?"
+
+"Oysters," said Vera, "and we'll have a hot stew to-night after every
+one is in bed!"
+
+"My! But how can we cook it?" Elf asked.
+
+"In the can," said Vera. "That's easy 'nough. There's a pint of oysters,
+and three pints of milk all shaken up together in that two-quart can. We
+can heat it over the gas jet. I'm sure they'll cook all right."
+
+"Why, Vera Vane! It will take _hours_ to make it boil over that gas jet.
+I guess we'll enjoy taking turns holding it, while we wait for it to
+cook!"
+
+"Pooh! It'll taste so good we'll forget our arms ache when we get the
+very first spoonful!"
+
+Elf was not sure about that, but Vera had a way of speaking as if what
+she said settled the matter, so although not convinced, Elf made no
+reply. "Come! Help me put these things away," cried Vera. "We don't want
+any one to know about our fine little after-bedtime party, and we ought
+to hide our treat before some one comes to our door."
+
+So the cakes and fudge were placed on the shelf in the closet, where
+with the big can full of oysters and milk they became close neighbors
+with the hat-boxes.
+
+Then Vera and Elf sat down to prepare their lessons for the next day.
+
+They had invited Betty Chase and her chum, Valerie Dare, to spend the
+evening with them, and enjoy the treat.
+
+They were to go to bed at the usual time, have their light out at nine
+o'clock, and as soon as they heard Miss Fenler pass down the hall, and
+then descend the stairs, they were to open their door softly, close it
+behind them, and then, with greatest caution, make their way along the
+hall to Vera's room.
+
+Night came, their lessons were prepared for the morrow, their lights
+were out, when they heard Miss Fenler pass their door, then,--why did
+she return and pass the door a second time?
+
+Was it imagination, or did she pause before going on?
+
+Their hearts beat faster, and Valerie laid her hand over hers, she
+afterward said, to hush it so that the dreaded Miss Fenler might not
+hear it.
+
+"Has she gone?" whispered Betty, to which Valerie, who was nearest the
+door, replied with a low, "Sh--!"
+
+Farther up the corridor two others listened. Not a sound was heard in
+the hall, and Betty Chase cautiously opened the door a few inches. A
+board in the floor creaked, and she shut the door so quickly that she
+forgot to be careful, and one might have heard it the length of the
+hall.
+
+"Oo-oo!" whispered Valerie. "You let me manage that door, please, the
+next time it's opened."
+
+"When'll the next time be?" whispered Betty with a chuckle.
+
+"Now!" whispered Valerie, and stepping out into the hall, they carefully
+closed the door, then ran softly along to Vera's door, and tapped upon
+the panel with a hat-pin for a knocker. The door opened and they were
+only too glad to have it close behind them. Yet a bit longer they
+waited before lighting up, and while they waited, they sat upon the bed
+and talked in whispers.
+
+The street lamp threw a band of light across the room.
+
+Five minutes later, the blankets were taken from the bed and hung over
+the door, that no ray of light from the room might be visible in the
+hall, through either crack or keyhole.
+
+A second blanket was pinned to the curtains, that neither coachman nor
+maid returning from the town might catch a glimpse of light.
+
+Then the fun began.
+
+They had become bolder, and forgetting to whisper, talked in undertones.
+Vera, mounted on a cushioned stool, was holding the can over the gas
+jet, and watching eagerly for some sign of boiling.
+
+"The milk is steaming," she announced. "S'pose it's done?"
+
+"Not yet, goosie!" Elf replied, "and I _know_," she continued, "'cause I
+remember hearing our cook say that the stew was ready when the oysters
+looked all puckered around their edges."
+
+"O gracious! If that's true, somebody'll have to come and hold this old
+can a while. My arm is about broken!"
+
+Betty seized the can, and mounted the stool, and Vera, thus relieved,
+ran to the closet, returning with the cream-cakes and the fudge.
+
+The white counterpane stripped from the bed, and spread upon the floor,
+served as a lunch-cloth, and when the "goodies" were set upon it, the
+big can in the center, steaming, if not boiling, the four sat
+cross-legged around the feast, and prepared to enjoy it.
+
+Salt and pepper in abundance had been thrown into the can, so that while
+it lacked sufficient cooking, it surely did not lack seasoning.
+
+Bravely each tried to eat her share, but so salt was it, that it almost
+brought the tears.
+
+The cream-cakes were fine, and the girls were laughing softly over
+Betty's remark that no one knew of their little "party," when a knock
+upon the door caused Valerie to drop her cream-cake. In an instant she
+had rolled over, crawled under the bed, Betty following, while Vera and
+Elf sprang into bed, drawing the coverings to their chins to hide that
+they were fully dressed. It was one of Miss Fenler's rules that pupils
+should never lock their doors.
+
+Now in a harsh voice she called: "Open this door _at once_!"
+
+Vera sprang to the floor, shut off the gas, softly turned the key in the
+lock, and was back in bed and covered up to her eyes, in a second.
+
+Upon opening the door, Miss Fenler stumbled into the blanket that hung
+from the door-frame. Crossing the room to light the gas, she put her
+right foot directly upon a cream-cake, while with her left she upset the
+can of stew.
+
+An angry exclamation, properly stifled, caused the two under the bed to
+nudge each other, while struggling not to laugh.
+
+Vera and Elf lay quite still, the puff drawn up to their closely shut
+eyes.
+
+Miss Fenler lit the gas, and it was just as well that the culprits dared
+not open their eyes, for the face that she turned toward them was not
+pleasant to see.
+
+She was desperately angry.
+
+"What does this mean?" she cried shrilly.
+
+Vera and Elf breathed heavily, as if soundly sleeping.
+
+"You're not asleep!" she declared, "and I insist that you answer me.
+Again I ask, what does this mean?"
+
+Vera and Elf breathed harder than before, Vera adding a soft little
+snore.
+
+"Oh, very well!" cried Miss Fenler. "If you are determined not to reply
+to-night, I will report you to Mrs. Marvin, and you may make your
+explanations to her to-morrow."
+
+She left the room, her anger increased by their obstinate pretense of
+slumber.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+A WONDERFUL TONIC
+
+
+Vera awoke long before daylight, and lay thinking.
+
+"That's just the way I do things," she said in a voice barely above a
+whisper.
+
+"I plan the fun, and always have a good time, that is '_most_' always,
+but it's sure to wind up in a scrape. I plan how to get into mischief.
+Why don't I ever plan how to get out?"
+
+Elf stirred uneasily, and Vera gave her shoulder a vigorous shake.
+
+"Wake up!" she commanded. "Wake up, and help me plan what we'd better
+say when we have to face Mrs. Marvin."
+
+"Oh, I'm sleepy," drawled Elf. "We're smart enough to say something when
+she stares at us over her spectacles. We'll say we--"
+
+A wee snore finished the sentence, and Vera turned over with a lurch
+that shook the bed.
+
+She thought it very hard that she must lie awake and worry, while Elf
+could sleep; in short, she wanted some one to worry with her.
+
+"It's like the way I climb trees when we're away in the summer," she
+muttered.
+
+"It's fine climbing up, but I'm always afraid to climb down. If Bob is
+near, I can always make him get me down, but Bob isn't here to get me
+out of this mess, and Elf won't even try to keep awake to help me
+think."
+
+She concluded that it was very unfeeling for Elf to be so sleepy. Her
+cheeks were flushed, and her head ached.
+
+"O dear!" she whispered, softly, "Dorothy Dainty and Nancy Ferris are
+full of fun, but they never get into a regular fix such as I'm in now. I
+don't see how they manage to have such good times without ever getting
+mixed up in something that's hard to explain. And Betty and Valerie will
+get off Scot free, for 'The Fender' couldn't see them under the bed, and
+of course we'll not tell that they were there."
+
+She did not know that when Betty and Valerie had reached their own room
+they found that in their haste to arrive at the "feast" they had left
+the light burning in their room!
+
+Oh, indeed Miss Fenler had seen that, and she had opened the door. She
+had found no one there. She had seen that four had been enjoying the
+feast, because at each of the four sides of the spread were fragments of
+partly eaten cream-cakes, or bits of fruitcakes. Her sharp eyes had seen
+enough to assure her that two other girls were in hiding somewhere in
+the room, doubtless the two whose light had been left burning. She
+thought it clever to let them think that they had escaped notice. Their
+surprise would be greater when she sent them to Mrs. Marvin the next
+morning. Daylight found Vera tossing and turning, while Elf was
+dreaming. It was not that Vera could not bear reproof. She could listen
+for a half-hour to a description of her faults, and look like a cheerful
+flaxen-haired sprite all the while. That which now worried her was the
+thought that Mrs. Marvin might send her home.
+
+It was the fifth time during the month that she had been reprimanded,
+and even gentle Mrs. Marvin _might_ reach the limit of her patience.
+
+Her father, she knew, would speak reprovingly, and then laugh at her.
+Her mother, always weak-willed, would say: "Vera, dear, I wonder if you
+were really naughty, or if it was that they didn't _quite_ understand
+you."
+
+Oh, there was nothing to fear about being sent home, but the fact that
+thus she would lose a deal of fun that she could so enjoy with a lot of
+lively girls of her own age.
+
+She resolved to appear as off-hand as usual, unless Mrs. Marvin should
+say that she must not remain at Glenmore, when she would throw pride to
+the winds, and plead, yes, even beg to continue as a pupil of the
+school. She turned and looked at Elf, still soundly sleeping.
+
+"O dear! I'm the only girl in school who has anything to fret over," she
+whispered.
+
+It happened, however, that at the far end of the building, another girl
+was quite as worried as Vera, but it was a very different matter that
+had caused her to wake, as Vera had, before daybreak.
+
+She had entered Glenmore a few weeks after school had opened, and was
+rather a quiet girl, as yet acquainted with but few of the pupils.
+
+Some one circulated the story that she was being educated by an uncle
+who was a very rich man. Patricia Levine had added that as he lived in
+"N'York," and as her mother also lived there, she, of course, knew him,
+and she had told Patricia that old Mr. Mayo was more than rich, that he
+was many, many times a millionaire.
+
+"Ida Mayo is to be an heiress, and have all that money. Just think of
+that!" Patricia had said, and immediately began to be very friendly with
+her.
+
+Betty Chase boldly asked Patricia why it followed that because Mrs.
+Levine and old Mr. Mayo lived in New York they must, of course, be
+acquainted, to which Patricia snapped.
+
+"I didn't say they _must_ be acquainted. I said 'they _are_'!"
+
+Ida Mayo seemed not to notice that Patricia sought to be friendly, nor
+did she make any effort to become acquainted with any of the other
+pupils.
+
+She seemed content to stand apart and watch the others in their games.
+It was Dorothy Dainty who seemed to hold her attention, and once Betty
+Chase asked boldly: "I wonder why you watch Dorothy so much."
+
+"I don't know," Ida had said, then added, "I guess it's because she's
+worth looking at?"
+
+Secretly she envied Dorothy's lovely color, and wished that her own
+cheeks were as fresh and fair. That evening in her little room, she
+looked in disgust at her reflection in the mirror. A pale face returned
+her gaze, and she made a grimace.
+
+"It's bad enough to be pale without having a few of last summer's
+freckles left to make it worse," she cried.
+
+There were lessons to be prepared for the morrow, but the reflection in
+the mirror had so disturbed her that she cast lessons aside and
+commenced reading a story in a new magazine. The heroine was described
+as having a wonderful complexion, as fair, as pink and white, as perfect
+in coloring as a sea-shell.
+
+"Of course!" said Ida, "and that's the sort I wish I had."
+
+Her eyes strayed from the story of the beautiful heroine to the
+advertising column.
+
+"Raise mushrooms," read one advertisement, next: "Try our patent
+collar-button," then: "Write poems for us."
+
+"How stupid!" she said. "Who'd want to raise mushrooms, I'd like to
+know? Who wants their old collar-buttons? And for mercy's sake, how many
+people who read those advertising columns can write poetry?"
+
+She was about to toss the magazine upon the couch, when two words in
+large print caught her attention.
+
+"Banish freckles--"
+
+"What's that?" she whispered.
+
+"Banish freckles and have a perfect complexion," she read. "Send fifty
+cents to us, or obtain our tonic at any drug-store. Directions inside
+package."
+
+It must have been the best of good luck that had prompted her to neglect
+her lessons, and spend the evening hours with the magazine, she thought.
+
+She was far too impatient to wait to receive the tonic by mail.
+
+She had never been to the local drug-store, so the clerks would not know
+her, but if any of the Glenmore girls were there, she would buy some
+candy, and wait until another day to obtain the tonic.
+
+She drew a long breath when she saw, upon entering, that she was the
+only customer.
+
+The clerk thought it odd that a little girl should be buying a
+complexion-beautifier, but concluded that she, doubtless, was doing the
+errand for some older person.
+
+Night came, and at the hour when Vera and Elf with Betty and Valerie
+were tasting their goodies, and listening to every sound that might be
+approaching footsteps, Ida Mayo, not a whit less excited, was
+breathlessly reading the directions for applying the tonic.
+
+"Spread the tonic over the face, rubbing it thoroughly into the skin.
+Let it remain all night. You will be astonished at the result."
+
+A dozen times during the night she had been awakened with the scalding,
+burning of her face. The directions had said that the skin would
+probably burn, but the result in the morning would fully repay the user,
+by the extreme loveliness of the radiant complexion!
+
+Ida bore the burning bravely, but when the first faint light appeared
+she sat up in bed, pressing her hands to her smarting cheeks.
+
+"If the freckles are gone, and my skin is fair, I won't say a word about
+this burning," she said. "But how," she continued, "can my face look
+even half-way decent, when it is smarting so furiously?"
+
+At last, she could bear it no longer, and springing out of bed, she ran
+to the dresser, and gasped as she looked at her reflection. Even in the
+dim light of the dawn of a cloudy day, she saw that her cheeks, her
+forehead, her chin, were all very red.
+
+Were they spotty as well?
+
+"O dear! If it was only light enough for me to really see!" she
+whispered.
+
+She looked at the tiny clock. At that early hour no one was stirring at
+Glenmore.
+
+No one would see her if she went down to the door, and it would be
+lighter there. A gable shaded the window, and made her room less light.
+
+Thrusting her tangled locks up under the elastic of her muslin cap, and
+throwing on a loose sack, she snatched the hand-mirror from her dresser,
+and softly yet swiftly went out into the hall and down the stairs.
+
+She paused in the lower hall, there thinking that she heard some one
+coming, she rushed out on the piazza, down the steps, and across the
+lawn to an open space where nothing could obscure the light. Already it
+was growing lighter, and she lifted the hand-mirror. A look of horror
+swept over her little face.
+
+"Oh, what a fright!" she cried, as she stood staring at the reflection.
+
+Her face was scarlet, and if the freckles had disappeared, it was
+because they had taken the skin with them when they went!
+
+For a moment she stood as if rooted to the spot, then realizing that
+some restless pupil might be up and chance to see her from the window,
+she turned and ran at top speed toward the house. The big door stood
+open as she had left it, and she raced across the hall and up the
+stairway, entering her room just as footsteps echoed along the hall.
+
+She closed the door and sat down.
+
+"Why _did_ I see that horrid old advertisement?" she exclaimed. Her
+smarting, burning cheeks were enough to bear, but worse than that was
+the thought that she would be compelled to appear in the class-room.
+
+How the girls would stare at her! What would they say among themselves?
+
+[Illustration: "OH, WHAT A FRIGHT!" SHE CRIED.--_Page 73._]
+
+Vera believed herself to be the only girl at Glenmore who had even the
+slightest reason for worrying. Ida Mayo possessed the same idea.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Mrs. Marvin listened to all that Miss Fenler had to say about the feast,
+the two who had planned it, and the other two who beyond a doubt had
+been invited guests.
+
+"And _I_ should send them home, and at the same time mail a tart letter
+to their parents telling them that their room was better than their
+company."
+
+Mrs. Marvin looked up at the thin, harsh face of her assistant.
+
+"Mercy is sometimes as valuable in a case like this, as extreme
+severity," she said.
+
+"They have broken a well-known rule here, and must be dealt with
+accordingly. They must be made clearly to understand that a repetition
+would not be overlooked."
+
+"I am only an assistant," Miss Fenler said, "but I have my opinions,
+and I can't help thinking that you are too gentle with them."
+
+"They have been mischievous, surely, but had their mischief been such as
+would harm, or annoy their classmates, I should have been more severe.
+
+"You may send them to me. I will see them before the school opens for
+the morning session."
+
+"There is another pupil that I must speak of, and that is the Mayo girl.
+It has been her habit to keep apart from the other girls. She seems to
+prefer to spend much of her leisure time not only indoors, but in her
+room.
+
+"Lina Danford, the little girl whose room is next hers told me that Ida
+Mayo had been crying ever since daybreak. Lina thought that she must be
+ill, and she knocked at the door, but while for a moment the crying
+ceased, there was no answer, even when the knock was several times
+repeated."
+
+"Have you tried to rouse her?" Mrs. Marvin said, her fine face showing
+genuine alarm.
+
+"I knocked three times, but received no reply, and the door is locked."
+
+"I will go to her," Mrs. Marvin said. "You may open school for me. Say
+nothing to the other girls. I will talk with them at the noon recess."
+
+Mrs. Marvin hurried up the stairway, and along the upper hall to the
+corner room. She paused before tapping. If Ida Mayo had been crying, she
+was not crying now.
+
+She knocked and waited. Knocked again, and again she waited.
+
+"Ida, you must open your door for me. This is Mrs. Marvin."
+
+The morning session had opened, and fresh young voices could be plainly
+heard. They were singing Ida's favorite, an old song, "All hail,
+pleasant morning."
+
+Mrs. Marvin heard a faint sob.
+
+"Ida, I am your friend. Let me in, and tell me what troubles you." No
+response.
+
+"Open the door quickly, or I shall call Marcus to force it open."
+
+Ida opened the door with a jerk.
+
+"There!" she cried, angrily. "I don't see why I could not stay alone in
+my room until I looked fit to be seen!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin thought the raw, scarlet face denoted some desperate
+illness, but chancing to look toward the dresser, she caught sight of
+the bottle, uncorked, and with its showy label bearing the legend:
+
+   "TONIC. TWELVE-HOUR BEAUTIFIER."
+
+Mrs. Marvin sat down upon a low seat, and drew Ida down beside her, and
+patiently she listened to the story of the longing for beauty, the
+reading of the advertisement.
+
+"I s'pose I put on too much," Ida concluded. "They said, 'Just a bit on
+the tip of the fingers rubbed into the skin each night for two weeks
+would work wonders.
+
+"They said used generously you'd be surprised at the result! I guess I
+was.
+
+"I thought if a little would do so much, a lot of it would do more, so I
+put it on thick, and went to bed.
+
+"O dear! It has been a comfort to tell you, but I can't face those girls
+while I look like this!"
+
+"I shall not ask you to," Mrs. Marvin said. "I will bring you some
+cooling ointment to heal your face, and I'll send old Judy up with your
+meals.
+
+"I will tell her to say to any pupils who may question her, 'Miss Mayo
+feels so miserable that she'll not come down to her meals for a few
+days.' Judy is absolutely trustworthy."
+
+Judy proved herself quick-witted, for when an inquisitive pupil tried to
+peep into the room as she entered with the tray, Judy turned sharply,
+remarking:
+
+"Ah don' s'pose yo wants ter ketch anythin' what's 'tagious, does ya?"
+
+The pupil backed away from the door, when at a distance she said: "You
+don't seem to be much afraid."
+
+"Ah isn't 'fraid, 'cause I's had dis same ting."
+
+She had indeed suffered in the same way. True it was not freckles that
+annoyed her. It was a longing to rid herself of her black skin that had
+tempted her to purchase a bottle of a so-called beautifier, warranted
+to produce a new skin.
+
+That was some years before, but Judy remembered it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+A SLEIGHING PARTY
+
+
+Dorothy was never inclined toward mischief, and now, when her mother was
+away traveling for change of scene, and much-needed rest, she felt very
+eager to send each month, a fine report of her progress. Dorothy was
+full of life, and loved a good time, if Nancy, her dearest friend might
+enjoy it with her.
+
+When the news was circulated that the great sleigh at the livery stable
+had been chartered by Mrs. Marvin, and that sleigh-rides would be in
+order as long as the snow lasted, none was more eager for the pleasure
+than Dorothy.
+
+To be sure, she had always enjoyed plenty of sleigh-rides when at home
+at the Stone House, but here was a novelty! The big sleigh at Glenmore
+would hold twenty girls, while the beautiful Russian sleigh at the Stone
+House held four, and the pony sleigh two. Mrs. Marvin, in making out the
+list for each party, was careful to place those already acquainted
+together. Thus, the list that was headed with Dorothy's name included
+Nancy Ferris, of course, then Vera, Elf, Patricia, Arabella, Betty,
+Valerie, and twelve others, who were at least slightly acquainted with
+those already named.
+
+They were about evenly divided in another way. Ten were exceedingly
+lively, while the other half of the list were pleasant girls of quieter
+type.
+
+Mrs. Marvin well knew that twenty lively girls would be likely to be a
+bit too gay for the steady-going inhabitants of the town of Glenmore,
+while the school must keep up its reputation for being cheerful, but
+surely not noisy nor flighty!
+
+The day for the first sleigh-ride dawned clear and cold, and Marcus
+informed Judy that it was cold enough "ter freeze de bronze statoo down
+in de square."
+
+They were to start at three, and promptly at that hour Marcus drew up at
+the door.
+
+Eager to start, the girls were all waiting in the hall, when Arabella
+drawled:
+
+"Every one wait while I go and get my shawls."
+
+She darted up the stairs, Patricia calling after her: "Your shawls,
+goosie! Why you're wearing two coats and a sweater now."
+
+"What did Arabella say?" asked Betty Chase.
+
+"I thought she said she wanted the shawl to put over her _ears_!"
+
+"She did say that," declared Patricia, "and won't she look fine;
+besides, how could she get them on when twenty of us are packed into
+that sleigh?"
+
+"Oh, I'll help her with them," cried Betty Chase, with a laugh.
+
+"So will I," chimed in Valerie.
+
+"Here she comes now. Well, as I live, she _has_ brought two shawls,"
+said Betty.
+
+"One for each ear," said Valerie.
+
+Laughing and chattering they ran down the path, and soon were
+comfortably seated, very close to be sure, but very warm.
+
+Arabella said that the two shawls were to wear later if it became
+colder, whereat, Betty begged her to sit upon them.
+
+"You take up room enough for three with a big shawl under each arm,"
+said Betty. "Stand up and I'll fold them so you can sit on them."
+
+Arabella meekly did as she was told. If any other girl had done the same
+thing, she would have obstinately rebelled, but Betty had a way that was
+compelling, and Arabella, after she was seated, wondered why she had
+been so meek.
+
+Patricia Levine had brought a big box of fudge, and she now passed it
+around. Arabella said she knew it would make her sick, but she took two
+pieces instead of one, lest the box might not come around again.
+
+The route took them over a long roadway that had been cut through a
+forest, and on either side the great trees towered above them, their
+branches heaped with snow. The underbrush was beautified with what
+looked like patches of swan's-down, and a tiny, ice-bound brook wound
+its way in among the giant trees, disappearing behind a clump of
+evergreens.
+
+It had been possible to see all these things because the road had been
+so rough that Marcus had been obliged to drive rather slowly.
+
+Now, as they emerged from the wood-road, he touched the whip to the
+flank of one of his horses, and with one accord they sprang forward,
+giving the chattering occupants of the sleigh a decided "bounce," and
+stopping Elf Carleton in the middle of the story that she was telling.
+
+"O dear! Where was I when that jolt came?" she asked.
+
+"I don't know what you were telling," said Vera, "but it's my turn now,
+and I'm going to tell how awfully you acted this morning.
+
+"Girls, Mrs. Marvin was perfectly lovely. She just talked and talked
+about how good I _ought_ to be, but I didn't mind that, so long as she
+didn't say she was going to send me home. She never said a single word
+about that, but I didn't know she was going to be such a perfect dear. I
+woke before daylight, and much comfort Elf was to me! I tell you truly,
+girls, I poked her, I called to her, I shook her, but couldn't get her
+enough awake to say a word.
+
+"Well, we're about even, for one morning last week when I kept telling
+her my tooth was aching, she paid no attention until I gave her an
+outrageous poke, and shouted into her ear, 'My tooth aches!'
+
+"She didn't open her eyes, but what she said was a great comfort."
+
+"What did she say?" questioned Betty.
+
+"She said it might stop aching if I kept my mouth closed," said Vera,
+"and it took me five minutes to realize that her advice was more for
+her benefit than mine. She wanted another nap, and closing my mouth to
+shield my aching tooth would also prevent my talking. Trust Elf for
+making sure--Oh, look, girls!"
+
+Every head turned.
+
+A big red pung was coming toward them at top speed. It was crowded with
+more boys than could be seated, and those who stood carried long poles.
+From the top of each pole a broad, gayly colored streamer waved. As the
+pung passed a big boy in the center shouted: "Three cheers for the
+Glenmore girls!" and they were given with a will.
+
+"How do they know that we are Glenmore girls?" said Elf.
+
+"Three cheers for the 'What-you-call 'em' boys!" screamed Betty, and
+even Arabella added a faint "Hurrah!" to the general clamor.
+
+Two of the boys produced a pair of cymbals, but while they were clashing
+Betty brought forth a huge gong and nearly stunned those near her with
+the noise that she made as with all her might she smote it.
+
+"Hoo_ray_!" shouted a small boy.
+
+"Hoo_raw_!" howled Valerie Dare, and no one could have decided which
+laughed the harder, the pung-load of boys, or the lively girls in the
+Glenmore sleigh.
+
+"Yo'-all behave like tomboys," commented Marcus. "Lor', but Mis' Marvin
+would 'a' been some s'prised ef she'd been here ter hear ye carry on."
+
+"Well, if Miss Fenler had been here she'd have had forty fits," cried
+Vera Vane, "but, Marcus, what they don't know won't worry them, and you
+needn't tell them."
+
+"And Marcus, you can forget all about the racket before you get home,"
+said Elf.
+
+"Shore, Miss, I's got a powerful short mem'ry. Gid 'ap!"
+
+"Dorothy Dainty cheered as loud as any of us," said Arabella
+Correyville.
+
+"Well, why shouldn't she?" Patricia asked.
+
+"Oh, she's always so--oh, I don't know,--correct, I guess is what I
+meant to say," responded Arabella.
+
+"I like fun as well as any one does," said Dorothy who had overheard the
+remark.
+
+"Oh, but Dorothy, you aren't even the least bit rude," declared Valerie.
+
+"It's not rude to cheer," Dorothy said with a laugh. "I think we were
+very polite to return their salute."
+
+"Nancy Ferris cheered, too," said a girl who had been very quiet during
+the hubbub.
+
+Nancy laughed.
+
+"I cheered because Dorothy did," she said, "but, Betty, how did you get
+that gong in here without any one noticing it?"
+
+"It was under this long coat," said Betty, "and I'll tell you all how I
+happened to bring it.
+
+"Monday, when I was down in the village, I met a boy that I know, and he
+told me that over at the boys' private school in the next town they'd
+heard about our sleigh-rides, and he told me that one of the boys, Bob
+Chandler, had bought a pair of old cymbals at an antique shop. They were
+planning their first sleigh-ride for the same day as ours, and they
+thought we'd have no noise-maker with us. I meant to get even with them,
+so I brought the big gong that hung in my room, and I guess we made as
+much noise as they did. I've a number of curios that my uncle brought
+home from abroad. Why didn't I think to bring along that funny little
+horn? You could have tooted on that, Valerie."
+
+"Oh, I'm satisfied. We had noise enough," said Hilda Fenton.
+
+At that moment there was a commotion on the rear seat.
+
+Some one was twisting around so persistently that many were made quite
+uncomfortable.
+
+Dorothy turned to see what it was all about. She laughed softly, and
+touched Nancy's arm.
+
+"It's Arabella," whispered Dorothy.
+
+"Yes, and she's trying to put both shawls on at once," said Nancy.
+
+"Oh, quick! See what Patricia is doing."
+
+Completely out of patience with Arabella's wriggling, Patricia was
+taking a vigorous hand.
+
+In a manner anything but gentle she was pulling the heavy shawls up
+around Arabella's head and shoulders.
+
+Betty Chase said that she was "yanking" them, and the word, if not
+elegant, was truthfully descriptive.
+
+"_Don't_ knock my hat off!" whimpered Arabella.
+
+"I don't care what I do if only I get those old shawls onto you so
+you'll sit still!" declared Patricia.
+
+When Arabella settled herself in her place she took a third more room
+than before, and looked like a little old woman rolled up in many
+blankets.
+
+Arabella sat firm and immovable, staring through her spectacles. She did
+not turn to the right or the left, and one would say that she did not
+know that the girls were laughing at her.
+
+"Don't you wish you had just one more shawl?" said Patricia.
+
+"Not if I had to have you put it on," drawled Arabella. "You shoved my
+hat on one side of my head, and it's felt queer ever since."
+
+"How do you know that the hat has felt queer?" Valerie asked, smothering
+a laugh.
+
+"I guess you'd feel queer if Patricia Levine had once taken hold of
+you," was the quick response, and Valerie ceased teasing.
+
+"Dorothy knows a jolly sleighing song," said Nancy.
+
+"Sing it! Sing it!"
+
+"Oh, please sing it, Dorothy," clamored eager voices.
+
+"Sing it with me, Nancy," Dorothy said. "Your alto makes it fine."
+
+Their voices blended sweetly, and the melody floated out on the crisp
+air, so that a tall, dark man left a wood road, and stood listening as
+the sleigh sped past.
+
+   "Over the ice and snow we fly,
+   Oh, but our steeds have wings!
+   And their hoofs keep time
+   With the glad bells chime,
+   For sleigh bells are merry things,
+   Never a thought or care have we,
+   Lessons are laid aside,
+   And we laugh and sing,
+   Adding mirth and din
+   To the joy of a winter's ride."
+
+"Oh, don't stop!" cried an eager voice. "Isn't there another verse?"
+
+"There are two other verses," said Dorothy "but--I've forgotten them."
+
+"Then sing the one you do know. It's worth hearing again!"
+
+Again she sang it, as gayly as before, but for some reason, Nancy's
+voice trembled, and Dorothy turned to glance at her.
+
+She saw that Nancy's cheeks were white, and her eyes wide as if with
+fear. A moment before her cheeks had been rosy red where the sharp wind
+had kissed them.
+
+"What is it, Nancy?" Dorothy whispered.
+
+Nancy shook her head, but the hand that held Dorothy's tightened with a
+nervous grip.
+
+When the girls were once more chattering together, Nancy, leaning toward
+Dorothy, whispered softly: "That dark man that stood near the woods
+watching us as we passed,--did you see him?"
+
+"Why, yes," whispered Dorothy, "but--" then she understood Nancy's fear.
+"Why, Nancy dear, your old Uncle Steve, who stole you from us once, is
+not living. Don't you remember that, and besides, that man didn't look
+the least bit like him."
+
+"That man looked just like Bonfanti!"
+
+"Oh,--oo," burst softly from Dorothy's lips, then she tried to comfort
+Nancy. "But why should he be wandering through the woods here? You've
+always said that he was a busy man, and once you heard him say that he
+had never been out of New York City."
+
+"I know I did," Nancy said, "but I s'pose he _could_ go somewhere else,
+and oh, Dorothy that man looked just like him!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE LOST NECKLACE
+
+
+Nancy strove to be as gay as before. She told herself that the man
+certainly looked just like the old ballet-master, Bonfanti, but that he
+might have been a very different person. She did not wish the other
+girls to know that she had been uneasy or frightened, and so busy had
+they been in watching people whom they passed, laughing and talking,
+that Nancy's fright had passed unnoticed by all save one, and that one
+was Patricia Levine, Patricia, who seemed to see everything. She
+delighted in seeing something not intended for her eyes, and then how
+she would run to tell some one all about it!
+
+Patricia had noticed Nancy's cheeks when they suddenly went white, she
+had seen the look of fear in her eyes, and she was wild with curiosity
+to know what it meant.
+
+When they had started out Nancy had thought that the ride could not last
+too long, but the sight of the tall, dark man at the edge of the forest
+had changed all that, and when Marcus drove in at the gateway of
+Glenmore, and drew up at the steps, Nancy was the first to spring out.
+Without stopping in the hall to talk over the ride with the others who
+had enjoyed it, she bounded up the stairs, and soon was in her room.
+
+Vera stopped Dorothy to ask if Nancy was ill.
+
+"No, oh, no!" Dorothy answered, as she followed Nancy up the stairway.
+
+Vera's question, and Dorothy's hasty reply reached Patricia's ears.
+
+"I'd like to know what it's all about," she whispered, "and I mean to
+find out, no matter how long it takes me."
+
+It was strange how eagerly interested Patricia always was in anything
+that did not concern her. She did not know that a newsmonger is never
+respected, nor did she know that no girl whose nature was refined would
+care to know other people's business. Nothing so delighted Patricia, as
+a bit of news that she could, by hook or crook obtain, and the added joy
+of running off to repeat it, especially if she knew it should not be
+repeated, was greater than she could have described.
+
+Dorothy, when she reached their room, found Nancy sitting upon a low
+stool, her hands loosely clasped, her eyes downcast as if studying the
+pattern of the rug.
+
+Dorothy closed the door, and then, tossing her wraps upon the couch,
+sat down, Turkish fashion, on the rug beside her.
+
+"Now, Nancy," she said, "you're not to let that man you saw this
+afternoon make you so uneasy. It couldn't have been Professor Bonfanti
+who taught you to dance, and was so harsh with you. Why should he be out
+here, walking through the woods at Glenmore? And even if really it had
+been Bonfanti, why would you be so frightened? It was your old uncle who
+stole you from us, and made you dance at the theaters to earn money for
+him. Bonfanti just taught you because your old Uncle Steve hired him
+to."
+
+"But Dorothy, you don't know how often he said, while he was training
+me: 'Oh, if I had you in my hands, I could make you earn twice as much
+as Ferris does!'
+
+"When he said that he would look as eager as if he really _saw_ the
+heaps of money that he thought he could make me earn for him.
+
+"I don't know which would be the worse to work for, Professor Bonfanti
+or my old Uncle Steve, but this I _do_ know: I hope no one will ever
+take me away from you, Dorothy!"
+
+"And no one shall!" cried Dorothy, throwing her arms around Nancy, and
+holding her fast.
+
+"I wouldn't have been so frightened if it was just what I saw to-day,
+but don't you know that just before we left the Stone House, I had a
+dream of being stolen. I'd not thought of it for weeks, but--well, that
+man _did_ look like the ballet-master."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Patricia Levine had enjoyed the sleigh-ride. She had liked the clear,
+bracing air; she had liked being included in the list made out by Mrs.
+Marvin for the first ride of the season, but she had been annoyed by
+Arabella.
+
+She stood drumming on the window-pane, and wondering how to begin the
+lecture that she intended to give Arabella, that is, if Arabella would
+_ever_ get her wraps off, and sit down. She turned from the window.
+
+"Well, I never saw such a slowpoke!" she cried.
+
+Arabella blinked. Patricia thought she might as well begin, if she
+wished to say all that was in her mind before dinner.
+
+"I certainly was provoked with you, Arabella, this afternoon. You looked
+just umbrageous with all those coats and shawls on," said Patricia.
+
+"I looked what?" Arabella asked with a dull stare.
+
+"I _said_ um-bra-geous!" cried Patricia.
+
+"I don't know what that word means," drawled Arabella.
+
+"Neither do I," said Patricia, "but I know that's the way you looked."
+
+"I can't unbutton this top button of my coat," remarked Arabella.
+
+Patricia jerked the button from the buttonhole, and continued:
+
+"How do you s'pose I like to have you act so queer, and then have the
+girls call you my 'chum'?"
+
+Arabella instead of replying to the question remarked:
+
+"And the fringe on this shawl has caught on a hook on my dress so I
+can't get it off."
+
+Patricia's eyes were blazing. She was so angry that she hardly knew what
+she was saying.
+
+"The idea! You had on two coats and a sweater, and as if that wasn't
+enough for any one girl to wear you went after two shawls. When you got
+all those duds on you looked as big as an _elegant_!"
+
+"A _what_!" gasped Arabella.
+
+"I'm too tired to say it over again," said Patricia, who now knew that
+she had made a funny error.
+
+"But," persisted Arabella, "you said I looked as--"
+
+It was no use to talk to the walls, and Patricia had rushed from the
+room, banging the door behind her.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+There were weeks at Glenmore when everything went smoothly. Then there
+would come a week when it certainly seemed as if every one were doing
+her best to cause disturbance.
+
+Usually the fault might easily be traced to the pupils, but there were
+times when Miss Fenler seemed as contrary as the most perverse pupil. On
+those days no one could please her.
+
+Dorothy had little difficulty, but Vera, Elf, Betty, and Valerie were
+forever vexing her, and Patricia was never able to win her full
+approval. As for Arabella Correyville, Miss Fenler did not understand
+her, and Betty Chase said that "The Fender" fixed her sharp eyes upon
+Arabella, and appeared to be studying her as if she were a very small,
+but very peculiar bug that she was unable to classify.
+
+There was yet another pupil who puzzled her, and, for that matter,
+puzzled the other pupils.
+
+She was an old-fashioned little girl, who was letter-perfect in all her
+studies, but never brilliant, more quiet than any other girl at
+Glenmore, and so silent that one marveled that a little girl could be so
+still. Always neatly, but very plainly dressed, she looked like a little
+Puritan, and acted like one, as well.
+
+And what a name the child possessed! Patience Little, and she lived up
+to it.
+
+"Do you think she'd jump if a fire-cracker went off behind her?"
+questioned Valerie, one day.
+
+"No, indeed, she would not," said Elf, who stood near. "I don't believe
+she would so much as turn around to look at it. She's spunkless."
+
+But they were mistaken.
+
+Among themselves they spoke of her as "Little Patience."
+
+Once Betty Chase told her that she knew a girl whose name was
+"Patience," who was always called "Patty."
+
+"My family does not like nicknames," was the reply in a low voice, as
+she turned away.
+
+The day after the sleigh-ride, Lina Danford, one of the youngest pupils,
+came rushing down the stairway in great excitement.
+
+"My amber necklace has been stolen! Girls! Do you hear? My amber beads
+are gone! Some one has been in my room and stolen them! Somebody ought
+to catch the burglar!"
+
+Dorothy, standing near, put an arm around her, and tried to comfort her.
+
+"Don't say it is gone, Lina, dear! It may be just mislaid. If you like,
+Nancy and I will go up with you, and help you hunt," but Lina was not
+easily to be comforted.
+
+She insisted that the beads had been stolen, and that, therefore, it was
+idle to search.
+
+Patience Little, for the first time, showed a bit of interest. She was
+crossing the hall when Lina raced down the stairs, and she actually
+paused to listen to what the little girl had to say. She said nothing,
+and after a moment, she went up-stairs.
+
+She forgot to close her door, and going over to her dresser, opened its
+upper drawer. From a velvet case she drew forth a smaller velvet case,
+which, when she touched a clasp, sprang open, displaying a handsome
+string of amber beads. She held them up so that the light might play
+through them.
+
+"I never wear them," she said softly, "but I've liked looking at them.
+Aunt Millicent gave them to me, and maybe I'd like to wear them
+sometime, but," she continued, "I'll not be selfish and keep them for
+_some time_. I'll give them to Lina, in place of those that she has
+lost."
+
+Hurrying along the upper hall, Lina was surprised to see that the next
+door that she would pass, stood open. She was about to pass it, when on
+glancing toward it, she saw Patience standing before the glass, turning
+this way and that so as to get a better light on the amber necklace that
+she wore.
+
+With a little cry, Lina sprang into the room. Patience turned, and was
+about to speak, but before she could say a word, Lina shouted:
+
+"That's my necklace! I _knew_ somebody had taken it, but _I_ never
+dreamed it was a Glenmore girl who did it. I thought it was a burglar.
+Give it to me this minute!"
+
+"This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly.
+
+Her eyes flashed, she quivered with anger. No one would have believed
+that the girl who always appeared calm, and rarely spoke, unless spoken
+to, could show such fire. One could not guess how the scene would have
+ended, but just at that moment a slight sound made both girls turn.
+
+There in the doorway stood Mrs. Marvin.
+
+"I am very sorry to see anything so rude, so unkind, and so unjust," she
+said.
+
+"You were hopelessly rude to rush into another girl's room and accuse
+her, even if she were at fault.
+
+"You were unkind, because you spoke as harshly as possible, and you were
+unjust, because here in my hand I have your own amber beads that one of
+the maids has just found.
+
+"You must apologize at once, ask Patience if she will forgive you, and
+in your own room, try to think of some kind way to make amends."
+
+Lina was crying now.
+
+[Illustration: "THIS NECKLACE IS MINE!" RETURNED THE ACCUSED GIRL
+EXCITEDLY.--_Page 111._]
+
+"Oh, I'm so sorry. Why do I never think before I say horrid things?
+Forgive me, Patience, if you can. I'll gladly do anything for you."
+
+Then the surprise came.
+
+Patience, the silent, shy girl, threw her arms about the younger girl,
+and held her close.
+
+"The necklace that I have on was given to me by Aunt Millicent. I've
+never worn it. It is beautiful, but I like quiet colors. The showy
+things are prettier for other girls, I think. I heard Lina say that she
+had lost hers, and I was just thinking that I would give mine to her,
+when she rushed in, and--I hadn't a chance to tell her. That's all," she
+said simply.
+
+"Oh, I was worse even than I thought," cried Lina, "and to think, Mrs.
+Marvin, that she was planning to give her necklace to me!"
+
+"Promise me, Lina, that after this you will be less quick to accuse."
+
+"Indeed I will, and Patience, if you'll let me, I'd like to be your
+friend."
+
+"I'm sometimes lonely. I need you, Lina," Patience said, gently.
+
+Lina never did anything by halves. She told her classmates how just at
+the time that Patience had been planning to give her own necklace to
+make up for Lina's loss, she had been harshly accused. She told how
+sweetly forgiving Patience had been, and wound up by stating that
+hereafter they were to be chums.
+
+Mrs. Marvin, on the way to her own apartment, vaguely wondered what the
+next happening would be.
+
+"I wonder if the entire week is to be a series of disturbances," she
+thought. "To be sure, there are but two days more, Friday and Saturday,
+but I should not be surprised if some one started something, so as to
+make the week complete."
+
+It certainly had been a record week for petty annoyances, and to cap the
+climax on Friday, after lunch, Miss Fenler waited in the hall, near the
+door that led from the dining-room. She felt that she must speak to
+Patricia.
+
+As a rule pupils were, of course, permitted to dress as they chose, but
+it seemed as if Patricia was actually trying to see how strange a rig
+she could wear and yet go unreproved.
+
+On this day, she had done the oddest thing of all. She had tied her hair
+on the crown of her head with a yellow ribbon. The ribbon was very wide,
+and the bow was enormous. As if that were not enough she had taken
+equally wide ribbon, of pink, and of blue, had tied a large bow of each
+and then had pinned the pink bow to the right loop of the yellow bow,
+the blue bow to the left loop, and when she entered the dining-room the
+effect was, to say the least, _amazing_!
+
+The bows were about eight inches wide. Really, Patricia was a droll
+sight!
+
+Unless she were spoken to she would wear her freakish ribbons at the
+afternoon session.
+
+When lunch was over, and the pupils came trooping out into the hall,
+Miss Fenler spoke to Patricia. When they at last stood alone in one
+corner of the hall, Miss Fenler mentioned the gaudy colors, and said
+that while the girls were permitted to wear as bright ribbons as they
+chose, they would certainly not be allowed to wear three huge bows at a
+time.
+
+"The idea!" said Patricia. "Well, I guess I'll not agree to wear little
+stingy-looking bows for any one."
+
+"You would obstruct the view of the large blackboard," said Miss Fenler.
+"No one could see around your head."
+
+"I shall wear these bows I have on or none at all!" said Patricia.
+
+"Don't be obstinate," said Miss Fenler. "Mrs. Marvin told me to speak to
+you."
+
+"Did _she_ say I couldn't wear these big bows?" Patricia asked, her eyes
+black with anger.
+
+"She certainly did," declared Miss Fenler.
+
+"Well, you can tell her I wear these or none at all," Patricia said,
+stoutly.
+
+"None at all!" repeated Miss Fenler.
+
+"Don't attempt to come into the class-room with your long hair untidy.
+Without a ribbon it would look slovenly."
+
+Patricia's smile was broad, and her eyes actually impish as she left the
+hall.
+
+"She's equal to pinning on a half-dozen extra bows if she chooses," Miss
+Fenler said, under her breath.
+
+Glenmore, once a private estate, looked like an old castle, and the
+dwellings that were its nearest neighbors were owned by old and wealthy
+residents. No stores had ever broken the charm of the locality, and the
+sleepy old town had supposed that they never would, yet around the
+corner of a little back street, an enterprising Italian had purchased a
+wee cottage. After three days a sign appeared in his front window. It
+stunned the residents. It read:
+
+       ANTONIO CARANA,
+   BARBER AND HAIRDRESSER.
+
+Already small boys and girls might be seen, in charge of maids,
+trotting up his steps with long curls, and after a few minutes,
+appearing with a "Dutch cut."
+
+Patricia, buttoning her coat as she ran, appeared at his door
+breathless, but eager.
+
+"I want my hair bobbed, and I must have it done right off, or I'll be
+late to school," she cried, rushing past the astonished Tony, and
+mounting his big chair.
+
+"_Dutch cut!_" she demanded, thinking that he had not understood her.
+
+"Cutta da long hair?" he asked, lifting the strands.
+
+"Sure," cried Patricia, "What else would I want cut off? Certainly not
+my _nose_."
+
+"Alla right," said Tony, but he thought it strange, and wondered if the
+little girl's mother would appear at any moment, angry, and vengeful.
+
+Patricia's temper had been gradually cooling, and now, as she saw the
+long locks that Tony had clipped, she was desperately sorry that she had
+come. It was half done, however, so she could not "back out." One does
+not care to appear with the right side of one's head with short hair,
+and the left side with hair half-way toward one's girdle!
+
+Patricia sighed, and allowed him to continue. What else could she do?
+She had been proud of her hair, but when she saw herself in the mirror,
+her vanity came to her aid.
+
+She had given up her fine head of hair, but look! Here was another
+chance to make a sensation. Not a girl at school had her hair "bobbed."
+
+"Probably they'll tell me that only very little girls have their hair
+like this, but I don't care. They'll be surprised, and it's the only
+way I can go without ribbons, and I said I'd wear big bows or nothing."
+
+Of course the pupils stared when Patricia appeared in the class-room,
+and that delighted her.
+
+"I guess my Dutch cut made more show than my ribbons would have," she
+whispered.
+
+Making a show was about all that Patricia cared for, the only other
+thing that she appeared to think worth while was meddling in other
+people's affairs.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+WHEN NANCY DANCED
+
+
+Mrs. Marvin decided to make the weekly socials very different from what
+they had been.
+
+It had been her custom to hire musicians from the city to give a little
+recital, and then serve light refreshments, and allow the latter part of
+the evening to be spent in indoor games, or dancing.
+
+The social part of the evening was always enjoyed, but many of the
+musicians, both vocal and instrumental, had given selections of so
+strictly classical character that some of the pupils complained that
+they did not care for it.
+
+She determined to ask three pupils to arrange a program for each
+evening, each of the three being expected to take part in the
+entertainment.
+
+One Monday morning she unfolded her plan, and announced that on Friday
+of that week would occur the first social having a pupils' program.
+
+"I have asked Dorothy Dainty to take charge of the little recital, and I
+believe we shall enjoy it."
+
+When the eager applause had subsided, Mrs. Marvin continued:
+
+"The girl in charge of the entertainment must not be annoyed with
+questions as to the program because I wish the entertainment each week
+to be a surprise.
+
+"Dorothy, herself must contribute one or two numbers, and I have
+appointed Nancy Ferris, and Patricia Levine to help her."
+
+The pupils were wild with curiosity as to what the numbers were to be,
+but while a few hinted that they were eager to know just what they were
+to hear and see, they did not ask Dorothy to tell them. They thought it
+would be more fun to be surprised.
+
+Dorothy found herself in an awkward place.
+
+She had decided to sing a pretty waltz song, for which Nancy played the
+accompaniment. Nancy had at first thought of playing a piano duet with
+Dorothy, but Dorothy pointed out that a number of the girls, when it
+came their turn to entertain, would surely play, and she urged Nancy to
+do a fine solo dance.
+
+"It will be more of a treat," she urged, and Nancy agreed.
+
+Patricia declared that she had studied with a fine vocal instructor
+since they had heard her, and she also stated that she would sing a
+solo, or nothing.
+
+Patricia, when at Merrivale private school with Dorothy and Nancy, had
+done some very funny singing, and Dorothy felt a bit nervous as to what
+she would do now, but Patricia insisted that she had rapidly improved,
+and there seemed to be no choice but to let her sing.
+
+"Do make her tell you what she's going to sing," Nancy said, one
+morning, "because if she has chosen something you wouldn't like to have
+her sing, you _might_ be able to coax her to change it."
+
+Dorothy promised to question Patricia, but she laughed at the idea of
+being able to make Patricia change her mind after she had decided what
+she should do.
+
+"What am I to sing?" said Patricia, when at recess Dorothy questioned
+her. "I'm going to sing something from grand opera. It's called:
+
+   'I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,'
+
+and my teacher coached me on it, and he said I sang it just as it should
+be sung."
+
+"If her teacher said that she sang it well, perhaps it will be all
+right," Dorothy said, but even as she said it she wondered just what
+Patricia would do. Patricia _might_ do anything.
+
+Dorothy took the time to practice when all of the pupils were out of
+doors at recess. She did not wish them to hear her song until she should
+sing it for them at the social.
+
+Nancy practiced her solo at early morning. Mrs. Marvin had given her
+permission to practice in their reception hall when she learned at what
+an early hour Nancy was willing to rise in order to do it.
+
+Patricia declared it entirely needless for her to practice, thus making
+Dorothy still more uneasy as to her performance.
+
+At last the evening arrived.
+
+Dorothy had told herself that if, after all, Patricia did anything as
+"queer" as she had been known to do, worrying beforehand would not mend
+matters. She knew if she became nervous regarding Patricia, she could
+not do her own solo well. Patricia had asked that her number might be
+the last on the program, and Dorothy had agreed.
+
+As Patricia usually wished to be first in anything, and was offended if
+not given precedence, it certainly looked as if she were planning to
+have her solo the crowning event of the evening.
+
+Soon after seven a buzz of voices told Dorothy that the pupils had
+assembled early, and she would have joined them, but Mrs. Marvin had
+said that each of the soloists must be announced, and must come onto
+the stage, and greet her audience as if she were a professional.
+
+All had been carefully arranged, and Vera Vane was to announce each
+performer.
+
+Dorothy had chosen a light-blue dress, her pumps and hose of the same
+shade. The dress was charming, because of its lovely coloring, and its
+graceful lines.
+
+Very clearly Vera announced:
+
+"The first number to-night will be a waltz song by Dorothy Dainty."
+
+Dorothy's voice had been carefully trained, and very sweetly she sang,
+one especial charm being that every word could be clearly heard, which
+is more than can be said of many singers who have studied for years.
+
+She had chosen "Asphodel's Song."
+
+How sweet was the voice, how happy her smile as she sang:
+
+   "Oh, how lovely are my flowers
+   In the morning wet with dew,
+   Ah, they courtesy to the morning
+   Off'ring gifts of fragrance new.
+   Then the sound of bird wings whirring
+   Wake again the drowsy trees,
+   And the tiny brooks are stirring,
+   Running onward to the sea.
+   Oh, how lovely are my flowers
+   When the twilight shadows creep,
+   Hosts of fairy folks come trooping,
+   Where my flowers lie asleep."
+
+Surely no singer was ever more graciously received.
+
+There were to be no encores because of limited time.
+
+Lights were usually out at nine-thirty, but the socials were from eight
+to ten. The concert must be brief to allow sufficient time afterward for
+games.
+
+"The next number will be a dance by Nancy Ferris."
+
+Nancy had stood in the upper hall, ready, when she heard her name called
+to enter. Here and there a tiny spangle caught the light, and the soft
+pink of her dress was repeated in her cheeks. She was happy. She was
+going to give pleasure.
+
+As she heard her name called, she bounded down the stairway, across the
+hall, and up on the stage, looking far smaller than in her usual school
+dress. The pupils were spellbound.
+
+Nancy had said nothing of her dancing nor had she spoken of having been
+a tiny performer at the theaters.
+
+Now as they saw her whirling on the tips of her toes, dipping, swaying,
+doing steps of wondrous grace, they marveled at the skill with which she
+did it. At home, at the Stone House, Dorothy had often played for her,
+but to-night she seemed to out-do herself.
+
+Nancy swung forward, then with cunning steps retreated, crossed her feet
+and did the pretty rocking-step, whirled again, and yet again, did the
+pirouette to left, then to right, made a very low courtesy, and ran off
+the stage, followed by tremendous clapping.
+
+How they wished that she might have repeated the lovely dance!
+
+Mrs. Marvin closely watched the nimble feet and determined to know
+something more about the charming little dancer. And now--Dorothy
+wondered _just what_ the next number would be. She took a long breath
+when, as Vera announced her, Patricia entered simply attired, wearing a
+pretty white dress, with a pale yellow sash, no other color.
+
+It was remarkable to see Patricia without at least six colors.
+
+"Perhaps she'll sing well," Dorothy said to herself, "for the lovely
+song that she chose for her number _couldn't_ be twisted into anything
+funny."
+
+Was that really so, or was Dorothy trying to think so? Was there
+anything that Patricia could not "twist" if she chose?
+
+The charming old song is very sweet when properly sung, and the words
+fit the melody.
+
+   "I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,
+   With vassals and serfs at my side,
+   And of all who assembled within those walls,
+   That I was the joy and the pride.
+   I had riches too great to count, could boast
+   Of a high ancestral name,
+   But I also dreampt, and that charmed me most,
+   That you loved me just the same."
+
+So runs the first verse, but Patricia had never seen the music. She had
+heard the song a number of times, and felt competent to sing it.
+
+Dorothy had asked her to practice it, then had offered to loan her the
+music, but Patricia declared that she needed neither practice, nor the
+use of the music.
+
+"Are you sure you know the words?" Nancy had asked.
+
+"Of course!" Patricia had said sharply.
+
+Nancy played the prelude, and Patricia sang. Sang with all her might,
+one might say, but oh, the words as she sang them!
+
+She had caught them as they sounded, giving never a thought as to
+whether they made sense.
+
+   "I dre-eampt that I dwe-e-lt in mar-ar-ble halls
+   With _vessels_ and _safes_ at my side.
+   And of all who had stumbled within those walls
+   That I was the _joke_, and the _bride_,
+   I had _witches_ to _mate_ and count, could boast
+   Of a high and central name
+   But I also dreampt, and that jarred me most,
+   That Jew loved me just the same."
+
+Was it strange that roars of laughter greeted the song? Even Mrs.
+Marvin, a model of all that was well-bred, covered her eyes for a moment
+with her handkerchief, but when she removed it, the eyes were twinkling
+and it was evident that only her self-control kept her from laughing
+aloud.
+
+Dorothy's first thought was for Patricia. She knew it must be dreadful
+to be laughed at, and she was hoping that Patricia might not be too
+badly hurt. She would draw her into the games later in the evening, and
+thus cheer her.
+
+It happened that Patricia needed no cheering. She was disgusted, but not
+hurt. She believed herself to be a very fine singer, and thought that
+the only reason for laughter was that her audience was dull, so dull
+indeed that her romantic selection had been mistaken for a comic song.
+
+"The idea of thinking that song funny enough to laugh at! Why it is not
+a comic song at all. There's nothing funny about it!" she declared. "It
+really doesn't pay to sing for folks here. They can't understand what
+you are doing! The next time I sing, I'll sing for my friends in
+N'York."
+
+Dorothy was puzzled for a second, then, as she saw that Patricia really
+meant what she said, she was thankful that the laughter had not been
+understood by the silly little singer.
+
+Patricia had actually thought that they were foolishly amused by the
+song.
+
+It had been quite another thing that annoyed Patricia, and that was the
+evident pleasure that Nancy's dancing had given, and on the day after
+the social, she was vexed to have to hear the other girls talking about
+it.
+
+"I'd think you never saw any one dance before," she said, when Betty
+Chase said that Nancy's dancing was "simply lovely."
+
+"Well, I never did see a girl dance like that," said Betty.
+
+"Well, she _ought_ to dance. She's had enough training, besides she used
+to dance on the stage. Who couldn't dance if they had a chance like
+that?"
+
+"A whole lot of people couldn't," said Betty, sharply. "_I_ couldn't for
+one, and I guess there are a few others."
+
+"Do you mean me?" Patricia asked, sharply, her eyes flashing.
+
+"I mean any one silly enough to say that Nancy's dancing was anything
+but wonderful," Betty said, and she turned to Valerie, leaving Patricia
+to talk to herself, or to no one, if she chose.
+
+Patricia had hoped to lessen interest in Nancy, but what she had said
+had had an opposite effect.
+
+It had increased their already lively interest to such an extent that
+many who had not yet met her were wild to know her, and those who
+already were her friends were eager to question her as to her career.
+They longed to hear all about her training, her first appearance at the
+theater, and countless questions they wanted to ask her. Patricia had
+made Nancy more popular than before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+A BIT OF SPITE
+
+
+For several days Patricia was so busy thinking, that Arabella felt
+rather lonely. Arabella had been writing a letter to her Aunt Matilda,
+and endeavoring to answer all the questions that that peculiar woman had
+asked. It had occupied her spare time for two days, and was not yet
+ready to mail.
+
+"O dear!" sighed Arabella, "I don't like to write letters."
+
+"Don't write them," Patricia advised.
+
+"Why, Patricia Levine! You know if I didn't answer Aunt Matilda's letter
+she'd pack her suit-case, and come right here!"
+
+"Good gracious! Hurry up and finish it," cried Patricia. "I wouldn't
+want her coming here."
+
+"I've got a cold, so I couldn't go out to mail it," drawled Arabella.
+
+"Don't let that stop you," cried Patricia, "for I'll gladly go out to
+mail it for you, if it'll keep your Aunt Matilda away."
+
+Later, when Patricia went down the hall on the way to post the letter,
+she saw that Dorothy's door was slightly ajar. Of course Patricia's
+sharp eyes saw it, and, because she never could resist the temptation to
+listen, where she might hear something not intended for her ears, she
+paused.
+
+Nancy was speaking of the man that she had seen standing at the edge of
+the forest, on the day of the sleigh-ride. Again she told Dorothy how it
+had frightened her, adding:
+
+"He looked just like Bonfanti, the ballet-teacher, and I believe if I
+should look from our window and see him out there, looking toward this
+house, I'd not dare to go out for days."
+
+Dorothy tried to comfort her, by saying:
+
+"But, Nancy dear, we've _not_ seen him since that day, and he's miles
+away from here by this time, as likely as not."
+
+Patricia needed to hear no more. She could not make Nancy less popular,
+but here was a fine chance for annoying her.
+
+It was strange what pleasure it afforded Patricia to make others
+unhappy! She never seemed to know that in striving to annoy others, she
+was constantly proving that she herself was disagreeable.
+
+She hastened out to the nearest mail box with the letter, and then
+returning to her room, sat down to think.
+
+"I wish you'd talk," said Arabella. "It's awful dull this cloudy
+afternoon."
+
+Patricia was in no mood for talking, and Arabella dared not insist.
+
+It was after dinner when the pupils met in the cheery reception-hall for
+a little chat before going to their rooms, that Patricia saw her chance,
+and took it.
+
+Some one asked Nancy if she and Dorothy had been out for their usual
+walk.
+
+"It seemed a bit raw," she replied, "so we remained in."
+
+Patricia, who had been moving nearer, now stood at Nancy's elbow.
+
+"Did you notice a big, dark man, this morning looking up toward your
+window?" she asked: "Do you know who he is? We saw him the day of the
+sleigh-ride, and that was weeks ago. I believe he is always right
+around here, for I don't know how many times I have seen him. He always
+simply _stares_ toward your windows. I thought perhaps you knew him."
+
+Nancy turned pale, and Mrs. Marvin, who was near them, saw Dorothy draw
+Nancy closer as if to protect her.
+
+"Is Nancy ill?" she asked kindly.
+
+Patricia had left the hall when she saw Mrs. Marvin speaking to Dorothy.
+
+Dorothy explained how frightened Nancy had been ever since the
+sleigh-ride, a few weeks before.
+
+"Come into my apartment and tell me all about this. I am greatly
+interested," she said.
+
+They were only too glad to escape the curious eyes that now were
+watching them, and together they told Mrs. Marvin the story of Nancy's
+career. When they reached the point where Patricia had told them of the
+man who had stood looking up at their windows that afternoon, a look of
+relief passed over her face, and she actually laughed.
+
+"You two dear little friends may rest easy to-night," she said, "for the
+man whom you saw at the edge of the woods, and the man who was here
+to-day, looking up at your windows, as Patricia said, are one and the
+same person. He is a man who has made a study of all plant life, and
+especially wise is he in regard to vines and trees.
+
+"To-day he was trying to decide just what sort of vine would thrive best
+on this sunny side of the house. His name is not nearly so picturesque
+as Bonfanti. It is Jonathan Scroggs. Not a fine name, surely, but his
+name has never hindered him in his profession. He is one of the best
+florists in the country, he knows all about beautiful vines and trees,
+and he is also a landscape gardener. He can take a plain little cottage,
+with a small piece of land, and plant just the right kind of trees on
+the place, train vines over the porch so as to render it charming, and
+make the bit of land into a tiny park, so dainty, so altogether lovely
+that people will come from far and near to see the 'beauty spot.' Now do
+you care in the least what his name is?"
+
+"Indeed I do not," Dorothy said, firmly.
+
+"And oh, how glad I am that he is not Professor Bonfanti!" Nancy said.
+"It was silly to be so frightened, but if only you knew how hard those
+months were when he was training me, and old Uncle Steve was threatening
+all sorts of things if I did not dance well! You see, I was really ill
+with fear, and homesickness, and Uncle Steve did not seem to see that
+the more he threatened, the more ill I became. Oh, if I should talk all
+day, I could not tell you half the misery of those days. Only yesterday
+one of the girls said that she would not have minded any of the harsh
+things if only she could have danced on the stage. That is what she
+thinks, but she doesn't know!"
+
+"Well, Nancy, to-day you are nervous and tired, but I have quieted all
+your fears, and assured you that you are safe here at Glenmore. Some day
+when we can arrange it, I would enjoy hearing more of your little
+career."
+
+"And I'd be willing to tell you, Mrs. Marvin; you've been so kind, and
+you've comforted me. I shall sleep to-night without any horrid dreams."
+
+Mrs. Marvin felt that Patricia had really intended to frighten Nancy,
+and she decided to have a quiet little talk with her, and if possible,
+learn what had prompted her to do so unkind a thing.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was an odd combination that "Glenmore," one of the best of schools
+for girls in the country, modern in every respect, and absolutely
+"up-to-date," should be situated in a town that was quaint, and
+picturesque, with inhabitants as fanciful, and superstitious as one
+would find if he had traveled back a century.
+
+True, there were residents who had recently come to the place for a
+summer home, but the old people of the place clung to their old time
+superstitions, their firm belief in "signs," their legends handed down
+from one generation to another, and the newcomers humored them, listened
+to their "yarns," and asked to hear more. Many of these stories were
+quite as interesting as any folk tales, and none could tell them with
+finer effect than old Cornelia Derby.
+
+It was Marcus who had pointed her out to several of the girls who, one
+morning, chanced to be standing near the gate as the old woman came up
+the street.
+
+"Oh, Marcus, do you really mean that she can tell all sorts of quaint
+stories about this old town?" cried Betty Chase.
+
+"I sure does," said Marcus, "and 'nuffin' pleases her like gittin' a
+chance ter tell 'em ter folks as is willin' ter listen."
+
+"Now, Valerie," said Betty, turning to her chum, "let's get her to tell
+us some of the stories she knows about the fine old houses, and the
+people that once lived in them."
+
+"Fine!" cried Valerie, "but where would we find her?"
+
+"She lives in a little old hut, 'round behin' the hill over there!" said
+Marcus, "an' all yo' has ter do is ter go up dis street, an' yo'll sure
+spot it, long 'fore yo' reach it, 'cause the top half er dat hut is red,
+an' the bottom half is whitewash. It sure looks mighty quare!"
+
+"Let's take a walk over there to-morrow, when our lessons are prepared,"
+said Valerie, "but," she added, "I hope we find it."
+
+"Yo' couldn't miss it," said Marcus, "for all yo' has ter do is ter go
+up dis street, an' turn ter yo' left, den go a piece, an' turn ter yo'
+right, an' walk 'til yo' come ter a big yaller house, an' dat's 'bout
+half-way. Nex' yo' cross a field, skip over de place where de brook is
+in summer an' come ter a piece er wall, stone wall, 'tis, an' it don't
+seem ter b'long ter no place 'tall, an' de hut is jes' a little ways
+beyond."
+
+The sound of a bell sent them hurrying toward the house.
+
+"Do you expect to remember all that?" Valerie asked on the way to the
+class-room.
+
+"If you do you'll be a wonder. I've forgotten it now."
+
+Betty nodded confidently.
+
+"We'll go over there to-morrow," she said.
+
+The next afternoon, Betty helped Valerie with some puzzling problems
+that must be solved before starting out.
+
+Then with confidence on Betty's part, and much doubt in Valerie's mind
+as to their ability to find the hut, they set off on the long walk.
+After twice enquiring of people whom they met, of taking a long walk in
+the wrong direction, and retracing their steps, they finally espied the
+piece of stone wall that seemed to belong to "no place at all," as
+Marcus had said.
+
+Glad to rest, they paused there to look about them, and to wait for
+Vera and Elf, who had promised to meet them. Neither was in sight,
+although they had said that they would be prompt. Snow and ice had fled,
+and now everywhere were signs of spring. Vera had declared that the long
+walk was what she needed, and Elf had said that she would endure the
+walk for the sake of hearing the quaint stories of the town and its
+people that old Cornelia would tell.
+
+At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited.
+
+"I'd not wait much longer," Valerie said.
+
+"I surely will _not_!" Betty replied, "for if they are coming, they'll
+be here in a few minutes."
+
+It was evident that the two girls had, for some reason, been detained,
+and Betty determined to wait no longer.
+
+[Illustration: AT THE END OF THE WALL BETTY AND VALERIE WAITED.--_Page
+150._]
+
+"Come!" she cried. "We'll go on now to the little hut, and if Vera
+and Elf come poking along a half-hour later, they can just sit on this
+wall, and see if they enjoy waiting as well as we did."
+
+It was but a short distance, and they ran part of the way to make up for
+lost time, but when they reached the gate they found, as Valerie glanced
+at her tiny watch, that it was later than they thought, and was already
+about time for them to turn toward Glenmore, if they did not wish to be
+late.
+
+Hours were strictly kept at the school, and all pupils must return from
+recreation in time to give themselves personal care, and be in the lower
+hall at five-thirty for a friendly chat before going to the dining-room
+at six.
+
+Mrs. Marvin insisted that every pupil look her best at all times.
+
+It was now four o'clock. It would take a half-hour to reach Glenmore.
+That meant that not more than a half-hour could be spent at the hut.
+
+There was no answer to their repeated knocking, but as they turned to go
+they saw old Cornelia coming toward them along the road, a big basket on
+her arm.
+
+"Well, well, two fine little callers I find waiting for me," she said.
+"And what can I do for you?"
+
+"We wanted you to tell us all about some of the old buildings and the
+interesting stories about the people who lived in them," said Betty,
+"but it's so late now that I don't believe there's time. We have to be
+back at Glenmore at five."
+
+"Then sit right down here on my garden-seat and I'll tell you the
+shortest tale I know, and some other day if you come when you have more
+time I'll tell you more."
+
+"Oh, that will be fine!" they cried, as with one voice.
+
+"How would you like to hear about the wishing-well?"
+
+"That sounds _great_!" declared Betty and then: "Could you begin it with
+'Once upon a time?'"
+
+"Surely," was the quick response, "and now I think of it, I'm sure you
+must have passed the old wishing-well on your way here. The old well was
+supposed to have magic power, and long ago when the old Paxton House was
+standing, people came, for miles around, to be near the old well in the
+garden, and wish for their heart's desire, feeling sure that their wish
+would be granted.
+
+"Of course the idea was absurd, but the townspeople of those days were
+superstitious, so that if those things that they wished for beside the
+well never came to them, they thought that they must have forgotten to
+ask for them in the right way, and later they would try again.
+
+"If they obtained the thing that they had wished for, they laid their
+good fortune entirely to the fact that the old well must have approved
+of them."
+
+"And where is it!" Valerie asked. "You said that we must have passed
+it."
+
+"The old well has a flat wooden cover over it now, with an iron bar to
+keep it in place, lest some one be careless and fall in, though now the
+wild blackberry vines have nearly hidden it from sight. Even now when
+only young leaves are on the brambles, the thorny stems make a network
+over the cover. The old Paxton House was gone before my time," Mrs.
+Derby said, "but a part of its fine wall remains. It was upon that wall
+that the wishers sat.
+
+"Did you happen to notice a fine piece of wall that seemed to belong to
+no one at all, and ended in a broad field?"
+
+"The idea!" cried Betty. "Why we _sat_ on that piece of wall, and could
+have 'wished' just as well as not, if only we'd known it."
+
+"And it's almost half-past four now," said Valerie. "S'pose we run along
+toward Glenmore, and stop just long enough to sit on the wall and wish.
+We can be on time at five, if we do that. Then we could come over some
+day when we've more time, and hear all about the well, and other
+stories, too."
+
+It was a good idea, because it was already so late that they could
+remain but a few moments longer, so with an urgent invitation to come
+again, and a promise to do so, they ran back to the old wall, looking
+back to wave their hands to the little woman who waved in return.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE WISHING-WELL
+
+
+"Isn't it funny to think that we stopped at the very place to wish, and
+never knew it?" said Valerie, as they ran along the foot path that would
+take them back, the shortest way to the wall, and the wishing-well.
+
+"Not so 'funny' as that we'd take so much time and trouble to wish when
+we get there," said Betty.
+
+"Why is it odd?" Valerie asked, stopping squarely in front of Betty, and
+looking at her with round eyes.
+
+"Oh, because we're acting exactly as if we believed in the old well,"
+Betty said, looking a bit annoyed, yet keeping straight on toward the
+wall.
+
+"Well, of course we're not so silly as to _really_ and _truly_ believe
+it could grant our wishes, but it's no harm to try," responded Valerie.
+
+Betty laughed.
+
+   "Oh, we don't believe it all,
+   Yet we _must_ believe a little
+   We _b'lieve_ the water boils
+   When the steam comes from the _kittle_.
+
+   "It's dark inside the drum,
+   Yet we hear the drumming well,
+   But that we wished beside the wall
+   We'll never, never tell."
+
+"Where did you hear those verses?" Valerie asked.
+
+"That's a funny song my brother sings. I made the second verse to fit
+to-day."
+
+"Why, Betty Chase! Who'd think you could make poetry?" cried Valerie,
+looking Betty over, as if it were the first time she had ever seen her.
+
+Betty laughed gayly.
+
+"I guess Mrs. Marvin would tell you it wasn't poetry. Don't you remember
+she told us the other day that many people could write verses, but that
+verses were not always _poetry_?"
+
+"Well, all the same, I like the funny verses," Valerie said, "and here
+we are at the wall again."
+
+"And here's luck to us, and our wishing!" cried Betty.
+
+She sprang up on the wall beside Valerie, and for a moment the two sat
+thinking.
+
+It was Valerie who first spoke.
+
+"I've been trying to think what to wish for," she said, "and now all at
+once I know. Mother told me to work hard this year, so as to stand high
+in my class, and Aunt Phyllis said if I could finish in June with
+ninety per cent. average she'd give me a beautiful ring. Yes, that's
+what I'll wish for by the old well, and after I've wished it, I'll work
+harder than ever so that my wish will come true. Well, why do you
+laugh?" she asked, looking not only amazed, but rather vexed at Betty,
+who could not stop laughing even when she saw that Valerie was far from
+thinking it a joke.
+
+"Well, what have I said that is so awfully funny?" she asked sharply.
+
+"Don't be provoked, Valerie," Betty said, but her shoulders shook
+although she tried to check her laughter.
+
+"I was only thinking," she continued, "how generous you were to help the
+old well out so nicely. Just as soon as you've wished, you'll start
+right out to work hard enough to just _make_ the wish come true, well
+or no well, and I do believe, if your aunt gives you the ring, you'll
+forget how hard you worked, and you'll be saying: 'I do more than half
+believe in the wishing-well!'"
+
+Valerie was never long angry, and she laughed as she answered:
+
+"Well, Miss Wise-one, are you going to wish, and then sit back and wait
+to see if it 'comes true'?"
+
+"I'll wish just for fun, but I don't believe what she said about the old
+well any more than you do, Valerie Dare. We'd be silly to even think
+that an old well had any power to grant wishes," Betty said, but Valerie
+laughed again.
+
+"Then why did we bother to sit on this wall and wish?" she said.
+
+"We might just as well wish while we're waiting along the road."
+
+"Come on!" cried Betty. "You wished on the wall beside the well, and
+I'll wish as we walk along, and we'll see which gets what she wished
+for."
+
+"All right," agreed Valerie, "but I _do_ hope you'll get yours, Betty."
+
+"I'm as likely to, as if I'd kept sitting by the well," Betty said, "for
+I wish for what just _couldn't_ happen."
+
+"Why Betty Chase! Why don't you wish for something that you've a
+_chance_ of getting," said Valerie, stopping squarely in front of Betty.
+
+"Because I have everything I want but one thing," was the quiet reply.
+
+"And that one thing is--what?" queried Valerie.
+
+"I love Dorothy Dainty, and I don't want to say 'good-by' to her when
+school closes. I'd like to be where she is this summer, but that
+_couldn't_ be. You see our summer home is lovely, and we go there every
+year. Father and mother like the country better than the shore, but I
+like the beach, and the water best. Dorothy and Nancy will go home to
+Merrivale, but whether they spend the summer there, or go away to some
+other place, it won't make much difference to me. It's not likely to
+happen that they'll come to the quiet little town where we are to spend
+the summer."
+
+Betty's merry face now wore such a sober expression that Valerie said:
+
+"Well, I still say I wish you'd wanted something that really could
+happen."
+
+At that moment some one appeared just around a bend of the road, some
+one wearing the gayest of colors, and with her a little old-fashioned
+figure in a dark brown dress.
+
+"Look! Patricia and Arabella are coming this way, and they look as if
+they were planning something great. Just see how close together their
+heads are! I don't know Arabella very well, but when Patricia is 'up to'
+anything, it's pretty sure to be mischief."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," Valerie. "It's just as likely to be some way she's
+planning for a chance to show off."
+
+Betty laughed.
+
+"Did you hear Vera Vane telling about the afternoon that Patricia
+knocked at her door, and said that she had come to 'make a call'?"
+
+"I didn't hear that," said Valerie. "What did she do?"
+
+"She was wearing all the rings and bangles that she owned, and in her
+hand was a card-case, just as if she were grown up. She sat on the tip
+edge of her chair, and she kept taking out her handkerchief, and
+shaking it because it was drenched with perfumery, and when she went,
+she emptied the card-case on the table, and Vera counted the cards. Say,
+Patricia had left _fifty_. Wasn't that funny?"
+
+"Hush--sh!" breathed Valerie, "she might hear you."
+
+Patricia rushed forward, while Arabella, as usual, hung back, preferring
+to stare at Betty and Valerie through her spectacles, rather than have a
+little chat.
+
+She wanted to watch their faces, and see if they were greatly surprised
+with the news that Patricia had to tell.
+
+"Guess where we're going!" Patricia cried, "but you couldn't guess, so
+I'll tell you. We're going over to the well, the one that's called the
+wishing-well," she explained, "and we mustn't tell what we mean to wish
+for, 'cause if you tell, you wouldn't get your wish. Did you know that?"
+
+Betty said that she had not heard that.
+
+"I'll tell you to-morrow just how to find it, but we can't stop now.
+There isn't time."
+
+"Late!" cried Valerie. "I guess you two are late. We think we have to
+hurry to get to Glenmore on time, and you are going away from school
+every minute. Why don't you go to the well, if you want to, to-morrow."
+
+Arabella thought that they ought to turn back, but Patricia seized her
+hand, and the two commenced to run.
+
+"They'll be a half-hour late," said Valerie, looking after the flying
+figures.
+
+"And 'The Fender' will be waiting for a chance to scold them when they
+come in," said Betty.
+
+As they pushed the gate open, they saw a little figure disappearing
+around the corner of the house.
+
+"That was Ida Mayo," said Valerie.
+
+"I didn't see her face. Are you sure it was Ida?" Betty asked.
+
+"Oh, it was Ida," Valerie answered, "and I do wonder why she stays in
+her room all the time. If she happens to come down when the girls are
+out, she runs, the moment she sees any of us coming."
+
+"It's a long time ago that she was sick," Betty replied, "but she must
+be all right by this time. I wonder why she ran when she saw us? We
+don't know her well enough to stop her to talk. She's bigger than we
+are, and she's three classes above us."
+
+"Who told you she stayed in her own room all the time?" continued Betty.
+
+"Patricia Levine said so," Valerie said.
+
+"Why, Valerie Dare, you know Patricia tells--well--things that aren't
+_really_ true," said Betty.
+
+"Well, we don't see Ida, now, as we used to," Valerie said.
+
+"That might just happen," said Betty.
+
+It happened that what Patricia had said was true.
+
+The so-called "beautifier" had injured the skin so severely that it
+required time to heal it.
+
+Mrs. Marvin had said that Ida was feeling far from well, which was true.
+
+Her vanity had prompted her to do a foolish thing, and she had suffered
+for it, both because of her painful face, and because in her
+nervousness, she had cried until completely tired out.
+
+Mrs. Marvin had talked with her kindly and wisely, she had let old Judy
+take her meals up to her room, and she had personally given her private
+instruction, for she pitied the silly girl, and sought to keep curious
+ones from annoying her.
+
+Ida had hastened away when she had seen the two younger girls coming
+because there still were traces on her cheeks of the burning caused by
+the patent "beautifier," and she seemed more afraid of the comments of
+the younger girls, than of her own classmates.
+
+As the two girls entered the hall they saw that the tall clock marked
+the time as quarter-past five.
+
+"Fifteen minutes to fix up just a bit," said Betty. "Come on!"
+
+They raced up the stairs and soon reached their room.
+
+Valerie was ready first, because Betty had found a letter waiting for
+her, and promptly sat down to read it.
+
+"You'd better not stop to read it," cautioned Valerie, "for when we came
+in we had only fifteen minutes to--"
+
+But just then Betty gave a little cry of delight.
+
+"Oh-oo! Just listen to this!" she cried. "Father says we are to go to
+the shore this summer just for a change, and already he has rented the
+summer place." She clapped her hands, and laughed with sheer happiness.
+
+"Oh, I'm so glad to hear that to-night. I do believe I'll dream about
+it," she said.
+
+The half-hour for social chat was over, and dinner was half through when
+Patricia and Arabella entered the dining-room.
+
+All eyes were turned upon them.
+
+Patricia held her chin very high, and looked as if she were thinking: "I
+know I'm late, but what of that?" She was assuming a boldness that she
+did not feel, whereas Arabella was absolutely natural. She felt
+frightened, and looked--just as she felt.
+
+"Wouldn't you like to know what they wished?" whispered Valerie, to
+which Betty whispered in reply:
+
+"I'd like to know, but they wouldn't tell us."
+
+It was a fixed rule at Glenmore that the pupils must be present at the
+social half-hour, and then be sure of being prompt at six, the dinner
+hour. Patricia and Arabella were the first to break that rule.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+There was to be a week's vacation, and all but four of the pupils were
+to spend it at home.
+
+They were Patricia and Arabella, Dorothy, and Nancy.
+
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were still traveling, and Mrs. Vane had
+asked Vera to bring Dorothy and Nancy home with her for the week.
+Already they had planned enough pleasure to last a month, and Vera was
+still racking her busy brain to think of other things that they might
+do.
+
+The pupils were welcome to remain at Glenmore if they wished, and
+Patricia had decided that that was just what she would do.
+
+Arabella had hesitated. She was fond of her father, and she had intended
+to go home for the week, but Patricia had declared that they would stay
+at Glenmore, and Arabella was no match for Patricia, so it was settled
+that they would remain at the school.
+
+The week at Vera's home opened charmingly.
+
+Mrs. Vane had given the week over to Vera and her three little guests.
+
+"It isn't quite a week," she said when she greeted them, "for you have
+arrived Monday afternoon, and you must leave Saturday morning. That
+gives us Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, and we must make each
+day delightful."
+
+"It always is delightful here," said Dorothy, "and it seemed so good to
+come to you when mother was away."
+
+Mrs. Vane drew Dorothy closer. She knew that at heart, sweet Dorothy was
+a bit homesick.
+
+"We'll have a pleasant little home evening with music and games," she
+said, "and you'll all feel rested by to-morrow. I'll not tell what I've
+in store for to-morrow. That is a secret," she said.
+
+Of course Vera coaxed, and the others tried to guess, but Mrs. Vane
+remained firm, only laughing as their guessing grew wilder.
+
+"Mother truly can keep a secret, but I can't," said Vera. "I mean to
+keep it but first thing I know, I'm telling it."
+
+"We all know that," said Elf, and Vera joined in the laughter of the
+others.
+
+Tuesday was fair, and Mrs. Vane, at lunch looked at the four bright
+faces before her, Vera, a small copy of herself; Elf, whose mischievous
+face was truly elfish; Nancy, whose gypsy beauty always pleased, and
+Dorothy, blue-eyed, fair-haired, whose lovable disposition shone from
+her eyes, and made her sweet to look upon.
+
+"We shall take a trip to Fairy-land this afternoon," she said, "and
+must start directly after lunch."
+
+That was all that she would tell, and as they motored up one busy
+street, and down another, she enjoyed watching their eager faces, and
+listening to their chatter.
+
+Fairy-land proved to be a wonderful play, depicting Elf-land with
+fairies, water nymphs, elves and witches, goblins, and gnomes, with
+exquisite scenery, beautiful costumes, and graceful dancing that held
+them entranced, from the time that the curtain went up until the grand
+march of the fairies at the finale.
+
+The "grown-ups" in the audience were delighted, so it was not strange
+that Mrs. Vane's party was spellbound.
+
+Of them all, Nancy best understood the perfect art of the dancing. She
+had been drilled in those dainty steps, and she saw how cleverly each
+did her part.
+
+It was an afternoon of enchantment, and when the play was over, the gay
+little party howled along the broad thoroughfare toward home and they
+talked of the beautiful fairy play, and the graceful girls who had
+danced as nymphs.
+
+The four days passed so quickly that when Saturday dawned, it seemed
+hardly possible that it was time to return to Glenmore.
+
+There had been a wonderful exhibition of paintings for Wednesday, a huge
+fair for Thursday at which Mrs. Vane bought a lovely gift for each as a
+souvenir.
+
+Thursday they had motored out beyond the city where willows were showing
+their misty green, and gay little crocus beds were in bloom. They had
+stopped for lunch at a pretty restaurant that looked for all the world
+like a rustic cottage, and then had returned to find Rob Vane waiting to
+greet them, as they drew up to the house.
+
+"Hello!" he called to them before they had alighted.
+
+"How is this, that a fellow gets a week's vacation, and comes home from
+school to find only servants to greet him?"
+
+"Why, Robert, I am glad enough to have you home for a week. I thought
+you were to stay at school for extra coaching?"
+
+"That's what I wrote in my last letter," said Rob, "but I passed exams.
+with flying colors. I was nervous, and feared I wasn't prepared, but
+say! I was needlessly scared, for I not only 'passed,' but snatched the
+prize for mathematics."
+
+"I am proud of you, Robert, and your father will be pleased," Mrs. Vane
+said, her fine eyes shining.
+
+"And I'm proud of you, Rob," cried Vera, rushing at him, and clasping
+her arms about him.
+
+"Hi, Pussy Weather-vane, it's good to have a little sister," said Rob,
+swinging her around until she was dizzy.
+
+"Are you glad to see me, too?" he asked, laughing at her flushed cheeks,
+and touzled, flaxen hair.
+
+"Oh, Rob! _So_ glad, even if you do shake me up until I look wild," Vera
+said, clinging to his arm, and dragging him toward the little guests.
+
+"I dare to say he's the best brother in the world because neither one of
+you has a brother, so you won't be offended."
+
+"Spare my blushes, Vera," cried Rob. "Say, girls, I'm mighty glad to see
+you. How long are you to stay? A week?"
+
+"We are going back to Glenmore Saturday," Dorothy said, "and we start at
+nine in the morning. There is no one at the Stone House but the
+servants, and it was so lovely to come home with Vera."
+
+"It surely was the best thing that you could do," Rob replied earnestly,
+for he knew by a slight quiver in her voice that Dorothy was a bit
+homesick.
+
+Nancy heard the odd little quiver when Dorothy was speaking, and she
+hastened to speak of cheery things.
+
+"We've had just the dearest visit, and we've been to the theater, to a
+big fair, to see a hall hung with beautiful pictures, and how we have
+enjoyed it all!" she said.
+
+"I'll do the entertaining to-morrow," said Rob. "I'll take you all to
+see something that will be no end of fun."
+
+"What will it be, Rob?" Vera asked, but Rob tweaked her curls, and
+laughed.
+
+"That's my secret," he said, and they had to be satisfied with that.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A LIVELY WEEK
+
+
+Dorothy woke very early the next morning, and turned to look at Nancy,
+to find that Nancy was looking straight at her. They both laughed.
+
+"I was wondering if you were awake," Nancy said.
+
+"I turned to look at you, Nancy, to see if your eyes were open," Dorothy
+said. "I was going to ask you if you knew that Patricia and Arabella
+were spending the week at Glenmore."
+
+"I knew it, because when I told Patricia that we were to spend the week
+at Vera's home, she looked, for just a second, as if she were provoked
+because she had not been invited, too. Then she hurried to say that
+she'd rather stay at Glenmore. That Arabella was to stay, too, and that
+she thought they would have a finer time than we."
+
+"I wonder how they amused themselves," Dorothy said. "Glenmore would be
+so quiet with all the girls away."
+
+"And Miss Fenler would have all the time to watch them, with none of the
+other pupils to care for," responded Nancy.
+
+"Dorothy, Nancy! Come down so I can tell you something!" called Vera.
+
+They heard Mrs. Vane say gently:
+
+"Don't hurry them, Vera."
+
+They were half-way down the stairs, however, and in the lower hall they
+saw Elf, already up, because she had shared Vera's room, and Vera had
+awakened her.
+
+"Rob has told me! Rob has told me!" Vera said, dancing around Dorothy
+and Nancy. "Bob has told me, and I couldn't wait to tell you. He's going
+to take us out into the country to our summer place, and there we'll go
+to a little country circus! Won't that be great? He came home just in
+time."
+
+"That will be great fun," said Dorothy, "and after we've seen it, we can
+talk it over, all the way back."
+
+"Let's get ready now!" cried Vera.
+
+"Why, Vera! It is only eight o'clock, and the circus begins at two, so
+Bob said," Elf remarked, with the thought of calming Vera, but that was
+not so easily done.
+
+"But it's a two-hour ride out there. Come up to my room, Elf, and help
+me choose a dress," Vera replied, as she caught Elf by the hand and
+rushed up the stairway. How they laughed.
+
+The morning sped on wings, and lunch was served early.
+
+Just as they were leaving the house, the postman brought a letter for
+Dorothy that had been remailed from Glenmore, and she took it with her
+to read, if there was an opportunity.
+
+The ride out from the city over fine roads, and along beautiful avenues,
+was delightful, and the jolly little party reached "Vane Villa," earlier
+than they had thought possible.
+
+"Dorothy is aching to read her letter," Vera said, "so sit out here and
+read it, Dorothy dear," she continued, "and Rob will take Elf around to
+see the kennels, and I'll tag along with them, for if I stay here, I'll
+talk and talk so you won't know what is in your letter after all."
+
+It was a kind thought, and a bit of tact that careless, flighty Vera
+often showed.
+
+Dorothy opened her letter, and commenced reading. After a few lines she
+looked up, her eyes shining.
+
+"Nancy, come here, and listen to this.
+
+"They are already on the homeward trip, and the first of May Mother and
+Aunt Charlotte will be at the Stone House, and we are to join them a
+week later. Already Mother has written to Mrs. Marvin, and we are to be
+excused for the last two weeks at Glenmore, and away we'll speed toward
+Merrivale and home."
+
+"Oh, I am _so_ glad!" Nancy cried as she pressed Dorothy closer.
+
+"And that isn't all," said Dorothy, "for hear this:
+
+   "I'm sure, dear, that you and Nancy will be
+   delighted to know that, after a short stay at the
+   Stone House, we shall go to Foam Ridge for the
+   summer. You are both so fond of the shore, and the
+   salt air."
+
+Nancy's eyes were bright, and there was a droll twinkle in them.
+
+Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news.
+
+"Do you mean that?" Dorothy asked. "Are you _sure_?"
+
+Nancy laughed and nodded.
+
+[Illustration: DRAWING CLOSER, NANCY WHISPERED A RARE BIT OF
+NEWS.--_Page 186._]
+
+"Perfectly sure," she said, "for only the day before vacation Betty told
+me that her mother had just written to say that for a change they were
+to spend the summer at the shore, and she said: 'Isn't "Foam Ridge" a
+pretty name.' I didn't think to tell you, because I never dreamed that
+we would be going to the same place. I knew you'd be pleased, for you
+like Betty Chase as well as I do."
+
+"Oh, I am truly glad that we shall see Betty at the shore."
+
+"Hello!" shouted Rob. "Anybody thinking of going to the circus!"
+
+"Yes! Yes!" they cried, and ran to join Rob and Vera and Elf.
+
+For a small circus it proved to be quite a show. There were trained dogs
+that were really clever, there were trained elephants, but best of all
+there were some handsome horses, whose riders did wonderful vaulting,
+tumbling, and riding, springing over hurdles, and through covered hoops.
+
+When they left the tent the girls were delighted with the show, and Rob
+said it made him think of his early ambition to be a circus performer.
+
+"Why wouldn't you like to now?" asked Vera. "If I had ever wanted to,
+I'd want to now. I wouldn't change my mind. Well, I don't see why you
+all laugh!" she cried, looking in surprise from one to the other.
+
+It was small wonder that they laughed. Vera rarely held one opinion for
+more than half a day, and had been known to have a half-dozen minds
+inside of an hour!
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was a jolly party that took the train for Glenmore on Saturday
+morning. Rob had taken them to the station, bought a a box of candy for
+each, and waited until the last moment to leave the train.
+
+"If Miss Fenler has been watching Patricia this week she has been busy,"
+said Elf, when they had settled themselves for the long ride.
+
+"She could easily watch Arabella, she is so slow," Dorothy said.
+
+It happened that Mrs. Marvin had told Miss Fenler to closely watch both
+girls who had chosen to spend the week's vacation at the school.
+
+School without lessons would be fine, they thought.
+
+"I think Arabella Correyville, if she were here alone, would be very
+little care, but Patricia Levine is as full of queer notions as any girl
+could be, and she plans the oddest mischief, and then drags slow little
+Arabella into it. Patricia never tries to help her out, and she
+invariably laughs if Arabella is caught.
+
+"Arabella is so slow that she really doesn't know that Patricia rules
+her, while Patricia rules, and laughs at Arabella for obeying.
+
+"I promise to watch them, and I am likely to be more closely employed
+than during a regular school session," Miss Fenler said in reply.
+
+The first day passed without any especial happening, but the next day
+the two set out for a walk, soon after breakfast, and did not return
+until just before six.
+
+"You were not here at one o'clock for lunch," Miss Fenler said. "Where
+were you?"
+
+"I lunched with a friend," said Patricia, and Arabella drawled, "So did
+I."
+
+"I did not know that you had friends here in town," Miss Fenler said, in
+surprise. They were, of course friends, and they had lunched together.
+What they had said had been true, but surely not honest.
+
+Arabella stared stupidly at Miss Fenler, and Patricia imitated her
+stolid friend, too. It was easier to look dull than to answer more
+questions.
+
+On the third day Mrs. Marvin was absolutely amazed to glance toward her
+window just in time to see Patricia entering the house with a cat in her
+arms.
+
+Questioned as to where she obtained the cat she said that a boy gave it
+to her, that she didn't know his name, or where he lived.
+
+"Where do you expect to keep it?" asked Miss Fenler, who had been sent
+to meet her.
+
+"I thought I could keep her in the little shed that's next to the
+kitchen, and then Judy could feed her," was the answer, given as
+confidently as if the whole matter were settled.
+
+Mrs. Marvin came out into the hall in time to hear what Patricia said.
+
+"I think we can arrange to let puss remain if she is to be under Judy's
+care," she said, "for only yesterday she told me that the mice are
+becoming very bold, and they are too wise to go into the traps that she
+sets."
+
+A sound of falling pans, flat-irons, and other kitchen utensils made
+them start. Patricia clung to the cat, although it was making desperate
+efforts to get away.
+
+"Ow-oo-o! O massy sakes! Yow-hoo!" shouted Judy as she burst the door
+open, and tore out into the hall.
+
+"Dem mices'll kill me yit, I do b'liebe!" she yelled. "De windows, an'
+do's is shet, an' dey's prancin' on de kitchen' flo. Oh-oo!"
+
+"Hush, Judy, hush!" Mrs. Marvin said. "We've a cat with us, and she is
+just in time."
+
+"I sho' won't go nigh dat kitchen wid no cat, nor nuffin' else," Judy
+said, her eyes rolling in terror.
+
+"Pooh!" cried Patricia, "I'd be glad to put her out there before I get
+any more scratches," and going to the end of the hall, she opened the
+door, and dropped puss on the floor.
+
+In less time than it takes to tell it the cat had caught the two tiny
+mice, that had been far more afraid of the big colored woman, than she
+had been of them, and that is saying a great deal.
+
+Patricia was never inclined to be in any way obliging. She was one of
+those unpleasant girls who find no joy in being kind or helpful.
+
+Whatever she did, was done wholly for her own sake, and Judy eyed her
+with suspicion when she saw how promptly she took the big cat to the
+kitchen.
+
+Having given the cat over to the care of Judy, Patricia raced up the
+stairway to her room.
+
+Judy rolled her eyes to look after her.
+
+"Wha' fo' she done dat?" she asked of Miss Fenler, who stood near her.
+
+"Wha' fo'? I axes. Dat ar young miss done bring dat cat home ter hab in
+her room fo' a pet. How happen her to gib it up ter Judy?"
+
+"Nonsense, Judy. She knows, as all the pupils know, that it is a fixed
+rule at Glenmore, that no pupil can have a pet in her room."
+
+"All de same, Miss Patrichy _meant_ dat cat ter be up in her room, long
+o' dat ar _Carbale_ gal."
+
+Judy never could get Arabella's name correctly. Sometimes it was
+"Carbale," then it was "_Corbille_," but never once had she managed to
+call it Correyville.
+
+"Well, the cat is in the kitchen now, and you must look out for her.
+Keep her in for a few days until she feels that this is home, and then
+she will stay," Miss Fenler said, and returned to her account-books.
+
+Thursday the two girls were in their room all day, reading, and
+devouring a "treat" that Patricia had smuggled in. It was much the same
+menu that Patricia usually chose, without a thought as to how the
+different things would combine.
+
+Who but Patricia Levine would ever think of eating ice-cream, and big
+green pickles at the same time?
+
+The reason that she would have given for eating them at the same time
+would have been that she liked both.
+
+They ate the papers of ice-cream first before it could melt, and then,
+each took a huge green pickle, and a favorite book, and settled down to
+read.
+
+When the lunch hour arrived, Patricia felt a bit "queer," while
+Arabella felt decidedly "queerer."
+
+Neither cared to eat, but they dared not stay away from the dining-room,
+so both went down to the table, but they made only a pretense of eating.
+
+Early in the afternoon both felt hungry. Patricia rushed to the closet,
+and returned with some chocolate eclaires, and a bottle of olives.
+
+"I'll eat an eclaire," said Arabella, "but maybe I'd better not eat
+olives with it."
+
+"Well, of all things!" cried Patricia. "Let me tell you what you don't
+know. Eclaires and olives just _b'long_ together. Don't act funny,
+Arabella."
+
+Arabella, always afraid of being laughed at, ate not only one eclaire,
+but two, and a dozen olives, as well.
+
+During the afternoon, they ate four crullers, two pickled limes, two
+ham sandwiches, and a pound of fudge.
+
+Patricia could eat anything, and any amount of food without any ill
+effect, but Arabella was really sick when the hour for dinner arrived.
+
+When Mrs. Marvin questioned Patricia, she said that Arabella had a
+headache, and that she had said that she was not hungry.
+
+Mrs. Marvin sent a waitress up to their room with some toast and tea for
+Arabella. Arabella barely tasted it, and the girl returned to report
+that Miss Arabella looked sick, and really could not eat.
+
+The next day found her much like her usual self, and Patricia proposed a
+walk.
+
+"I'll go with you in a minute," said Arabella.
+
+"What _are_ you waiting for?" snapped Patricia. She turned, and saw that
+Arabella was shaking some green pills from a bottle.
+
+"It's hard work trying to mind two people who say different things,"
+complained Arabella. "Aunt Matilda told me to take these green pills
+every hour, wherever I happen to be, and Mrs. Marvin says I must not be
+continually taking medicine in the class-room. How can I do both?"
+
+"Don't take it at all!" cried Patricia.
+
+"But my health--"
+
+"Oh, bother your health," said Patricia. "I should think you'd be sick
+of hearing about it."
+
+"I am," confessed Arabella.
+
+"Then pitch every one of those bottles out, and see what happens! No
+wonder the girls here call you the 'medicine-chest.' The doses you take
+make me sick just to see them."
+
+Arabella looked sulky, and when Patricia started for a walk, Arabella
+refused to go. She was usually afraid of Patricia, and did as she
+directed, but when she became sulky, not even Patricia could move her,
+try as she might.
+
+Arabella was standing near the window when Patricia returned, and what
+she saw was anything but pleasing.
+
+At the end of a leash was a small, shaggy, yellow dog, of no especial
+breed!
+
+Arabella detested dogs, and was desperately afraid of them as well.
+
+She told herself that the dog would also be in Judy's care, and was
+wondering how he would get on with the cat, when she heard a loud
+whisper outside the door.
+
+"Let me in, quick!" it said, and when Arabella opened the door, Patricia
+stumbled over the dog who had run between her feet, and the two landed
+on the middle of the rug in a heap.
+
+"There! Isn't he a beauty?" Patricia asked and without waiting for an
+answer continued, "A man told me he was a valuable dog that _ought_ to
+bring fifty dollars, but because he was going to leave town, he let me
+have him, for two dollars, and threw in the leash. Wasn't that a
+bargain?"
+
+"What are you going to do with him?" Arabella asked. "Oh, take him away!
+I don't want him sniffing at me!"
+
+Patricia made an outrageous face, and tugged at the leash.
+
+"Keep him in this room until I go home, and then take him with me," she
+said.
+
+"I'll not sleep in this room if that dog is kept in here!" declared
+Arabella.
+
+"Where will you sleep?" Patricia asked, coolly. "They wouldn't let you
+sleep out in the hall, and if I put the dog out there, 'The Fender'
+will take him."
+
+By extreme care, Patricia managed not to do anything that would make him
+bark.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+AN INNOCENT SNEAK-THIEF
+
+
+The little dog had slept all night, but when morning came he wanted to
+go out for a romp. Patricia tied him to the leg of the bed, gave him
+some breakfast and sat on the floor beside him to stop him if he began
+to bark.
+
+Thus far he had been very quiet, only softly growling, and stopping that
+when Patricia held up her finger and told him he must "keep still."
+
+"Why do we have to review?" Patricia said as Arabella took up a book.
+
+"The idea of looking into my history to see when Virginia was settled at
+Jamestown when any one _knows_ it was in fourteen ninety-two!"
+
+"O my, Patricia! That's wrong," Arabella said, "That's when Columbus
+discovered America."
+
+"Well, for goodness' sake! Couldn't he have landed in Virginia, and
+settled it at the same time?" demanded Patricia. She was desperately
+angry, but Arabella persisted.
+
+"Don't you _know_, Patricia, it _couldn't_ have been settled in fourteen
+ninety-two?"
+
+"Oh, don't bother me about that!" said Patricia, and Arabella, peering
+at her through her goggles decided that it would be wise to do no more
+correcting.
+
+"I don't think Miss Fenler is fair," said Patricia, "for she marked my
+history paper only forty-two, and I just _know_ it ought to have been
+higher than that. And my spelling she marked only thirty-eight last
+month, and all because I put an r in water, spelling it 'warter,' and
+I'm sure that's not bad."
+
+"You put two t's in it, too," said Arabella.
+
+"I will again if I want to," snapped Patricia.
+
+"There's the breakfast-bell. He's sure to bark while we're down-stairs,"
+Arabella said. She hoped that he would, so that he might be given other
+quarters. He looked up as the door closed, and was about to bark when he
+saw one of Arabella's slippers, and grabbing it, retired under the bed
+to chew it.
+
+It was a rule that the maids should make the beds, and put the rooms in
+order while the pupils were at breakfast, and on that morning it fell to
+Maggie's share of the work to care for the only room now occupied.
+
+She was a good-natured Irish girl, and she entered the room singing:
+
+   "'Now, Rory, be aisy, don't tase me no more,
+   'Tis the--'"
+
+"Och, murther! Murther! There's a man under the bed, an' he grabbed me
+by me shoe,--oh! oh!"
+
+Down-stairs she ran, screaming all the way, declaring that there was a
+man up-stairs, and calling for some one brave enough to "dhrive him
+out."
+
+Her terror was very real, and Marcus was called in to oust the intruder.
+
+"It must be a sneak-thief," said Miss Fenler.
+
+"It _am_ a sneak-thief," said Marcus, appearing with the small dog in
+his arms.
+
+"He stole a slipper, an den sneaked under der bed ter chew on it. Sure,
+he am a sneak-thief, but I knows a cullud gemman what wants a dog, an'
+I guess he's 'bout the right size. Dey has a pow'ful small house, an'
+him an' his wife, an' seben chilluns lib in dem two rooms, so he
+couldn't want no bigger dog dan dis yar."
+
+"Why nobody can give that dog away!" shrieked Patricia. "I bought him
+yesterday, and paid the man two dollars for him. He's mine!"
+
+"Do you mean to tell me, Patricia, that you bought that dog and
+deliberately brought him here, when you knew that it was against the
+rules of the school?" Mrs. Marvin asked.
+
+"You kept the cat," said Patricia.
+
+"Because I let the cat remain, you decided that it would be safe to do
+practically the same thing again, did you?" Mrs. Marvin's usually kind
+voice sounded very cold now.
+
+"He isn't a cat, so 'tisn't the same," Patricia said with a pout.
+
+"We must find an owner for him, Marcus," Mrs. Marvin said.
+
+"I _won't_ let him go!" screamed Patricia.
+
+"You cannot keep him here."
+
+"Then I'll go back to my aunt's house at Merrivale, and take him with
+me," said Patricia.
+
+"Do as you like about that," Mrs. Marvin said quietly, "but you must
+choose."
+
+"I've _choosed_, I mean 'chosen,'" said Patricia. "I'll go right
+straight off, and take the dog with me."
+
+It looked like haste and anger, but for weeks Patricia had been so far
+behind the others of her class, that she believed that any day Mrs.
+Marvin would send her home with a letter stating that she had been
+neglecting study, and must give up her place to some ambitious pupil.
+Patricia preferred to go of her own choice, so she rushed to her room,
+and began to pack her belongings.
+
+Arabella stood watching her as if not fully realizing that she was
+losing her chum.
+
+She was not quite so dull as she appeared. She was sorry to have
+Patricia go, and she was not at all sure that she would like her room
+all to herself. At the same time she was comforting herself with the
+thought that there would be no one to make her eat things that she ate
+for the sake of peace and that nearly always made her ill, or to drag
+her into mischief that she, herself would never have thought of. When
+Patricia's trunk was strapped to the back of the carriage, and she stood
+on the porch, her suit-case in one hand, her other hand holding the
+dog's leash, she turned to Arabella.
+
+"Well, aren't you going to say something, now I'm ready to start?" she
+asked.
+
+"Do'no' what to say," drawled Arabella.
+
+Arabella had spoken the truth, which, however, was not complimentary,
+and Patricia was offended.
+
+Arabella, looking after her tried to decide just how she felt. She would
+miss Patricia, because at times she was a lively chum, but she was quick
+to take offense, and Arabella was always doing something that displeased
+her.
+
+Then, too, Arabella had a very small allowance, while Patricia spent
+money with a free hand, and always "shared" with Arabella. But what joy
+was there in eating the oddly chosen "treats"?
+
+Arabella decided that as there was but a short time before the closing
+of school, it was, perhaps, the best thing that could have happened,
+that Patricia had decided to go back to Merrivale. It seemed strange
+that she should prefer to be with her aunt in Merrivale, rather than
+with her mother, at their home in New York, but those who knew were not
+surprised.
+
+Mrs. Levine was as strange in some respects, as her little daughter was
+in others. If Patricia enjoyed being away from home, Mrs. Levine,
+flighty, and weak-willed, was glad to be free from the care of Patricia.
+
+The aunt was very glad of the money paid for Patricia's board, so every
+one concerned seemed satisfied.
+
+Surely Patricia was having but little training, but who was there to
+complain?
+
+Being away from home had one decided advantage, Patricia thought.
+
+She could ask for money when she needed clothing, and when she received
+it she could make her own choice of hats, coats, or dresses, and what a
+lively choice it was!
+
+She had rightly earned the title of the "Human Rainbow."
+
+She had heard the name, and she liked it. She thought that it implied
+that her costumes were gay, rather than dull colored.
+
+Mrs. Marvin breathed a sigh of relief when Patricia had actually left
+Glenmore, and Miss Fenler remarked that Arabella was really too slow to
+get into mischief, now that she had no one to assist her.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The ride had been a long one, and the car had been hot after the early
+morning. Vera complained that she was fairly roasted, while Elf declared
+that she had breathed smoke from the open windows until she believed
+that she would smell smoke for a week. Dorothy and Nancy made little
+fuss about either smoke or heat, bearing the discomforts of the trip
+patiently, and laughing when Vera fumed.
+
+"Well, I know, if I were a man," said Vera, "I could make some kind of
+an engine that would go like lightning, and have neither smoke nor
+cinders. I told Rob that, and he said, 'Oh, don't let it stop you
+because you're not a man. Just go ahead, Pussy Weather-vane, and plan
+it. The companies won't refuse to use it because it wasn't invented by a
+man!'
+
+"Now, isn't that just like a boy? What time do I have to do things like
+that? Doesn't he know that I have lessons, and all sorts of things that
+hinder me?"
+
+"Why do you girls laugh at everything I say, just as Rob does?" she
+concluded, looking in surprise, from one merry face to the other.
+
+"Oh, but Vera, you are funny when you sputter," said Elf.
+
+"I s'pose I am," agreed Vera, "and I don't much care. I'm sure I'd
+rather make you laugh, than make you look sober."
+
+"Look! Look!" cried Dorothy.
+
+"We're almost to Glenmore!"
+
+"Not yet," said Vera.
+
+"Oh, but Dorothy is right," said Nancy, "for look there where the river
+glistens in the sun."
+
+"And see that big Club House right over there," Dorothy said, pointing
+toward a handsome building of which the town of Glenmore was justly
+proud.
+
+"But it doesn't seem quite like--"
+
+Vera's remark was interrupted by the trainman, who opened the door and
+shouted, "Glenmore! Glenmore!"
+
+"I guess it did look like it," Vera said, as she sprang out on the
+platform, followed by her three laughing companions. Marcus was waiting
+for them.
+
+"Yo'-all git in, an' we'll git dar as quick as we kin. Mis' Marvin, she
+say all the other pupils is arriv, an' she hopes you fo' will be some
+prompt."
+
+"We came as soon as the train would bring us," said Elf.
+
+"But dat train am an hour later dan de time-table say."
+
+"Do you believe that?" Elf asked of the others, as they rode along.
+
+"They must have changed the time-table," Nancy said.
+
+Marcus turned his head to shout:
+
+"No, miss, no. Nobody doesn't neber chane nuffin' in Glenmore!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin was on the porch, as the carriage turned in at the gateway,
+and she stepped forward to greet them as they sprang out on the walk.
+
+"I was beginning to wonder what had detained you, when I was delighted
+to see the carriage coming around the bend of the road. You are just in
+time to go to your rooms and 'freshen up' a bit before dinner, and--
+Why, Arabella Correyville! What does this mean?"
+
+A drenched and bedraggled figure was mounting the steps. Her hair, and
+garments were dripping, she had lost her goggles, and without them her
+eyes had a frightened stare.
+
+"I didn't mean to look like this," she said, "but I lost the key to my
+room. I'd locked the door when I went out, and I wanted to study some
+before dinner. I climbed up onto the edge of that hogshead that the
+workmen had left right beside the trellis that runs up by my window. I
+meant to get in at my window, but I fell and got into a hogshead of
+dirty water. 'Twasn't very pleasant," she drawled.
+
+One might have thought, from the manner in which she said it that most
+people would have enjoyed the "ducking"!
+
+Mrs. Marvin looked discouraged. This was the girl that _could not_ get
+into a scrape, now that she had no one to drag her in!
+
+"Miss Fenler, will you assist Arabella in making herself presentable
+before six? It is after five-thirty now."
+
+Miss Fenler looked anything but pleased, but she dared not refuse.
+Arabella seemed quieter than ever when she came down the stairway, her
+wet garments exchanged for dry ones, and her straight hair primly
+braided, thanks to Miss Fenler.
+
+Doubtless she had not recovered from her surprise when she found
+herself in the hogshead. It always required time for Arabella to recover
+from any new idea, or unusual happening.
+
+The other girls were giving the four who had just returned a gay
+welcome, and Dorothy slipped her arm around Betty Chase, and told her
+the fine news that during the summer they were both to be at Foam Ridge.
+
+"Oh, Dorothy!" cried Betty, her dark eyes shining, "I was delighted when
+mother wrote that we were going there, just because I so love to be at
+the shore, and now to think that you and Nancy are to spend the summer
+there,--oh, it is such a dear surprise."
+
+"But listen, every one!" cried Valerie Dare. "That's all very fine for
+Betty, but the other bit of news isn't quite so nice. Dorothy Dainty and
+Nancy Ferris are to leave Glenmore two weeks earlier than the rest of
+us. Say! Do you think we'll miss them?"
+
+"Oh, Dorothy Dainty! Why do you go so soon?"
+
+"And take Nancy with you, too! Say, do you have to?"
+
+"Can't you stay longer?"
+
+These and many more were the queries called forth by Valerie's
+statement.
+
+It was small comfort for them to listen when Dorothy explained.
+
+The fact remained, that they did not want to have her leave before
+school closed. She had endeared herself to her classmates, and to many
+others whom she met at socials, and after school sessions. Nancy shared
+her popularity, and both prized the loving friendship that had made
+their stay at Glenmore so pleasant.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+A GLAD RETURN
+
+
+"We're glad to think that to-night we shall be at home at the Stone
+House, and that we'll be with Mother and Aunt Charlotte again, and we're
+really sorry to say 'good-by' to Glenmore and the pleasant friends that
+we have found here," Dorothy said, as she stood on the porch with Nancy,
+waiting for Marcus, who was to take them to the station.
+
+"That's just the way we feel," said Nancy. "Glad and sorry at the same
+time."
+
+"Well, let me tell you, _I_ don't feel two ways at once," cried Vera. "I
+feel just one way. I'm just _fearfully_ sorry!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin had bidden them "good-by," after having expressed her
+approval of their work as pupils, and her regret that they must leave
+too early to have a part in the program at the final exhibition. On the
+train that they were to take, there was no stop long enough to obtain
+anything to eat, so Judy had put up a tempting lunch of sandwiches,
+cake, and fruit.
+
+Betty and Valerie had a box of chocolates for each, and Ida Mayo, now
+wholly recovered, came in at the gate just in time to offer each a
+lovely rose from a cluster that she carried.
+
+Arabella came slowly out to join the group on the porch, and seeing Ida
+Mayo offering her roses, she decided not to be outdone.
+
+"Here, wait 'til I find something," she said, thrusting her hand deep
+into her pocket. After a moment's search she produced two bottles of
+pills, one pink and the other green.
+
+"Take 'em with you," she said, offering one to Dorothy, and the other to
+Nancy. "One is for a 'tired feeling,' and the other is for feeling too
+good. I've forgotten which is which, but if you take them both, you're
+sure to feel all right during the long car-ride."
+
+There were stifled giggles, for surely bottles of medicine were curious
+gifts to offer, and the group of girls thought it the drollest thing
+that Arabella had yet done.
+
+For only a second did Dorothy hesitate. She did not, of course, want to
+accept the funny gift, but she saw Arabella's cheek flush, as little
+Lina Danford laughed softly, and she did the kindest thing that she
+could have done.
+
+"Thank you," she said, gently, then to the others she added: "Arabella
+is eager to have us both feel fine when we reach Merrivale."
+
+The soft laughter ceased, and Ida Mayo said to a girl who stood near
+her: "Isn't that just like Dorothy Dainty! She doesn't want those pills
+any more than you or I would, but she won't let Arabella feel hurt."
+
+"She is dear, and sweet," was the whispered reply, "and so is Nancy."
+
+At last Marcus arrived, and as they rode along the avenue, they waved
+their handkerchiefs to the group on the porch until they turned the
+corner, and were out of sight.
+
+The long car-ride was much like any all-day ride. Rather pleasant at
+first, a bit tedious on the last hour, but oh, the joy of the
+home-coming!
+
+Mrs. Dainty had felt the first separation from Dorothy keenly, and she
+could not school herself to be calm when for the first time in months
+she would see her sweet face again, so she sent the limousine over to
+the station, and with a desperate effort at patience, waited at home for
+the sound of its return.
+
+Aunt Charlotte was more calm, but so long had Nancy been under her care
+that she seemed like a little daughter, and now, with Mrs. Dainty she
+sat waiting, and each smiled when she caught the other watching the
+clock.
+
+Of course the train was late in arriving at Merrivale, and Mrs. Dainty
+was just beginning to be anxious when the limousine whirled up the
+driveway, and stopped. John opened the door, and in an instant Dorothy
+found herself held close in loving arms.
+
+"Dorothy, my darling, I can never be parted from you again. If it is a
+question of travel, I will not go unless you go with me, and if it is
+education, then you must have private tutors at home."
+
+"Oh, yes, yes!" agreed Dorothy.
+
+"At first the newness amused me, but the last half of the time grew
+harder and harder to bear. I knew you needed the rest and change and I
+did my best. When I found that you had come home two weeks earlier, I
+could hardly wait till this morning to start."
+
+"We've tried to be cheerful for each other," Nancy said, looking out
+from her shelter in Aunt Charlotte's arms, "but oh, how good it is to be
+at home!"
+
+Mollie Merton, and Flossie Barnet had waved to them as they turned in at
+the great gate, and Uncle Harry had swung his cap gayly, and looked the
+genuine pleasure that he felt at seeing them again.
+
+"Let's go over to see Dorothy and Nancy," Flossie said, but Uncle Harry
+laid his hand gently on her arm.
+
+"Not just now, Flossie dear," he said. "My little niece is truly glad to
+see them, but I think there will be things to talk over, and they have
+been apart for months, so they should have this evening uninterrupted by
+any friends."
+
+"I guess that's so," said Flossie, "but it's hard to wait until
+to-morrow to tell them how glad we are to see them."
+
+"I love dat Dorothy girl, _myself_," said Uncle Harry's small daughter,
+"and I love dat Nancy girl, too. Dat Dorothy girl always has candy for
+me, and dat Nancy girl makes hats for my dolly."
+
+Uncle Harry swung the tiny girl up to a seat on his shoulder, and his
+blue eyes twinkled as he looked into the little, eager face.
+
+"Don't you love them when they aren't giving you something?" he asked.
+
+"Oh, yes!" said the little maid, "but I love them _harder_ when they
+do."
+
+"Then you'll love me 'harder' than you do now if I give you a ride up to
+the house?" he asked.
+
+"Oh, yes, yes!" she cried, and she laughed gayly as she rode in triumph
+up the driveway, and into the house.
+
+The evening was spent in the big living-room, with a small fire blazing
+in the fireplace. It had been warm and sunny all day, but when evening
+came, an east wind had risen, and the happy little party was glad to sit
+cosily in doors. Dorothy and Nancy listened entranced while Mrs. Dainty
+and Aunt Charlotte told of their travels. They had been south, they had
+been west, and they had brought home beautiful souvenirs of every place
+at which they had stayed.
+
+Then Dorothy and Nancy told of the life at Glenmore, of the new friends
+that they had met, and of Arabella and Patricia.
+
+It was a happy evening.
+
+Mr. Dainty had found it impossible to reach home until a week later, but
+he had written a longer letter than usual, and had sent one especially
+to Dorothy, and it seemed almost as if he were really talking to her as
+she read it.
+
+Bright and early next morning Mollie and Flossie raced over to the Stone
+House, and the four chattered so fast, that the old gardener at work
+near the fountain, took off his hat, and for a moment stood listening.
+He was not near enough to know what they were saying, but he heard their
+happy voices, now talking, now laughing, and he spoke his thoughts.
+
+"Hear that now, hear that! An' will any man tell me that a garding is a
+reel garding widout the sound o' merry voices? Sure, it's been so still
+here the past few weeks that I begun ter talk ter meself, just ter break
+the stillness, but it didn't do the trick, fer me voice ain't what yo
+calls 'moosicle.' Oh, hear them now! It does me good, so it does."
+
+There was news, and a plenty of it to tell, and when Dorothy and Nancy
+had told the happenings at Glenmore, Mollie and Flossie took their turn,
+and related all the Merrivale news.
+
+"You know Sidney Merrington used to be so lazy last winter that he
+didn't get on at all at school," said Flossie. "Arithmetic was all that
+really vexed him, but because he had low marking for that, he wouldn't
+try hard to do anything else.
+
+"Well, Mollie promised to help him, (you needn't bother to poke me,
+Mollie, for I _will_ tell) and she did help him every day, and after a
+while he began to help himself, and last week his average on the exam.
+was ninety-three. Wasn't that fine? He never would have got that if
+Mollie hadn't helped him."
+
+"Mollie, you were dear," said Dorothy.
+
+"And Tess Haughton is ever so much nicer than she was," Mollie said, "for
+she doesn't do anything now that seems,--why not quite true. That
+doesn't sound just as I mean it. I know how to say it now. I mean that
+she isn't sly. She is a good playmate, and a good friend."
+
+"Oh, that's fine!" Dorothy and Nancy cried, as if with one voice.
+
+"There's another fine thing to tell," said Flossie. "Reginald Dean, with
+the help of his big dog saved a little boy from drowning. Reginald saw
+him fall from the bridge, and he never stopped to think that he isn't
+very big himself, but jumped right in, and was doing his best to save
+him, when all at once his strength gave out, and he called for help. He
+never dreamed that his dog had followed him, until with a splash he
+jumped into the water close beside him, grabbed his clothes, and dragged
+the two boys out."
+
+"Wasn't that great?" said Dorothy, her hands tightly clasped, her eyes
+shining. "Reginald has the new bicycle that he so wanted. His father
+gave it to him, because he had been brave enough to forget danger, and
+rush to aid the other boy," said Mollie, "and the dog is wearing a new
+collar with a brass plate on it, engraved, 'I'm a Life-Saver.'"
+
+"Katie Dean said she was almost sure that she saw Patricia Levine
+yesterday," said Flossie, "but I said I thought she must still be away
+at school. Do you know where she is now?"
+
+"She might have seen her, for she left Glenmore before we did," Dorothy
+said, and she was just in the midst of telling how Patricia had brought
+the big cat home, and next had appeared with a little dog, when Mollie
+said:
+
+"Here she comes now. Why, she has a dog with her!"
+
+"That's the one," said Nancy, "and she has him on a leash now, just as
+she did at Glenmore. I wonder if her aunt likes him. He tears and chews
+everything he can get hold of."
+
+"Hello!" called Patricia, as soon as she saw them, then, "My! What did
+you and Nancy get sent home for?"
+
+"We weren't sent home," Nancy said, indignantly.
+
+"Now, Nancy Ferris, Glenmore doesn't close until next week, and here are
+you two at home."
+
+"That is no sign that we were sent," said Dorothy. "Mother sent for us."
+
+"Oh, was that it?" Patricia said saucily, and then turning to Mollie she
+asked:
+
+"How do you like my dog? He isn't a pretty dog, but he knows everything,
+and he _always_ minds. My friends think it is just wonderful the way he
+minds me. I taught him to. Stop!" she cried. "Stop, I tell you. I won't
+let you chew the edge of my skirt. Will you stop? Oh, well I don't care
+if you do chew it. It's an old dress, anyway."
+
+She saw that he would not stop.
+
+"I've named him Diogenes. I don't know who Diogenes was, but I liked the
+name and he's such a hand to dodge, I thought I'd call him 'Dodgy' for
+short. Well, I'm sure I don't see why you look so amused. _I_ think I've
+chosen a grand name for him. Come on, Dodgy!" but the small dog lay
+down.
+
+"Well, well, how you do act! Come on! Up the street! Come!"
+
+The dog got up, yawned, and then, taking a good hold on the leash, he
+snatched it from Patricia's hand, and made off with it, as fast as he
+could scamper, Patricia after him at top speed.
+
+"He minded me that time," she turned to say, then resumed her chase.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The next few days were filled with preparation for the trip to Foam
+Ridge, and Dorothy and Nancy could think of little else.
+
+Both had felt the constraint at Glenmore which was really necessary at
+so large a school.
+
+The freedom from study, with its fixed hours would be refreshing.
+
+There would be fine surf at Foam Ridge, and the two had "tried on" their
+new bathing-suits at least a dozen times. They had studied the elaborate
+booklet that showed in colors, the beauty-spots of the place, and
+Dorothy had received a letter from Betty Chase, saying that in a short
+time she would be there to join them in their sports.
+
+They were wondering what new friends they would make during the summer.
+Betty, they knew, would be a lively companion.
+
+Of the gay summer at the shore, of the fun and frolic, of the unexpected
+things that happened, one may read in
+
+   "DOROTHY DAINTY AT FOAM RIDGE."
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+_THE DOROTHY DAINTY SERIES_
+
+By AMY BROOKS
+
+Large    12mo     Cloth     Illustrated by the Author
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          _Dorothy Dainty_
+          _Dorothy's Playmates_
+          _Dorothy Dainty at School_
+          _Dorothy Dainty at the Shore_
+          _Dorothy Dainty in the City_
+          _Dorothy Dainty at Home_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Gay Times_
+          _Dorothy Dainty in the Country_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Winter_
+          _Dorothy Dainty in the Mountains_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Holidays_
+          _Dorothy Dainty's Vacation_
+
+          "LITTLE DOROTHY DAINTY is one of the most
+          generous-hearted of children. Selfishness is not
+          at all a trait of hers, and she knows the value of
+          making sunshine, not alone in her own heart, but
+          for her neighborhood and friends."--_Boston
+          Courier._
+
+          "DOROTHY DAINTY, a little girl, the only child of
+          wealthy parents, is an exceedingly interesting
+          character, and her earnest and interesting life is
+          full of action and suitable
+          adventure."--_Pittsburg Christian Advocate._
+
+          "No finer little lady than Dorothy Dainty was ever
+          placed in a book for children."--_Teachers'
+          Journal, Pittsburg._
+
+          "MISS BROOKS is a popular writer for the very
+          little folks who can read. She has an immense
+          sympathy for the children, and her stories never
+          fail to be amusing."--_Rochester_ (_N.Y._)
+          _Herald._
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO., BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+_THE RANDY BOOKS_
+
+_By AMY BROOKS_
+
+12mo     CLOTH     ARTISTIC COVER DESIGN IN GOLD AND COLORS
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR      PRICE, _Net_, $1.00 EACH
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          The progress of the "Randy Books" has been one
+          continual triumph over the hearts of girls of all
+          ages, for dear little fun-loving sister Prue is
+          almost as much a central figure as Randy, growing
+          toward womanhood with each book. The sterling good
+          sense and simple naturalness of Randy, and the
+          total absence of slang and viciousness, make these
+          books in the highest degree commendable, while
+          abundant life is supplied by the doings of merry
+          friends, and there is rich humor in the droll
+          rural characters.
+
+          _Randy's Summer_          _Randy's Good Times_
+              _Randy's Winter_             _Randy's Luck_
+                  _Randy and Her Friends_      _Randy's Loyalty_
+                      _Randy and Prue_              _Randy's Prince_
+
+
+
+
+
+          "The Randy Books are among the very choicest books
+          for young people to make a beginning with."
+                                        --_Boston Courier._
+
+          "The Randy Books of Amy Brooks have had a deserved
+          popularity among young girls. They are wholesome
+          and moral without being goody-goody."
+                                        --_Chicago Post._
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO., BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+_THE PRUE BOOKS_
+
+By AMY BROOKS
+
+=Illustrated by the Author=    12mo    Cloth    Net, $1.00 each
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Illustration]
+
+         Cunning little Prue, one of the most winsome little
+         girls ever "put in a book," has already been met in
+         another series where she gave no small part of the
+         interest. She well deserved books of her own for
+         little girls of her age, and they are now ready
+         with everything in the way of large, clear type,
+         and Miss Brooks's best pictures and her pleasing
+         cover designs to make them attractive.
+
+          Little Sister Prue    Prue's Merry Times
+              Prue at School        Prue's Little Friends
+                  Prue's Playmates      Prue's Jolly Winter
+
+          "Miss Brooks always brings out the best ways of
+          acting and living and provides a good deal of
+          humor in her original country
+          characters."--_Watchman, Boston._
+
+          "Few writers have ever possessed the faculty of
+          reaching the hearts and holding the interest of
+          little girl readers to the extent Miss Brooks
+          has."--_Kennebec Journal, Augusta, Me._
+
+          "To know Prue is to love her, for no more winsome
+          little girl was ever put in a book, and her keen
+          wit and unexpected drolleries make her doubly
+          attractive."--_Kindergarten Magazine._
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+=_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers_=
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+Only Dollie
+
+By NINA RHOADES Illustrated by Bertha Davidson
+Square    12mo    Cloth    $1.00 _net_
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          This is a brightly written story of a girl of
+          twelve, who, when the mystery of her birth is
+          solved, like Cinderella, passes from drudgery to
+          better circumstances. There is nothing strained or
+          unnatural at any point. All descriptions or
+          portrayals of character are life-like, and the
+          book has an indescribable appealing quality which
+          wins sympathy and secures success.
+
+          "It is delightful reading at all times."--_Cedar
+          Rapids (Ia.) Republican._
+
+          "It is well written, the story runs smoothly, the
+          idea is good, and it is handled with
+          ability."--_Chicago Journal._
+
+
+The Little Girl Next Door
+
+By NINA RHOADES.   Large    12mo    Cloth
+Illustrated by Bertha Davidson    $1.00 _net_
+
+          A delightful story of true and genuine friendship
+          between an impulsive little girl in a fine New
+          York home and a little blind girl in an apartment
+          next door. The little girl's determination to
+          cultivate the acquaintance, begun out of the
+          window during a rainy day, triumphs over the
+          barriers of caste, and the little blind girl
+          proves to be in every way a worthy companion.
+          Later a mystery of birth is cleared up, and the
+          little blind girl proves to be of gentle birth as
+          well as of gentle manners.
+
+
+Winifred's Neighbors
+
+By NINA RHOADES Illustrated by Bertha G. Davidson
+Large    12mo    Cloth    $1.00 _net_
+
+          Little Winifred's efforts to find some children of
+          whom she reads in a book lead to the acquaintance
+          of a neighbor of the same name, and this
+          acquaintance proves of the greatest importance to
+          Winifred's own family. Through it all she is just
+          such a little girl as other girls ought to know,
+          and the story will hold the interest of all ages.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+The Children on the Top Floor
+
+[Illustration]
+
+By NINA RHOADES    Large    12mo    Cloth
+Illustrated by Bertha Davidson, $1.00 _net_
+
+          In this book little Winifred Hamilton, the child
+          heroine of "Winifred's Neighbors," reappears,
+          living in the second of the four stories of a New
+          York apartment house. On the top floor are two
+          very interesting children, Betty, a little older
+          than Winifred, who is now ten, and Jack, a brave
+          little cripple, who is a year younger. In the end
+          comes a glad reunion, and also other good fortune
+          for crippled Jack, and Winifred's kind little
+          heart has once more indirectly caused great
+          happiness to others.
+
+
+How Barbara Kept Her Promise
+
+By NINA RHOADES   Large    12mo    Cloth
+Illustrated by Bertha Davidson    $1.00 _net_
+
+          Two orphan sisters, Barbara, aged twelve, and
+          little Hazel, who is "only eight," are sent from
+          their early home in London to their mother's
+          family in New York. Faithful Barbara has promised
+          her father that she will take care of pretty,
+          petted, mischievous Hazel, and how she tries to do
+          this, even in the face of great difficulties,
+          forms the story which has the happy ending which
+          Miss Rhoades wisely gives to all her stories.
+
+
+Little Miss Rosamond
+
+[Illustration]
+
+By NINA RHOADES   Illustrated by Bertha G. Davidson
+Large    12mo   $1.00 _net_
+
+          Rosamond lives in Richmond, Va., with her big
+          brother, who cannot give her all the comfort that
+          she needs in the trying hot weather, and she goes
+          to the seaside cottage of an uncle whose home is
+          in New York. Here she meets Gladys and Joy, so
+          well known in a previous book, "The Little Girl
+          Next Door," and after some complications are
+          straightened out, bringing Rosamond's honesty and
+          kindness of heart into prominence, all are made
+          very happy.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all bookseller or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+"_Brick House Books_"
+
+_By NINA RHOADES_
+
+Cloth   12mo   Illustrated   $1.00 _net_ each
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Priscilla of the Doll Shop
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          The "Brick House Books," as they are called from
+          their well-known cover designs, are eagerly sought
+          by children all over the country. There are three
+          good stories in this book, instead of one, and it
+          is hard to say which little girls, and boys, too,
+          for that matter, will like the best.
+
+
+Brave Little Peggy
+
+          Peggy comes from California to New Jersey to live
+          with a brother and sister whom she has not known
+          since very early childhood. She is so democratic
+          in her social ideas that many amusing scenes
+          occur, and it is hard for her to understand many
+          things that she must learn. But her good heart
+          carries her through, and her conscientiousness and
+          moral courage win affection and happiness.
+
+
+The Other Sylvia
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          Eight-year-old Sylvia learns that girls who are
+          "Kings' Daughters" pledge themselves to some kind
+          act or service, and that one little girl named
+          Mary has taken it upon herself to be helpful to
+          all the Marys of her acquaintance. This is such an
+          interesting way of doing good that she adopts it
+          in spite of her unusual name, and really finds not
+          only "the other Sylvia," but great happiness.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+
+TOP-OF-THE-WORLD STORIES
+
+=Translated from the Scandinavian Languages=
+
+=By EMILIE POULSSON and LAURA POULSSON=
+
+          =Illustrated in two colors by Florence Liley Young=
+
+          =Price, Net, $1.25=
+
+[Illustration]
+
+These stories of magic and adventure come from the countries at the
+"top of the world," and will transport thither in fancy the children who
+read this unusual book. They tell of Lapps and reindeer (even a
+golden-horned reindeer!), of prince and herd-boy, of knights and wolves
+and trolls, of a boy who could be hungry and merry at the same time--of
+all these and more besides! Miss Poulsson's numerous and long visits to
+Norway, her father's land, and the fact that she is an experienced
+writer for children are doubtless the reasons why her translations are
+sympathetic and skilful, and yet entirely adapted to give wholesome
+pleasure to the young public that she knows so well.
+
+          "In these stories are the elements of wonder and
+          magic and adventure that furnish the thrill so
+          much appreciated by boys and girls ten or twelve
+          years of age. An aristocratic book--one that every
+          young person will be perpetually proud
+          of."--_Lookout, Cincinnati, O._
+
+          "In this book the children are transported to the
+          land they love best, the land of magic, of the
+          fairies and all kinds of wonderful happenings. It
+          is one of the best fairy story books ever
+          published."--_Argus-Leader, Sioux Falls, S.D._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.          Boston
+
+
+
+
+YULE-TIDE IN MANY LANDS
+
+By MARY P. PRINGLE and CLARA A. URANN
+
+          =Fully illustrated and decorated=
+
+          =12mo   Cloth    Price, $1.25 Net=
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The varying forms of Christmas observance at different times and in
+different lands are entertainingly shown by one trained in choosing and
+presenting the best to younger readers. The symbolism, good cheer, and
+sentiment of the grandest of holidays are shown as they appeal in
+similar fashion to those whose lives seem so widely diverse. The first
+chapter tells of the Yule-Tide of the Ancients, and the eight succeeding
+chapters deal respectively with the observance of Christmas and New
+Year's, making up the time of "Yule," or the turning of the sun, in
+England, Germany, Scandinavia, Russia, France, Italy, Spain, and
+America. The space devoted to each country has at least one good
+illustration.
+
+          "The descriptions as presented in this
+          well-prepared volume make interesting reading for
+          all who love to come in loving contact with others
+          in their high and pure
+          enjoyments."--_Herald-Presbyter, Cincinnati._
+
+          "The way Yule-Tide was and is celebrated is told
+          in a simple and instructive way, and the narrative
+          is enriched by appropriate poems and excellent
+          illustrations."--_Cleveland Plain Dealer._
+
+          "It is written for young people and is bound to
+          interest them for the subject is a universal
+          one."--_American Church Sunday School Magazine._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.          Boston
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE FOLKS OF ANIMAL LAND
+
+=Photographed and described by=
+
+HARRY WHITTIER FREES
+
+          Sixty Full-page Pictures of Animal Pets, Costumed, Posed, and
+          Photographed from Life   Each with a Descriptive Story
+          Square   8vo   Cloth    Photographic Cover-insert,
+          End-leaves and Jacket
+
+          Price, Net, $1.50; Postpaid, $1.70
+
+[Illustration]
+
+There is no other book like this, nor has there been. Mr. Frees has no
+equal in the posing and photographing of pet animals, especially kittens
+and puppies, which he delights to clothe in quaintly human style and
+cause to appear intently engaged in all manner of human duties and
+pastimes. His clever imagination also lends itself readily to
+entertaining story-telling. The result is a book that surprises and
+delights all who see it. Each of sixty half-tones from photographs of
+living, costumed pets is faced by a page of bright descriptive
+narrative. The continuation of story-interest is remarkably good, and
+the pictures are a wonderful proof of what skill can do when combined
+with patience and kindness.
+
+          "The novelty of the year in children's books,
+          exquisitely illustrated and printed, and appealing
+          to every lover of pets. The only way to really
+          know and enjoy this wonderful volume is to get it
+          and live with it. There is no other book like
+          this, nor has there been any."--_Universalist
+          Leader._
+
+          "We hardly know of such a delicious book for
+          little children, with sixty little stories and the
+          same number of lovely full-page pictures of cats
+          and dogs and dolls, for the delight of grown-ups
+          just as surely as the little folks. It is a
+          pleasant little feast all the way through for the
+          eyes and the tender feelings."--_Herald and
+          Presbyter._
+
+          "There is a good deal of both fun and sentiment in
+          the stories, and they will appeal to all lovers of
+          pets."--_Brooklyn Daily Eagle._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+=For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers=
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.         Boston
+
+
+
+
+THE SLEEPY-TIME STORY-BOOK
+
+By RUTH O. DYER
+
+          With Frontispiece by ALICE BARBER STEPHENS and Fifty-four
+          Pen-and-ink Illustrations by BERTHA DAVIDSON
+          HOXIE   Decorative End-leaves and Title-page
+
+          Price, Net, $1.00; Postpaid, $1.10
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Intelligent mothers have learned better than to spoil the restful sleep
+of a child, and probably exert an unfortunate influence upon his
+disposition and character, by tales of ogres, dark woods, and savage
+beasts. They know he cannot rest well with his mind excited and his
+blood quickened by tales of adventure, but are at a loss to answer the
+natural plea for a bed-time story in a way that shall interest and yet
+soothe. The simple nature-stories in this attractive book are the
+prescription of an expert for all such cases. Using familiar objects,
+they, with words adapted to a lulling tone of voice, will hold the
+attention of a child until refreshing drowsiness comes to bring
+healthful rest.
+
+          "A unique and delightful volume of restful stories
+          by which the mother may put her little child to
+          bed. They meet not only the need of the mother who
+          thinks she does not know how to tell stories, but
+          their slow cadences must be almost magical in the
+          way of lulling a child to refreshing
+          drowsiness."--_Bulletin of the American Institute
+          of Child Life._
+
+          "In the fashion of prose lullabies, Ruth Dyer has
+          put together a little volume of twenty-five short
+          stories. Each deals with the things of every-day
+          child experiences, and aside from the standpoint
+          of nap-time stories, forms a pleasant lesson for
+          the child consciousness in making it aware of its
+          surroundings."_--The Churchman._
+
+          "Pretty little bedside tales of the tranquilizing
+          order are grouped in this neat little book for the
+          pleasure of little people and the relief of
+          mothers."--_Detroit Free Press._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.          Boston
+
+
+
+
+New Editions of Two Favorite Books
+
+
+THE LANCE OF KANANA
+
+A STORY OF ARABIA
+
+By HARRY W. FRENCH ("Abd el Ardavan")
+
+Two-color illustrations by Garrett   Net, $1.00
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Kanana, a Bedouin youth, though excelling in athletic prowess, is
+branded, even by his father, as a coward because he prefers the humble
+lot of a shepherd to the warrior's career that he, the son of a sheik
+known as the "Terror of the Desert," was expected to follow. "Only for
+Allah and Arabia will I lift a lance and take a life," he maintained.
+Opportunity to prove his worth soon comes, and the supposed coward,
+understood too late, becomes in memory a national hero.
+
+          "The stirring story of the loyalty and
+          self-sacrifice of a Bedouin boy is well worth the
+          attractive new edition in which it now presents
+          its rare pictures of fervid
+          patriotism."--_Continent, Chicago._
+
+
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES
+
+OF MILTIADES PETERKIN PAUL
+
+By JOHN BROWNJOHN
+
+Frontispiece by John Goss    Illustrated by "Boz"
+
+Quarto    Net, $1.00
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here is a child classic reissued in a finer and handsomer form, in
+response to the persistent demand of those who know the mirth-provoking
+quality of the exploits of the ingenious small boy named Miltiades
+Peterkin Paul and spoken of as "a great traveler, although he was
+small." Whoever has once enjoyed the story of the restless little lad
+who imitated Don Quixote, and did many other things, is permanently
+charmed by it.
+
+          "This youthful Don Quixote, with his travels and
+          exploits, drives 'dull care' away from the elders
+          and delights the juniors."--_Watchman_, _N.Y._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of price by the
+publishers_
+
+Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.,          Boston
+
+
+
+
+HOME ENTERTAINING
+
+What to Do, and How to Do It
+
+Edited by WILLIAM E. CHENERY
+
+          12mo     Cloth      Price, Net, $.75 Postpaid, $.85
+
+[Illustration]
+
+This book is the product of years of study and the practical trying-out
+of every conceivable form of indoor entertainment. All the games,
+tricks, puzzles, and rainy-day and social-evening diversions have been
+practised by the editor; many are original with him, and many that are
+of course not original have been greatly improved by his intelligence.
+All are told in the plainest possible way, and with excellent taste. The
+book is well arranged and finely printed. At a low price it places
+within the reach of all the very best of bright and jolly means of
+making home what it ought to be--the best place for a good time by those
+of all ages.
+
+          "The book is bright and up to date, full of cheer
+          and sunshine. A good holiday book."--_Religious
+          Telescope_, _Dayton, Ohio._
+
+          "For those who want new games for the home this
+          book supplies the _very_ best--good, clean, hearty
+          games, full of fun and the spirit of
+          laughter."--_N.Y. Times._
+
+          "Altogether the book is a perfect treasure-house
+          for the young people's rainy day or social
+          evening."--_New Bedford Standard._
+
+          "The arrangement is excellent and the instructions
+          so simple that a child may follow them. A book
+          like this is just the thing for social
+          evenings."--_Christian Endeavor World._
+
+          "A book giving the best, cleanest and brightest
+          games and tricks for home
+          entertaining."--_Syracuse Herald._
+
+          "The book is clearly written and should prove of
+          value to every young man who aspires to be the
+          life of the party."--_Baltimore Sun._
+
+          "Only good, bright, clean games and tricks appeal
+          to Mr. Chenery, and he has told in the simplest
+          and most comprehensive manner how to get up
+          'amusements for every one.'"--_Hartford Courant._
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_For sale by all booksellers or sent on receipt of postpaid price by the
+publishers_
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO.,          BOSTON
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+Transcriber's notes:
+
+   Obvious punctuation errors corrected.
+
+   Page 94, "bankets" changed to "blankets" (many blankets.)
+
+   Page 101, "repent" changed to "repeat" (to repeat it).
+
+   Page 196, "Bob" changed to "Rob" (said Rob. "I'll)
+
+   Page 229, "Molly" changed to "Mollie". ("Well, Mollie promised to
+   help him, (you needn't bother to poke me, Mollie, for I _will_
+   tell) and she did help him every day, and after a while he began
+   to help himself, and last week his average on the exam. was
+   ninety-three. Wasn't that fine? He never would have got that if
+   Mollie hadn't helped him."
+
+   "Mollie, you were dear," said Dorothy.
+
+   "And Tess Haughton is ever so much nicer than she was," Mollie
+   said)
+
+   Also on page 251, (and then turning to Mollie).
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 7479.txt or 7479.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/7/4/7/7479
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/7479.zip b/7479.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40e7462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7479.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bb4ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #7479 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/7479)
diff --git a/old/ddgln10.txt b/old/ddgln10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ae7648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/ddgln10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4697 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore, by Amy Brooks
+#3 in our series by Amy Brooks
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore
+
+Author: Amy Brooks
+
+Release Date: February, 2005 [EBook #7479]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on May 8, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+
+
+
+DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE
+
+BY
+
+AMY BROOKS
+
+_WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY THE AUTHOR_
+
+[Illustration: "A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy.]
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+   I Off to Glenmore
+
+  II The First Social
+
+ III Mischief
+
+  IV A Wonderful Tonic
+
+   V A Sleighing Party
+
+  VI The Lost Necklace
+
+ VII When Nancy Danced
+
+VIII A Bit of Spite
+
+  IX The Wishing-Well
+
+   X A Lively Week
+
+  XI An Innocent Sneak-Thief
+
+ XII A Glad Return
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+"A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy _Frontispiece_
+
+She wished that she might know what they were saying
+
+"Oh, what a fright!" she cried
+
+"This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly
+
+At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited
+
+Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+OFF TO GLENMORE
+
+
+The Stone House looked as fine, and its gardens as gay with flowers,
+as when the members of the household were to be at home for a season,
+for it always seemed at those times as if the blossoming plants did
+their best, because sure of loving admiration.
+
+But something entirely new was about to happen; something that made
+Dorothy Dainty catch her breath, while her dearest friend, Nancy
+Ferris, declared that she was wildly happy, except that the whole
+thing seemed so like a dream that she could hardly believe it.
+
+"That's just it, Nancy," said Dorothy. "It surely does seem like a
+dream."
+
+Yet it was true, and not a dream that Mr. Dainty was to be away from
+home for some months, that Mrs. Dainty was to accompany him, and that
+Aunt Charlotte would be with them, and that Dorothy and Nancy were
+to spend those months at a fine school for girls, and Vera Vane,
+merry, mischief-loving Vera, would be eagerly looking for them on
+the day of their arrival. One would almost wonder that the thought
+of being away at school should appeal to Dorothy and Nancy, but it
+was the novelty that charmed them.
+
+It was always delightful at the Stone House, and there had been summer
+seasons at shore and country that they had greatly enjoyed, but here
+was a new experience, and the "newness" was delightful.
+
+A letter from Vera had just arrived, and Dorothy, out in the garden
+when the postman had handed it to her, stood reading it.
+
+"Her letters are just like herself," she whispered.
+
+She looked up. Nancy was calling to her.
+
+"A letter from Vera!" answered Dorothy.
+
+"We shall have to hurry a bit," Nancy said, "James is strapping the
+two trunks, the suit-cases are out in the hall, and we must be ready
+in twenty minutes."
+
+"All right!" cried Dorothy. "Give me your hand and we'll run to the
+house."
+
+She tucked the letter into the front of her blouse, and then promptly
+forgot all about it.
+
+The "twenty minutes" sped on wings, and when at last Dorothy and Nancy
+sat side by side in the car, their trunks checked, their suit-cases,
+and umbrellas on the seat that had been turned over for them, they
+turned, each to look into the other's eyes.
+
+Dorothy's lip quivered, but she spoke bravely.
+
+"It is hard, this first trip away from home without mother or Aunt
+Charlotte with us," she said. Then quickly she added:
+
+"But it will be fine when we get used to being away from home."
+
+"Oh, yes, it will be _fine_!" Nancy said in a firm voice, but she
+looked down, lest her eyes show a suspicious moisture.
+
+As the journey progressed, their spirits rose. After all, it was not
+really "good-by," yet.
+
+Mrs. Dainty had postponed the actual "good-by" until a week after
+Dorothy and Nancy should have begun the school year at Glenmore.
+
+She knew that Vera Vane was a host in herself, her friend and chum,
+Elfreda was nearly her equal in active wit, and high spirits, and
+at least a few of the other pupils would have already formed a
+speaking acquaintance with the two new girls.
+
+The girls would have been assigned places in the classes for which
+they were fitted, and thus the school work would be planned, and their
+time closely occupied.
+
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were also eager to know if the two
+who were so dear to them were comfortable, satisfied with their
+surroundings, and looking forward to a pleasant school year. Until
+thus assured, they could not set out on the journey, for the trip
+had been planned as a means of rest and recuperation for Mrs. Dainty.
+How could she rest, or enjoy the trip unless she were sure that
+Dorothy was absolutely content and happy? If Dorothy were happy, Nancy
+was sure to be, because the two were inseparable, and their tastes
+nearly identical.
+
+The two girls were a bit tired of looking from the window at the
+flying scenery, and Nancy expressed the wish that they had brought
+something with them to read.
+
+"I did," Dorothy said, with a laugh, and she drew Vera's letter from
+her blouse.
+
+She read it aloud, while Nancy leaned against her shoulder, enjoying
+it with her.
+
+"I wish you had come the first day that school opened, but I'll be
+on the lookout for you and Nancy. My! But we'll have fun and a plenty
+of it this year at Glenmore," she concluded, signed her name, and
+then added a postscript.
+
+"Patricia, and Arabella are here, both--no, _each_--oh, which _should_
+I say? Anyway, they're acting just outrageous, and already they've
+earned the name that the girls have given them. They call them 'The
+Freaks,' and truly the name fits. They speak of Patricia as 'the one
+with the queer clothes,' and of Arabella as 'the medicine-chest.'
+
+"She's taking more pills, I do believe, than she ever did at home,
+and she wants folks to notice that.
+
+"The idea! I'm glad there are two _nice_ girls coming from Merrivale,
+although you'd never think Patricia ever _saw_ the place, for she
+talks of nothing but 'N'York.' My brother Bob always laughs about
+my long postscripts. It's lucky he can't see this one!
+
+  "Lovingly,
+
+    "VERA."
+
+Dorothy folded the letter, again placing it in her blouse, and then
+for a time they watched the passengers.
+
+Opposite them was a big woman, who possessed three bird-cages, two
+holding birds, and the third imprisoning a kitten.
+
+There was a lean man with a fat little girl beside him, who ate
+countless lunches, which were packed in a big basket, that seemed
+a veritable horn of plenty.
+
+Yet a bit farther up the aisle was a small boy with a large cage that
+he watched closely.
+
+A thick cloth covered it, but once, when the boy was not looking,
+a long brown furry arm reached out, and snatched mischievously at
+his sleeve.
+
+"It's a monkey," whispered Nancy, and the boy turned and grinned.
+
+"'F _he_ knew there was a monkey in that cage he'd make me put it
+in the baggage car," he said.
+
+Dorothy was tired with the long ride, and just as she was thinking
+that she could not bear much more of it, the brakeman shouted,
+"Glenmore! Glenmore!" and the two girls were glad enough to get out
+upon the platform.
+
+Glenmore, the village, was a lovely little country place, quiet, and
+evidently content with itself.
+
+Glenmore, the school, was a rambling, picturesque home for the pupils
+who came there.
+
+Once it had been a private mansion, but its interior had been
+remodeled to meet the requirements of a small, and select school
+for girls.
+
+A bit old-fashioned in that it was more genuinely homelike than other
+private schools, it held itself proudly aloof from neighboring
+buildings.
+
+It claimed that its home atmosphere was the only old-fashioned thing
+about it, and that was not an idle boast, for the old house had been
+equipped with every modern convenience. Its instructors were the best
+that a generous salary could tempt to Glenmore, and Mrs. Marvin,
+owner, promoter, and manager of the school, was an exceedingly clever
+woman for the position.
+
+As assistant, Miss Fenler, small, and wiry, did all that was required
+of her, and more. She had never been appointed as a monitor, but she
+chose to do considerable spying, so that the pupils had come to speak
+of her as the "detective."
+
+One of her many duties was to see that the carryall was at the station
+when new pupils were to arrive.
+
+Accordingly when Dorothy and Nancy left the train, and found
+themselves on the platform, Miss Fenler was looking for them, and
+she stowed them away in the carryall much as if they had been only
+ordinary baggage.
+
+Then, seating herself beside the driver, she ordered him to return.
+
+"Home," she said, and "home" they were driven, for "home" meant
+Glenmore to the colored man, who considered himself a prominent
+official of the school.
+
+Classes were in session when they reached Glenmore, so Miss Fenler
+went with them to the pretty room that was to be theirs, a maid
+following with suit-cases, the colored man bringing up the rear with
+one trunk, and a promise to return on the next trip with the other.
+
+A class-room door, half open, allowed a glimpse of the new arrivals.
+
+"See the procession with the 'Fender' ahead," whispered a saucy miss.
+
+"Her name's 'Fenler,'" corrected her chum.
+
+"I know that, but I choose to call her 'Fender,' because she's like
+those they have on engines to scoop up any one who is on the tracks.
+She's just been down to the station to 'scoop' two new pupils, and
+I guess--"
+
+A tap of a ruler left the sentence unfinished.
+
+Arabella Correyville, without an idea as to what was whispered, had
+seen the broad smile, and had heard the giggle.
+
+"Who was out there?" she wrote on a bit of paper, and cautiously
+passed it to Patricia Levine.
+
+"I don't know. I didn't see them, but they must be _swell_. They had
+ever so much luggage." That was just like Patricia. She judged every
+one thus.
+
+That a girl could be every inch a lady, and at the same time, possess
+a small, well chosen wardrobe was past understanding; but any girl,
+however coarse in appearance and manner, could, with a display of
+many gaudy costumes, convince Patricia that she was a young person
+of great importance.
+
+Miss Fenler talked with them for a few moments, and then left them
+to unpack their belongings, saying that later, when they felt rested,
+they might come down to the reception hall and meet some of the girls
+who would be their classmates during the year.
+
+It was the custom, she said, for the pupils to meet for a social
+half-hour before dinner, to talk over the happenings of the day,
+their triumphs or failures in class-room, or at sports, or to tell
+what had interested those who had been out for a tramp.
+
+There had been an afternoon session that day for the purpose of
+choosing from the list of non-compulsory studies.
+
+"Usually," Miss Fenler explained, "the classes meet for recitations
+in the forenoon only, the afternoons being reserved for study, and
+when lessons were prepared, for recreation."
+
+Miss Fenler left them, closing the door softly behind her.
+
+Dorothy turned to look at Nancy.
+
+"What do you think of her?" Nancy said, asking the question that she
+knew was puzzling Dorothy.
+
+After a second's thought Dorothy said:
+
+"We shall get on with her, I believe, but I can't think Arabella or
+Patricia would be very comfortable here. Really, they will be obliged
+to study here, and Arabella won't want to, and I don't think Patricia
+could. If they don't study, how can they remain?"
+
+Nancy laughed outright.
+
+"Don't worry about those two funny girls," she said, "for if they
+_won't_ study, or _can't_ study, and so are not allowed to remain,
+you'll be just as happy, Dorothy dear, and for that matter, so will
+they."
+
+Later, when together they descended the quaint stairway, they found
+the ever-present Miss Fenler, waiting to present them.
+
+Vera Vane, and Elfreda Carleton, each with an arm about the other's
+waist, hastened forward to greet them.
+
+"Oh, we're so glad you and Nancy have--"
+
+"Just a moment Miss Vane, until you have been properly presented,"
+Miss Fenler said, in a cold, precise manner.
+
+"But I've always known Dorothy--"
+
+"That makes no difference," the assistant said, and she presented
+them in formal manner.
+
+Vera raised her eyebrows, presented the tips of her fingers, and told
+Dorothy in a high, squeaky voice that she was _very_ glad to know
+her. Elf did the same in an exact copy of Vera's manner.
+
+Several of the pupils giggled, but to their credit, Dorothy and Nancy
+managed not to laugh.
+
+When a half-dozen girls had been presented, some one told Miss Fenler
+that Mrs. Marvin wished to see her, and what had begun in a stilted
+manner, became a genuine girl's social.
+
+When the clock in the hall chimed six, and they turned toward the
+long dining-room, the two new pupils had already made the acquaintance
+of several girls, who sat beside, and opposite them at the table.
+
+From a distant table Patricia and Arabella were turning to attract
+their attention.
+
+It had happened that Arabella had chosen to remain in her room during
+the half-hour reunion.
+
+"I don't feel like talking to a crowd of girls to-night," she had
+said.
+
+"My! If you don't care to talk to girls, it must be you'd rather talk
+to boys!" Patricia said, laughing.
+
+"I would _not_!" Arabella remarked, with a flash in her eyes that
+one rarely saw.
+
+"Oh, _do_ excuse me!" Patricia said, "but that's all right, for I'll
+stay right here and talk to you."
+
+Arabella was not in much of a mood for listening, either, but she
+thought it best not to say so. At any other time, Arabella would have
+listened for hours to whatever Patricia might care to say, but
+to-night she was in a contrary mood.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE FIRST SOCIAL
+
+
+Two weeks at Glenmore, and Dorothy and Nancy were content. Letters
+from Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte assured them that the dear
+travelers were well, and that already Mrs. Dainty was feeling the
+benefit of the change of scene.
+
+Mrs. Dainty had engaged a large, front room at Glenmore for the two
+girls to enjoy as a sitting-room and study, from which led a
+tastefully furnished chamber, and already they called it their "school
+home."
+
+Patricia and Arabella had a fair-sized room farther down the corridor.
+Vera Vane and Elfreda Carleton were snugly settled in cozy quarters
+a few doors beyond the one that bore Dorothy's and Nancy's names.
+
+Patricia Levine had ordered a large card, elaborately lettered in
+red and green, announcing that:
+
+  THIS SUITE IS OCCUPIED
+    BY
+  MISS P. LEVINE
+    AND
+  MISS A. CORREYVILLE
+
+A small card was all that was necessary, indeed only a small card
+was permitted, but Patricia did not know that. After her usual manner
+of doing things, she had ordered a veritable placard of the village
+sign painter, and when she had tacked it upon the door, it fairly
+_shouted_, in red and green ink.
+
+"There!" she exclaimed, "I guess when the other girls see that,
+they'll think the two who have this room are pretty swell."
+
+"Isn't it,--rather--loud?" ventured Arabella timidly.
+
+Patricia's eyes blazed.
+
+"_Loud_?" she cried. "Well, what do you want? A card that will
+whisper?"
+
+"Maybe it's all right," Arabella said quickly, to which Patricia
+responded:
+
+"Of course it's all right. It's more than all right! It's very
+el'gant!"
+
+Arabella was no match for her room-mate, and whenever a question arose
+regarding any matter of mutual interest, it was always Patricia who
+settled it, and Arabella who meekly agreed that she was probably
+right.
+
+Arabella was not gentle, indeed she possessed a decidedly contrary
+streak, but she always feared offending Patricia, because Patricia
+could be very disagreeable when opposed.
+
+Patricia was still admiring the gaudy lettering when a door at the
+far end of the corridor opened.
+
+She sprang back into her room, closed the door and standing close
+to it waited to hear if the big card provoked admiring comment.
+
+Nearer came the footsteps.
+
+Could they pass without seeing it? They paused--then:
+
+"Well, just look at that!"
+
+"A regular sign-board!"
+
+A few moments the two outside the door stood whispering, then one
+giggled, and together they walked to the stairway and descended,
+laughing all the way.
+
+Patricia opened the door and peeped out. "It was that red-haired girl,
+and the black-haired one that are always together," she reported to
+Arabella.
+
+"Now, what in the world were they laughing at?"
+
+"Laughing at the big card, I suppose," Arabella said.
+
+"Well, there's nothing funny about that," Patricia said, hotly. "It
+cost ever so much more than the _teenty_ little cards on the other
+doors did." Patricia rated everything by its cost.
+
+"They knew that big card looked fine, and they certainly could see
+that the lettering was showy," she continued; "so why did they stand
+outside the door giggling?"
+
+"How do I know?" Arabella said.
+
+"Open the door, and we'll look at it again, and see if--"
+
+A smart tap upon the door caused Arabella to stop in the middle of
+the sentence.
+
+"S'pose it's those same girls?" whispered Patricia. "If I thought
+it was I wouldn't stir a step."
+
+A second rap, louder, and more insistent than the first brought both
+girls to their feet, and Patricia flew to open the door.
+
+Miss Fenler glared at them through her glasses.
+
+"Why did you not answer my first rap?" she asked.
+
+"We didn't know it was you," said Patricia.
+
+Ignoring the excuse, Miss Fenler continued: "I called to tell you
+to remove that great card, and put a small one in its place with only
+your names upon it, and in regard to your efforts to obtain work,
+you can not have any such notice upon your door. Instead you must
+leave your names at the office and I will see if any of the pupils
+will patronize you."
+
+"I don't know what you mean!" cried Patricia, flushed and angry.
+
+For answer Miss Fenler pointed to a line penciled on the lower edge
+of the placard which read:
+
+  _Patching and mending done
+       at reasonable prices_.
+
+"We never wrote that!" cried Arabella, "and we don't want to be
+patronized."
+
+"The red-haired girl, and the black-haired girl that are always
+together, stopped at the door and did something, and then went down
+stairs laughing all the way," screamed Patricia. "'Twas one of those
+two who wrote that."
+
+"I must ask you to talk quietly," Miss Fenler said, "and as to the
+writing, I'll look into that. In the meantime I'll get a small card
+for you to put in place of that large one."
+
+She left the room, and as soon as she was well out of hearing,
+Patricia vowed vengeance upon the two girls who had written the
+provoking legend.
+
+"I'll get even with them!" she said.
+
+"How will you?" Arabella asked.
+
+"I don't know yet, but you'd better believe I'll watch for a chance!"
+
+"I'll watch, too!" cried Arabella.
+
+It was the custom at Glenmore to hold a little informal reception
+on an evening of the third week after the school had opened.
+
+Its purpose was to have pupils of all the classes present so that
+those who never met in the recitation-rooms might become acquainted.
+
+When the announcement appeared upon the bulletin board it caused a
+flurry of excitement.
+
+Dorothy and Nancy had already found new friends, and were eager to
+meet others whose agreeable ways had interested them.
+
+"It's such a pleasant place," Dorothy said one morning as she stood
+brushing her hair, "and so many pleasant faces in the big class-room.
+I saw at least a dozen I'd like to know, when we were having the
+morning exercises, and there's ever so many more that we have yet
+to meet."
+
+"And Tuesday evening is sure to be jolly. There'll be a crowd to talk
+with, and one of the girls told me to-day that there's almost sure
+to be some music, either vocal or instrumental, and she said that
+last year they often had fine readers at the receptions," Nancy
+concluded.
+
+They were on their way to the class-room, when Patricia and Arabella
+joined them.
+
+"Is the social to be a dressy affair?" Patricia asked, adding: "I
+hope it is, because _I_ shall be dressy, whether any one else is or
+not."
+
+They had reached the class-room door so that there was no time for
+either Dorothy or Nancy to reply to the silly remark if they had cared
+to do so.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At eight o'clock nearly all the pupils had assembled in the big
+reception-room, and the hum of voices told that each was doing her
+best to outdo her neighbor. Near the center of the room a group of
+girls stood talking. It was evident that the theme of their
+conversation was not engrossing, for twice their leader, Betty Chase,
+had replied at random while her eyes roved toward the door, and
+Valerie Dare remarked that her chum had been reading such a romantic
+story, that she was eagerly looking for a knight in full armor to
+appear.
+
+"Be still!" cried Betty. "You know very well what I'm looking for."
+
+"I do indeed," Valerie admitted. "Say, girls! You all know the two
+that are always together, the one with goggles that we've dubbed the
+'medicine chest,' and her chum who wears all the rainbow colors
+whenever and wherever she appears?"
+
+"Surely, but what are their names?" inquired a pale, sickly-looking
+girl who had joined the group.
+
+"Don't know their names," said Betty, "but I heard Miss Rainbow
+telling her friend that she intended to wear 'something very dressy'
+to-night, so I'm eager to see her. My! Here she comes now."
+
+"Good gracious!" gasped Valerie, under her breath.
+
+With head very high, Patricia rushed, rather than walked across the
+room, until she reached the center, when she stopped as if to permit
+every one to obtain a good view of her costume. Her bold manner made
+her more absurd even than her dress which was, as Betty Chase
+declared, "_surprising_!"
+
+Turning slowly around to the right, then deliberately to the left,
+she appeared to feel herself a paragon of fashion, a model dressed
+to give the pupils of Glenmore a chance to observe something a bit
+finer than they had ever seen before.
+
+As Patricia slowly turned, Arabella, like a satellite, as slowly
+revolved about her.
+
+Who could wonder that a wave of soft laughter swept over the room.
+It was evident that vanity equalling that of the peacock moved
+Patricia to turn about that every one might see both front and back
+of her dress, but no one could have guessed why Arabella in a plain
+brown woolen dress kept pace with her silly friend.
+
+It was not vanity that kept droll little Arabella moving. No, indeed.
+
+Thus far, Arabella had made no new acquaintances.
+
+As she entered the reception-room with Patricia she saw only a sea
+of strange faces, and with a wild determination at least to have
+Patricia to speak to, she trotted around her, that she might not,
+at any moment, find herself talking to Patricia's back.
+
+That surely would be awkward, she thought.
+
+Patricia's dress was a light gray silk, tastefully made, and had she
+been content to wear it as it had been sent to her from New York,
+she would have looked well-dressed, and no one would have made
+comments upon her appearance.
+
+The soft red girdle gave a touch of color, but not nearly enough to
+please Patricia.
+
+At the village store she had purchased ribbons of many colors, from
+which she had made bows or rosettes of every hue, and these she had
+tacked upon her slippers. Her hair was tied with a bright blue ribbon,
+and over the shoulders of her blouse she had sewed pink and yellow
+ribbons. Narrow green edged her red girdle.
+
+Blue and buff, rose and orange, straw-color and lavender, surely not
+a tint was missing, and the result was absolutely comical! One would
+have thought that a lunatic had designed the costume.
+
+And when she believed that her dress had been seen from all angles,
+Patricia left the reception-room, passing to a larger room beyond,
+where she seated herself, and at once assumed a bored expression.
+Not the least interest in other pupils had she. She had come to the
+little social to be gazed at, and as soon as she believed that all
+must have seen her, the party held no further interest for her.
+
+She heard the buzz of whispered conversation in the room that she
+had left, and she wished that she might know what they were saying.
+It was well that she could not.
+
+"What an unpleasant-looking girl!" said one.
+
+"Wasn't that dress a regular rainbow?" whispered another.
+
+"Oh, but she was funny, turning around for us to see her, just like
+a wax dummy in a store window," said a third.
+
+[Illustration: She wished that she might know what they were saying.]
+
+"She's queer to go off by herself!" remarked the first one who had
+spoken.
+
+"We're not very nice," said Betty Chase, who thus far had not spoken,
+"that is not very kind, to be so busily talking about her."
+
+"Well, I declare, Betty, who'd ever dream that you, who are always
+getting into scrapes would boldly give us a lecture."
+
+Betty's black eyes flashed.
+
+"I know I get into funny scrapes," she snapped, "but whatever I do,
+I don't talk about people, Ida Mayo."
+
+"You don't have time to," exclaimed her chum, Valerie Dare. "It takes
+all your spare time to plan mischief."
+
+In the laugh that followed, Betty forgot that she was vexed.
+
+Patricia began to find it rather dull sitting alone in a room back
+of the reception-hall.
+
+She felt that she had entered the hall in a burst of glory; had fairly
+dazzled all beholders!
+
+She had believed that the girls would be so entranced with her
+appearance that they would follow her that they might again inspect
+her costume.
+
+She was amazed that she had been permitted to sit alone if she chose.
+
+The other pupils thought it strange that she should choose to remain
+alone instead of becoming acquainted with those who were to be her
+schoolmates for the year, but believing that she was determined to
+be unsocial, they made no effort to disturb her.
+
+Arabella, who had followed her, became curious as to what was going
+on in the hall, and from time to time, crept to the wide doorway,
+peeped out to get a better view, then returned to report what she
+had seen.
+
+"Everybody is talking to Dorothy and Nancy," she said in a stage
+whisper, then:
+
+"Vera Vane seems to know almost every one already, and Elf Carleton
+is telling a funny story, and making all the girls around her laugh.
+
+"And, Patricia, you _ought_ to come here and see Betty Chase. She
+has a long straw, and she's tickling Valerie's neck with it. Valerie
+doesn't dream what it is, and while she's talking, keeps trying to
+brush off the tickly thing. Come and see her!"
+
+Patricia did not stir. She longed to see the fun, but she felt rather
+abashed to come out from her corner.
+
+The sound of a violin being tuned proved too tempting, however, and
+she joined Arabella in the doorway.
+
+One of the youngest pupils stood, violin in hand, while, at the piano,
+Betty Chase was playing the prelude. Lina Danford handled the bow
+cleverly, and played her little solo with evident ease.
+
+Her audience was delighted, and gayly their hands clapped their
+approval. The two in the doorway stood quite still, and gave no
+evidence of pleasure. Arabella was too spunkless to applaud; Patricia
+was too jealous.
+
+Arabella, after her own dull fashion, had enjoyed the music.
+
+Patricia surely had not.
+
+Patricia never could bear to see or hear _any one_ do _anything_!
+
+"Let's go up to our room," she whispered.
+
+"P'rhaps some of the others will play or sing," ventured Arabella,
+who wished to remain.
+
+"_Let_ 'em!" Patricia said, even her whisper showing that she was
+vexed.
+
+"'_Let_ 'em?'" Arabella drawled. "Why I'll have to let 'em. I couldn't
+stop them, and I don't want to. I'd like to hear them."
+
+"Then stay and hear them!" snapped Patricia, and she rushed out into
+the midst of the groups of listeners, and dashed up the stairway
+before Miss Fenler could stop her.
+
+What could have been more rude and ill-bred than to leave in such
+haste, thereby disturbing those who were enjoying the music?
+
+Arabella's first thought was to follow Patricia lest she be angry,
+but she saw Miss Fenler's effort to stay Patricia, and she dared not
+leave the room.
+
+Arabella felt as if she were between two desperate people.
+
+She feared Miss Fenler, as did every pupil at Glenmore, and by
+remaining where she was, she certainly was not offending her, but
+she could not forget Patricia. What a temper she would be in when,
+after the concert was over, Arabella, cautiously, would turn the
+latch, and enter their chamber!
+
+Patricia was wide awake, and listening, when at last Arabella reached
+their door. Softly she tried to open it so carefully that if Patricia
+were asleep she might remain so.
+
+Patricia had turned the key in the lock, and she fully enjoyed lying
+comfortably on the bed, and listening while on the other side of the
+door her chum was turning the knob first one way and then the other.
+
+There's no knowing how long she would have permitted Arabella to stand
+out in the hall, but suddenly she remembered that Miss Fenler strode
+down the corridors every night after lights were supposed to be out,
+just to learn if any one of the girls were defying the rule.
+
+With a rather loud "O _dear_!" Patricia flounced out of bed, went
+to the door, pretended to be so sleepy that she could not at once
+find the key, and then, as the door opened, gave an exaggerated yawn.
+
+For once Arabella was quick-witted.
+
+"Miss Fenler is just coming up the stairs," she said.
+
+Patricia forgot the scolding that she had been preparing for Arabella,
+and instead she said:
+
+"Hurry! Put out the light. You can undress in the dark, but for
+goodness' sake, don't stumble over anything!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+MISCHIEF
+
+
+A few days later, Dorothy stood at the window looking out upon a
+windswept road, where not even so much as a dry leaf remained to tell
+of the vanished Autumn.
+
+The sky was cloud-covered, and the gaunt trees bent and swayed as
+if a giant arm were shaking them.
+
+"We missed our afternoon trip down to the village," she said, "but
+no one would care to walk in this gale, and even--why, who--? Nancy,
+come here! _Isn't_ that Patricia?"
+
+Nancy ran to the window.
+
+"Why, no--yes,--Well, it certainly is Patricia," she said.
+
+"And just look at the parcel she's carrying!"
+
+"Whatever it is, she must have wanted it, to go out such day as this,"
+said Nancy, "and look! Miss Fenler is out on the porch,--why, she's
+actually feeling of it to see what's in the parcel. Really, I don't
+see why it's all right for her to do that."
+
+"It does seem queer," agreed Dorothy, "but you know it is the rule
+that the girls must not bring large parcels into this house, unless
+they're willing to show what is in them."
+
+"There! The paper has burst open, and,--Well, did you see that?"
+
+Miss Fenler was actually thrusting a long bony finger into the opening
+with the hope of learning if anything that had been forbidden, was
+being smuggled into the house inside the folds of gayly flowered goods
+that Patricia had declared was a tea-gown. After a moment, Miss Fenler
+nodded as if dismissing the matter, and Patricia, her chin very high,
+passed into the hall. Miss Fenler turned to look after her, as if
+not sure if she had done wisely in permitting Patricia to enter with
+so large a bundle, without first compelling her to open it, and spread
+its contents for inspection.
+
+Patricia's eyes had flashed when questioned about her parcel, but
+once inside the hall, her anger increased, and she mounted the stairs,
+tramping along the upper hall so noisily that several pupils looked
+out to learn who had arrived. Farther down the hall a door opened,
+and Betty Chase's laughing face looked out. She, too, had seen
+Patricia and Miss Fenler on the porch and, while she did not like
+Patricia, she detested the woman who seemed to enjoy spying, so her
+sympathy was, of course, with the pupil.
+
+"Had a scrap with the 'Fender'? I'd half a mind to say 'cow-catcher,'"
+she said.
+
+"Well, what if I did?" Patricia said, rudely, and walked on toward
+her room.
+
+Betty looked after her.
+
+"Well, of all things!" she whispered, then said, "The next time you
+need sympathy, try to buy some at the grocer's. Don't look to me!"
+
+Patricia had done a rude, and foolish thing. Betty Chase was a
+favorite, and Patricia had longed to be one of her friends, but thus
+far Betty had been surrounded by her classmates, who hovered about
+her so persistently that the pupils from Merrivale had not yet become
+acquainted with her. Betty had hailed Patricia pleasantly, and she
+really might have paused for a little chat, but she was one of those
+unpleasant persons who, when some one person has annoyed her, is vexed
+with the whole world. She took little heed as to where she was going,
+and stamped along, muttering some of the many wrathful thoughts that
+filled her mind.
+
+Reaching a door that stood ajar, she pushed it open, and rushed in
+exclaiming:
+
+"The horrid old thing tried to pick open my parcel, but I wouldn't
+let her. I guess Miss Sharp-eyes won't try again to--Why, where are
+you, Arabella?"
+
+A tall, thin girl with a pale face and colorless hair emerged from
+the closet where she had been hanging some garments.
+
+"Do you rush into people's rooms, and call them names?" she asked
+in a peculiar drawl.
+
+Patricia for once, was too surprised to speak.
+
+"My name is not Arabella, nor Miss Sharp-eyes," concluded the girl.
+
+"I--I beg your pardon. I thought this was my own room," gasped
+Patricia, and rushing from the room, opened the next door on which
+her own name and Arabella's appeared. She flew in, banging the door
+behind her.
+
+Arabella sprang to her feet, dropped her glasses, picked them up,
+and setting them upon her nose, stared through them at Patricia.
+
+"Don't you speak a single word!" commanded Patricia, "for I'm 'bout
+as mad as I can be now, and if I get any madder--"
+
+She stopped in sheer amazement, for Arabella had put on her hat, and
+was now getting into her coat.
+
+"Where are you going?" demanded Patricia, but Arabella put her left
+hand over her lips, while with her right she slipped another button
+into its buttonhole, and sidled toward the door.
+
+Patricia sprang forward, locked the door, took Arabella by the
+shoulder, and pushed her toward a chair. Surprised, and calmed by
+Arabella's silence, and her attempt to leave the room, Patricia now
+spoke in an injured tone.
+
+"I'd never believe you'd start to go out, when I'd just come in so
+vexed, and with loads of things to tell you. For goodness' sake, can't
+you answer?"
+
+"You told me not to say a word," said Arabella, "and you looked so
+cross that I just didn't dare to, and I was going out so I'd be sure
+not to."
+
+Patricia was flattered to learn that Arabella had actually been afraid
+of her. "Goosie!" she cried, "when will you learn that I don't always
+mean all that I say! Old Sharp-eyes didn't really open my bundle.
+Come over here and see what was hidden in it."
+
+She opened the parcel of gaily-flowered cotton, and began to unfold
+the goods.
+
+"There!" she cried when the last fold was loosed, and six packages
+were proudly displayed.
+
+"Good gracious!" cried Arabella, "I don't see how you got inside the
+door with all those things, for I saw her pinching your bundle, and
+you'd think that she must have felt those little parcels even if they
+were wrapped inside that cloth."
+
+"Well, you may be very sure she didn't feel them, for if she had,
+I'd never had them to show you."
+
+It was, indeed, a fixed rule at Glenmore that pupils, except by
+special permission, should bring no food into the building, the reason
+being that plenty of good food was provided at meal times, and eating
+between meals was forbidden.
+
+Patricia's idea of a "treat" was a variety of all sorts, but never
+a thought had she as to whether the articles that she chose would
+combine well.
+
+Arabella, often annoyed with indigestion, gazed at the "treat" that
+Patricia had placed upon the little table, and wondered how she would
+feel when she had eaten her share.
+
+And eat it she must, for Patricia never would forgive her if she did
+not. More than that, she must not refuse anything, because Patricia
+would consider that a sure sign that her "treat" had failed to please,
+and for a week at least, would talk of Arabella as ungrateful.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In a room farther up the corridor, Vera and Elf were laughing and
+chuckling over much the same trick as that which Patricia had played,
+only that Vera and Elf had brought a huge parcel into the house, and
+had not been questioned regarding it.
+
+It was late afternoon when Vera had returned from the village. Dorothy
+saw her far up the road, and wondered why she walked so slowly, but
+as she neared the gateway, it was evident that she carried a heavy
+parcel. Her storm-coat had a deep cape, but it only partly hid the
+bundle.
+
+She looked up toward the window where Dorothy stood, laughed, and
+made a gesture to indicate that she was going around to the rear of
+the house.
+
+"Nancy, what do you suppose the girls are up to?"
+
+"Vera has just come from the village with a bundle twice as big as
+the one Miss Fenler found Patricia bringing in, and she has gone
+around toward the back door with it."
+
+"She's trying to dodge Miss Fenler," Nancy said.
+
+"But, Nancy, she can't get to her room from the back way. The back
+door leads into the kitchen. There's no back stairway."
+
+"I know that," Nancy said, "but Vera isn't going around the house
+for the sake of a walk. She's intending to get in the back way I do
+believe. I wonder if she has coaxed one of the maids to help her.
+Come on, down the hall to the big window that has a balcony under
+it. We'll see if she really gets in."
+
+Dorothy clasped Nancy's outstretched hand and they ran softly along
+the hall, reaching the window just in time to see a bulky-looking
+bundle swinging from a rope, and occasionally bumping against the
+house as it made its way slowly upward.
+
+On the ground stood Vera eagerly looking up, while, from the window
+of their room Elf reached out, desperately struggling to draw the
+heavy bundle up to the window sill.
+
+"Don't stand there looking up at me!" she said in a voice hardly above
+a whisper. "Come up here before somebody sees you." Vera lost no time
+in doing as Elf said, while Dorothy and Nancy wasted not a moment,
+but sped down the hall, and once safely in their room, sat down,
+laughing at what they had seen.
+
+Meanwhile, Vera raced along the hall, and into her room, flew to the
+window and soon the precious bundle lay on the floor, the two girls
+bending over it.
+
+"Oo-oo! Cream-cakes! A box of fudge, frosted cake!" cried Elf, then.
+"What's in this tin can?"
+
+"Oysters," said Vera, "and we'll have a hot stew to-night after every
+one is in bed!"
+
+"My! But how can we cook it?" Elf asked.
+
+"In the can," said Vera. "That's easy 'nough. There's a pint of
+oysters, and three pints of milk all shaken up together in that
+two-quart can. We can heat it over the gas jet. I'm sure they'll cook
+all right."
+
+"Why, Vera Vane! It will take _hours_ to make it boil over that gas
+jet. I guess we'll enjoy taking turns holding it, while we wait for
+it to cook!"
+
+"Pooh! It'll taste so good we'll forget our arms ache when we get
+the very first spoonful!"
+
+Elf was not sure about that, but Vera had a way of speaking as if
+what she said settled the matter, so although not convinced, Elf made
+no reply. "Come! Help me put these things away," cried Vera. "We don't
+want any one to know about our fine little after-bedtime party, and
+we ought to hide our treat before some one comes to our door."
+
+So the cakes and fudge were placed on the shelf in the closet, where
+with the big can full of oysters and milk they became close neighbors
+with the hat-boxes.
+
+Then Vera and Elf sat down to prepare their lessons for the next day.
+
+They had invited Betty Chase and her chum, Valerie Dare, to spend
+the evening with them, and enjoy the treat.
+
+They were to go to bed at the usual time, have their light out at
+nine o'clock, and as soon as they heard Miss Fenler pass down the
+hall, and then descend the stairs, they were to open their door
+softly, close it behind them, and then, with greatest caution, make
+their way along the hall to Vera's room.
+
+Night came, their lessons were prepared for the morrow, their lights
+were out, when they heard Miss Fenler pass their door, then,--why
+did she return and pass the door a second time?
+
+Was it imagination, or did she pause before going on?
+
+Their hearts beat faster, and Valerie laid her hand over hers, she
+afterward said, to hush it so that the dreaded Miss Fenler might not
+hear it.
+
+"Has she gone?" whispered Betty, to which Valerie, who was nearest
+the door, replied with a low, "Sh--!"
+
+Farther up the corridor two others listened. Not a sound was heard
+in the hall, and Betty Chase cautiously opened the door a few inches.
+A board in the floor creaked, and she shut the door so quickly that
+she forgot to be careful, and one might have heard it the length of
+the hall.
+
+"Oo-oo!" whispered Valerie. "You let me manage that door, please,
+the next time it's opened."
+
+"When'll the next time be?" whispered Betty with a chuckle.
+
+"Now!" whispered Valerie, and stepping out into the hall, they
+carefully closed the door, then ran softly along to Vera's door, and
+tapped upon the panel with a hat-pin for a knocker. The door opened
+and they were only too glad to have it close behind them. Yet a bit
+longer they waited before lighting up, and while they waited, they
+sat upon the bed and talked in whispers.
+
+The street lamp threw a band of light across the room.
+
+Five minutes later, the blankets were taken from the bed and hung
+over the door, that no ray of light from the room might be visible
+in the hall, through either crack or keyhole.
+
+A second blanket was pinned to the curtains, that neither coachman
+nor maid returning from the town might catch a glimpse of light.
+
+Then the fun began.
+
+They had become bolder, and forgetting to whisper, talked in
+undertones. Vera, mounted on a cushioned stool, was holding the can
+over the gas jet, and watching eagerly for some sign of boiling.
+
+"The milk is steaming," she announced. "S'pose it's done?"
+
+"Not yet, goosie!" Elf replied, "and I _know_," she continued, "'cause
+I remember hearing our cook say that the stew was ready when the
+oysters looked all puckered around their edges."
+
+"O gracious! If that's true, somebody'll have to come and hold this
+old can a while. My arm is about broken!"
+
+Betty seized the can, and mounted the stool, and Vera, thus relieved,
+ran to the closet, returning with the cream-cakes and the fudge.
+
+The white counterpane stripped from the bed, and spread upon the
+floor, served as a lunch-cloth, and when the "goodies" were set upon
+it, the big can in the center, steaming, if not boiling, the four
+sat cross-legged around the feast, and prepared to enjoy it.
+
+Salt and pepper in abundance had been thrown into the can, so that
+while it lacked sufficient cooking, it surely did not lack seasoning.
+
+Bravely each tried to eat her share, but so salt was it, that it
+almost brought the tears.
+
+The cream-cakes were fine, and the girls were laughing softly over
+Betty's remark that no one knew of their little "party," when a knock
+upon the door caused Valerie to drop her cream-cake. In an instant
+she had rolled over, crawled under the bed, Betty following, while
+Vera and Elf sprang into bed, drawing the coverings to their chins
+to hide that they were fully dressed. It was one of Miss Fenler's
+rules that pupils should never lock their doors.
+
+Now in a harsh voice she called: "Open this door _at once_!"
+
+Vera sprang to the floor, shut off the gas, softly turned the key
+in the lock, and was back in bed and covered up to her eyes, in a
+second.
+
+Upon opening the door, Miss Fenler stumbled into the blanket that
+hung from the door-frame. Crossing the room to light the gas, she
+put her right foot directly upon a cream-cake, while with her left
+she upset the can of stew.
+
+An angry exclamation, properly stifled, caused the two under the bed
+to nudge each other, while struggling not to laugh.
+
+Vera and Elf lay quite still, the puff drawn up to their closely shut
+eyes.
+
+Miss Fenler lit the gas, and it was just as well that the culprits
+dared not open their eyes, for the face that she turned toward them
+was not pleasant to see.
+
+She was desperately angry.
+
+"What does this mean?" she cried shrilly.
+
+Vera and Elf breathed heavily, as if soundly sleeping.
+
+"You're not asleep!" she declared, "and I insist that you answer me.
+Again I ask, what does this mean?"
+
+Vera and Elf breathed harder than before, Vera adding a soft little
+snore.
+
+"Oh, very well!" cried Miss Fenler. "If you are determined not to
+reply to-night, I will report you to Mrs. Marvin, and you may make
+your explanations to her to-morrow."
+
+She left the room, her anger increased by their obstinate pretense
+of slumber.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+A WONDERFUL TONIC
+
+
+Vera awoke long before daylight, and lay thinking.
+
+"That's just the way I do things," she said in a voice barely above
+a whisper.
+
+"I plan the fun, and always have a good time, that is '_most_' always,
+but it's sure to wind up in a scrape. I plan how to get into mischief.
+Why don't I ever plan how to get out?"
+
+Elf stirred uneasily, and Vera gave her shoulder a vigorous shake.
+
+"Wake up!" she commanded. "Wake up, and help me plan what we'd better
+say when we have to face Mrs. Marvin."
+
+"Oh, I'm sleepy," drawled Elf. "We're smart enough to say something
+when she stares at us over her spectacles. We'll say we--"
+
+A wee snore finished the sentence, and Vera turned over with a lurch
+that shook the bed.
+
+She thought it very hard that she must lie awake and worry, while
+Elf could sleep; in short, she wanted some one to worry with her.
+
+"It's like the way I climb trees when we're away in the summer," she
+muttered.
+
+"It's fine climbing up, but I'm always afraid to climb down. If Bob
+is near, I can always make him get me down, but Bob isn't here to
+get me out of this mess, and Elf won't even try to keep awake to help
+me think."
+
+She concluded that it was very unfeeling for Elf to be so sleepy.
+Her cheeks were flushed, and her head ached.
+
+"O dear!" she whispered, softly, "Dorothy Dainty and Nancy Ferris
+are full of fun, but they never get into a regular fix such as I'm
+in now. I don't see how they manage to have such good times without
+ever getting mixed up in something that's hard to explain. And Betty
+and Valerie will get off Scot free, for 'The Fender' couldn't see
+them under the bed, and of course we'll not tell that they were
+there."
+
+She did not know that when Betty and Valerie had reached their own
+room they found that in their haste to arrive at the "feast" they
+had left the light burning in their room!
+
+Oh, indeed Miss Fenler had seen that, and she had opened the door.
+She had found no one there. She had seen that four had been enjoying
+the feast, because at each of the four sides of the spread were
+fragments of partly eaten cream-cakes, or bits of fruitcakes. Her
+sharp eyes had seen enough to assure her that two other girls were
+in hiding somewhere in the room, doubtless the two whose light had
+been left burning. She thought it clever to let them think that they
+had escaped notice. Their surprise would be greater when she sent
+them to Mrs. Marvin the next morning. Daylight found Vera tossing
+and turning, while Elf was dreaming. It was not that Vera could not
+bear reproof. She could listen for a half-hour to a description of
+her faults, and look like a cheerful flaxen-haired sprite all the
+while. That which now worried her was the thought that Mrs. Marvin
+might send her home.
+
+It was the fifth time during the month that she had been reprimanded,
+and even gentle Mrs. Marvin _might_ reach the limit of her patience.
+
+Her father, she knew, would speak reprovingly, and then laugh at her.
+Her mother, always weak-willed, would say: "Vera, dear, I wonder if
+you were really naughty, or if it was that they didn't _quite_
+understand you."
+
+Oh, there was nothing to fear about being sent home, but the fact
+that thus she would lose a deal of fun that she could so enjoy with
+a lot of lively girls of her own age.
+
+She resolved to appear as off-hand as usual, unless Mrs. Marvin should
+say that she must not remain at Glenmore, when she would throw pride
+to the winds, and plead, yes, even beg to continue as a pupil of the
+school. She turned and looked at Elf, still soundly sleeping.
+
+"O dear! I'm the only girl in school who has anything to fret over,"
+she whispered.
+
+It happened, however, that at the far end of the building, another
+girl was quite as worried as Vera, but it was a very different matter
+that had caused her to wake, as Vera had, before daybreak.
+
+She had entered Glenmore a few weeks after school had opened, and
+was rather a quiet girl, as yet acquainted with but few of the pupils.
+
+Some one circulated the story that she was being educated by an uncle
+who was a very rich man. Patricia Levine had added that as he lived
+in "N'York," and as her mother also lived there, she, of course, knew
+him, and she had told Patricia that old Mr. Mayo was more than rich,
+that he was many, many times a millionaire.
+
+"Ida Mayo is to be an heiress, and have all that money. Just think
+of that!" Patricia had said, and immediately began to be very friendly
+with her.
+
+Betty Chase boldly asked Patricia why it followed that because Mrs.
+Levine and old Mr. Mayo lived in New York they must, of course, be
+acquainted, to which Patricia snapped.
+
+"I didn't say they _must_ be acquainted. I said 'they _are_'!"
+
+Ida Mayo seemed not to notice that Patricia sought to be friendly,
+nor did she make any effort to become acquainted with any of the other
+pupils.
+
+She seemed content to stand apart and watch the others in their games.
+It was Dorothy Dainty who seemed to hold her attention, and once Betty
+Chase asked boldly: "I wonder why you watch Dorothy so much."
+
+"I don't know," Ida had said, then added, "I guess it's because she's
+worth looking at?"
+
+Secretly she envied Dorothy's lovely color, and wished that her own
+cheeks were as fresh and fair. That evening in her little room, she
+looked in disgust at her reflection in the mirror. A pale face
+returned her gaze, and she made a grimace.
+
+"It's bad enough to be pale without having a few of last summer's
+freckles left to make it worse," she cried.
+
+There were lessons to be prepared for the morrow, but the reflection
+in the mirror had so disturbed her that she cast lessons aside and
+commenced reading a story in a new magazine. The heroine was described
+as having a wonderful complexion, as fair, as pink and white, as
+perfect in coloring as a sea-shell.
+
+"Of course!" said Ida, "and that's the sort I wish I had."
+
+Her eyes strayed from the story of the beautiful heroine to the
+advertising column.
+
+"Raise mushrooms," read one advertisement, next: "Try our patent
+collar-button," then: "Write poems for us."
+
+"How stupid!" she said. "Who'd want to raise mushrooms, I'd like to
+know? Who wants their old collar-buttons? And for mercy's sake, how
+many people who read those advertising columns can write poetry?"
+
+She was about to toss the magazine upon the couch, when two words
+in large print caught her attention.
+
+"Banish freckles--"
+
+"What's that?" she whispered.
+
+"Banish freckles and have a perfect complexion," she read. "Send fifty
+cents to us, or obtain our tonic at any drug-store. Directions inside
+package."
+
+It must have been the best of good luck that had prompted her to
+neglect her lessons, and spend the evening hours with the magazine,
+she thought.
+
+She was far too impatient to wait to receive the tonic by mail.
+
+She had never been to the local drug-store, so the clerks would not
+know her, but if any of the Glenmore girls were there, she would buy
+some candy, and wait until another day to obtain the tonic.
+
+She drew a long breath when she saw, upon entering, that she was the
+only customer.
+
+The clerk thought it odd that a little girl should be buying a
+complexion-beautifier, but concluded that she, doubtless, was doing
+the errand for some older person.
+
+Night came, and at the hour when Vera and Elf with Betty and Valerie
+were tasting their goodies, and listening to every sound that might
+be approaching footsteps, Ida Mayo, not a whit less excited, was
+breathlessly reading the directions for applying the tonic.
+
+"Spread the tonic over the face, rubbing it thoroughly into the skin.
+Let it remain all night. You will be astonished at the result."
+
+A dozen times during the night she had been awakened with the
+scalding, burning of her face. The directions had said that the skin
+would probably burn, but the result in the morning would fully repay
+the user, by the extreme loveliness of the radiant complexion!
+
+Ida bore the burning bravely, but when the first faint light appeared
+she sat up in bed, pressing her hands to her smarting cheeks.
+
+"If the freckles are gone, and my skin is fair, I won't say a word
+about this burning," she said. "But how," she continued, "can my face
+look even half-way decent, when it is smarting so furiously?"
+
+At last, she could bear it no longer, and springing out of bed, she
+ran to the dresser, and gasped as she looked at her reflection. Even
+in the dim light of the dawn of a cloudy day, she saw that her cheeks,
+her forehead, her chin, were all very red.
+
+Were they spotty as well?
+
+"O dear! If it was only light enough for me to really see!" she
+whispered.
+
+She looked at the tiny clock. At that early hour no one was stirring
+at Glenmore.
+
+No one would see her if she went down to the door, and it would be
+lighter there. A gable shaded the window, and made her room less
+light.
+
+Thrusting her tangled locks up under the elastic of her muslin cap,
+and throwing on a loose sack, she snatched the hand-mirror from her
+dresser, and softly yet swiftly went out into the hall and down the
+stairs.
+
+She paused in the lower hall, there thinking that she heard some one
+coming, she rushed out on the piazza, down the steps, and across the
+lawn to an open space where nothing could obscure the light. Already
+it was growing lighter, and she lifted the hand mirror. A look of
+horror swept over her little face.
+
+"Oh, what a fright!" she cried, as she stood staring at the
+reflection.
+
+Her face was scarlet, and if the freckles had disappeared, it was
+because they had taken the skin with them when they went!
+
+For a moment she stood as if rooted to the spot, then realizing that
+some restless pupil might be up and chance to see her from the window,
+she turned and ran at top speed toward the house. The big door stood
+open as she had left it, and she raced across the hall and up the
+stairway, entering her room just as footsteps echoed along the hall.
+
+She closed the door and sat down.
+
+"Why _did_ I see that horrid old advertisement?" she exclaimed. Her
+smarting, burning cheeks were enough to bear, but worse than that
+was the thought that she would be compelled to appear in the
+classroom.
+
+How the girls would stare at her! What would they say among
+themselves?
+
+[Illustration: "O, what a fright!" she cried.]
+
+Vera believed herself to be the only girl at Glenmore who had even
+the slightest reason for worrying. Ida Mayo possessed the same idea.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Mrs. Marvin listened to all that Miss Fenler had to say about the
+feast, the two who had planned it, and the other two who beyond a
+doubt had been invited guests.
+
+"And _I_ should send them home, and at the same time mail a tart
+letter to their parents telling them that their room was better than
+their company."
+
+Mrs. Marvin looked up at the thin, harsh face of her assistant.
+
+"Mercy is sometimes as valuable in a case like this, as extreme
+severity," she said.
+
+"They have broken a well-known rule here, and must be dealt with
+accordingly. They must be made clearly to understand that a repetition
+would not be overlooked."
+
+"I am only an assistant," Miss Fenler said, "but I have my opinions,
+and I can't help thinking that you are too gentle with them."
+
+"They have been mischievous, surely, but had their mischief been such
+as would harm, or annoy their classmates, I should have been more
+severe.
+
+"You may send them to me. I will see them before the school opens
+for the morning session."
+
+"There is another pupil that I must speak of, and that is the Mayo
+girl. It has been her habit to keep apart from the other girls. She
+seems to prefer to spend much of her leisure time not only indoors,
+but in her room.
+
+"Lina Danford, the little girl whose room is next hers told me that
+Ida Mayo had been crying ever since daybreak. Lina thought that she
+must be ill, and she knocked at the door, but while for a moment the
+crying ceased, there was no answer, even when the knock was several
+times repeated."
+
+"Have you tried to rouse her?" Mrs. Marvin said, her fine face showing
+genuine alarm.
+
+"I knocked three times, but received no reply, and the door is
+locked."
+
+"I will go to her," Mrs. Marvin said. "You may open school for me.
+Say nothing to the other girls. I will talk with them at the noon
+recess."
+
+Mrs. Marvin hurried up the stairway, and along the upper hall to the
+corner room. She paused before tapping. If Ida Mayo had been crying,
+she was not crying now.
+
+She knocked and waited. Knocked again, and again she waited.
+
+"Ida, you must open your door for me. This is Mrs. Marvin."
+
+The morning session had opened, and fresh young voices could be
+plainly heard. They were singing Ida's favorite, an old song, "All
+hail, pleasant morning."
+
+Mrs. Marvin heard a faint sob.
+
+"Ida, I am your friend. Let me in, and tell me what troubles you."
+No response.
+
+"Open the door quickly, or I shall call Marcus to force it open."
+
+Ida opened the door with a jerk.
+
+"There!" she cried, angrily. "I don't see why I could not stay alone
+in my room until I looked fit to be seen!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin thought the raw, scarlet face denoted some desperate
+illness, but chancing to look toward the dresser, she caught sight
+of the bottle, uncorked, and with its showy label bearing the legend:
+
+  "Tonic. Twelve-Hour Beautifier."
+
+Mrs. Marvin sat down upon a low seat, and drew Ida down beside her,
+and patiently she listened to the story of the longing for beauty,
+the reading of the advertisement.
+
+"I s'pose I put on too much," Ida concluded. "They said, 'Just a bit
+on the tip of the fingers rubbed into the skin each night for two
+weeks would work wonders.'
+
+"They said used generously you'd be surprised at the result! I guess
+I was.
+
+"I thought if a little would do so much, a lot of it would do more,
+so I put it on thick, and went to bed.
+
+"O dear! It has been a comfort to tell you, but I can't face those
+girls while I look like this!"
+
+"I shall not ask you to," Mrs. Marvin said. "I will bring you some
+cooling ointment to heal your face, and I'll send old Judy up with
+your meals.
+
+"I will tell her to say to any pupils who may question her, 'Miss
+Mayo feels so miserable that she'll not come down to her meals for
+a few days.' Judy is absolutely trustworthy."
+
+Judy proved herself quick-witted, for when an inquisitive pupil tried
+to peep into the room as she entered with the tray, Judy turned
+sharply, remarking:
+
+"Ah don' s'pose yo wants ter ketch anythin' what's 'tagious, does
+ya?"
+
+The pupil backed away from the door, when at a distance she said:
+"You don't seem to be much afraid."
+
+"Ah isn't 'fraid, 'cause I's had dis same ting."
+
+She had indeed suffered in the same way. True it was not freckles
+that annoyed her. It was a longing to rid herself of her black skin
+that had tempted her to purchase a bottle of a so-called beautifier,
+warranted to produce a new skin.
+
+That was some years before, but Judy remembered it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+A SLEIGHING PARTY
+
+
+Dorothy was never inclined toward mischief, and now, when her mother
+was away traveling for change of scene, and much-needed rest, she
+felt very eager to send each month, a fine report of her progress.
+Dorothy was full of life, and loved a good time, if Nancy, her dearest
+friend might enjoy it with her.
+
+When the news was circulated that the great sleigh at the livery
+stable had been chartered by Mrs. Marvin, and that sleigh-rides would
+be in order as long as the snow lasted, none was more eager for the
+pleasure than Dorothy.
+
+To be sure, she had always enjoyed plenty of sleigh-rides when at
+home at the Stone House, but here was a novelty! The big sleigh at
+Glenmore would hold twenty girls, while the beautiful Russian sleigh
+at the Stone House held four, and the pony sleigh two. Mrs. Marvin,
+in making out the list for each party, was careful to place those
+already acquainted together. Thus, the list that was headed with
+Dorothy's name included Nancy Ferris, of course, then Vera, Elf,
+Patricia, Arabella, Betty, Valerie, and twelve others, who were at
+least slightly acquainted with those already named.
+
+They were about evenly divided in another way. Ten were exceedingly
+lively, while the other half of the list were pleasant girls of
+quieter type.
+
+Mrs. Marvin well knew that twenty lively girls would be likely to
+be a bit too gay for the steady-going inhabitants of the town of
+Glenmore, while the school must keep up its reputation for being
+cheerful, but surely not noisy nor flighty!
+
+The day for the first sleigh-ride dawned clear and cold, and Marcus
+informed Judy that it was cold enough "ter freeze de bronze statoo
+down in de square."
+
+They were to start at three, and promptly at that hour Marcus drew
+up at the door.
+
+Eager to start, the girls were all waiting in the hall, when Arabella
+drawled:
+
+"Every one wait while I go and get my shawls."
+
+She darted up the stairs, Patricia calling after her: "Your shawls,
+goosie! Why you're wearing two coats and a sweater now."
+
+"What did Arabella say?" asked Betty Chase.
+
+"I thought she said she wanted the shawl to put over her _ears_!"
+
+"She did say that," declared Patricia, "and won't she look fine;
+besides, how could she get them on when twenty of us are packed into
+that sleigh?"
+
+"Oh, I'll help her with them," cried Betty Chase, with a laugh.
+
+"So will I," chimed in Valerie.
+
+"Here she comes now. Well, as I live, she _has_ brought two shawls,"
+said Betty.
+
+"One for each ear," said Valerie.
+
+Laughing and chattering they ran down the path, and soon were
+comfortably seated, very close to be sure, but very warm.
+
+Arabella said that the two shawls were to wear later if it became
+colder, whereat, Betty begged her to sit upon them.
+
+"You take up room enough for three with a big shawl under each arm,"
+said Betty.
+
+"Stand up and I'll fold them so you can sit on them."
+
+Arabella meekly did as she was told. If any other girl had done the
+same thing, she would have obstinately rebelled, but Betty had a way
+that was compelling, and Arabella, after she was seated, wondered
+why she had been so meek.
+
+Patricia Levine had brought a big box of fudge, and she now passed
+it around. Arabella said she knew it would make her sick, but she
+took two pieces instead of one, lest the box might not come around
+again.
+
+The route took them over a long roadway that had been cut through
+a forest, and on either side the great trees towered above them, their
+branches heaped with snow. The underbrush was beautified with what
+looked like patches of swan's-down, and a tiny, ice-bound brook wound
+its way in among the giant trees, disappearing behind a clump of
+evergreens.
+
+It had been possible to see all these things because the road had
+been so rough that Marcus had been obliged to drive rather slowly.
+
+Now, as they emerged from the wood-road, he touched the whip to the
+flank of one of his horses, and with one accord they sprang forward,
+giving the chattering occupants of the sleigh a decided "bounce,"
+and stopping Elf Carleton in the middle of the story that she was
+telling.
+
+"O dear! Where was I when that jolt came?" she asked.
+
+"I don't know what you were telling," said Vera, "but it's my turn
+now, and I'm going to tell how awfully you acted this morning.
+
+"Girls, Mrs. Marvin was perfectly lovely. She just talked and talked
+about how good I _ought_ to be, but I didn't mind that, so long as
+she didn't say she was going to send me home. She never said a single
+word about that, but I didn't know she was going to be such a perfect
+dear. I woke before daylight, and much comfort Elf was to me! I tell
+you truly, girls, I poked her, I called to her, I shook her, but
+couldn't get her enough awake to say a word.
+
+"Well, we're about even, for one morning last week when I kept telling
+her my tooth was aching, she paid no attention until I gave her an
+outrageous poke, and shouted into her ear, 'My tooth aches!'
+
+"She didn't open her eyes, but what she said was a great comfort."
+
+"What did she say?" questioned Betty.
+
+"She said it might stop aching if I kept my mouth closed," said Vera,
+"and it took me five minutes to realize that her advice was more for
+her benefit than mine. She wanted another nap, and closing my mouth
+to shield my aching tooth would also prevent my talking. Trust Elf
+for making sure--Oh, look, girls!"
+
+Every head turned.
+
+A big red pung was coming toward them at top speed. It was crowded
+with more boys than could be seated, and those who stood carried long
+poles. From the top of each pole a broad, gayly colored streamer
+waved. As the pung passed a big boy in the center shouted: "Three
+cheers for the Glenmore girls!" and they were given with a will.
+
+"How do they know that we are Glenmore girls?" said Elf.
+
+"Three cheers for the 'What-you-call 'em' boys!" screamed Betty, and
+even Arabella added a faint "Hurrah!" to the general clamor.
+
+Two of the boys produced a pair of cymbals, but while they were
+clashing Betty brought forth a huge gong and nearly stunned those
+near her with the noise that she made as with all her might she smote
+it.
+
+"Hoo_ray_!" shouted a small boy.
+
+"Hoo_raw_!" howled Valerie Dare, and no one could have decided which
+laughed the harder, the pung-load of boys, or the lively girls in
+the Glenmore sleigh.
+
+"Yo'-all behave like tomboys," commented Marcus. "Lor', but Mis'
+Marvin would 'a' been some s'prised ef she'd been here ter hear ye
+carry on."
+
+"Well, if Miss Fenler had been here she'd have had forty fits," cried
+Vera Vane, "but, Marcus, what they don't know won't worry them, and
+you needn't tell them."
+
+"And Marcus, you can forget all about the racket before you get home,"
+said Elf.
+
+"Shore, Miss, I's got a powerful short mem'ry. Gid 'ap!"
+
+"Dorothy Dainty cheered as loud as any of us," said Arabella
+Correyville.
+
+"Well, why shouldn't she?" Patricia asked.
+
+"Oh, she's always so--oh, I don't know,--correct, I guess is what
+I meant to say," responded Arabella.
+
+"I like fun as well as any one does," said Dorothy who had overheard
+the remark.
+
+"Oh, but Dorothy, you aren't even the least bit rude," declared
+Valerie.
+
+"It's not rude to cheer," Dorothy said with a laugh. "I think we were
+very polite to return their salute."
+
+"Nancy Ferris cheered, too," said a girl who had been very quiet
+during the hubbub.
+
+Nancy laughed.
+
+"I cheered because Dorothy did," she said, "but, Betty, how did you
+get that gong in here without any one noticing it?"
+
+"It was under this long coat," said Betty, "and I'll tell you all
+how I happened to bring it.
+
+"Monday, when I was down in the village, I met a boy that I know,
+and he told me that over at the boys' private school in the next town
+they'd heard about our sleigh-rides, and he told me that one of the
+boys, Bob Chandler, had bought a pair of old cymbals at an antique
+shop. They were planning their first sleigh-ride for the same day
+as ours, and they thought we'd have no noise-maker with us. I meant
+to get even with them, so I brought the big gong that hung in my room,
+and I guess we made as much noise as they did. I've a number of curios
+that my uncle brought home from abroad. Why didn't I think to bring
+along that funny little horn? You could have tooted on that, Valerie."
+
+"Oh, I'm satisfied. We had noise enough," said Hilda Fenton.
+
+At that moment there was a commotion on the rear seat.
+
+Some one was twisting around so persistently that many were made quite
+uncomfortable.
+
+Dorothy turned to see what it was all about. She laughed softly, and
+touched Nancy's arm.
+
+"It's Arabella," whispered Dorothy.
+
+"Yes, and she's trying to put both shawls on at once," said Nancy.
+
+"Oh, quick! See what Patricia is doing."
+
+Completely out of patience with Arabella's wriggling, Patricia was
+taking a vigorous hand.
+
+In a manner anything but gentle she was pulling the heavy shawls up
+around Arabella's head and shoulders.
+
+Betty Chase said that she was "yanking" them, and the word, if not
+elegant, was truthfully descriptive.
+
+"_Don't_ knock my hat off!" whimpered Arabella.
+
+"I don't care what I do if only I get those old shawls onto you so
+you'll sit still!" declared Patricia.
+
+When Arabella settled herself in her place she took a third more room
+than before, and looked like a little old woman rolled up in many
+blankets.
+
+Arabella sat firm and immovable, staring through her spectacles. She
+did not turn to the right or the left, and one would say that she
+did not know that the girls were laughing at her.
+
+"Don't you wish you had just one more shawl?" said Patricia.
+
+"Not if I had to have you put it on," drawled Arabella. "You shoved
+my hat on one side of my head, and it's felt queer ever since."
+
+"How do you know that the hat has felt queer?" Valerie asked,
+smothering a laugh.
+
+"I guess you'd feel queer if Patricia Levine had once taken hold of
+you," was the quick response, and Valerie ceased teasing.
+
+"Dorothy knows a jolly sleighing song," said Nancy.
+
+"Sing it! Sing it!"
+
+"Oh, please sing it, Dorothy," clamored eager voices.
+
+"Sing it with me, Nancy," Dorothy said. "Your alto makes it fine."
+
+Their voices blended sweetly, and the melody floated out on the crisp
+air, so that a tall, dark man left a wood road, and stood listening
+as the sleigh sped past.
+
+  "Over the ice and snow we fly,
+  Oh, but our steeds have wings!
+  And their hoofs keep time
+  With the glad bells chime,
+  For sleigh bells are merry things,
+  Never a thought or care have we,
+  Lessons are laid aside,
+  And we laugh and sing,
+  Adding mirth and din
+  To the joy of a winter's ride."
+
+"Oh, don't stop!" cried an eager voice. "Isn't there another verse?"
+
+"There are two other verses," said Dorothy, "but--I've forgotten
+them."
+
+"Then sing the one you do know. It's worth hearing again!"
+
+Again she sang it, as gayly as before, but for some reason, Nancy's
+voice trembled, and Dorothy turned to glance at her.
+
+She saw that Nancy's cheeks were white, and her eyes wide as if with
+fear. A moment before her cheeks had been rosy red where the sharp
+wind had kissed them.
+
+"What is it, Nancy?" Dorothy whispered.
+
+Nancy shook her head, but the hand that held Dorothy's tightened with
+a nervous grip.
+
+When the girls were once more chattering together, Nancy, leaning
+toward Dorothy, whispered softly: "That dark man that stood near the
+woods watching us as we passed,--did you see him?"
+
+"Why, yes," whispered Dorothy, "but--" then she understood Nancy's
+fear. "Why, Nancy dear, your old Uncle Steve, who stole you from us
+once, is not living. Don't you remember that, and besides, that man
+didn't look the least bit like him."
+
+"That man looked just like Bonfanti!"
+
+"Oh,--oo," burst softly from Dorothy's lips, then she tried to comfort
+Nancy. "But why should he be wandering through the woods here? You've
+always said that he was a busy man, and once you heard him say that
+he had never been out of New York City."
+
+"I know I did," Nancy said, "but I s'pose he _could_ go somewhere
+else, and oh, Dorothy that man looked just like him!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE LOST NECKLACE
+
+
+Nancy strove to be as gay as before. She told herself that the man
+certainly looked just like the old ballet-master, Bonfanti, but that
+he might have been a very different person. She did not wish the other
+girls to know that she had been uneasy or frightened, and so busy
+had they been in watching people whom they passed, laughing and
+talking, that Nancy's fright had passed unnoticed by all save one,
+and that one was Patricia Levine, Patricia, who seemed to see
+everything. She delighted in seeing something not intended for her
+eyes, and then how she would run to tell some one all about it!
+
+Patricia had noticed Nancy's cheeks when they suddenly went white,
+she had seen the look of fear in her eyes, and she was wild with
+curiosity to know what it meant.
+
+When they had started out Nancy had thought that the ride could not
+last too long, but the sight of the tall, dark man at the edge of
+the forest had changed all that, and when Marcus drove in at the
+gateway of Glenmore, and drew up at the steps, Nancy was the first
+to spring out. Without stopping in the hall to talk over the ride
+with the others who had enjoyed it, she bounded up the stairs, and
+soon was in her room.
+
+Vera stopped Dorothy to ask if Nancy was ill.
+
+"No, oh, no!" Dorothy answered, as she followed Nancy up the stairway.
+
+Vera's question, and Dorothy's hasty reply reached Patricia's ears.
+
+"I'd like to know what it's all about," she whispered, "and I mean
+to find out, no matter how long it takes me."
+
+It was strange how eagerly interested Patricia always was in anything
+that did not concern her. She did not know that a newsmonger is never
+respected, nor did she know that no girl whose nature was refined
+would care to know other people's business. Nothing so delighted
+Patricia, as a bit of news that she could, by hook or crook obtain,
+and the added joy of running off to repeat it, especially if she knew
+it should not be repeated, was greater than she could have described.
+
+Dorothy, when she reached their room, found Nancy sitting upon a low
+stool, her hands loosely clasped, her eyes downcast as if studying
+the pattern of the rug.
+
+Dorothy closed the door, and then, tossing her wraps upon the couch,
+sat down, Turkish fashion, on the rug beside her.
+
+"Now, Nancy," she said, "you're not to let that man you saw this
+afternoon make you so uneasy. It couldn't have been Professor Bonfanti
+who taught you to dance, and was so harsh with you. Why should he
+be out here, walking through the woods at Glenmore? And even if really
+it had been Bonfanti, why would you be so frightened? It was your old
+uncle who stole you from us, and made you dance at the theaters to
+earn money for him. Bonfanti just taught you because your old Uncle
+Steve hired him to."
+
+"But Dorothy, you don't know how often he said, while he was training
+me: 'Oh, if I had you in my hands, I could make you earn twice as much
+as Ferris does!'
+
+"When he said that he would look as eager as if he really _saw_ the
+heaps of money that he thought he could make me earn for him.
+
+"I don't know which would be the worse to work for, Professor Bonfanti
+or my old Uncle Steve, but this I _do_ know: I hope no one will ever
+take me away from you, Dorothy!"
+
+"And no one shall!" cried Dorothy, throwing her arms around Nancy,
+and holding her fast.
+
+"I wouldn't have been so frightened if it was just what I saw to-day,
+but don't you know that just before we left the Stone House, I had
+a dream of being stolen. I'd not thought of it for weeks, but--well,
+that man _did_ look like the ballet-master."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Patricia Levine had enjoyed the sleigh-ride. She had liked the clear,
+bracing air; she had liked being included in the list made out by
+Mrs. Marvin for the first ride of the season, but she had been annoyed
+by Arabella.
+
+She stood drumming on the window-pane, and wondering how to begin
+the lecture that she intended to give Arabella, that is, if Arabella
+would _ever_ get her wraps off, and sit down. She turned from the
+window.
+
+"Well, I never saw such a slowpoke!" she cried.
+
+Arabella blinked. Patricia thought she might as well begin, if she
+wished to say all that was in her mind before dinner.
+
+"I certainly was provoked with you, Arabella, this afternoon. You
+looked just umbrageous with all those coats and shawls on," said
+Patricia.
+
+"I looked what?" Arabella asked with a dull stare.
+
+"I _said_ um-bra-geous!" cried Patricia.
+
+"I don't know what that word means," drawled Arabella.
+
+"Neither do I," said Patricia, "but I know that's the way you looked."
+
+"I can't unbutton this top button of my coat," remarked Arabella.
+
+Patricia jerked the button from the buttonhole, and continued:
+
+"How do you s'pose I like to have you act so queer, and then have
+the girls call you my 'chum'?"
+
+Arabella instead of replying to the question remarked:
+
+"And the fringe on this shawl has caught on a hook on my dress so
+I can't get it off."
+
+Patricia's eyes were blazing. She was so angry that she hardly knew
+what she was saying.
+
+"The idea! You had on two coats and a sweater, and as if that wasn't
+enough for any one girl to wear you went after two shawls. When you
+got all those duds on you looked as big as an _elegant_!"
+
+"A _what_!" gasped Arabella.
+
+"I'm too tired to say it over again," said Patricia, who now knew
+that she had made a funny error.
+
+"But," persisted Arabella, "you said I looked as--"
+
+It was no use to talk to the walls, and Patricia had rushed from the
+room, banging the door behind her.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+There were weeks at Glenmore when everything went smoothly. Then there
+would come a week when it certainly seemed as if every one were doing
+her best to cause disturbance.
+
+Usually the fault might easily be traced to the pupils, but there
+were times when Miss Fenler seemed as contrary as the most perverse
+pupil. On those days no one could please her.
+
+Dorothy had little difficulty, but Vera, Elf, Betty, and Valerie were
+forever vexing her, and Patricia was never able to win her full
+approval. As for Arabella Correyville, Miss Fenler did not understand
+her, and Betty Chase said that "The Fender" fixed her sharp eyes upon
+Arabella, and appeared to be studying her as if she were a very small,
+but very peculiar bug that she was unable to classify.
+
+There was yet another pupil who puzzled her, and, for that matter,
+puzzled the other pupils.
+
+She was an old-fashioned little girl, who was letter-perfect in all
+her studies, but never brilliant, more quiet than any other girl at
+Glenmore, and so silent that one marveled that a little girl could
+be so still. Always neatly, but very plainly dressed, she looked like
+a little Puritan, and acted like one, as well.
+
+And what a name the child possessed! Patience Little, and she lived
+up to it.
+
+"Do you think she'd jump if a fire-cracker went off behind her?"
+questioned Valerie, one day.
+
+"No, indeed, she would not," said Elf, who stood near. "I don't
+believe she would so much as turn around to look at it. She's
+spunkless."
+
+But they were mistaken.
+
+Among themselves they spoke of her as "Little Patience."
+
+Once Betty Chase told her that she knew a girl whose name was
+"Patience," who was always called "Patty."
+
+"My family does not like nicknames," was the reply in a low voice,
+as she turned away.
+
+The day after the sleigh-ride, Lina Danford, one of the youngest
+pupils, came rushing down the stairway in great excitement.
+
+"My amber necklace has been stolen! Girls! Do you hear? My amber beads
+are gone! Some one has been in my room and stolen them! Somebody ought
+to catch the burglar!"
+
+Dorothy, standing near, put an arm around her, and tried to comfort
+her.
+
+"Don't say it is gone, Lina, dear! It may be just mislaid. If you
+like, Nancy and I will go up with you, and help you hunt," but Lina
+was not easily to be comforted.
+
+She insisted that the beads had been stolen, and that, therefore,
+it was idle to search.
+
+Patience Little, for the first time, showed a bit of interest. She
+was crossing the hall when Lina raced down the stairs, and she
+actually paused to listen to what the little girl had to say. She
+said nothing, and after a moment, she went up-stairs.
+
+She forgot to close her door, and going over to her dresser, opened
+its upper drawer. From a velvet case she drew forth a smaller velvet
+case, which, when she touched a clasp, sprang open, displaying a
+handsome string of amber beads. She held them up so that the light
+might play through them.
+
+"I never wear them," she said softly, "but I've liked looking at them.
+Aunt Millicent gave them to me, and maybe I'd like to wear them
+sometime, but," she continued, "I'll not be selfish and keep them
+for _some time_. I'll give them to Lina, in place of those that she
+has lost."
+
+Hurrying along the upper hall, Lina was surprised to see that the
+next door that she would pass, stood open. She was about to pass it,
+when on glancing toward it, she saw Patience standing before the
+glass, turning this way and that so as to get a better light on the
+amber necklace that she wore.
+
+With a little cry, Lina sprang into the room. Patience turned, and
+was about to speak, but before she could say a word, Lina shouted:
+
+"That's my necklace! I _knew_ somebody had taken it, but I never
+dreamed it was a Glenmore girl who did it. I thought it was a burglar.
+Give it to me this minute!"
+
+"This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl excitedly.
+
+Her eyes flashed, she quivered with anger. No one would have believed
+that the girl who always appeared calm, and rarely spoke, unless
+spoken to, could show such fire. One could not guess how the scene
+would have ended, but just at that moment a slight sound made both
+girls turn.
+
+There in the doorway stood Mrs. Marvin.
+
+"I am very sorry to see anything so rude, so unkind, and so unjust,"
+she said.
+
+"You were hopelessly rude to rush into another girl's room and accuse
+her, even if she were at fault.
+
+"You were unkind, because you spoke as harshly as possible, and you
+were unjust, because here in my hand I have your own amber beads that
+one of the maids has just found.
+
+"You must apologize at once, ask Patience if she will forgive you,
+and in your own room, try to think of some kind way to make amends."
+
+Lina was crying now.
+
+[Illustration: "This necklace is mine!" returned the accused girl
+excitedly.]
+
+"Oh, I'm so sorry. Why do I never think before I say horrid things?
+Forgive me, Patience, if you can. I'll gladly do anything for you."
+
+Then the surprise came.
+
+Patience, the silent, shy girl, threw her arms about the younger girl,
+and held her close.
+
+"The necklace that I have on was given to me by Aunt Millicent. I've
+never worn it. It is beautiful, but I like quiet colors. The showy
+things are prettier for other girls, I think. I heard Lina say that
+she had lost hers, and I was just thinking that I would give mine
+to her, when she rushed in, and--I hadn't a chance to tell her. That's
+all," she said simply.
+
+"Oh, I was worse even than I thought," cried Lina, "and to think,
+Mrs. Marvin, that she was planning to give her necklace to me!"
+
+"Promise me, Lina, that after this you will be less quick to accuse."
+
+"Indeed I will, and Patience, if you'll let me, I'd like to be your
+friend."
+
+"I'm sometimes lonely. I need you, Lina," Patience said, gently.
+
+Lina never did anything by halves. She told her classmates how just
+at the time that Patience had been planning to give her own necklace
+to make up for Lina's loss, she had been harshly accused. She told
+how sweetly forgiving Patience had been, and wound up by stating that
+hereafter they were to be chums.
+
+Mrs. Marvin, on the way to her own apartment, vaguely wondered what
+the next happening would be.
+
+"I wonder if the entire week is to be a series of disturbances," she
+thought. "To be sure, there are but two days more, Friday and
+Saturday, but I should not be surprised if some one started something,
+so as to make the week complete."
+
+It certainly had been a record week for petty annoyances, and to cap
+the climax on Friday, after lunch, Miss Fenler waited in the hall,
+near the door that led from the dining-room. She felt that she must
+speak to Patricia.
+
+As a rule pupils were, of course, permitted to dress as they chose,
+but it seemed as if Patricia was actually trying to see how strange
+a rig she could wear and yet go unreproved.
+
+On this day, she had done the oddest thing of all. She had tied her
+hair on the crown of her head with a yellow ribbon. The ribbon was
+very wide, and the bow was enormous. As if that were not enough she
+had taken equally wide ribbon, of pink, and of blue, had tied a large
+bow of each and then had pinned the pink bow to the right loop of
+the yellow bow, the blue bow to the left loop, and when she entered
+the dining-room the effect was, to say the least, _amazing_!
+
+The bows were about eight inches wide. Really, Patricia was a droll
+sight!
+
+Unless she were spoken to she would wear her freakish ribbons at the
+afternoon session.
+
+When lunch was over, and the pupils came trooping out into the hall,
+Miss Fenler spoke to Patricia. When they at last stood alone in one
+corner of the hall, Miss Fenler mentioned the gaudy colors, and said
+that while the girls were permitted to wear as bright ribbons as they
+chose, they would certainly not be allowed to wear three huge bows
+at a time.
+
+"The idea!" said Patricia. "Well, I guess I'll not agree to wear
+little stingy-looking bows for any one."
+
+"You would obstruct the view of the large blackboard," said Miss
+Fenler. "No one could see around your head."
+
+"I shall wear these bows I have on or none at all!" said Patricia.
+
+"Don't be obstinate," said Miss Fenler. "Mrs. Marvin told me to speak
+to you."
+
+"Did _she_ say I couldn't wear these big bows?" Patricia asked, her
+eyes black with anger.
+
+"She certainly did," declared Miss Fenler.
+
+"Well, you can tell her I wear these or none at all," Patricia said,
+stoutly.
+
+"None at all!" repeated Miss Fenler.
+
+"Don't attempt to come into the classroom with your long hair untidy.
+Without a ribbon it would look slovenly."
+
+Patricia's smile was broad, and her eyes actually impish as she left
+the hall.
+
+"She's equal to pinning on a half-dozen extra bows if she chooses,"
+Miss Fenler said, under her breath.
+
+Glenmore, once a private estate, looked like an old castle, and the
+dwellings that were its nearest neighbors were owned by old and
+wealthy residents. No stores had ever broken the charm of the
+locality, and the sleepy old town had supposed that they never would,
+yet around the corner of a little back street, an enterprising Italian
+had purchased a wee cottage. After three days a sign appeared in his
+front window. It stunned the residents. It read:
+
+    Antonio Carana,
+  Barber and Hairdresser.
+
+Already small boys and girls might be seen, in charge of maids,
+trotting up his steps with long curls, and after a few minutes,
+appearing with a "Dutch cut."
+
+Patricia, buttoning her coat as she ran, appeared at his door
+breathless, but eager.
+
+"I want my hair bobbed, and I must have it done right off, or I'll
+be late to school," she cried, rushing past the astonished Tony, and
+mounting his big chair.
+
+"_Dutch cut_!" she demanded, thinking that he had not understood her.
+
+"Cutta da long hair?" he asked, lifting the strands.
+
+"Sure," cried Patricia, "What else would I want cut off? Certainly
+not my _nose_."
+
+"Alla right," said Tony, but he thought it strange, and wondered if
+the little girl's mother would appear at any moment, angry, and
+vengeful.
+
+Patricia's temper had been gradually cooling, and now, as she saw
+the long locks that Tony had clipped, she was desperately sorry that
+she had come. It was half done, however, so she could not "back out."
+One does not care to appear with the right side of one's head with
+short hair, and the left side with hair half-way toward one's girdle!
+
+Patricia sighed, and allowed him to continue. What else could she
+do? She had been proud of her hair, but when she saw herself in the
+mirror, her vanity came to her aid.
+
+She had given up her fine head of hair, but look! Here was another
+chance to make a sensation. Not a girl at school had her hair
+"bobbed."
+
+"Probably they'll tell me that only very little girls have their hair
+like this, but I don't care. They'll be surprised, and it's the only
+way I can go without ribbons, and I said I'd wear big bows or
+nothing."
+
+Of course the pupils stared when Patricia appeared in the class-room,
+and that delighted her.
+
+"I guess my Dutch cut made more show than my ribbons would have,"
+she whispered.
+
+Making a show was about all that Patricia cared for, the only other
+thing that she appeared to think worth while was meddling in other
+people's affairs.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+WHEN NANCY DANCED
+
+
+Mrs. Marvin decided to make the weekly socials very different from
+what they had been.
+
+It had been her custom to hire musicians from the city to give a
+little recital, and then serve light refreshments, and allow the
+latter part of the evening to be spent in indoor games, or dancing.
+
+The social part of the evening was always enjoyed, but many of the
+musicians, both vocal and instrumental, had given selections of so
+strictly classical character that some of the pupils complained that
+they did not care for it.
+
+She determined to ask three pupils to arrange a program for each
+evening, each of the three being expected to take part in the
+entertainment.
+
+One Monday morning she unfolded her plan, and announced that on Friday
+of that week would occur the first social having a pupils' program.
+
+"I have asked Dorothy Dainty to take charge of the little recital,
+and I believe we shall enjoy it."
+
+When the eager applause had subsided, Mrs. Marvin continued:
+
+"The girl in charge of the entertainment must not be annoyed with
+questions as to the program because I wish the entertainment each
+week to be a surprise.
+
+"Dorothy, herself must contribute one or two numbers, and I have
+appointed Nancy Ferris, and Patricia Levine to help her."
+
+The pupils were wild with curiosity as to what the numbers were to
+be, but while a few hinted that they were eager to know just what
+they were to hear and see, they did not ask Dorothy to tell them.
+They thought it would be more fun to be surprised.
+
+Dorothy found herself in an awkward place.
+
+She had decided to sing a pretty waltz song, for which Nancy played
+the accompaniment. Nancy had at first thought of playing a piano duet
+with Dorothy, but Dorothy pointed out that a number of the girls,
+when it came their turn to entertain, would surely play, and she urged
+Nancy to do a fine solo dance.
+
+"It will be more of a treat," she urged, and Nancy agreed.
+
+Patricia declared that she had studied with a fine vocal instructor
+since they had heard her, and she also stated that she would sing
+a solo, or nothing.
+
+Patricia, when at Merrivale private school with Dorothy and Nancy,
+had done some very funny singing, and Dorothy felt a bit nervous as
+to what she would do now, but Patricia insisted that she had rapidly
+improved, and there seemed to be no choice but to let her sing.
+
+"Do make her tell you what she's going to sing," Nancy said, one
+morning, "because if she has chosen something you wouldn't like to
+have her sing, you _might_ be able to coax her to change it."
+
+Dorothy promised to question Patricia, but she laughed at the idea
+of being able to make Patricia change her mind after she had decided
+what she should do.
+
+"What am I to sing?" said Patricia, when at recess Dorothy questioned
+her. "I'm going to sing something from grand opera. It's called:
+
+  'I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,'
+
+and my teacher coached me on it, and he said I sang it just as it
+should be sung."
+
+"If her teacher said that she sang it well, perhaps it will be all
+right," Dorothy said, but even as she said it she wondered just what
+Patricia would do. Patricia _might_ do anything.
+
+Dorothy took the time to practice when all of the pupils were out
+of doors at recess. She did not wish them to hear her song until she
+should sing it for them at the social.
+
+Nancy practiced her solo at early morning. Mrs. Marvin had given her
+permission to practice in their reception hall when she learned at
+what an early hour Nancy was willing to rise in order to do it.
+
+Patricia declared it entirely needless for her to practice, thus
+making Dorothy still more uneasy as to her performance.
+
+At last the evening arrived.
+
+Dorothy had told herself that if, after all, Patricia did anything
+as "queer" as she had been known to do, worrying beforehand would
+not mend matters. She knew if she became nervous regarding Patricia,
+she could not do her own solo well. Patricia had asked that her number
+might be the last on the program, and Dorothy had agreed.
+
+As Patricia usually wished to be first in anything, and was offended
+if not given precedence, it certainly looked as if she were planning
+to have her solo the crowning event of the evening.
+
+Soon after seven a buzz of voices told Dorothy that the pupils had
+assembled early, and she would have joined them, but Mrs. Marvin had
+said that each of the soloists must be announced, and must come onto
+the stage, and greet her audience as if she were a professional.
+
+All had been carefully arranged, and Vera Vane was to announce each
+performer.
+
+Dorothy had chosen a light-blue dress, her pumps and hose of the same
+shade. The dress was charming, because of its lovely coloring, and
+its graceful lines.
+
+Very clearly Vera announced:
+
+"The first number to-night will be a waltz song by Dorothy Dainty."
+
+Dorothy's voice had been carefully trained, and very sweetly she sang,
+one especial charm being that every word could be clearly heard, which
+is more than can be said of many singers who have studied for years.
+
+She had chosen "Asphodel's Song."
+
+How sweet was the voice, how happy her smile as she sang:
+
+  "Oh, how lovely are my flowers
+  In the morning wet with dew,
+  Ah, they courtesy to the morning
+  Off'ring gifts of fragrance new.
+  Then the sound of bird wings whirring
+  Wake again the drowsy trees,
+  And the tiny brooks are stirring,
+  Running onward to the sea.
+  Oh, how lovely are my flowers
+  When the twilight shadows creep,
+  Hosts of fairy folks come trooping,
+  Where my flowers lie asleep."
+
+Surely no singer was ever more graciously received.
+
+There were to be no encores because of limited time.
+
+Lights were usually out at nine-thirty, but the socials were from
+eight to ten. The concert must be brief to allow sufficient time
+afterward for games.
+
+"The next number will be a dance by Nancy Ferris."
+
+Nancy had stood in the upper hall, ready, when she heard her name
+called to enter. Here and there a tiny spangle caught the light, and
+the soft pink of her dress was repeated in her cheeks. She was happy.
+She was going to give pleasure.
+
+As she heard her name called, she bounded down the stairway, across
+the hall, and up on the stage, looking far smaller than in her usual
+school dress. The pupils were spellbound.
+
+Nancy had said nothing of her dancing nor had she spoken of having
+been a tiny performer at the theaters.
+
+Now as they saw her whirling on the tips of her toes, dipping,
+swaying, doing steps of wondrous grace, they marveled at the skill
+with which she did it. At home, at the Stone House, Dorothy had often
+played for her, but to-night she seemed to out-do herself.
+
+Nancy swung forward, then with cunning steps retreated, crossed her
+feet and did the pretty rocking-step, whirled again, and yet again,
+did the pirouette to left, then to right, made a very low courtesy,
+and ran off the stage, followed by tremendous clapping.
+
+How they wished that she might have repeated the lovely dance!
+
+Mrs. Marvin closely watched the nimble feet and determined to know
+something more about the charming little dancer. And now--Dorothy
+wondered _just what_ the next number would be. She took a long breath
+when, as Vera announced her, Patricia entered simply attired, wearing
+a pretty white dress, with a pale yellow sash, no other color.
+
+It was remarkable to see Patricia without at least six colors.
+
+"Perhaps she'll sing well," Dorothy said to herself, "for the lovely
+song that she chose for her number _couldn't_ be twisted into anything
+funny."
+
+Was that really so, or was Dorothy trying to think so? Was there
+anything that Patricia could not "twist" if she chose?
+
+The charming old song is very sweet when properly sung, and the words
+fit the melody.
+
+  "I dreampt that I dwelt in marble halls,
+  With vassals and serfs at my side,
+  And of all who assembled within those walls,
+  That I was the joy and the pride.
+  I had riches too great to count, could boast
+  Of a high ancestral name,
+  But I also dreampt, and that charmed me most,
+  That you loved me just the same."
+
+So runs the first verse, but Patricia had never seen the music. She
+had heard the song a number of times, and felt competent to sing it.
+
+Dorothy had asked her to practice it, then had offered to loan her
+the music, but Patricia declared that she needed neither practice,
+nor the use of the music.
+
+"Are you sure you know the words?" Nancy had asked.
+
+"Of course!" Patricia had said sharply.
+
+Nancy played the prelude, and Patricia sang. Sang with all her might,
+one might say, but oh, the words as she sang them!
+
+She had caught them as they sounded, giving never a thought as to
+whether they made sense.
+
+  "I dre-eampt that I dwe-e-lt in mar-ar-ble halls
+  With _vessels_ and _safes_ at my side.
+  And of all who had stumbled within those walls
+  That I was the _joke_, and the _bride_,
+  I had _witches_ to _mate_ and count, could boast
+  Of a high and central name
+  But I also dreampt, and that jarred me most,
+  That Jew loved me just the same."
+
+Was it strange that roars of laughter greeted the song? Even Mrs.
+Marvin, a model of all that was well-bred, covered her eyes for a
+moment with her handkerchief, but when she removed it, the eyes were
+twinkling and it was evident that only her self-control kept her from
+laughing aloud.
+
+Dorothy's first thought was for Patricia. She knew it must be dreadful
+to be laughed at, and she was hoping that Patricia might not be too
+badly hurt. She would draw her into the games later in the evening,
+and thus cheer her.
+
+It happened that Patricia needed no cheering. She was disgusted, but
+not hurt. She believed herself to be a very fine singer, and thought
+that the only reason for laughter was that her audience was dull,
+so dull indeed that her romantic selection had been mistaken for a
+comic song.
+
+"The idea of thinking that song funny enough to laugh at! Why it is
+not a comic song at all. There's nothing funny about it!" she
+declared. "It really doesn't pay to sing for folks here. They can't
+understand what you are doing! The next time I sing, I'll sing for
+my friends in N'York."
+
+Dorothy was puzzled for a second, then, as she saw that Patricia
+really meant what she said, she was thankful that the laughter had
+not been understood by the silly little singer.
+
+Patricia had actually thought that they were foolishly amused by the
+song.
+
+It had been quite another thing that annoyed Patricia, and that was
+the evident pleasure that Nancy's dancing had given, and on the day
+after the social, she was vexed to have to hear the other girls
+talking about it.
+
+"I'd think you never saw any one dance before," she said, when Betty
+Chase said that Nancy's dancing was "simply lovely."
+
+"Well, I never did see a girl dance like that," said Betty.
+
+"Well, she _ought_ to dance. She's had enough training, besides she
+used to dance on the stage. Who couldn't dance if they had a chance
+like that?"
+
+"A whole lot of people couldn't," said Betty, sharply. "_I_ couldn't
+for one, and I guess there are a few others."
+
+"Do you mean me?" Patricia asked, sharply, her eyes flashing.
+
+"I mean any one silly enough to say that Nancy's dancing was anything
+but wonderful," Betty said, and she turned to Valerie, leaving
+Patricia to talk to herself, or to no one, if she chose.
+
+Patricia had hoped to lessen interest in Nancy, but what she had said
+had had an opposite effect.
+
+It had increased their already lively interest to such an extent that
+many who had not yet met her were wild to know her, and those who
+already were her friends were eager to question her as to her career.
+They longed to hear all about her training, her first appearance at
+the theater, and countless questions they wanted to ask her. Patricia
+had made Nancy more popular than before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+A BIT OF SPITE
+
+
+For several days Patricia was so busy thinking, that Arabella felt
+rather lonely. Arabella had been writing a letter to her Aunt Matilda,
+and endeavoring to answer all the questions that that peculiar woman
+had asked. It had occupied her spare time for two days, and was not
+yet ready to mail.
+
+"O dear!" sighed Arabella, "I don't like to write letters."
+
+"Don't write them," Patricia advised.
+
+"Why, Patricia Levine! You know if I didn't answer Aunt Matilda's
+letter she'd pack her suit-case, and come right here!"
+
+"Good gracious! Hurry up and finish it," cried Patricia. "I wouldn't
+want her coming here."
+
+"I've got a cold, so I couldn't go out to mail it," drawled Arabella.
+
+"Don't let that stop you," cried Patricia, "for I'll gladly go out
+to mail it for you, if it'll keep your Aunt Matilda away."
+
+Later, when Patricia went down the hall on the way to post the letter,
+she saw that Dorothy's door was slightly ajar. Of course Patricia's
+sharp eyes saw it, and, because she never could resist the temptation
+to listen, where she might hear something not intended for her ears,
+she paused.
+
+Nancy was speaking of the man that she had seen standing at the edge
+of the forest, on the day of the sleigh-ride. Again she told Dorothy
+how it had frightened her, adding:
+
+"He looked just like Bonfanti, the ballet-teacher, and I believe if
+I should look from our window and see him out there, looking toward
+this house, I'd not dare to go out for days."
+
+Dorothy tried to comfort her, by saying:
+
+"But, Nancy dear, we've _not_ seen him since that day, and he's miles
+away from here by this time, as likely as not."
+
+Patricia needed to hear no more. She could not make Nancy less
+popular, but here was a fine chance for annoying her.
+
+It was strange what pleasure it afforded Patricia to make others
+unhappy! She never seemed to know that in striving to annoy others,
+she was constantly proving that she herself was disagreeable.
+
+She hastened out to the nearest mail box with the letter, and then
+returning to her room, sat down to think.
+
+"I wish you'd talk," said Arabella. "It's awful dull this cloudy
+afternoon."
+
+Patricia was in no mood for talking, and Arabella dared not insist.
+
+It was after dinner when the pupils met in the cheery reception-hall
+for a little chat before going to their rooms, that Patricia saw her
+chance, and took it.
+
+Some one asked Nancy if she and Dorothy had been out for their usual
+walk.
+
+"It seemed a bit raw," she replied, "so we remained in."
+
+Patricia, who had been moving nearer, now stood at Nancy's elbow.
+
+"Did you notice a big, dark man, this morning looking up toward your
+window?" she asked: "Do you know who he is? We saw him the day of
+the sleigh-ride, and that was weeks ago. I believe he is always right
+around here, for I don't know how many times I have seen him. He
+always simply _stares_ toward your windows. I thought perhaps you
+knew him."
+
+Nancy turned pale, and Mrs. Marvin, who was near them, saw Dorothy
+draw Nancy closer as if to protect her.
+
+"Is Nancy ill?" she asked kindly.
+
+Patricia had left the hall when she saw Mrs. Marvin speaking to
+Dorothy.
+
+Dorothy explained how frightened Nancy had been ever since the
+sleigh-ride, a few weeks before.
+
+"Come into my apartment and tell me all about this. I am greatly
+interested," she said.
+
+They were only too glad to escape the curious eyes that now were
+watching them, and together they told Mrs. Marvin the story of Nancy's
+career. When they reached the point where Patricia had told them of
+the man who had stood looking up at their windows that afternoon,
+a look of relief passed over her face, and she actually laughed.
+
+"You two dear little friends may rest easy to-night," she said, "for
+the man whom you saw at the edge of the woods, and the man who was
+here to-day, looking up at your windows, as Patricia said, are one
+and the same person. He is a man who has made a study of all plant
+life, and especially wise is he in regard to vines and trees.
+
+"To-day he was trying to decide just what sort of vine would thrive
+best on this sunny side of the house. His name is not nearly so
+picturesque as Bonfanti. It is Jonathan Scroggs. Not a fine name,
+surely, but his name has never hindered him in his profession. He
+is one of the best florists in the country, he knows all about
+beautiful vines and trees, and he is also a landscape gardener. He
+can take a plain little cottage, with a small piece of land, and plant
+just the right kind of trees on the place, train vines over the porch
+so as to render it charming, and make the bit of land into a tiny
+park, so dainty, so altogether lovely that people will come from far
+and near to see the 'beauty spot.' Now do you care in the least what
+his name is?"
+
+"Indeed I do not," Dorothy said, firmly.
+
+"And oh, how glad I am that he is not Professor Bonfanti!" Nancy said.
+"It was silly to be so frightened, but if only you knew how hard those
+months were when he was training me, and old Uncle Steve was
+threatening all sorts of things if I did not dance well! You see,
+I was really ill with fear, and homesickness, and Uncle Steve did
+not seem to see that the more he threatened, the more ill I became.
+Oh, if I should talk all day, I could not tell you half the misery
+of those days. Only yesterday one of the girls said that she would
+not have minded any of the harsh things if only she could have danced
+on the stage. That is what she thinks, but she doesn't know!"
+
+"Well, Nancy, to-day you are nervous and tired, but I have quieted
+all your fears, and assured you that you are safe here at Glenmore.
+Some day when we can arrange it, I would enjoy hearing more of your
+little career."
+
+"And I'd be willing to tell you, Mrs. Marvin; you've been so kind,
+and you've comforted me. I shall sleep to-night without any horrid
+dreams."
+
+Mrs. Marvin felt that Patricia had really intended to frighten Nancy,
+and she decided to have a quiet little talk with her, and if possible,
+learn what had prompted her to do so unkind a thing.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was an odd combination that "Glenmore," one of the best of schools
+for girls in the country, modern in every respect, and absolutely
+"up-to-date," should be situated in a town that was quaint, and
+picturesque, with inhabitants as fanciful, and superstitious as one
+would find if he had traveled back a century.
+
+True, there were residents who had recently come to the place for
+a summer home, but the old people of the place clung to their old
+time superstitions, their firm belief in "signs," their legends handed
+down from one generation to another, and the newcomers humored them,
+listened to their "yarns," and asked to hear more. Many of these
+stories were quite as interesting as any folk tales, and none could
+tell them with finer effect than old Cornelia Derby.
+
+It was Marcus who had pointed her out to several of the girls who,
+one morning, chanced to be standing near the gate as the old woman
+came up the street.
+
+"Oh, Marcus, do you really mean that she can tell all sorts of quaint
+stories about this old town?" cried Betty Chase.
+
+"I sure does," said Marcus, "and 'nuffin' pleases her like gittin'
+a chance ter tell 'em ter folks as is willin' ter listen."
+
+"Now, Valerie," said Betty, turning to her chum, "let's get her to
+tell us some of the stories she knows about the fine old houses, and
+the people that once lived in them."
+
+"Fine!" cried Valerie, "but where would we find her?"
+
+"She lives in a little old hut, 'round behin' the hill over there!"
+said Marcus, "an' all yo' has ter do is ter go up dis street, an'
+yo'll sure spot it, long 'fore yo' reach it, 'cause the top half er
+dat hut is red, an' the bottom half is whitewash. It sure looks mighty
+quare!"
+
+"Let's take a walk over there to-morrow, when our lessons are
+prepared," said Valerie, "but," she added, "I hope we find it."
+
+"Yo' couldn't miss it," said Marcus, "for all yo' has ter do is ter
+go up dis street, an' turn ter yo' left, den go a piece, an' turn
+ter yo' right, an' walk 'til yo' come ter a big yaller house, an'
+dat's 'bout half-way. Nex' yo' cross a field, skip over de place
+where de brook is in summer an' come ter a piece er wall, stone wall,
+'tis, an' it don't seem ter b'long ter no place 'tall, an' de hut
+is jes' a little ways beyond."
+
+The sound of a bell sent them hurrying toward the house.
+
+"Do you expect to remember all that?" Valerie asked on the way to
+the class-room.
+
+"If you do you'll be a wonder. I've forgotten it now."
+
+Betty nodded confidently.
+
+"We'll go over there to-morrow," she said.
+
+The next afternoon, Betty helped Valerie with some puzzling problems
+that must be solved before starting out.
+
+Then with confidence on Betty's part, and much doubt in Valerie's
+mind as to their ability to find the hut, they set off on the long
+walk. After twice enquiring of people whom they met, of taking a long
+walk in the wrong direction, and retracing their steps, they finally
+espied the piece of stone wall that seemed to belong to "no place
+at all," as Marcus had said.
+
+Glad to rest, they paused there to look about them, and to wait for
+Vera and Elf, who had promised to meet them. Neither was in sight,
+although they had said that they would be prompt. Snow and ice had
+fled, and now everywhere were signs of spring. Vera had declared that
+the long walk was what she needed, and Elf had said that she would
+endure the walk for the sake of hearing the quaint stories of the
+town and its people that old Cornelia would tell.
+
+At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited.
+
+"I'd not wait much longer," Valerie said.
+
+"I surely will _not_!" Betty replied, "for if they are coming, they'll
+be here in a few minutes."
+
+It was evident that the two girls had, for some reason, been detained,
+and Betty determined to wait no longer.
+
+[Illustration: At the end of the wall Betty and Valerie waited.]
+
+"Come!" she cried. "We'll go on now to the little hut, and if Vera
+and Elf come poking along a half-hour later, they can just sit on
+this wall, and see if they enjoy waiting as well as we did."
+
+It was but a short distance, and they ran part of the way to make
+up for lost time, but when they reached the gate they found, as
+Valerie glanced at her tiny watch, that it was later than they
+thought, and was already about time for them to turn toward Glenmore,
+if they did not wish to be late.
+
+Hours were strictly kept at the school, and all pupils must return
+from recreation in time to give themselves personal care, and be in
+the lower hall at five-thirty for a friendly chat before going to
+the dining-room at six.
+
+Mrs. Marvin insisted that every pupil look her best at all times.
+
+It was now four o'clock. It would take a half-hour to reach Glenmore.
+That meant that not more than a half-hour could be spent at the hut.
+
+There was no answer to their repeated knocking, but as they turned
+to go they saw old Cornelia coming toward them along the road, a big
+basket on her arm.
+
+"Well, well, two fine little callers I find waiting for me," she said.
+"And what can I do for you?"
+
+"We wanted you to tell us all about some of the old buildings and
+the interesting stories about the people who lived in them," said
+Betty, "but it's so late now that I don't believe there's time. We
+have to be back at Glenmore at five."
+
+"Then sit right down here on my garden-seat and I'll tell you the
+shortest tale I know, and some other day if you come when you have
+more time I'll tell you more."
+
+"Oh, that will be fine!" they cried, as with one voice.
+
+"How would you like to hear about the wishing-well?"
+
+"That sounds _great_!" declared Betty and then: "Could you begin it
+with 'Once upon a time?'"
+
+"Surely," was the quick response, "and now I think of it, I'm sure
+you must have passed the old wishing-well on your way here. The old
+well was supposed to have magic power, and long ago when the old
+Paxton House was standing, people came, for miles around, to be near
+the old well in the garden, and wish for their heart's desire, feeling
+sure that their wish would be granted.
+
+"Of course the idea was absurd, but the townspeople of those days
+were superstitious, so that if those things that they wished for
+beside the well never came to them, they thought that they must have
+forgotten to ask for them in the right way, and later they would try
+again.
+
+"If they obtained the thing that they had wished for, they laid their
+good fortune entirely to the fact that the old well must have approved
+of them."
+
+"And where is it?" Valerie asked. "You said that we must have passed
+it."
+
+"The old well has a flat wooden cover over it now, with an iron bar
+to keep it in place, lest some one be careless and fall in, though
+now the wild blackberry vines have nearly hidden it from sight. Even
+now when only young leaves are on the brambles, the thorny stems make
+a network over the cover. The old Paxton House was gone before my
+time," Mrs. Derby said, "but a part of its fine wall remains. It was
+upon that wall that the wishers sat.
+
+"Did you happen to notice a fine piece of wall that seemed to belong
+to no one at all, and ended in a broad field?"
+
+"The idea!" cried Betty. "Why we _sat_ on that piece of wall, and
+could have 'wished' just as well as not, if only we'd known it."
+
+"And it's almost half-past four now," said Valerie. "S'pose we run
+along toward Glenmore, and stop just long enough to sit on the wall
+and wish. We can be on time at five, if we do that. Then we could
+come over some day when we've more time, and hear all about the well,
+and other stories, too."
+
+It was a good idea, because it was already so late that they could
+remain but a few moments longer, so with an urgent invitation to come
+again, and a promise to do so, they ran back to the old wall, looking
+back to wave their hands to the little woman who waved in return.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE WISHING-WELL
+
+
+"Isn't it funny to think that we stopped at the very place to wish,
+and never knew it?" said Valerie, as they ran along the foot path
+that would take them back, the shortest way to the wall, and the
+wishing-well.
+
+"Not so 'funny' as that we'd take so much time and trouble to wish
+when we get there," said Betty.
+
+"Why is it odd?" Valerie asked, stopping squarely in front of Betty,
+and looking at her with round eyes.
+
+"Oh, because we're acting exactly as if we believed in the old well,"
+Betty said, looking a bit annoyed, yet keeping straight on toward
+the wall.
+
+"Well, of course we're not so silly as to _really_ and _truly_ believe
+it could grant our wishes, but it's no harm to try," responded
+Valerie.
+
+Betty laughed.
+
+  "Oh, we don't believe it all,
+  Yet we _must_ believe a little
+  We _b'lieve_ the water boils
+  When the steam comes from the _kittle_.
+
+  "It's dark inside the drum,
+  Yet we hear the drumming well,
+  But that we wished beside the wall
+  We'll never, never tell."
+
+"Where did you hear those verses?" Valerie asked.
+
+"That's a funny song my brother sings. I made the second verse to
+fit to-day."
+
+"Why, Betty Chase! Who'd think you could make poetry?" cried Valerie,
+looking Betty over, as if it were the first time she had ever seen
+her.
+
+Betty laughed gayly.
+
+"I guess Mrs. Marvin would tell you it wasn't poetry. Don't you
+remember she told us the other day that many people could write
+verses, but that verses were not always _poetry_?"
+
+"Well, all the same, I like the funny verses," Valerie said, "and
+here we are at the wall again."
+
+"And here's luck to us, and our wishing!" cried Betty.
+
+She sprang up on the wall beside Valerie, and for a moment the two
+sat thinking.
+
+It was Valerie who first spoke.
+
+"I've been trying to think what to wish for," she said, "and now all
+at once I know. Mother told me to work hard this year, so as to stand
+high in my class, and Aunt Phyllis said if I could finish in June with
+ninety per cent. average she'd give me a beautiful ring. Yes, that's
+what I'll wish for by the old well, and after I've wished it, I'll
+work harder than ever so that my wish will come true. Well, why do
+you laugh?" she asked, looking not only amazed, but rather vexed at
+Betty, who could not stop laughing even when she saw that Valerie
+was far from thinking it a joke.
+
+"Well, what have I said that is so awfully funny?" she asked sharply.
+
+"Don't be provoked, Valerie," Betty said, but her shoulders shook
+although she tried to check her laughter.
+
+"I was only thinking," she continued, "how generous you were to help
+the old well out so nicely. Just as soon as you've wished, you'll
+start right out to work hard enough to just _make_ the wish come true,
+well or no well, and I do believe, if your aunt gives you the ring,
+you'll forget how hard you worked, and you'll be saying: 'I do more
+than half believe in the wishing-well!'"
+
+Valerie was never long angry, and she laughed as she answered:
+
+"Well, Miss Wise-one, are you going to wish, and then sit back and
+wait to see if it 'comes true'?"
+
+"I'll wish just for fun, but I don't believe what she said about the
+old well any more than you do, Valerie Dare. We'd be silly to even
+think that an old well had any power to grant wishes," Betty said,
+but Valerie laughed again.
+
+"Then why did we bother to sit on this wall and wish?" she said.
+
+"We might just as well wish while we're walking along the road."
+
+"Come on!" cried Betty. "You wished on the wall beside the well, and
+I'll wish as we walk along, and we'll see which gets what she wished
+for."
+
+"All right," agreed Valerie, "but I _do_ hope you'll get yours,
+Betty."
+
+"I'm as likely to, as if I'd kept sitting by the well," Betty said,
+"for I wish for what just _couldn't_ happen."
+
+"Why Betty Chase! Why don't you wish for something that you've a
+_chance_ of getting," said Valerie, stopping squarely in front of
+Betty.
+
+"Because I have everything I want but one thing," was the quiet reply.
+
+"And that one thing is--what?" queried Valerie.
+
+"I love Dorothy Dainty, and I don't want to say 'good-by' to her when
+school closes. I'd like to be where she is this summer, but that
+_couldn't_ be. You see our summer home is lovely, and we go there
+every year. Father and mother like the country better than the shore,
+but I like the beach, and the water best. Dorothy and Nancy will go
+home to Merrivale, but whether they spend the summer there, or go
+away to some other place, it won't make much difference to me. It's
+not likely to happen that they'll come to the quiet little town where
+we are to spend the summer."
+
+Betty's merry face now wore such a sober expression that Valerie said:
+
+"Well, I still say I wish you'd wanted something that really could
+happen."
+
+At that moment some one appeared just around a bend of the road, some
+one wearing the gayest of colors, and with her a little old-fashioned
+figure in a dark brown dress.
+
+"Look! Patricia and Arabella are coming this way, and they look as
+if they were planning something great. Just see how close together
+their heads are! I don't know Arabella very well, but when Patricia
+is 'up to' anything, it's pretty sure to be mischief."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," Valerie. "It's just as likely to be some way she's
+planning for a chance to show off."
+
+Betty laughed.
+
+"Did you hear Vera Vane telling about the afternoon that Patricia
+knocked at her door, and said that she had come to 'make a call'?"
+
+"I didn't hear that," said Valerie. "What did she do?"
+
+"She was wearing all the rings and bangles that she owned, and in
+her hand was a card-case, just as if she were grown up. She sat on
+the tip edge of her chair, and she kept taking out her handkerchief,
+and shaking it because it was drenched with perfumery, and when she
+went, she emptied the card case on the table, and Vera counted the
+cards. Say, Patricia had left _fifty_. Wasn't that funny?"
+
+"Hush--sh!" breathed Valerie, "she might hear you."
+
+Patricia rushed forward, while Arabella, as usual, hung back,
+preferring to stare at Betty and Valerie through her spectacles,
+rather than have a little chat.
+
+She wanted to watch their faces, and see if they were greatly
+surprised with the news that Patricia had to tell.
+
+"Guess where we're going!" Patricia cried, "but you couldn't guess,
+so I'll tell you. We're going over to the well, the one that's called
+the wishing-well," she explained, "and we mustn't tell what we mean
+to wish for, 'cause if you tell, you wouldn't get your wish. Did you
+know that?"
+
+Betty said that she had not heard that.
+
+"I'll tell you to-morrow just how to find it, but we can't stop now.
+There isn't time."
+
+"Late!" cried Valerie. "I guess you two are late. We think we have
+to hurry to get to Glenmore on time, and you are going away from
+school every minute. Why don't you go to the well, if you want to,
+tomorrow."
+
+Arabella thought that they ought to turn back, but Patricia seized
+her hand, and the two commenced to run.
+
+"They'll be a half-hour late," said Valerie, looking after the flying
+figures.
+
+"And 'The Fender' will be waiting for a chance to scold them when
+they come in," said Betty.
+
+As they pushed the gate open, they saw a little figure disappearing
+around the corner of the house.
+
+"That was Ida Mayo," said Valerie.
+
+"I didn't see her face. Are you sure it was Ida?" Betty asked.
+
+"Oh, it was Ida," Valerie answered, "and I do wonder why she stays
+in her room all the time. If she happens to come down when the girls
+are out, she runs, the moment she sees any of us coming."
+
+"It's a long time ago that she was sick," Betty replied, "but she
+must be all right by this time. I wonder why she ran when she saw
+us? We don't know her well enough to stop her to talk. She's bigger
+than we are, and she's three classes above us."
+
+"Who told you she stayed in her own room all the time?" continued
+Betty.
+
+"Patricia Levine said so," Valerie said.
+
+"Why, Valerie Dare, you know Patricia tells--well--things that aren't
+_really_ true," said Betty.
+
+"Well, we don't see Ida, now, as we used to," Valerie said.
+
+"That might just happen," said Betty.
+
+It happened that what Patricia had said was true.
+
+The so-called "beautifier" had injured the skin so severely that it
+required time to heal it.
+
+Mrs. Marvin had said that Ida was feeling far from well, which was
+true.
+
+Her vanity had prompted her to do a foolish thing, and she had
+suffered for it, both because of her painful face, and because in
+her nervousness, she had cried until completely tired out.
+
+Mrs. Marvin had talked with her kindly and wisely, she had let old
+Judy take her meals up to her room, and she had personally given her
+private instruction, for she pitied the silly girl, and sought to
+keep curious ones from annoying her.
+
+Ida had hastened away when she had seen the two younger girls coming
+because there still were traces on her cheeks of the burning caused
+by the patent "beautifier," and she seemed more afraid of the comments
+of the younger girls, than of her own classmates.
+
+As the two girls entered the hall they saw that the tall clock marked
+the time as quarter-past five.
+
+"Fifteen minutes to fix up just a bit," said Betty. "Come on!"
+
+They raced up the stairs and soon reached their room.
+
+Valerie was ready first, because Betty had found a letter waiting
+for her, and promptly sat down to read it.
+
+"You'd better not stop to read it," cautioned Valerie, "for when we
+came in we had only fifteen minutes to--"
+
+But just then Betty gave a little cry of delight.
+
+"Oh-oo! Just listen to this!" she cried. "Father says we are to go
+to the shore this summer just for a change, and already he has rented
+the summer place." She clapped her hands, and laughed with sheer
+happiness.
+
+"Oh, I'm so glad to hear that to-night. I do believe I'll dream about
+it," she said.
+
+The half-hour for social chat was over, and dinner was half through
+when Patricia and Arabella entered the dining-room.
+
+All eyes were turned upon them.
+
+Patricia held her chin very high, and looked as if she were thinking:
+"I know I'm late, but what of that?" She was assuming a boldness that
+she did not feel, whereas Arabella was absolutely natural. She felt
+frightened, and looked--just as she felt.
+
+"Wouldn't you like to know what they wished?" whispered Valerie, to
+which Betty whispered in reply:
+
+"I'd like to know, but they wouldn't tell us."
+
+It was a fixed rule at Glenmore that the pupils must be present at
+the social half-hour, and then be sure of being prompt at six, the
+dinner hour. Patricia and Arabella were the first to break that rule.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+There was to be a week's vacation, and all but four of the pupils
+were to spend it at home.
+
+They were Patricia and Arabella, Dorothy, and Nancy.
+
+Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte were still traveling, and Mrs. Vane
+had asked Vera to bring Dorothy and Nancy home with her for the week.
+Already they had planned enough pleasure to last a month, and Vera
+was still racking her busy brain to think of other things that they
+might do.
+
+The pupils were welcome to remain at Glenmore if they wished, and
+Patricia had decided that that was just what she would do.
+
+Arabella had hesitated. She was fond of her father, and she had
+intended to go home for the week, but Patricia had declared that they
+would stay at Glenmore, and Arabella was no match for Patricia, so
+it was settled that they would remain at the school.
+
+The week at Vera's home opened charmingly.
+
+Mrs. Vane had given the week over to Vera and her three little guests.
+
+"It isn't quite a week," she said when she greeted them, "for you
+have arrived Monday afternoon, and you must leave Saturday morning.
+That gives us Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, and we must
+make each day delightful."
+
+"It always is delightful here," said Dorothy, "and it seemed so good
+to come to you when mother was away."
+
+Mrs. Vane drew Dorothy closer. She knew that at heart, sweet Dorothy
+was a bit homesick.
+
+"We'll have a pleasant little home evening with music and games,"
+she said, "and you'll all feel rested by to-morrow. I'll not tell
+what I've in store for to-morrow. That is a secret," she said.
+
+Of course Vera coaxed, and the others tried to guess, but Mrs. Vane
+remained firm, only laughing as their guessing grew wilder.
+
+"Mother truly can keep a secret, but I can't," said Vera. "I mean
+to keep it but first thing I know, I'm telling it."
+
+"We all know that," said Elf, and Vera joined in the laughter of the
+others.
+
+Tuesday was fair, and Mrs. Vane, at lunch looked at the four bright
+faces before her, Vera, a small copy of herself; Elf, whose
+mischievous face was truly elfish; Nancy, whose gypsy beauty always
+pleased, and Dorothy, blue-eyed, fair-haired, whose lovable
+disposition shone from her eyes, and made her sweet to look upon.
+
+"We shall take a trip to Fairy-land this afternoon," she said, "and
+must start directly after lunch."
+
+That was all that she would tell, and as they motored up one busy
+street, and down another, she enjoyed watching their eager faces,
+and listening to their chatter.
+
+Fairy-land proved to be a wonderful play, depicting Elf-land with
+fairies, water nymphs, elves and witches, goblins, and gnomes, with
+exquisite scenery, beautiful costumes, and graceful dancing that held
+them entranced, from the time that the curtain went up until the grand
+march of the fairies at the finale.
+
+The "grown-ups" in the audience were delighted, so it was not strange
+that Mrs. Vane's party was spellbound.
+
+Of them all, Nancy best understood the perfect art of the dancing.
+She had been drilled in those dainty steps, and she saw how cleverly
+each did her part.
+
+It was an afternoon of enchantment, and when the play was over, the
+gay little party bowled along the broad thoroughfare toward home and
+they talked of the beautiful fairy play, and the graceful girls who
+had danced as nymphs.
+
+The four days passed so quickly that when Saturday dawned, it seemed
+hardly possible that it was time to return to Glenmore.
+
+There had been a wonderful exhibition of paintings for Wednesday,
+a huge fair for Thursday at which Mrs. Vane bought a lovely gift for
+each as a souvenir.
+
+Thursday they had motored out beyond the city where willows were
+showing their misty green, and gay little crocus beds were in bloom.
+They had stopped for lunch at a pretty restaurant that looked for
+all the world like a rustic cottage, and then had returned to find
+Rob Vane waiting to greet them, as they drew up to the house.
+
+"Hello!" he called to them before they had alighted.
+
+"How is this, that a fellow gets a week's vacation, and comes home
+from school to find only servants to greet him?"
+
+"Why, Robert, I am glad enough to have you home for a week. I thought
+you were to stay at school for extra coaching?"
+
+"That's what I wrote in my last letter," said Rob, "but I passed
+exams, with flying colors. I was nervous, and feared I wasn't
+prepared, but say! I was needlessly scared, for I not only 'passed,'
+but snatched the prize for mathematics."
+
+"I am proud of you, Robert, and your father will be pleased," Mrs.
+Vane said, her fine eyes shining.
+
+"And I'm proud of you, Rob," cried Vera, rushing at him, and clasping
+her arms about him.
+
+"Hi, Pussy Weather-vane, it's good to have a little sister," said
+Rob, swinging her around until she was dizzy.
+
+"Are you glad to see me, too?" he asked, laughing at her flushed
+cheeks, and touzled, flaxen hair.
+
+"Oh, Rob! _So_ glad, even if you do shake me up until I look wild,"
+Vera said, clinging to his arm, and dragging him toward the little
+guests.
+
+"I dare to say he's the best brother in the world because neither
+one of you has a brother, so you won't be offended."
+
+"Spare my blushes, Vera," cried Rob. "Say, girls, I'm mighty glad
+to see you. How long are you to stay? A week?"
+
+"We are going back to Glenmore Saturday," Dorothy said, "and we start
+at nine in the morning. There is no one at the Stone House but the
+servants, and it was so lovely to come home with Vera."
+
+"It surely was the best thing that you could do," Rob replied
+earnestly, for he knew by a slight quiver in her voice that Dorothy
+was a bit homesick.
+
+Nancy heard the odd little quiver when Dorothy was speaking, and she
+hastened to speak of cheery things.
+
+"We've had just the dearest visit, and we've been to the theater,
+to a big fair, to see a hall hung with beautiful pictures, and how
+we have enjoyed it all!" she said.
+
+"I'll do the entertaining to-morrow," said Bob. "I'll take you all
+to see something that will be no end of fun."
+
+"What will it be, Rob?" Vera asked, but Rob tweaked her curls, and
+laughed.
+
+"That's my secret," he said, and they had to be satisfied with that.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A LIVELY WEEK
+
+
+Dorothy woke very early the next morning, and turned to look at Nancy,
+to find that Nancy was looking straight at her. They both laughed.
+
+"I was wondering if you were awake," Nancy said.
+
+"I turned to look at you, Nancy, to see if your eyes were open,"
+Dorothy said. "I was going to ask you if you knew that Patricia and
+Arabella were spending the week at Glenmore."
+
+"I knew it, because when I told Patricia that we were to spend the
+week at Vera's home, she looked, for just a second, as if she were
+provoked because she had not been invited, too. Then she hurried to
+say that she'd rather stay at Glenmore. That Arabella was to stay,
+too, and that she thought they would have a finer time than we."
+
+"I wonder how they amused themselves," Dorothy said. "Glenmore would
+be so quiet with all the girls away."
+
+"And Miss Fenler would have all the time to watch them, with none
+of the other pupils to care for," responded Nancy.
+
+"Dorothy, Nancy! Come down so I can tell you something!" called Vera.
+
+They heard Mrs. Vane say gently:
+
+"Don't hurry them, Vera."
+
+They were half-way down the stairs, however, and in the lower hall
+they saw Elf, already up, because she had shared Vera's room, and
+Vera had awakened her.
+
+"Rob has told me! Rob has told me!" Vera said, dancing around Dorothy
+and Nancy. "Rob has told me, and I couldn't wait to tell you. He's
+going to take us out into the country to our summer place, and there
+we'll go to a little country circus! Won't that be great? He came
+home just in time."
+
+"That will be great fun," said Dorothy, "and after we've seen it,
+we can talk it over, all the way back."
+
+"Let's get ready now!" cried Vera.
+
+"Why, Vera! It is only eight o'clock, and the circus begins at two,
+so Rob said," Elf remarked, with the thought of calming Vera, but
+that was not so easily done.
+
+"But it's a two-hour ride out there. Come up to my room, Elf, and
+help me choose a dress," Vera replied, as she caught Elf by the hand
+and rushed up the stairway. How they laughed.
+
+The morning sped on wings, and lunch was served early.
+
+Just as they were leaving the house, the postman brought a letter
+for Dorothy that had been remailed from Glenmore, and she took it
+with her to read, if there was an opportunity.
+
+The ride out from the city over fine roads, and along beautiful
+avenues, was delightful, and the jolly little party reached "Vane
+Villa," earlier than they had thought possible.
+
+"Dorothy is aching to read her letter," Vera said, "so sit out here
+and read it, Dorothy dear," she continued, "and Rob will take Elf
+around to see the kennels, and I'll tag along with them, for if I
+stay here, I'll talk and talk so you won't know what is in your letter
+after all."
+
+It was a kind thought, and a bit of tact that careless, flighty Vera
+often showed.
+
+Dorothy opened her letter, and commenced reading. After a few lines
+she looked up, her eyes shining.
+
+"Nancy, come here, and listen to this.
+
+"They are already on the homeward trip, and the first of May Mother
+and Aunt Charlotte will be at the Stone House, and we are to join
+them a week later. Already Mother has written to Mrs. Marvin, and
+we are to be excused for the last two weeks at Glenmore, and away
+we'll speed toward Merrivale and home."
+
+"Oh, I am _so_ glad!" Nancy cried as she pressed Dorothy closer.
+
+"And that isn't all," said Dorothy, "for hear this:
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"I'm sure, dear, that you and Nancy will be delighted to know that,
+after a short stay at the Stone House, we shall go to Foam Ridge for
+the summer. You are both so fond of the shore, and the salt air."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Nancy's eyes were bright, and there was a droll twinkle in them.
+
+Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news.
+
+"Do you mean that?" Dorothy asked. "Are you _sure_?"
+
+Nancy laughed and nodded.
+
+"Perfectly sure," she said, "for only the day before vacation Betty
+told me that her mother had just written to say that for a change
+they were to spend the summer at the shore, and she said: 'Isn't "Foam
+Ridge" a pretty name.' I didn't think to tell you, because I never
+dreamed that we would be going to the same place. I knew you'd be
+pleased, for you like Betty Chase as well as I do."
+
+[Illustration: Drawing closer, Nancy whispered a rare bit of news.]
+
+"Oh, I am truly glad that we shall see Betty at the shore."
+
+"Hello!" shouted Rob. "Anybody thinking of going to the circus!"
+
+"Yes! Yes!" they cried, and ran to join Rob and Vera and Elf.
+
+For a small circus it proved to be quite a show. There were trained
+dogs that were really clever, there were trained elephants, but best
+of all there were some handsome horses, whose riders did wonderful
+vaulting, tumbling, and riding, springing over hurdles, and through
+covered hoops.
+
+When they left the tent the girls were delighted with the show, and
+Rob said it made him think of his early ambition to be a circus
+performer.
+
+"Why wouldn't you like to now?" asked Vera. "If I had ever wanted
+to, I'd want to now. I wouldn't change my mind. Well, I don't see
+why you all laugh!" she cried, looking in surprise from one to the
+other.
+
+It was small wonder that they laughed. Vera rarely held one opinion
+for more than half a day, and had been known to have a half-dozen
+minds inside of an hour!
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was a jolly party that took the train for Glenmore on Saturday
+morning. Rob had taken them to the station, bought a box of candy
+for each, and waited until the last moment to leave the train.
+
+"If Miss Fenler has been watching Patricia this week she has been
+busy," said Elf, when they had settled themselves for the long ride.
+
+"She could easily watch Arabella, she is so slow," Dorothy said.
+
+It happened that Mrs. Marvin had told Miss Fenler to closely watch
+both girls who had chosen to spend the week's vacation at the school.
+
+School without lessons would be fine, they thought.
+
+"I think Arabella Correyville, if she were here alone, would be very
+little care, but Patricia Levine is as full of queer notions as any
+girl could be, and she plans the oddest mischief, and then drags slow
+little Arabella into it. Patricia never tries to help her out, and
+she invariably laughs if Arabella is caught.
+
+"Arabella is so slow that she really doesn't know that Patricia rules
+her, while Patricia rules, and laughs at Arabella for obeying.
+
+"I promise to watch them, and I am likely to be more closely employed
+than during a regular school session," Miss Fenler said in reply.
+
+The first day passed without any especial happening, but the next
+day the two set out for a walk, soon after breakfast, and did not
+return until just before six.
+
+"You were not here at one o'clock for lunch," Miss Fenler said. "Where
+were you?"
+
+"I lunched with a friend," said Patricia, and Arabella drawled, "So
+did I."
+
+"I did not know that you had friends here in town," Miss Fenler said,
+in surprise. They were, of course friends, and they had lunched
+together. What they had said had been true, but surely not honest.
+
+Arabella stared stupidly at Miss Fenler, and Patricia imitated her
+stolid friend, too. It was easier to look dull than to answer more
+questions.
+
+On the third day Mrs. Marvin was absolutely amazed to glance toward
+her window just in time to see Patricia entering the house with a
+cat in her arms.
+
+Questioned as to where she obtained the cat she said that a boy gave
+it to her, that she didn't know his name, or where he lived.
+
+"Where do you expect to keep it?" asked Miss Fenler, who had been
+sent to meet her.
+
+"I thought I could keep her in the little shed that's next to the
+kitchen, and then Judy could feed her," was the answer, given as
+confidently as if the whole matter were settled.
+
+Mrs. Marvin came out into the hall in time to hear what Patricia said.
+
+"I think we can arrange to let puss remain if she is to be under
+Judy's care," she said, "for only yesterday she told me that the mice
+are becoming very bold, and they are too wise to go into the traps
+that she sets."
+
+A sound of falling pans, flat-irons, and other kitchen utensils made
+them start. Patricia clung to the cat, although it was making
+desperate efforts to get away.
+
+"Ow-oo-o! O massy sakes! Yow-hoo!" shouted Judy as she burst the door
+open, and tore out into the hall.
+
+"Dem mices'll kill me yit, I do b'liebe!" she yelled. "De windows,
+an' do's is shet, an' dey's prancin' on de kitchen' flo. Oh-oo!"
+
+"Hush, Judy, hush!" Mrs. Marvin said. "We've a cat with us, and she
+is just in time."
+
+"I sho' won't go nigh dat kitchen wid no cat, nor nuffin' else," Judy
+said, her eyes rolling in terror.
+
+"Pooh!" cried Patricia, "I'd be glad to put her out there before I
+get any more scratches," and going to the end of the hall, she opened
+the door, and dropped puss on the floor.
+
+In less time than it takes to tell it the cat had caught the two tiny
+mice, that had been far more afraid of the big colored woman, than
+she had been of them, and that is saying a great deal.
+
+Patricia was never inclined to be in any way obliging. She was one
+of those unpleasant girls who find no joy in being kind or helpful.
+
+Whatever she did, was done wholly for her own sake, and Judy eyed
+her with suspicion when she saw how promptly she took the big cat
+to the kitchen.
+
+Having given the cat over to the care of Judy, Patricia raced up the
+stairway to her room.
+
+Judy rolled her eyes to look after her.
+
+"Wha' fo' she done dat?" she asked of Miss Fenler, who stood near
+her.
+
+"Wha' fo'? I axes. Dat ar young miss done bring dat cat home ter hab
+in her room fo' a pet. How happen her to gib it up ter Judy?"
+
+"Nonsense, Judy. She knows, as all the pupils know, that it is a fixed
+rule at Glenmore, that no pupil can have a pet in her room."
+
+"All de same, Miss Patrichy _meant_ dat cat ter be up in her room,
+long o' dat ar _Carbale_ gal."
+
+Judy never could get Arabella's name correctly. Sometimes it was
+"Carbale," then it was "_Corbille_," but never once had she managed
+to call it Correyville.
+
+"Well, the cat is in the kitchen now, and you must look out for her.
+Keep her in for a few days until she feels that this is home, and
+then she will stay," Miss Fenler said, and returned to her
+account-books.
+
+Thursday the two girls were in their room all day, reading, and
+devouring a "treat" that Patricia had smuggled in. It was much the
+same menu that Patricia usually chose, without a thought as to how
+the different things would combine.
+
+Who but Patricia Levine would ever think of eating ice-cream, and
+big green pickles at the same time?
+
+The reason that she would have given for eating them at the same time
+would have been that she liked both.
+
+They ate the papers of ice-cream first before it could melt, and then,
+each took a huge green pickle, and a favorite book, and settled down
+to read.
+
+When the lunch hour arrived, Patricia felt a bit "queer," while
+Arabella felt decidedly "queerer."
+
+Neither cared to eat, but they dared not stay away from the
+dining-room, so both went down to the table, but they made only a
+pretense of eating.
+
+Early in the afternoon both felt hungry. Patricia rushed to the
+closet, and returned with some chocolate eclaires, and a bottle of
+olives.
+
+"I'll eat an eclaire," said Arabella, "but maybe I'd better not eat
+olives with it."
+
+"Well, of all things!" cried Patricia. "Let me tell you what you don't
+know. Eclaires and olives just _b'long_ together. Don't act funny,
+Arabella."
+
+Arabella, always afraid of being laughed at, ate not only one eclaire,
+but two, and a dozen olives, as well.
+
+During the afternoon, they ate four crullers, two pickled limes, two
+ham sandwiches, and a pound of fudge.
+
+Patricia could eat anything, and any amount of food without any ill
+effect, but Arabella was really sick when the hour for dinner arrived.
+
+When Mrs. Marvin questioned Patricia, she said that Arabella had a
+headache, and that she had said that she was not hungry.
+
+Mrs. Marvin sent a waitress up to their room with some toast and tea
+for Arabella. Arabella barely tasted it, and the girl returned to
+report that Miss Arabella looked sick, and really could not eat.
+
+The next day found her much like her usual self, and Patricia proposed
+a walk.
+
+"I'll go with you in a minute," said Arabella.
+
+"What _are_ you waiting for?" snapped Patricia. She turned, and saw
+that Arabella was shaking some green pills from a bottle.
+
+"It's hard work trying to mind two people who say different things,"
+complained Arabella. "Aunt Matilda told me to take these green pills
+every hour, wherever I happen to be, and Mrs. Marvin says I must not
+be continually taking medicine in the class-room. How can I do both?"
+
+"Don't take it at all!" cried Patricia.
+
+"But my health--"
+
+"Oh, bother your health," said Patricia. "I should think you'd be
+sick of hearing about it."
+
+"I am," confessed Arabella.
+
+"Then pitch every one of those bottles out, and see what happens!
+No wonder the girls here call you the 'medicine-chest.' The doses
+you take make me sick just to see them."
+
+Arabella looked sulky, and when Patricia started for a walk, Arabella
+refused to go. She was usually afraid of Patricia, and did as she
+directed, but when she became sulky, not even Patricia could move
+her, try as she might.
+
+Arabella was standing near the window when Patricia returned, and
+what she saw was anything but pleasing.
+
+At the end of a leash was a small, shaggy, yellow dog, of no especial
+breed!
+
+Arabella detested dogs, and was desperately afraid of them as well.
+
+She told herself that the dog would also be in Judy's care, and was
+wondering how he would get on with the cat, when she heard a loud
+whisper outside the door.
+
+"Let me in, quick!" it said, and when Arabella opened the door,
+Patricia stumbled over the dog who had run between her feet, and the
+two landed on the middle of the rug in a heap.
+
+"There! Isn't he a beauty?" Patricia asked and without waiting for
+an answer continued, "A man told me he was a valuable dog that
+_ought_ to bring fifty dollars, but because he was going to leave
+town, he let me have him, for two dollars, and threw in the leash.
+Wasn't that a bargain?"
+
+"What are you going to do with him?" Arabella asked. "Oh, take him
+away! I don't want him sniffing at me!"
+
+Patricia made an outrageous face, and tugged at the leash.
+
+"Keep him in this room until I go home, and then take him with me,"
+she said.
+
+"I'll not sleep in this room if that dog is kept in here!" declared
+Arabella.
+
+"Where will you sleep?" Patricia asked, coolly. "They wouldn't let
+you sleep out in the hall, and if I put the dog out there, 'The
+Fender' will take him."
+
+By extreme care, Patricia managed not to do anything that would make
+him bark.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+AN INNOCENT SNEAK-THIEF
+
+
+The little dog had slept all night, but when morning came he wanted
+to go out for a romp. Patricia tied him to the leg of the bed, gave
+him some breakfast and sat on the floor beside him to stop him if
+he began to bark.
+
+Thus far he had been very quiet, only softly growling, and stopping
+that when Patricia held up her finger and told him he must "keep
+still."
+
+"Why do we have to review?" Patricia said as Arabella took up a book.
+
+"The idea of looking into my history to see when Virginia was settled
+at Jamestown when any one _knows_ it was in fourteen ninety-two!"
+
+"O my, Patricia! That's wrong," Arabella said, "That's when Columbus
+discovered America."
+
+"Well, for goodness' sake! Couldn't he have landed in Virginia, and
+settled it at the same time?" demanded Patricia. She was desperately
+angry, but Arabella persisted.
+
+"Don't you _know_, Patricia, it _couldn't_ have been settled in
+fourteen ninety-two?"
+
+"Oh, don't bother me about that!" said Patricia, and Arabella, peering
+at her through her goggles decided that it would be wise to do no
+more correcting.
+
+"I don't think Miss Fenler is fair," said Patricia, "for she marked
+my history paper only forty-two, and I just _know_ it ought to have
+been higher than that. And my spelling she marked only thirty-eight
+last month, and all because I put an r in water, spelling it 'warter,'
+and I'm sure that's not bad."
+
+"You put two t's in it, too," said Arabella.
+
+"I will again if I want to," snapped Patricia.
+
+"There's the breakfast-bell. He's sure to bark while we're
+down-stairs," Arabella said. She hoped that he would, so that he
+might be given other quarters. He looked up as the door closed, and
+was about to bark when he saw one of Arabella's slippers, and grabbing
+it, retired under the bed to chew it.
+
+It was a rule that the maids should make the beds, and put the rooms
+in order while the pupils were at breakfast, and on that morning it
+fell to Maggie's share of the work to care for the only room now
+occupied.
+
+She was a good-natured Irish girl, and she entered the room singing:
+
+  "'Now, Rory, be aisy, don't tase me no more,
+  'Tis the--'"
+
+"Och, murther! Murther! There's a man under the bed, an' he grabbed
+me by me shoe,--oh! oh!"
+
+Down-stairs she ran, screaming all the way, declaring that there was
+a man upstairs, and calling for some one brave enough to "dhrive him
+out."
+
+Her terror was very real, and Marcus was called in to oust the
+intruder.
+
+"It must be a sneak-thief," said Miss Fenler.
+
+"It _am_ a sneak-thief," said Marcus, appearing with the small dog
+in his arms.
+
+"He stole a slipper, an den sneaked under der bed ter chew on it.
+Sure, he am a sneak-thief, but I knows a cullud gemman what wants
+a dog, an' I guess he's 'bout the right size. Dey has a pow'ful small
+house, an' him an' his wife, an' seben chilluns lib in dem two rooms,
+so he couldn't want no bigger dog dan dis yar."
+
+"Why nobody can give that dog away!" shrieked Patricia. "I bought
+him yesterday, and paid the man two dollars for him. He's mine!"
+
+"Do you mean to tell me, Patricia, that you bought that dog and
+deliberately brought him here, when you knew that it was against the
+rules of the school?" Mrs. Marvin asked.
+
+"You kept the cat," said Patricia.
+
+"Because I let the cat remain, you decided that it would be safe to
+do practically the same thing again, did you?" Mrs. Marvin's usually
+kind voice sounded very cold now.
+
+"He isn't a cat, so 'tisn't the same," Patricia said with a pout.
+
+"We must find an owner for him, Marcus," Mrs. Marvin said.
+
+"I _won't_ let him go!" screamed Patricia.
+
+"You cannot keep him here."
+
+"Then I'll go back to my aunt's house at Merrivale, and take him with
+me," said Patricia.
+
+"Do as you like about that," Mrs. Marvin said quietly, "but you must
+choose."
+
+"I've _choosed_, I mean 'chosen,'" said Patricia. "I'll go right
+straight off, and take the dog with me."
+
+It looked like haste and anger, but for weeks Patricia had been so
+far behind the others of her class, that she believed that any day
+Mrs. Marvin would send her home with a letter stating that she had
+been neglecting study, and must give up her place to some ambitious
+pupil. Patricia preferred to go of her own choice, so she rushed to
+her room, and began to pack her belongings.
+
+Arabella stood watching her as if not fully realizing that she was
+losing her chum.
+
+She was not quite so dull as she appeared. She was sorry to have
+Patricia go, and she was not at all sure that she would like her room
+all to herself. At the same time she was comforting herself with the
+thought that there would be no one to make her eat things that she
+ate for the sake of peace and that nearly always made her ill, or
+to drag her into mischief that she, herself would never have thought
+of. When Patricia's trunk was strapped to the back of the carriage,
+and she stood on the porch, her suitcase in one hand, her other hand
+holding the dog's leash, she turned to Arabella.
+
+"Well, aren't you going to say something, now I'm ready to start"
+she asked.
+
+"Do'no' what to say," drawled Arabella.
+
+Arabella had spoken the truth, which, however, was not complimentary,
+and Patricia was offended.
+
+Arabella, looking after her tried to decide just how she felt. She
+would miss Patricia, because at times she was a lively chum, but she
+was quick to take offense, and Arabella was always doing something
+that displeased her.
+
+Then, too, Arabella had a very small allowance, while Patricia spent
+money with a free hand, and always "shared" with Arabella. But what
+joy was there in eating the oddly chosen "treats"?
+
+Arabella decided that as there was but a short time before the closing
+of school, it was, perhaps, the best thing that could have happened,
+that Patricia had decided to go back to Merrivale. It seemed strange
+that she should prefer to be with her aunt in Merrivale, rather than
+with her mother, at their home in New York, but those who knew were
+not surprised.
+
+Mrs. Levine was as strange in some respects, as her little daughter
+was in others. If Patricia enjoyed being away from home, Mrs. Levine,
+flighty, and weak-willed, was glad to be free from the care of
+Patricia.
+
+The aunt was very glad of the money paid for Patricia's board, so
+every one concerned seemed satisfied.
+
+Surely Patricia was having but little training, but who was there
+to complain?
+
+Being away from home had one decided advantage, Patricia thought.
+
+She could ask for money when she needed clothing, and when she
+received it she could make her own choice of hats, coats, or dresses,
+and what a lively choice it was!
+
+She had rightly earned the title of the "Human Rainbow."
+
+She had heard the name, and she liked it. She thought that it implied
+that her costumes were gay, rather than dull colored.
+
+Mrs. Marvin breathed a sigh of relief when Patricia had actually left
+Glenmore, and Miss Fenler remarked that Arabella was really too slow
+to get into mischief, now that she had no one to assist her.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The ride had been a long one, and the car had been hot after the early
+morning. Vera complained that she was fairly roasted, while Elf
+declared that she had breathed smoke from the open windows until she
+believed that she would smell smoke for a week. Dorothy and Nancy
+made little fuss about either smoke or heat, bearing the discomforts
+of the trip patiently, and laughing when Vera fumed.
+
+"Well, I know, if I were a man," said Vera, "I could make some kind
+of an engine that would go like lightning, and have neither smoke
+nor cinders. I told Rob that, and he said, 'Oh, don't let it stop
+you because you're not a man. Just go ahead, Pussy Weather-vane, and
+plan it. The companies won't refuse to use it because it wasn't
+invented by a man!'
+
+"Now, isn't that just like a boy? What time do I have to do things
+like that? Doesn't he know that I have lessons, and all sorts of
+things that hinder me?
+
+"Why do you girls laugh at everything I say, just as Rob does?" she
+concluded, looking in surprise, from one merry face to the other.
+
+"Oh, but Vera, you are funny when you sputter," said Elf.
+
+"I s'pose I am," agreed Vera, "and I don't much care. I'm sure I'd
+rather make you laugh, than make you look sober."
+
+"Look! Look!" cried Dorothy.
+
+"We're almost to Glenmore!"
+
+"Not yet," said Vera.
+
+"Oh, but Dorothy is right," said Nancy, "for look there where the
+river glistens in the sun."
+
+"And see that big Club House right over there," Dorothy said, pointing
+toward a handsome building of which the town of Glenmore was justly
+proud.
+
+"But it doesn't seem quite like--"
+
+Vera's remark was interrupted by the trainman, who opened the door
+and shouted, "Glenmore! Glenmore!"
+
+"I guess it did look like it," Vera said, as she sprang out on the
+platform, followed by her three laughing companions. Marcus was
+waiting for them.
+
+"Yo'-all git in, an' we'll git dar as quick as we kin. Mis' Marvin,
+she say all the other pupils is arriv, an' she hopes you fo' will
+be some prompt."
+
+"We came as soon as the train would bring us," said Elf.
+
+"But dat train am an hour later dan de time-table say."
+
+"Do you believe that?" Elf asked of the others, as they rode along.
+
+"They must have changed the time-table," Nancy said.
+
+Marcus turned his head to shout:
+
+"No, miss, no. Nobody doesn't neber chane nuffin' in Glenmore!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin was on the porch, as the carriage turned in at the
+gateway, and she stepped forward to greet them as they sprang out
+on the walk.
+
+"I was beginning to wonder what had detained you, when I was delighted
+to see the carriage coming around the bend of the road. You are just
+in time to go to your rooms and 'freshen up' a bit before dinner,
+and--Why, Arabella Correyville! What does this mean?"
+
+A drenched and bedraggled figure was mounting the steps. Her hair,
+and garments were dripping, she had lost her goggles, and without
+them her eyes had a frightened stare.
+
+"I didn't mean to look like this," she said, "but I lost the key to
+my room. I'd locked the door when I went out, and I wanted to study
+some before dinner. I climbed up onto the edge of that hogshead that
+the workmen had left right beside the trellis that runs up by my
+window. I meant to get in at my window, but I fell and got into a
+hogshead of dirty water. 'Twasn't very pleasant," she drawled.
+
+One might have thought, from the manner in which she said it that
+most people would have enjoyed the "ducking"!
+
+Mrs. Marvin looked discouraged. This was the girl that _could not_
+get into a scrape, now that she had no one to drag her in!
+
+"Miss Fenler, will you assist Arabella in making herself presentable
+before six? It is after five-thirty now."
+
+Miss Fenler looked anything but pleased, but she dared not refuse.
+Arabella seemed quieter than ever when she came down the stairway,
+her wet garments exchanged for dry ones, and her straight hair primly
+braided, thanks to Miss Fenler.
+
+Doubtless she had not recovered from her surprise when she found
+herself in the hogshead. It always required time for Arabella to
+recover from any new idea, or unusual happening.
+
+The other girls were giving the four who had just returned a gay
+welcome, and Dorothy slipped her arm around Betty Chase, and told
+her the fine news that during the summer they were both to be at
+Foam Ridge.
+
+"Oh, Dorothy!" cried Betty, her dark eyes shining, "I was delighted
+when mother wrote that we were going there, just because I so love
+to be at the shore, and now to think that you and Nancy are to spend
+the summer there,--oh, it is such a dear surprise."
+
+"But listen, every one!" cried Valerie Dare. "That's all very fine
+for Betty, but the other bit of news isn't quite so nice. Dorothy
+Dainty and Nancy Ferris are to leave Glenmore two weeks earlier than
+the rest of us. Say! Do you think we'll miss them?"
+
+"Oh, Dorothy Dainty! Why do you go so soon?"
+
+"And take Nancy with you, too! Say, do you have to?"
+
+"Can't you stay longer?"
+
+These and many more were the queries called forth by Valerie's
+statement.
+
+It was small comfort for them to listen when Dorothy explained.
+
+The fact remained, that they did not want to have her leave before
+school closed. She had endeared herself to her classmates, and to
+many others whom she met at socials, and after school sessions. Nancy
+shared her popularity, and both prized the loving friendship that
+had made their stay at Glenmore so pleasant.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+A GLAD RETURN
+
+
+"We're glad to think that to-night we shall be at home at the Stone
+House, and that we'll be with Mother and Aunt Charlotte again, and
+we're really sorry to say 'good-by' to Glenmore and the pleasant
+friends that we have found here," Dorothy said, as she stood on the
+porch with Nancy, waiting for Marcus, who was to take them to the
+station.
+
+"That's just the way we feel," said Nancy. "Glad and sorry at the
+same time."
+
+"Well, let me tell you, _I_ don't feel two ways at once," cried Vera.
+"I feel just one way. I'm just _fearfully_ sorry!"
+
+Mrs. Marvin had bidden them "good-by," after having expressed her
+approval of their work as pupils, and her regret that they must leave
+too early to have a part in the program at the final exhibition. On
+the train that they were to take, there was no stop long enough to
+obtain anything to eat, so Judy had put up a tempting lunch of
+sandwiches, cake, and fruit.
+
+Betty and Valerie had a box of chocolates for each, and Ida Mayo,
+now wholly recovered, came in at the gate just in time to offer each
+a lovely rose from a cluster that she carried.
+
+Arabella came slowly out to join the group on the porch, and seeing
+Ida Mayo offering her roses, she decided not to be outdone.
+
+"Here, wait 'til I find something," she said, thrusting her hand deep
+into her pocket. After a moment's search she produced two bottles
+of pills, one pink and the other green.
+
+"Take 'em with you," she said, offering one to Dorothy, and the other
+to Nancy. "One is for a 'tired feeling,' and the other is for feeling
+too good. I've forgotten which is which, but if you take them both,
+you're sure to feel all right during the long car-ride."
+
+There were stifled giggles, for surely bottles of medicine were
+curious gifts to offer, and the group of girls thought it the drollest
+thing that Arabella had yet done.
+
+For only a second did Dorothy hesitate. She did not, of course, want
+to accept the funny gift, but she saw Arabella's cheek flush, as
+little Lina Danford laughed softly, and she did the kindest thing
+that she could have done.
+
+"Thank you," she said, gently, then to the others she added: "Arabella
+is eager to have us both feel fine when we reach Merrivale."
+
+The soft laughter ceased, and Ida Mayo said to a girl who stood near
+her: "Isn't that just like Dorothy Dainty! She doesn't want those
+pills any more than you or I would, but she won't let Arabella feel
+hurt."
+
+"She is dear, and sweet," was the whispered reply, "and so is Nancy."
+
+At last Marcus arrived, and as they rode along the avenue, they waved
+their handkerchiefs to the group on the porch until they turned the
+corner, and were out of sight.
+
+The long car-ride was much like any all-day ride. Rather pleasant
+at first, a bit tedious on the last hour, but oh, the joy of the
+home-coming!
+
+Mrs. Dainty had felt the first separation from Dorothy keenly, and
+she could not school herself to be calm when for the first time in
+months she would see her sweet face again, so she sent the limousine
+over to the station, and with a desperate effort at patience, waited
+at home for the sound of its return.
+
+Aunt Charlotte was more calm, but so long had Nancy been under her
+care that she seemed like a little daughter, and now, with Mrs. Dainty
+she sat waiting, and each smiled when she caught the other watching
+the clock.
+
+Of course the train was late in arriving at Merrivale, and Mrs. Dainty
+was just beginning to be anxious when the limousine whirled up the
+driveway, and stopped. John opened the door, and in an instant Dorothy
+found herself held close in loving arms.
+
+"Dorothy, my darling, I can never be parted from you again. If it
+is a question of travel, I will not go unless you go with me, and
+if it is education, then you must have private tutors at home."
+
+"Oh, yes, yes!" agreed Dorothy.
+
+"At first the newness amused me, but the last half of the time grew
+harder and harder to bear. I knew you needed the rest and change and
+I did my best. When I found that you had come home two weeks earlier,
+I could hardly wait till this morning to start."
+
+"We've tried to be cheerful for each other," Nancy said, looking out
+from her shelter in Aunt Charlotte's arms, "but oh, how good it is
+to be at home!"
+
+Mollie Merton, and Flossie Barnet had waved to them as they turned
+in at the great gate, and Uncle Harry had swung his cap gayly, and
+looked the genuine pleasure that he felt at seeing them again.
+
+"Let's go over to see Dorothy and Nancy," Flossie said, but Uncle
+Harry laid his hand gently on her arm.
+
+"Not just now, Flossie dear," he said. "My little niece is truly glad
+to see them, but I think there will be things to talk over, and they
+have been apart for months, so they should have this evening
+uninterrupted by any friends."
+
+"I guess that's so," said Flossie, "but it's hard to wait until
+to-morrow to tell them how glad we are to see them,"
+
+"I love dat Dorothy girl, _myself_," said Uncle Harry's small
+daughter, "and I love dat Nancy girl, too. Dat Dorothy girl always
+has candy for me, and dat Nancy girl makes hats for my dolly."
+
+Uncle Harry swung the tiny girl up to a seat on his shoulder, and
+his blue eyes twinkled as he looked into the little, eager face.
+
+"Don't you love them when they aren't giving you something?" he asked.
+
+"Oh, yes!" said the little maid, "but I love them _harder_ when they
+do."
+
+"Then you'll love me 'harder' than you do now if I give you a ride
+up to the house?" he asked.
+
+"Oh, yes, yes!" she cried, and she laughed gayly as she rode in
+triumph up the driveway, and into the house.
+
+The evening was spent in the big living-room, with a small fire
+blazing in the fireplace. It had been warm and sunny all day, but
+when evening came, an east wind had risen, and the happy little party
+was glad to sit cosily in doors. Dorothy and Nancy listened entranced
+while Mrs. Dainty and Aunt Charlotte told of their travels. They had
+been south, they had been west, and they had brought home beautiful
+souvenirs of every place at which they had stayed.
+
+Then Dorothy and Nancy told of the life at Glenmore, of the new
+friends that they had met, and of Arabella and Patricia.
+
+It was a happy evening.
+
+Mr. Dainty had found it impossible to reach home until a week later,
+but he had written a longer letter than usual, and had sent one
+especially to Dorothy, and it seemed almost as if he were really
+talking to her as she read it.
+
+Bright and early next morning Mollie and Flossie raced over to the
+Stone House, and the four chattered so fast, that the old gardener
+at work near the fountain, took off his hat, and for a moment stood
+listening. He was not near enough to know what they were saying, but
+he heard their happy voices, now talking, now laughing, and he spoke
+his thoughts.
+
+"Hear that now, hear that! An' will any man tell me that a garding
+is a reel garding widout the sound o' merry voices? Sure, it's been
+so still here the past few weeks that I begun ter talk ter meself,
+just ter break the stillness, but it didn't do the trick, fer me voice
+ain't what yo calls 'moosicle.' Oh, hear them now! It does me good,
+so it does."
+
+There was news, and a plenty of it to tell, and when Dorothy and Nancy
+had told the happenings at Glenmore, Mollie and Flossie took their
+turn, and related all the Merrivale news.
+
+"You know Sidney Merrington used to be so lazy last winter that he
+didn't get on at all at school," said Flossie. "Arithmetic was all
+that really vexed him, but because he had low marking for that, he
+wouldn't try hard to do anything else.
+
+"Well, Molly promised to help him, (you needn't bother to poke me,
+Mollie, for I _will_ tell) and she did help him every day, and after
+a while he began to help himself, and last week his average on the
+exam, was ninety-three. Wasn't that fine? He never would have got
+that if Molly hadn't helped him."
+
+"Molly, you were dear," said Dorothy.
+
+"And Tess Haughton is ever so much nicer than she was," Molly said,
+"for she doesn't do anything now that seems,--why not quite true.
+That doesn't sound just as I mean it. I know how to say it now. I
+mean that she isn't sly. She is a good playmate, and a good friend."
+
+"Oh, that's fine!" Dorothy and Nancy cried, as if with one voice.
+
+"There's another fine thing to tell," said Flossie. "Reginald Dean,
+with the help of his big dog saved a little boy from drowning.
+Reginald saw him fall from the bridge, and he never stopped to think
+that he isn't very big himself, but jumped right in, and was doing
+his best to save him, when all at once his strength gave out, and
+he called for help. He never dreamed that his dog had followed him,
+until with a splash he jumped into the water close beside him, grabbed
+his clothes, and dragged the two boys out."
+
+"Wasn't that great?" said Dorothy, her hands tightly clasped, her
+eyes shining. "Reginald has the new bicycle that he so wanted. His
+father gave it to him, because he had been brave enough to forget
+danger, and rush to aid the other boy," said Mollie, "and the dog
+is wearing a new collar with a brass plate on it, engraved, 'I'm a
+Life-Saver.'"
+
+"Katie Dean said she was almost sure that she saw Patricia Levine
+yesterday," said Flossie, "but I said I thought she must still be
+away at school. Do you know where she is now?"
+
+"She might have seen her, for she left Glenmore before we did,"
+Dorothy said, and she was just in the midst of telling how Patricia
+had brought the big cat home, and next had appeared with a little
+dog, when Mollie said:
+
+"Here she comes now. Why, she has a dog with her!"
+
+"That's the one," said Nancy, "and she has him on a leash now, just
+as she did at Glenmore. I wonder if her aunt likes him. He tears and
+chews everything he can get hold of."
+
+"Hello!" called Patricia, as soon as she saw them, then, "My! What
+did you and Nancy get sent home for?"
+
+"We weren't sent home," Nancy said, indignantly.
+
+"Now, Nancy Ferris, Glenmore doesn't close until next week, and here
+are you two at home."
+
+"That is no sign that we were sent," said Dorothy. "Mother sent for
+us."
+
+"Oh, was that it?" Patricia said saucily, and then turning to Molly
+she asked:
+
+"How do you like my dog? He isn't a pretty dog, but he knows
+everything, and he _always_ minds. My friends think it is just
+wonderful the way he minds me. I taught him to. Stop!" she cried.
+"Stop, I tell you. I won't let you chew the edge of my skirt. Will
+you stop? Oh, well I don't care if you do chew it. It's an old dress,
+anyway."
+
+She saw that he would not stop.
+
+"I've named him Diogenes. I don't know who Diogenes was, but I liked
+the name and he's such a hand to dodge, I thought I'd call him 'Dodgy'
+for short. Well, I'm sure I don't see why you look so amused. _I_
+think I've chosen a grand name for him. Come on, Dodgy!" but the small
+dog lay down.
+
+"Well, well, how you do act! Come on! Up the street! Come!"
+
+The dog got up, yawned, and then, taking a good hold on the leash,
+he snatched it from Patricia's hand, and made off with it, as fast
+as he could scamper, Patricia after him at top speed.
+
+"He minded me that time," she turned to say, then resumed her chase.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The next few days were filled with preparation for the trip to Foam
+Ridge, and Dorothy and Nancy could think of little else.
+
+Both had felt the constraint at Glenmore which was really necessary
+at so large a school.
+
+The freedom from study, with its fixed hours would be refreshing.
+
+There would be fine surf at Foam Ridge, and the two had "tried on"
+their new bathing-suits at least a dozen times. They had studied the
+elaborate booklet that showed in colors, the beauty-spots of the
+place, and Dorothy had received a letter from Betty Chase, saying
+that in a short time she would be there to join them in their sports.
+
+They were wondering what new friends they would make during the
+summer. Betty, they knew, would be a lively companion.
+
+Of the gay summer at the shore, of the fun and frolic, of the
+unexpected things that happened, one may read in
+
+  "Dorothy Dainty at Foam Ridge."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Dorothy Dainty at Glenmore, by Amy Brooks
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DOROTHY DAINTY AT GLENMORE ***
+
+This file should be named ddgln10.txt or ddgln10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, ddgln11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, ddgln10a.txt
+
+Produced by Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/ddgln10.zip b/old/ddgln10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..799dc27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/ddgln10.zip